diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html')
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html | 16632 |
1 files changed, 16632 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f233e85edd --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html @@ -0,0 +1,16632 @@ +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>SAMBA Project Documentation</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><meta name="description" content=" +This book is a collection of HOWTOs added to Samba documentation over the years. +Samba is always under development, and so is its' documentation. This release of the +documentation represents a major revision or layout as well as contents. +The most recent version of this document can be found at +http://www.samba.org/ +on the "Documentation" page. Please send updates to +Jelmer Vernooij, +John H. Terpstra or +Gerald (Jerry) Carter. + +The Samba-Team would like to express sincere thanks to the many people who have with +or without their knowledge contributed to this update. The size and scope of this +project would not have been possible without significant community contribution. A not +insignificant number of ideas for inclusion (if not content itself) has been obtained +from a number of Unofficial HOWTOs - to each such author a big "Thank-you" is also offered. +Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTO's - they are a source of inspiration and +application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and administrators. +"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Samba-HOWTO-Collection"></a>SAMBA Project Documentation</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><h4 class="editedby">Edited by</h4><h3 class="editor"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><h3 class="editor"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><h3 class="editor"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3></div></div><div><div xmlns:ns1="" class="legalnotice"><p> +This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) +version 2. A copy of the license is included with the Samba source +distribution. A copy can be found on-line at <a href="http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt" target="_top">http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt</a> +</p><ns1:p><b>Attributions. </b> + </ns1:p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="#IntroSMB" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba">Introduction to Samba</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>David Lechnyr <<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com" target="_top">david@lechnyr.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#install" title="Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Karl Auer</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#FastStart" title="Chapter 3. FastStart for the Impatient">FastStart for the Impatient</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#ServerType" title="Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes">Server Types and Security Modes</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#samba-pdc" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>David Bannon <<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org" target="_top">dbannon@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#samba-bdc" title="Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control">Backup Domain Control</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Volker Lendecke <<a href="mailto:Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE" target="_top">Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org" target="_top">jra@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#StandAloneServer" title="Chapter 8. Stand-Alone Servers">Stand-Alone Servers</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#ClientConfig" title="Chapter 9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide">MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#NetworkBrowsing" title="Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Databases</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org" target="_top">jra@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Olivier (lem) Lemaire <<a href="mailto:olem@IDEALX.org" target="_top">olem@IDEALX.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#groupmapping" title="Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups">Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jean François Micouleau</p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#AccessControls" title="Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls">File, Directory and Share Access Controls</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org" target="_top">jra@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#locking" title="Chapter 14. File and Record Locking">File and Record Locking</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org" target="_top">jra@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Eric Roseme <<a href="mailto:eric.roseme@hp.com" target="_top">eric.roseme@hp.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#securing-samba" title="Chapter 15. Securing Samba">Securing Samba</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#InterdomainTrusts" title="Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Rafal Szczesniak <<a href="mailto:mimir@samba.org" target="_top">mimir@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#msdfs" title="Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Shirish Kalele <<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">samba@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#printing" title="Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support">Classical Printing Support</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Kurt Pfeifle <<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de" target="_top">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#CUPS-printing" title="Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0">CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Kurt Pfeifle <<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de" target="_top">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></p></li><li><p>Ciprian Vizitiu <<a href="mailto:CVizitiu@gbif.org" target="_top">CVizitiu@gbif.org</a>> (drawings) </p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#VFS" title="Chapter 20. Stackable VFS modules">Stackable VFS modules</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Alexander Bokovoy</p></li><li><p>Tim Potter</p></li><li><p>Simo Sorce</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Tim Potter <<a href="mailto:tpot@linuxcare.com.au" target="_top">tpot@linuxcare.com.au</a>></p></li><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Naag Mummaneni <<a href="mailto:getnag@rediffmail.com" target="_top">getnag@rediffmail.com</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement" title="Chapter 22. Advanced Network Manangement">Advanced Network Manangement</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#PolicyMgmt" title="Chapter 23. System and Account Policies">System and Account Policies</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#ProfileMgmt" title="Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management">Desktop Profile Management</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#pam" title="Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication">PAM based Distributed Authentication</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Stephen Langasek <<a href="mailto:vorlon@netexpress.net" target="_top">vorlon@netexpress.net</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#integrate-ms-networks" title="Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#unicode" title="Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets">Unicode/Charsets</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>TAKAHASHI Motonobu <<a href="mailto:monyo@home.monyo.com" target="_top">monyo@home.monyo.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Backup" title="Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques">Samba Backup Techniques</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#SambaHA" title="Chapter 29. High Availability Options">High Availability Options</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#upgrading-to-3.0" title="Chapter 30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0">Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#NT4Migration" title="Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#SWAT" title="Chapter 32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool">SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 33. The samba checklist">The samba checklist</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#problems" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>David Bannon <<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org" target="_top">dbannon@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#bugreport" title="Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs">Reporting Bugs</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p> Someone; Tridge or Karl Auer perhaps?</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#compiling" title="Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA">How to compile SAMBA</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p> Someone; Jerry perhaps?</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Portability" title="Chapter 37. Portability">Portability</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Other-Clients" title="Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jim McDonough <<a href="mailto:jmcd@us.ibm.com" target="_top">jmcd@us.ibm.com</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#speed" title="Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning">Samba Performance Tuning</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Paul Cochrane <<a href="mailto:paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk" target="_top">paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#DNSDHCP" title="Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide">DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Further-Resources" title="Chapter 41. Further Resources">Further Resources</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>David Lechnyr <<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com" target="_top">david@lechnyr.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div><ns1:p> + + </ns1:p></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Monday April 21, 2003</p></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> +This book is a collection of HOWTOs added to Samba documentation over the years. +Samba is always under development, and so is its' documentation. This release of the +documentation represents a major revision or layout as well as contents. +The most recent version of this document can be found at +<a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> +on the "Documentation" page. Please send updates to +<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">Jelmer Vernooij</a>, +<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John H. Terpstra</a> or +<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</a>. +</p><p> +The Samba-Team would like to express sincere thanks to the many people who have with +or without their knowledge contributed to this update. The size and scope of this +project would not have been possible without significant community contribution. A not +insignificant number of ideas for inclusion (if not content itself) has been obtained +from a number of Unofficial HOWTOs - to each such author a big "Thank-you" is also offered. +Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTO's - they are a source of inspiration and +application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and administrators. +</p></div></div></div><div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>I. <a href="#introduction">General Installation</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>1. <a href="#IntroSMB">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867729">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867783">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866506">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866575">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866662">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866735">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#install">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867501">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867544">Configuring samba (smb.conf)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867117">Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867260">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867305">Try listing the shares available on your + server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866810">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866912">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866973">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867003">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867016">Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868395">I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>3. <a href="#FastStart">FastStart for the Impatient</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868843">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>II. <a href="#type">Server Configuration Basics</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4. <a href="#ServerType">Server Types and Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871915">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872007">Server Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872088">Samba Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868518">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868651">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869720">Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869962">ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870046">Server Security (User Level Security)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2870271">Seamless Windows Network Integration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870448">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870476">What makes Samba a SERVER?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870509">What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870537">What makes Samba a Domain Member?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872449">Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="#samba-pdc">Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875080">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872678">Basics of Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872693">Domain Controller Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872892">Preparing for Domain Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873207">Domain Control - Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873503">Samba ADS Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873526">Domain and Network Logon Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873540">Domain Network Logon Service</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876260">Security Mode and Master Browsers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876365">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876372">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876411">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876460">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876531">The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876588">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876615">Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#samba-bdc">Backup Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878646">Features And Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878811">Essential Background Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878839">MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876805">Active Directory Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876826">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876850">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876875">Backup Domain Controller Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876945">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876995">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877009">Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877034">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877067">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877096">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#domain-member">Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877621">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877192">MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877352">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879134">Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879331">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879386">Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879531">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879579">Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882177">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-member">Samba ADS Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882315">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882398">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882740">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882762">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882784">Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882816">Adding Machine to Domain Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#StandAloneServer">Stand-Alone Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884259">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884297">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884365">Example Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882967">Reference Documentation Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883015">Central Print Serving</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883221">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>9. <a href="#ClientConfig">MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883589">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>III. <a href="#optional">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>10. <a href="#NetworkBrowsing">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883706">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883784">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883967">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883983">NetBIOS over TCP/IP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883290">TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883418">DNS and Active Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883554">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884860">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885066">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885332">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888727">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888744">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888773">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888877">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888938">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889089">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889284">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889309">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889340">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889353">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889420">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889541">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889588">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889695">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889774">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890391">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890406">How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890435">My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#passdb">Account Information Databases</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890530">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890854">Technical Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890917">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891160">Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891216">Account Management Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891247">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891513">The pdbedit Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891647">Password Backends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895859">Plain Text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895899">smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896006">tdbsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896034">ldapsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2897524">MySQL</a></dt><dt><a href="#XMLpassdb">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2898328">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898335">Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898350">Users are being added to the wrong backend database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898409">auth methods does not work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#groupmapping">Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898582">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898682">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898871">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2898936">Configuration Scripts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898950">Sample smb.conf add group script</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899017">Script to configure Group Mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2899091">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2899107">Adding Groups Fails</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899167">Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>13. <a href="#AccessControls">File, Directory and Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902353">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2902478">File System Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902496">MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899413">Managing Directories</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899508">File and Directory Access Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2899915">Share Definition Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2899943">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2900215">File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2900461">Miscellaneous Controls</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905044">Access Controls on Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905115">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905414">MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905422">Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905460">Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905539">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905661">Viewing File or Directory Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905889">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906041">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906370">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2906446">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906460">Users can not write to a public share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906838">I have set force user and samba still makes root the owner of all the files + I touch!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#locking">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2908960">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2909016">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906890">Opportunistic Locking Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2907521">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2907630">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2907890">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910326">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910353">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2910432">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910463">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910536">locking.tdb error messages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2910566">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#securing-samba">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911991">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912024">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910684">Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910702">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910771">User based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910822">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910872">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910929">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910994">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911033">Upgrading Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911056">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911075">Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911100">Why can users access home directories of other users?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#InterdomainTrusts">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911618">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911646">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911730">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911742">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913717">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2913754">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2913781">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913908">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911286">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911301">Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#msdfs">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911399">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912809">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#printing">Classical Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914332">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914396">Technical Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914432">What happens if you send a Job from a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914502">Printing Related Configuration Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917610">Parameters Recommended for Use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912970">Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913079">Parameters no longer in use</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2913172">A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915178">Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915261">A little Experiment to warn you</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2915568">Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915660">Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915673">The [global] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925133">The [printers] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925462">Any [my_printer_name] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925683">Print Commands</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925734">Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926260">Setting up your own Print Commands</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926537">Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2926691">Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926842">The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926955">Creating the [print$] Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927026">Parameters in the [print$] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927247">Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2927408">Installing Drivers into [print$]</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2927502">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927686">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2929284">"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Insta +Procedure)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2929305">The first Client Driver Installation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929502">IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929792">Further Client Driver Install Procedures</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929887">Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2930029">Other Gotchas</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2930062">Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2930496">Supporting large Numbers of Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2930798">Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931042">Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931140">Be careful when assembling Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931411">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931481">Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2931504">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2931549">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931590">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931609">The Imprints Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931634">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2931786">Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932115">The addprinter command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932160">Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932329">Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932343">Common Errors and Problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2932356">I give my root password but I don't get access</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932390">My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2939414">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2939421">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939469">Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2939521">Basic Configuration of CUPS support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2939600">Linking of smbd with libcups.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932509">Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932572">More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2932671">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2932692">Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932719">CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932755">Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932814">Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932975">Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2933068">Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2933143">GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933188">Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933286">Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933358">PostScript and Ghostscript</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933454">Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933550">PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946373">CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946462">CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946485">The CUPS Filtering Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946623">MIME types and CUPS Filters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946811">MIME type Conversion Rules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946927">Filter Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947096">Prefilters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947181">pstops</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947284">pstoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947440">imagetops and imagetoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947495">rasterto [printerspecific]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947580">CUPS Backends</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947894">cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947997">The Complete Picture</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948012">mime.convs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948065">"Raw" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948120">"application/octet-stream" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948335">PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948562">Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948719">Examples for filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948948">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949073">Printing with Interface Scripts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949135">Network printing (purely Windows)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949151">From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949190">Driver Execution on the Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949249">Driver Execution on the Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949312">Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949333">From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949493">Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949571">Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949626">PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949667">PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949732">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949750">Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949784">Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949805">CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949832">PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949866"> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949885">cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949976">Prepare your smb.conf for +cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950023">CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950220">Recognize the different Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950278">Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950311">ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950361">Caveats to be considered</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950582">What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950763">Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950864">Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951007">Understanding cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951101">How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951188">cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951223">cupsaddsmb Flowchart</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951274">Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951389">Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2951523">Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2951638">A Check of the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951750">Understanding the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951829">Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951919">What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952081">Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952701">Troubleshooting revisited</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2952803">The printing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2952906">Trivial DataBase Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952976">Binary Format</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953038">Losing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953097">Using tdbbackup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2953159">CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2953265">foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953893">foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2954351">Page Accounting with CUPS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2954382">Setting up Quotas</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954413">Correct and incorrect Accounting</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954454">Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954526">The page_log File Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954628">Possible Shortcomings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954699">Future Developments</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954747">Other Accounting Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2954762">Additional Material</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954956">Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955001">CUPS Configuration Settings explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955083">Pre-conditions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955144">Manual Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2955162">When not to use Samba to print to +CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955180">In Case of Trouble.....</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955214">Where to find Documentation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955227">How to ask for Help</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955240">Where to find Help</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2955254">Appendix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955261">Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955455">More CUPS filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955709">Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2956815">An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="#VFS">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2958218">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958235">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958286">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2956883">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2956922">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957044">fake_perms</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957063">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957202">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957247">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2957269">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957323">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957352">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="#winbind">Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2957847">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957875">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2959857">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2959916">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2959947">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2959975">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960008">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960031">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957393">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957465">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957499">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957528">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2957555">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957630">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958907">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963255">Conclusion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963274">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement">Advanced Network Manangement</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2964647">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964678">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963360">Remote Desktop Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2963377">Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963579">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2963774">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963806">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="#PolicyMgmt">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2964204">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964256">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2964367">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963915">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964048">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2965490">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2965591">Samba Editreg Toolset</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965611">Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965631">Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2965676">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965823">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2965837">Policy Does Not Work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="#ProfileMgmt">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2965940">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965973">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2966014">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2971377">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972314">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972378">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2972638">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972696">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972742">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2972762">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972910">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973464">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2973968">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2973980">How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974043">Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974262">Changing the default profile</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="#pam">PAM based Distributed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2975719">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974574">Technical Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2974590">PAM Configuration Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2975256">Example System Configurations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977688">smb.conf PAM Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977745">Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977829">Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978196">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978209">pam_winbind problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="#integrate-ms-networks">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2979952">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979977">Background Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2980022">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2980073">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2980198">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978348">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978390">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978479">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978604">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978648">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978762">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978795">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978820">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978890">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978906">My Boomerang Won't Come Back</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978938">Very Slow Network Connections</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978989">Samba server name change problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>27. <a href="#unicode">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2979144">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979186">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979255">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979355">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979401">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="#Backup">Samba Backup Techniques</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2981995">Note</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982016">Features and Benefits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="#SambaHA">High Availability Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2981826">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>IV. <a href="#migration">Migration and Updating</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>30. <a href="#upgrading-to-3.0">Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983161">Charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983184">Obsolete configuration options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983238">Password Backend</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>31. <a href="#NT4Migration">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982481">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982505">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2981433">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2983650">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983731">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983972">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>32. <a href="#SWAT">SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984279">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984129">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985018">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985131">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985194">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985300">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985365">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985429">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985477">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985529">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985552">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>V. <a href="#troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>33. <a href="#diagnosis">The samba checklist</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2985673">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985707">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985879">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989430">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>34. <a href="#problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2990823">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989549">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989832">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989876">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990029">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>35. <a href="#bugreport">Reporting Bugs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2992343">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2992402">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2992438">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990534">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990642">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990144">Patches</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>VI. <a href="#Appendixes">Appendixes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>36. <a href="#compiling">How to compile SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2990261">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2990268">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990297">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2991766">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991814">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991949">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2992086">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2992982">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2993073">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993277">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2993372">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>37. <a href="#Portability">Portability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994651">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994736">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994764">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994934">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994978">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994984">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995010">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995017">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>38. <a href="#Other-Clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995794">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995866">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995873">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995488">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995548">How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995645">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995107">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995197">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995227">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995273">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995303">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995320">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995367">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996396">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996420">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996531">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>39. <a href="#speed">Samba Performance Tuning</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996649">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996693">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996767">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996811">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996864">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996886">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997829">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997871">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997892">LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997917">Client tuning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997940">Samba performance problem due changing kernel</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997973">Corrupt tdb Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>40. <a href="#DNSDHCP">DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998691">Note</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>41. <a href="#Further-Resources">Further Resources</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998110">Websites</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998494">Related updates from microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998561">Books</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2998572">Index</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>List of Figures</b></p><dl><dt>19.1. <a href="#id2933252">Windows Printing to a local Printer</a></dt><dt>19.2. <a href="#id2933404">Printing to a Postscript Printer</a></dt><dt>19.3. <a href="#id2933484">Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers</a></dt><dt>19.4. <a href="#id2947147">Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript</a></dt><dt>19.5. <a href="#id2947212">Adding Device-specific Print Options</a></dt><dt>19.6. <a href="#id2947314">Postscript to intermediate Raster format</a></dt><dt>19.7. <a href="#id2947366">CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript</a></dt><dt>19.8. <a href="#id2947461">Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion</a></dt><dt>19.9. <a href="#id2947546">Raster to Printer Specific formats</a></dt><dt>19.10. <a href="#id2948613">cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS</a></dt><dt>19.11. <a href="#id2949215">Print Driver execution on the Client</a></dt><dt>19.12. <a href="#id2949271">Print Driver execution on the Server</a></dt><dt>19.13. <a href="#id2949459">Printing via CUPS/samba server</a></dt><dt>19.14. <a href="#id2951240">cupsaddsmb flowchart</a></dt><dt>19.15. <a href="#id2956826">CUPS Printing Overview</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>7.1. <a href="#id2879589">Assumptions</a></dt><dt>10.1. <a href="#id2889940">Browse subnet example 1</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="#id2890050">Browse subnet example 2</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="#id2890149">Browse subnet example 3</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="#id2890249">Browse subnet example 4</a></dt><dt>11.1. <a href="#id2896974">Attributes in the sambaAccount objectclass (LDAP)</a></dt><dt>11.2. <a href="#id2897685">Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend</a></dt><dt>11.3. <a href="#id2897810">MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend</a></dt><dt>13.1. <a href="#id2899431">Managing directories with unix and windows</a></dt><dt>13.2. <a href="#id2900001">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt>13.3. <a href="#id2900234">File and Directory Permission Based Controls</a></dt><dt>13.4. <a href="#id2900482">Other Controls</a></dt><dt>20.1. <a href="#id2956961">Extended Auditing Log Information</a></dt><dt>24.1. <a href="#id2973257">User Shell Folder registry keys default values</a></dt><dt>24.2. <a href="#id2973402">Defaults of profile settings registry keys</a></dt><dt>24.3. <a href="#id2973656">Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys</a></dt><dt>25.1. <a href="#id2977860">Options recognized by pam_smbpass</a></dt><dt>31.1. <a href="#id2983665">The 3 Major Site Types</a></dt><dt>31.2. <a href="#id2983801">Nature of the Conversion Choices</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-examples"><p><b>List of Examples</b></p><dl><dt>12.1. <a href="#id2898973">smbgrpadd.sh</a></dt><dt>13.1. <a href="#id2899836">Example File</a></dt></dl></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="introduction"></a>General Installation</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2866390"></a>Preparing Samba for Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p>This section of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection contains general info on how to install samba +and how to configure the parts of samba you will most likely need. +PLEASE read this.</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="#IntroSMB">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867729">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867783">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866506">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866575">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866662">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866735">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#install">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867501">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867544">Configuring samba (smb.conf)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867117">Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867260">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867305">Try listing the shares available on your + server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866810">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866912">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866973">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867003">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867016">Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868395">I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>3. <a href="#FastStart">FastStart for the Impatient</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868843">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="IntroSMB"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Lechnyr</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Unofficial HOWTO<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com">david@lechnyr.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 14, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2867729">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867783">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866506">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866575">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866662">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866735">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></div><p>“<span class="quote"> +"If you understand what you're doing, you're not learning anything." +-- Anonymous +</span>”</p><p> +Samba is a file and print server for Windows-based clients using TCP/IP as the underlying +transport protocol. In fact, it can support any SMB/CIFS-enabled client. One of Samba's big +strengths is that you can use it to blend your mix of Windows and Linux machines together +without requiring a separate Windows NT/2000/2003 Server. Samba is actively being developed +by a global team of about 30 active programmers and was originally developed by Andrew Tridgell. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867729"></a>Background</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Once long ago, there was a buzzword referred to as DCE/RPC. This stood for Distributed +Computing Environment/Remote Procedure Calls and conceptually was a good idea. It was +originally developed by Apollo/HP as NCA 1.0 (Network Computing Architecture) and only +ran over UDP. When there was a need to run it over TCP so that it would be compatible +with DECnet 3.0, it was redesigned, submitted to The Open Group, and officially became +known as DCE/RPC. Microsoft came along and decided, rather than pay $20 per seat to +license this technology, to reimplement DCE/RPC themselves as MSRPC. From this, the +concept continued in the form of SMB (Server Message Block, or the "what") using the +NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System, or the "how") compatibility layer. You can +run SMB (i.e., transport) over several different protocols; many different implementations +arose as a result, including NBIPX (NetBIOS over IPX, NwLnkNb, or NWNBLink) and NBT +(NetBIOS over TCP/IP, or NetBT). As the years passed, NBT became the most common form +of implementation until the advance of "Direct-Hosted TCP" -- the Microsoft marketing +term for eliminating NetBIOS entirely and running SMB by itself across TCP port 445 +only. As of yet, direct-hosted TCP has yet to catch on. +</p><p> +Perhaps the best summary of the origins of SMB are voiced in the 1997 article titled, CIFS: +Common Insecurities Fail Scrutiny: +</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +Several megabytes of NT-security archives, random whitepapers, RFCs, the CIFS spec, the Samba +stuff, a few MS knowledge-base articles, strings extracted from binaries, and packet dumps have +been dutifully waded through during the information-gathering stages of this project, and there +are *still* many missing pieces... While often tedious, at least the way has been generously +littered with occurrences of clapping hand to forehead and muttering 'crikey, what are they +thinking? +</em></span></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867783"></a>Terminology</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + SMB: Acronym for "Server Message Block". This is Microsoft's file and printer sharing protocol. + </p></li><li><p> + CIFS: Acronym for "Common Internet File System". Around 1996, Microsoft apparently + decided that SMB needed the word "Internet" in it, so they changed it to CIFS. + </p></li><li><p> + Direct-Hosted: A method of providing file/printer sharing services over port 445/tcp + only using DNS for name resolution instead of WINS. + </p></li><li><p> + IPC: Acronym for "Inter-Process Communication". A method to communicate specific + information between programs. + </p></li><li><p> + Marshalling: - A method of serializing (i.e., sequential ordering of) variable data + suitable for transmission via a network connection or storing in a file. The source + data can be re-created using a similar process called unmarshalling. + </p></li><li><p> + NetBIOS: Acronym for "Network Basic Input/Output System". This is not a protocol; + it is a method of communication across an existing protocol. This is a standard which + was originally developed for IBM by Sytek in 1983. To exaggerate the analogy a bit, + it can help to think of this in comparison your computer's BIOS -- it controls the + essential functions of your input/output hardware -- whereas NetBIOS controls the + essential functions of your input/output traffic via the network. Again, this is a bit + of an exaggeration but it should help that paradigm shift. What is important to realize + is that NetBIOS is a transport standard, not a protocol. Unfortunately, even technically + brilliant people tend to interchange NetBIOS with terms like NetBEUI without a second + thought; this will cause no end (and no doubt) of confusion. + </p></li><li><p> + NetBEUI: Acronym for the "NetBIOS Extended User Interface". Unlike NetBIOS, NetBEUI + is a protocol, not a standard. It is also not routable, so traffic on one side of a + router will be unable to communicate with the other side. Understanding NetBEUI is + not essential to deciphering SMB; however it helps to point out that it is not the + same as NetBIOS and to improve your score in trivia at parties. NetBEUI was originally + referred to by Microsoft as "NBF", or "The Windows NT NetBEUI Frame protocol driver". + It is not often heard from these days. + </p></li><li><p> + NBT: Acronym for "NetBIOS over TCP"; also known as "NetBT". Allows the continued use + of NetBIOS traffic proxied over TCP/IP. As a result, NetBIOS names are made + to IP addresses and NetBIOS name types are conceptually equivalent to TCP/IP ports. + This is how file and printer sharing are accomplished in Windows 95/98/ME. They + traditionally rely on three ports: NetBIOS Name Service (nbname) via UDP port 137, + NetBIOS Datagram Service (nbdatagram) via UDP port 138, and NetBIOS Session Service + (nbsession) via TCP port 139. All name resolution is done via WINS, NetBIOS broadcasts, + and DNS. NetBIOS over TCP is documented in RFC 1001 (Concepts and methods) and RFC 1002 + (Detailed specifications). + </p></li><li><p> + W2K: Acronym for Windows 2000 Professional or Server + </p></li><li><p> + W3K: Acronym for Windows 2003 Server + </p></li></ul></div><p>If you plan on getting help, make sure to subscribe to the Samba Mailing List (available at +<a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org</a>). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866506"></a>Related Projects</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are currently two network filesystem client projects for Linux that are directly +related to Samba: SMBFS and CIFS VFS. These are both available in the Linux kernel itself. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + SMBFS (Server Message Block File System) allows you to mount SMB shares (the protocol + that Microsoft Windows and OS/2 Lan Manager use to share files and printers + over local networks) and access them just like any other Unix directory. This is useful + if you just want to mount such filesystems without being a SMBFS server. + </p></li><li><p> + CIFS VFS (Common Internet File System Virtual File System) is the successor to SMBFS, and + is being actively developed for the upcoming version of the Linux kernel. The intent of this module + is to provide advanced network file system functionality including support for dfs (heirarchical + name space), secure per-user session establishment, safe distributed caching (oplock), + optional packet signing, Unicode and other internationalization improvements, and optional + Winbind (nsswitch) integration. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +Again, it's important to note that these are implementations for client filesystems, and have +nothing to do with acting as a file and print server for SMB/CIFS clients. +</p><p> +There are other Open Source CIFS client implementations, such as the +<a href="http://jcifs.samba.org/" target="_top">jCIFS project</a> +which provides an SMB client toolkit written in Java. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866575"></a>SMB Methodology</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Traditionally, SMB uses UDP port 137 (NetBIOS name service, or netbios-ns), +UDP port 138 (NetBIOS datagram service, or netbios-dgm), and TCP port 139 (NetBIOS +session service, or netbios-ssn). Anyone looking at their network with a good +packet sniffer will be amazed at the amount of traffic generated by just opening +up a single file. In general, SMB sessions are established in the following order: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + "TCP Connection" - establish 3-way handshake (connection) to port 139/tcp + or 445/tcp. + </p></li><li><p> + "NetBIOS Session Request" - using the following "Calling Names": The local + machine's NetBIOS name plus the 16th character 0x00; The server's NetBIOS + name plus the 16th character 0x20 + </p></li><li><p> + "SMB Negotiate Protocol" - determine the protocol dialect to use, which will + be one of the following: PC Network Program 1.0 (Core) - share level security + mode only; Microsoft Networks 1.03 (Core Plus) - share level security + mode only; Lanman1.0 (LAN Manager 1.0) - uses Challenge/Response + Authentication; Lanman2.1 (LAN Manager 2.1) - uses Challenge/Response + Authentication; NT LM 0.12 (NT LM 0.12) - uses Challenge/Response + Authentication + </p></li><li><p> + SMB Session Startup. Passwords are encrypted (or not) according to one of + the following methods: Null (no encryption); Cleartext (no encryption); LM + and NTLM; NTLM; NTLMv2 + </p></li><li><p> + SMB Tree Connect: Connect to a share name (e.g., \\servername\share); Connect + to a service type (e.g., IPC$ named pipe) + </p></li></ul></div><p> +A good way to examine this process in depth is to try out +<a href="http://www.securityfriday.com/ToolDownload/SWB/swb_doc.html" target="_top">SecurityFriday's SWB program</a>. +It allows you to walk through the establishment of a SMB/CIFS session step by step. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866662"></a>Epilogue</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote"> +What's fundamentally wrong is that nobody ever had any taste when they +did it. Microsoft has been very much into making the user interface look good, +but internally it's just a complete mess. And even people who program for Microsoft +and who have had years of experience, just don't know how it works internally. +Worse, nobody dares change it. Nobody dares to fix bugs because it's such a +mess that fixing one bug might just break a hundred programs that depend on +that bug. And Microsoft isn't interested in anyone fixing bugs -- they're interested +in making money. They don't have anybody who takes pride in Windows 95 as an +operating system. +</span>”</p><p>“<span class="quote"> +People inside Microsoft know it's a bad operating system and they still +continue obviously working on it because they want to get the next version out +because they want to have all these new features to sell more copies of the +system. +</span>”</p><p>“<span class="quote"> +The problem with that is that over time, when you have this kind of approach, +and because nobody understands it, because nobody REALLY fixes bugs (other than +when they're really obvious), the end result is really messy. You can't trust +it because under certain circumstances it just spontaneously reboots or just +halts in the middle of something that shouldn't be strange. Normally it works +fine and then once in a blue moon for some completely unknown reason, it's dead, +and nobody knows why. Not Microsoft, not the experienced user and certainly +not the completely clueless user who probably sits there shivering thinking +"What did I do wrong?" when they didn't do anything wrong at all. +</span>”</p><p>“<span class="quote"> +That's what's really irritating to me." +</span>”</p><p>-- +<a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/boot.txt" target="_top">Linus Torvalds, from an interview with BOOT Magazine, Sept 1998</a> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866735"></a>Miscellaneous</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter is Copyright 2003 David Lechnyr (david at lechnyr dot com). +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms +of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. A copy of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.txt. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="install"></a>Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Karl</span> <span class="surname">Auer</span></h3></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2867501">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867544">Configuring samba (smb.conf)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867117">Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867260">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867305">Try listing the shares available on your + server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866810">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866912">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866973">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867003">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867016">Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868395">I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867501"></a>Obtaining and installing samba</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Binary packages of samba are included in almost any Linux or + Unix distribution. There are also some packages available at + <a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">the samba homepage</a>. + </p><p>If you need to compile samba from source, check the + <a href="#compiling" title="Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA">appropriate appendix chapter</a>.</p><p>If you have already installed samba, or if your operating system + was pre-installed with samba, then you may not need to bother with this + chapter. On the other hand, you may want to read this chapter anyhow + for information about updating samba.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867544"></a>Configuring samba (smb.conf)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba's configuration is stored in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, + that usually resides in <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt> + or <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt>. You can either + edit this file yourself or do it using one of the many graphical + tools that are available, such as the web-based interface swat, that + is included with samba. + </p><div xmlns:ns2="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867117"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are sample configuration files in the examples subdirectory in the + distribution. I suggest you read them carefully so you can see how the options + go together in practice. See the man page for all the options. + </p><p> + The simplest useful configuration file would be something like this: + </p><ns2:p> + </ns2:p><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + workgroup = MYGROUP + + [homes] + guest ok = no + read only = no + </pre><ns2:p> + </ns2:p><p> + This will allow connections by anyone with an account on the server, using either + their login name or "<i class="parameter"><tt>homes</tt></i>" as the service name. + (Note that the workgroup that Samba must also be set.) + </p><p> + Make sure you put the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in the same place + you specified in the<tt class="filename">Makefile</tt> (the default is to + look for it in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/</tt>). + </p><p> + For more information about security settings for the + <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> share please refer to the chapter + <a href="#securing-samba" title="Chapter 15. Securing Samba">Securing Samba</a>. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867207"></a>Test your config file with <b class="command">testparm</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + It's important that you test the validity of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + file using the <span class="application">testparm</span> program. If testparm runs OK + then it will list the loaded services. If not it will give an error message. + </p><p> + Make sure it runs OK and that the services look reasonable before proceeding. + </p><p> + Always run testparm again when you change <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>! + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867260"></a>SWAT</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + SWAT is a web-based interface that helps you configure samba. + SWAT might not be available in the samba package on your platform, + but in a separate package. Please read the swat manpage + on compiling, installing and configuring swat from source. + </p><p> + To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and + point it at <a href="http://localhost:901/" target="_top">http://localhost:901/</a>. Replace + <i class="replaceable"><tt>localhost</tt></i> + with the name of the computer you are running samba on if you + are running samba on a different computer than your browser. + </p><p> + Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected + machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your + connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent + in the clear over the wire. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867305"></a>Try listing the shares available on your + server</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L + <i class="replaceable"><tt>yourhostname</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>You should get back a list of shares available on + your server. If you don't then something is incorrectly setup. + Note that this method can also be used to see what shares + are available on other LanManager clients (such as WfWg).</p><p>If you choose user level security then you may find + that Samba requests a password before it will list the shares. + See the <b class="command">smbclient</b> man page for details. (you + can force it to list the shares without a password by + adding the option -U% to the command line. This will not work + with non-Samba servers)</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866810"></a>Try connecting with the unix client</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient <i class="replaceable"><tt> + //yourhostname/aservice</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>Typically the <i class="replaceable"><tt>yourhostname</tt></i> + would be the name of the host where you installed <span class="application">smbd</span>. + The <i class="replaceable"><tt>aservice</tt></i> is + any service you have defined in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + file. Try your user name if you just have a <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> + section + in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>For example if your unix host is <i class="replaceable"><tt>bambi</tt></i> + and your login name is <i class="replaceable"><tt>fred</tt></i> you would type:</p><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //<i class="replaceable"><tt>bambi</tt></i>/<i class="replaceable"><tt>fred</tt></i> + </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866912"></a>Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Try mounting disks. eg:</p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net use d: \\servername\service + </tt></b></p><p>Try printing. eg:</p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net use lpt1: + \\servername\spoolservice</tt></b></p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>print filename + </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866973"></a>What If Things Don't Work?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Then you might read the file chapter + <a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 33. The samba checklist">Diagnosis</a> and the + FAQ. If you are still stuck then try to follow + the <a href="#problems" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems chapter</a> + Samba has been successfully installed at thousands of sites worldwide, + so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it. </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867003"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following questions and issues get raised on the samba mailing list over and over again. +</p><div xmlns:ns3="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867016"></a>Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +“<span class="quote"> +Site that is running Samba on an AIX box. They are sharing out about 2 terabytes using samba. +Samba was installed using smitty and the binaries. We seem to be experiencing a memory problem +with this box. When I do a <b class="command">svmon -Pu</b> the monitoring program shows that <span class="application">smbd</span> has several +processes of smbd running: +</span>” +</p><p> + “<span class="quote"> +Is samba suppose to start this many different smbd processes? Or does it run as one smbd process? Also +is it normal for it to be taking up this much memory? +</span>” +</p><ns3:p> +</ns3:p><pre class="screen"> +Inuse * 4096 = amount of memory being used by this process + + Pid Command Inuse Pin Pgsp Virtual 64-bit Mthrd + 20950 smbd 33098 1906 181 5017 N N + 22262 smbd 9104 1906 5410 + 21060 smbd 9048 1906 181 5479 N N + 25972 smbd 8678 1906 181 5109 N N + 24524 smbd 8674 1906 181 5105 N N + 19262 smbd 8582 1906 181 5013 N N + 20722 smbd 8572 1906 181 5003 N N + 21454 smbd 8572 1906 181 5003 N N + 28946 smbd 8567 1906 181 4996 N N + 24076 smbd 8566 1906 181 4996 N N + 20138 smbd 8566 1906 181 4996 N N + 17608 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 21820 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 26940 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 19884 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 9912 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 25800 smbd 8564 1906 181 4995 N N + 20452 smbd 8564 1906 181 4995 N N + 18592 smbd 8562 1906 181 4993 N N + 28216 smbd 8521 1906 181 4954 N N + 19110 smbd 8404 1906 181 4862 N N + + Total memory used: 841,592,832 bytes +</pre><ns3:p> +</ns3:p><p> +Samba consists on three core programs: +<span class="application">nmbd</span>, <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">winbindd</span>. <span class="application">nmbd</span> is the name server message daemon, +<span class="application">smbd</span> is the server message daemon, <span class="application">winbindd</span> is the daemon that +handles communication with Domain Controllers. +</p><p> +If your system is NOT running as a WINS server, then there will be one (1) single instance of + <span class="application">nmbd</span> running on your system. If it is running as a WINS server then there will be +two (2) instances - one to handle the WINS requests. +</p><p> +<span class="application">smbd</span> handles ALL connection requests and then spawns a new process for each client +connection made. That is why you are seeing so many of them, one (1) per client connection. +</p><p> +<span class="application">winbindd</span> will run as one or two daemons, depending on whether or not it is being +run in "split mode" (in which case there will be two instances). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868395"></a>I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Your loopback device isn't working correctly. Make sure it's running. </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="FastStart"></a>Chapter 3. FastStart for the Impatient</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2868843">Note</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868843"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="type"></a>Server Configuration Basics</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2868870"></a>First Steps in Server Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba can operate in various modes within SMB networks. This HOWTO section contains information on +configuring samba to function as the type of server your network requires. Please read this +section carefully. +</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>4. <a href="#ServerType">Server Types and Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871915">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872007">Server Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872088">Samba Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868518">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868651">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869720">Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869962">ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870046">Server Security (User Level Security)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2870271">Seamless Windows Network Integration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870448">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870476">What makes Samba a SERVER?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870509">What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870537">What makes Samba a Domain Member?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872449">Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="#samba-pdc">Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875080">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872678">Basics of Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872693">Domain Controller Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872892">Preparing for Domain Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873207">Domain Control - Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873503">Samba ADS Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873526">Domain and Network Logon Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873540">Domain Network Logon Service</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876260">Security Mode and Master Browsers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876365">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876372">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876411">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876460">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876531">The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876588">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876615">Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#samba-bdc">Backup Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878646">Features And Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878811">Essential Background Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878839">MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876805">Active Directory Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876826">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876850">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876875">Backup Domain Controller Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876945">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876995">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877009">Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877034">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877067">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877096">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#domain-member">Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877621">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877192">MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877352">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879134">Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879331">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879386">Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879531">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879579">Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882177">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-member">Samba ADS Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882315">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882398">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882740">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882762">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882784">Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882816">Adding Machine to Domain Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#StandAloneServer">Stand-Alone Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884259">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884297">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884365">Example Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882967">Reference Documentation Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883015">Central Print Serving</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883221">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>9. <a href="#ClientConfig">MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883589">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ServerType"></a>Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2871915">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872007">Server Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872088">Samba Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868518">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868651">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869720">Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869962">ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870046">Server Security (User Level Security)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2870271">Seamless Windows Network Integration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870448">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870476">What makes Samba a SERVER?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870509">What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870537">What makes Samba a Domain Member?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872449">Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This chapter provides information regarding the types of server that Samba may be +configured to be. A Microsoft network administrator who wishes to migrate to or to +use Samba will want to know what, within a Samba context, terms familiar to MS Windows +adminstrator mean. This means that it is essential also to define how critical security +modes function BEFORE we get into the details of how to configure the server itself. +</p><p> +The chapter provides an overview of the security modes of which Samba is capable +and how these relate to MS Windows servers and clients. +</p><p> +Firstly we should recognise the question so often asked, "Why would I want to use Samba?" +So, in those chapters where the answer may be important you will see a section that highlights +features and benefits. These may be for or against Samba. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871915"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Two men were walking down a dusty road, when one suddenly kicked up a small red stone. It +hurt his toe and lodged in his sandle. He took the stone out and cursed it with a passion +and fury fitting his anguish. The other looked at the stone and said, that is a garnet - I +can turn that into a precious gem and some day it will make a princess very happy! +</p><p> +The moral of this tale: Two men, two very different perspectives regarding the same stone. +Like it or not, Samba is like that stone. Treat it the right way and it can bring great +pleasure, but if you are forced upon it and have no time for its secrets then it can be +a source of discomfort. +</p><p> +Samba started out as a project that sought to provide interoperability for MS Windows 3.x +clients with a Unix server. It has grown up a lot since its humble beginnings and now provides +features and functionality fit for large scale deployment. It also has some warts. In sections +like this one we will tell of both. +</p><p> +So now, what are the benefits of features mentioned in this chapter? +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Samba-3 can replace an MS Windows NT4 Domain Controller + </p></li><li><p> + Samba-3 offers excellent interoperability with MS Windows NT4 + style domains as well as natively with Microsoft Active + Directory domains. + </p></li><li><p> + Samba-3 permits full NT4 style Interdomain Trusts + </p></li><li><p> + Samba has security modes that permit more flexible + authentication than is possible with MS Windows NT4 Domain Controllers. + </p></li><li><p> + Samba-3 permits use of multiple account database backends + </p></li><li><p> + The account (password) database backends can be distributed + and replicated using multiple methods. This gives Samba-3 + greater flexibility than MS Windows NT4 and in many cases a + significantly higher utility than Active Directory domains + with MS Windows 200x. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872007"></a>Server Types</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Adminstrators of Microsoft networks often refer to three +different type of servers:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Domain Controller</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Primary Domain Controller</td></tr><tr><td>Backup Domain Controller</td></tr><tr><td>ADS Domain Controller</td></tr></table></li><li><p>Domain Member Server</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Active Directory Member Server</td></tr><tr><td>NT4 Style Domain Member Server</td></tr></table></li><li><p>Stand Alone Server</p></li></ul></div><p> +The chapters covering Domain Control, Backup Domain Control and Domain Membership provide +pertinent information regarding Samba-3 configuration for each of these server roles. +The reader is strongly encouraged to become intimately familiar with the information +presented. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872088"></a>Samba Security Modes</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In this section the function and purpose of Samba's <i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i> +modes are described. An accurate understanding of how Samba implements each security +mode as well as how to configure MS Windows clients for each mode will significantly +reduce user complaints and administrator heartache. +</p><p> +In the SMB/CIFS networking world, there are only two types of security: <span class="emphasis"><em>USER Level</em></span> +and <span class="emphasis"><em>SHARE Level</em></span>. We refer to these collectively as <span class="emphasis"><em>security levels</em></span>. In implementing these two <span class="emphasis"><em>security levels</em></span> Samba provides flexibilities +that are not available with Microsoft Windows NT4 / 200x servers. Samba knows of five (5) +ways that allow the security levels to be implemented. In actual fact, Samba implements +<span class="emphasis"><em>SHARE Level</em></span> security only one way, but has four ways of implementing +<span class="emphasis"><em>USER Level</em></span> security. Collectively, we call the Samba implementations +<span class="emphasis"><em>Security Modes</em></span>. These are: <span class="emphasis"><em>SHARE</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>DOMAIN</em></span>, +<span class="emphasis"><em>ADS</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>SERVER</em></span> +modes. They are documented in this chapter. +</p><p> +A SMB server tells the client at startup what <i class="parameter"><tt>security level</tt></i> +it is running. There are two options: <span class="emphasis"><em>share level</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>user level</em></span>. Which of these two the client receives affects +the way the client then tries to authenticate itself. It does not directly affect +(to any great extent) the way the Samba server does security. This may sound strange, +but it fits in with the client/server approach of SMB. In SMB everything is initiated +and controlled by the client, and the server can only tell the client what is +available and whether an action is allowed. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868518"></a>User Level Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We will describe <i class="parameter"><tt>user level</tt></i> security first, as it's simpler. +In <span class="emphasis"><em>user level</em></span> security, the client will send a +<span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span> command directly after the protocol negotiation. +This contains a username and password. The server can either accept or reject that +username/password combination. Note that at this stage the server has no idea what +share the client will eventually try to connect to, so it can't base the +<span class="emphasis"><em>accept/reject</em></span> on anything other than: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>The username/password</p></li><li><p>The name of the client machine</p></li></ol></div><p> +If the server accepts the username/password then the client expects to be able to +mount shares (using a <span class="emphasis"><em>tree connection</em></span>) without specifying a +password. It expects that all access rights will be as the username/password +specified in the <span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span>. +</p><p> +It is also possible for a client to send multiple <span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span> +requests. When the server responds, it gives the client a <span class="emphasis"><em>uid</em></span> to use +as an authentication tag for that username/password. The client can maintain multiple +authentication contexts in this way (WinDD is an example of an application that does this). +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2868612"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that sets <span class="emphasis"><em>User Level Security</em></span> is: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + security = user +</pre><p> +This is the default setting since samba-2.2.x. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868651"></a>Share Level Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Ok, now for share level security. In share level security, the client authenticates +itself separately for each share. It will send a password along with each +<span class="emphasis"><em>tree connection</em></span> (share mount). It does not explicitly send a +username with this operation. The client expects a password to be associated +with each share, independent of the user. This means that Samba has to work out what +username the client probably wants to use. It is never explicitly sent the username. +Some commercial SMB servers such as NT actually associate passwords directly with +shares in share level security, but Samba always uses the unix authentication scheme +where it is a username/password pair that is authenticated, not a share/password pair. +</p><p> +To gain understanding of the MS Windows networking parallels to this, one should think +in terms of MS Windows 9x/Me where one can create a shared folder that provides read-only +or full access, with or without a password. +</p><p> +Many clients send a <span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span> even if the server is in share +level security. They normally send a valid username but no password. Samba records +this username in a list of <span class="emphasis"><em>possible usernames</em></span>. When the client +then does a <span class="emphasis"><em>tree connection</em></span> it also adds to this list the name +of the share they try to connect to (useful for home directories) and any users +listed in the <i class="parameter"><tt>user =</tt></i> <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> line. The password is then checked +in turn against these <span class="emphasis"><em>possible usernames</em></span>. If a match is found +then the client is authenticated as that user. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2868731"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that sets <span class="emphasis"><em>Share Level Security</em></span> is: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + security = share +</pre><p> +Please note that there are reports that recent MS Windows clients do not like to work +with share mode security servers. You are strongly discouraged from using share level security. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869720"></a>Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When Samba is operating in <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i> mode, +the Samba server has a domain security trust account (a machine account) and will cause +all authentication requests to be passed through to the domain controllers. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2869742"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +Samba as a Domain Member Server +</em></span></p><p> +This method involves addition of the following parameters in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + security = domain + workgroup = "name_of_NT_domain" +</pre><p> +In order for this method to work, the Samba server needs to join the MS Windows NT +security domain. This is done as follows: +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>On the MS Windows NT domain controller, using + the Server Manager, add a machine account for the Samba server. + </p></li><li><p>Next, on the Unix/Linux system execute:</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -j DOMAIN_NAME -r PDC_NAME</tt></b> (samba-2.x)</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -U administrator%password</tt></b> (samba-3)</p></li></ol></div><div xmlns:ns4="" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><ns4:p> +As of Samba-2.2.4 the Samba 2.2.x series can auto-join a Windows NT4 style Domain just +by executing: +</ns4:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -j <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN_NAME</tt></i> -r <i class="replaceable"><tt>PDC_NAME</tt></i> -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>password</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><ns4:p> + +As of Samba-3 the same can be done by executing: +</ns4:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>password</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><ns4:p> +It is not necessary with Samba-3 to specify the <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN_NAME</tt></i> or the <i class="replaceable"><tt>PDC_NAME</tt></i> as it +figures this out from the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file settings. +</ns4:p></div><p> +Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account +for each user in order to assign a uid once the account has been authenticated by +the remote Windows DC. This account can be blocked to prevent logons by clients other than +MS Windows through things such as setting an invalid shell in the +<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry. +</p><p> +An alternative to assigning UIDs to Windows users on a Samba member server is +presented in the <a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">Winbind Overview</a> chapter +in this HOWTO collection. +</p><p> +For more information of being a domain member, see the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain +Member</a> section of this Howto. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869962"></a>ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Both Samba 2.2 and 3.0 can join an Active Directory domain. This is +possible even if the domain is run in native mode. Active Directory in +native mode perfectly allows NT4-style domain members, contrary to +popular belief. The only thing that Active Directory in native mode +prohibits is Backup Domain Controllers running NT4. +</p><p> +If you are running Active Directory starting with Samba 3.0 you can +however join as a native AD member. Why would you want to do that? +Your security policy might prohibit the use of NT-compatible +authentication protocols. All your machines are running Windows 2000 +and above and all use full Kerberos. In this case Samba as a NT4-style +domain would still require NT-compatible authentication data. Samba in +AD-member mode can accept Kerberos. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2869993"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + realm = your.kerberos.REALM + security = ADS +</pre><p> + The following parameter may be required: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + ads server = your.kerberos.server +</pre><p> +Please refer to the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a> and <a href="#ads-member" title="Samba ADS Domain Membership">Active Directory +Membership</a> sections for more information regarding this configuration option. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870046"></a>Server Security (User Level Security)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Server security mode is a left over from the time when Samba was not capable of acting +as a domain member server. It is highly recommended NOT to use this feature. Server +security mode has many draw backs. The draw backs include: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Potential Account Lockout on MS Windows NT4/200x password servers</td></tr><tr><td>Lack of assurance that the password server is the one specified</td></tr><tr><td>Does not work with Winbind, particularly needed when storing profiles remotely</td></tr><tr><td>This mode may open connections to the password server, and keep them open for extended periods.</td></tr><tr><td>Security on the Samba server breaks badly when the remote password server suddenly shuts down</td></tr><tr><td>With this mode there is NO security account in the domain that the password server belongs to for the Samba server.</td></tr></table><p> +In server security mode the Samba server reports to the client that it is in user level +security. The client then does a <span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span> as described earlier. +The Samba server takes the username/password that the client sends and attempts to login to the +<i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i> by sending exactly the same username/password that +it got from the client. If that server is in user level security and accepts the password, +then Samba accepts the clients connection. This allows the Samba server to use another SMB +server as the <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i>. +</p><p> +You should also note that at the very start of all this, where the server tells the client +what security level it is in, it also tells the client if it supports encryption. If it +does then it supplies the client with a random cryptkey. The client will then send all +passwords in encrypted form. Samba supports this type of encryption by default. +</p><p> +The parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> means that Samba reports to clients that +it is running in <span class="emphasis"><em>user mode</em></span> but actually passes off all authentication +requests to another <span class="emphasis"><em>user mode</em></span> server. This requires an additional +parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i> that points to the real authentication server. +That real authentication server can be another Samba server or can be a Windows NT server, +the later natively capable of encrypted password support. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +When Samba is running in <span class="emphasis"><em>server security mode</em></span> it is essential that +the parameter <span class="emphasis"><em>password server</em></span> is set to the precise NetBIOS machine +name of the target authentication server. Samba can NOT determine this from NetBIOS name +lookups because the choice of the target authentication server is arbitrary and can not +be determined from a domain name. In essence, a Samba server that is in +<span class="emphasis"><em>server security mode</em></span> is operating in what used to be known as +workgroup mode. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2870203"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +Using MS Windows NT as an authentication server +</em></span></p><p> +This method involves the additions of the following parameters in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + encrypt passwords = Yes + security = server + password server = "NetBIOS_name_of_a_DC" +</pre><p> +There are two ways of identifying whether or not a username and password pair was valid +or not. One uses the reply information provided as part of the authentication messaging +process, the other uses just an error code. +</p><p> +The down-side of this mode of configuration is the fact that for security reasons Samba +will send the password server a bogus username and a bogus password and if the remote +server fails to reject the username and password pair then an alternative mode of +identification of validation is used. Where a site uses password lock out after a +certain number of failed authentication attempts this will result in user lockouts. +</p><p> +Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account +for the user, though this account can be blocked to prevent logons by non-SMB/CIFS clients. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870271"></a>Seamless Windows Network Integration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows clients may use encrypted passwords as part of a challenge/response +authentication model (a.k.a. NTLMv1 and NTLMv2) or alone, or clear text strings for simple +password based authentication. It should be realized that with the SMB protocol, +the password is passed over the network either in plain text or encrypted, but +not both in the same authentication request. +</p><p> +When encrypted passwords are used, a password that has been entered by the user +is encrypted in two ways: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>An MD4 hash of the UNICODE of the password + string. This is known as the NT hash. + </p></li><li><p>The password is converted to upper case, + and then padded or trucated to 14 bytes. This string is + then appended with 5 bytes of NULL characters and split to + form two 56 bit DES keys to encrypt a "magic" 8 byte value. + The resulting 16 bytes form the LanMan hash. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +MS Windows 95 pre-service pack 1, MS Windows NT versions 3.x and version 4.0 +pre-service pack 3 will use either mode of password authentication. All +versions of MS Windows that follow these versions no longer support plain +text passwords by default. +</p><p> +MS Windows clients have a habit of dropping network mappings that have been idle +for 10 minutes or longer. When the user attempts to use the mapped drive +connection that has been dropped, the client re-establishes the connection using +a cached copy of the password. +</p><p> +When Microsoft changed the default password mode, support was dropped for caching +of the plain text password. This means that when the registry parameter is changed +to re-enable use of plain text passwords it appears to work, but when a dropped +service connection mapping attempts to revalidate it will fail if the remote +authentication server does not support encrypted passwords. This means that it +is definitely not a good idea to re-enable plain text password support in such clients. +</p><p> +The following parameters can be used to work around the issue of Windows 9x clients +upper casing usernames and password before transmitting them to the SMB server +when using clear text authentication. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDLEVEL" target="_top">passsword level</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>integer</tt></i> + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMELEVEL" target="_top">username level</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>integer</tt></i> +</pre><p> +By default Samba will lower case the username before attempting to lookup the user +in the database of local system accounts. Because UNIX usernames conventionally +only contain lower case character, the <i class="parameter"><tt>username level</tt></i> parameter +is rarely needed. +</p><p> +However, passwords on UNIX systems often make use of mixed case characters. +This means that in order for a user on a Windows 9x client to connect to a Samba +server using clear text authentication, the <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> +must be set to the maximum number of upper case letter which <span class="emphasis"><em>could</em></span> +appear is a password. Note that the server OS uses the traditional DES version +of crypt(), a <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> of 8 will result in case +insensitive passwords as seen from Windows users. This will also result in longer +login times as Samba has to compute the permutations of the password string and +try them one by one until a match is located (or all combinations fail). +</p><p> +The best option to adopt is to enable support for encrypted passwords where ever +Samba is used. Most attempts to apply the registry change to re-enable plain text +passwords will eventually lead to user complaints and unhappiness. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870448"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We all make mistakes. It is Ok to make mistakes, so long as they are made in the right places +and at the right time. A mistake that causes lost productivity is seldom tolerated. A mistake +made in a developmental test lab is expected. +</p><p> +Here we look at common mistakes and misapprehensions that have been the subject of discussions +on the Samba mailing lists. Many of these are avoidable by doing you homework before attempting +a Samba implementation. Some are the result of misundertanding of the English language. The +English language has many turns of phrase that are potentially vague and may be highly confusing +to those for whom English is not their native tongue. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870476"></a>What makes Samba a SERVER?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To some the nature of the Samba <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span> mode is very obvious, but entirely +wrong all the same. It is assumed that <i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> means that Samba +will act as a server. Not so! See above - this setting means that Samba will <span class="emphasis"><em>try</em></span> +to use another SMB server as its source of user authentication alone. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870509"></a>What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i> does NOT really make Samba behave +as a Domain Controller! This setting means we want Samba to be a domain member! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870537"></a>What makes Samba a Domain Member?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Guess! So many others do. But whatever you do, do NOT think that <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i> +makes Samba act as a domain member. Read the manufacturers manual before the warranty expires! See +the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Member</a> section of this Howto for more information. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872449"></a>Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Why does server_validate() simply give up rather than re-establishing its connection to the +password server? Though I am not fluent in the SMB protocol, perhaps the cluster server +process passes along to its client workstation the session key it receives from the password +server, which means the password hashes submitted by the client would not work on a subsequent +connection, whose session key would be different. So server_validate() must give up. +</p><p> +Indeed. That's why security = server is at best a nasty hack. Please use security = domain. +<i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> mode is also known as pass-through authentication. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-pdc"></a>Chapter 5. Domain Control</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Bannon</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2875080">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872678">Basics of Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872693">Domain Controller Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872892">Preparing for Domain Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873207">Domain Control - Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873503">Samba ADS Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873526">Domain and Network Logon Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873540">Domain Network Logon Service</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876260">Security Mode and Master Browsers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876365">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876372">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876411">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876460">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876531">The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876588">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876615">Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p><b><span class="emphasis"><em>The Essence of Learning:</em></span> </b> +There are many who approach MS Windows networking with incredible misconceptions. +That's OK, because it gives the rest of us plenty of opportunity to be of assistance. +Those who really want help would be well advised to become familiar with information +that is already available. +</p><p> +The reader is advised NOT to tackle this section without having first understood +and mastered some basics. MS Windows networking is not particularly forgiving of +misconfiguration. Users of MS Windows networking are likely to complain bitterly +of persistent niggles that may be caused by broken network or system configuration. +To a great many people however, MS Windows networking starts with a domain controller +that in some magical way is expected to solve all ills. +</p><p> +From the Samba mailing list one can readilly identify many common networking issues. +If you are not clear on the following subjects, then it will do much good to read the +sections of this HOWTO that deal with it. These are the most common causes of MS Windows +networking problems: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Basic TCP/IP configuration</td></tr><tr><td>NetBIOS name resolution</td></tr><tr><td>Authentication configuration</td></tr><tr><td>User and Group configuration</td></tr><tr><td>Basic File and Directory Permission Control in Unix/Linux</td></tr><tr><td>Understanding of how MS Windows clients interoperate in a network + environment</td></tr></table><p> +Do not be put off; on the surface of it MS Windows networking seems so simple that any fool +can do it. In fact, it is not a good idea to set up an MS Windows network with +inadequate training and preparation. But let's get our first indelible principle out of the +way: <span class="emphasis"><em>It is perfectly OK to make mistakes!</em></span> In the right place and at +the right time, mistakes are the essence of learning. It is <span class="emphasis"><em>very much</em></span> +not ok to make mistakes that cause loss of productivity and impose an avoidable financial +burden on an organisation. +</p><p> +Where is the right place to make mistakes? Only out of harm's way! If you are going to +make mistakes, then please do this on a test network, away from users and in such a way as +to not inflict pain on others. Do your learning on a test network. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875080"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>What is the key benefit of Microsoft Domain security?</em></span> +</p><p> +In a word, <span class="emphasis"><em>Single Sign On</em></span>, or SSO for short. To many, this is the holy +grail of MS Windows NT and beyond networking. SSO allows users in a well designed network +to log onto any workstation that is a member of the domain that their user account is in +(or in a domain that has an appropriate trust relationship with the domain they are visiting) +and they will be able to log onto the network and access resources (shares, files, and printers) +as if they are sitting at their home (personal) workstation. This is a feature of the Domain +security protocols. +</p><p> +The benefits of Domain security are fully available to those sites that deploy a Samba PDC. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Network clients of an MS Windows Domain security environment must be Domain members to be +able to gain access to the advanced features provided. Domain membership involves more than just +setting the workgroup name to the Domain name. It requires the creation of a Domain trust account +for the workstation (called a machine account). Please refer to the chapter on +<a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a> for more information. +</p></div><p> +The following functionalities are new to the Samba-3 release: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Windows NT4 domain trusts + </p></li><li><p> + Adding users via the User Manager for Domains. This can be done on any MS Windows + client using the Nexus toolkit that is available from Microsoft's web site. + At some later date Samba-3 may get support for the use of the Microsoft Management + Console for user management. + </p></li><li><p> + Introduces replaceable and multiple user account (authentication) + back ends. In the case where the back end is placed in an LDAP database, + Samba-3 confers the benefits of a back end that can be distributed, replicated, + and is highly scalable. + </p></li><li><p> + Implements full Unicode support. This simplifies cross locale internationalisation + support. It also opens up the use of protocols that Samba-2.2.x had but could not use due + to the need to fully support Unicode. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba-3: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + SAM replication with Windows NT4 Domain Controllers + (i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa) + </p></li><li><p> + Acting as a Windows 2000 Domain Controller (i.e. Kerberos and + Active Directory) - In point of fact, Samba-3 DOES have some + Active Directory Domain Control ability that is at this time + purely experimental <span class="emphasis"><em>AND</em></span> that is certain + to change as it becomes a fully supported feature some time + during the Samba-3 (or later) life cycle. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients are not true members of a domain for reasons outlined +in this chapter. The protocol for support of Windows 9x / Me style network (domain) logons +is completely different from NT4 / Win2k type domain logons and has been officially supported +for some time. These clients use the old LanMan Network Logon facilities that are supported +in Samba since approximately the Samba-1.9.15 series. +</p><p> +Samba-3 has an implementation of group mapping between Windows NT groups +and Unix groups (this is really quite complicated to explain in a short space). This is +discussed more fully in the <a href="#groupmapping" title="Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups">Group Mapping</a> chapter. +</p><p> +Samba-3, like an MS Windows NT4 PDC or a Windows 200x Active Directory, needs to store +user and machine trust account information in a suitable backend data store. With Samba-3 +there can be multiple back-ends for this including: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> - the plain ascii file stored used by + earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires + a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for + machine accounts). This file will be located in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> + directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba). + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> - a binary database backend that will be + stored in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> directory in a file called + <span class="emphasis"><em>passdb.tdb</em></span>. The key benefit of this binary format + file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accomodated + in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file. These permit the extended + account controls that MS Windows NT4 and later also have. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span> - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the + LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com. + Like the tdbsam, ldapsam permits the storing of extended account attributes + for control of things like: Permitted access times, password activation and + expiry, permitted points of access (workstation names), per user profile + location, and much more. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam_compat</em></span> - An LDAP back-end that maintains backwards + compatibility with the behaviour of samba-2.2.x. You should use this in the process + of migrating from samba-2.2.x to samba-3 if you do not want to rebuild your LDAP + database. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +Read the chapter about <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database</a> for details +regarding the choices available and how to configure them. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The new tdbsam and ldapsam account backends store substantially more information than +smbpasswd is capable of. The new backend database includes capacity to specify +per user settings for many parameters, over-riding global settings given in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. eg: logon drive, logon home, logon path, etc. +Thus, with samba-3 it is possible to have a default system configuration for profiles, +and on a per user basis to over-ride this for those users who should not be subject +to the default configuration. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872678"></a>Basics of Domain Control</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Over the years, public perceptions of what Domain Control really is has taken on an +almost mystical nature. Before we branch into a brief overview of Domain Control, +there are three basic types of domain controllers: +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872693"></a>Domain Controller Types</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Primary Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>Backup Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>ADS Domain Controller</p></li></ul></div><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>Primary Domain Controller</em></span> or PDC plays an important role in the MS +Windows NT4 and Windows 200x Domain Control architecture, but not in the manner that so many +expect. There is folk lore that dictates that because of it's role in the MS Windows +network, the PDC should be the most powerful and most capable machine in the network. +As strange as it may seem to say this here, good over all network performance dictates that +the entire infrastructure needs to be balanced. It is advisable to invest more in the Backup +Domain Controllers and Stand-Alone (or Domain Member) servers than in the PDC. +</p><p> +In the case of MS Windows NT4 style domains, it is the PDC seeds the Domain Control database, +a part of the Windows registry called the SAM (Security Account Manager). It plays a key +part in NT4 type domain user authentication and in synchronisation of the domain authentication +database with Backup Domain Controllers. +</p><p> +With MS Windows 200x Server based Active Directory domains, one domain controller seeds a potential +hierachy of domain controllers, each with their own area of delegated control. The master domain +controller has the ability to override any down-stream controller, but a down-line controller has +control only over it's down-line. With Samba-3 this functionality can be implemented using an +LDAP based user and machine account back end. +</p><p> +New to Samba-3 is the ability to use a back-end database that holds the same type of data as +the NT4 style SAM (Security Account Manager) database (one of the registry files). +The Samba-3 SAM can be specified via the smb.conf file parameter +<i class="parameter"><tt>passwd backend</tt></i> and valid options include +<span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, nisplussam, xmlsam, mysqlsam, guest</em></span>. +</p><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>Backup Domain Controller</em></span> or BDC plays a key role in servicing network +authentication requests. The BDC is biased to answer logon requests in preference to the PDC. +On a network segment that has a BDC and a PDC the BDC will be most likely to service network +logon requests. The PDC will answer network logon requests when the BDC is too busy (high load). +A BDC can be promoted to a PDC. If the PDC is on line at the time that a BDC is promoted to +PDC, the previous PDC is automatically demoted to a BDC. With Samba-3 this is NOT an automatic +operation; the PDB and BDC must be manually configured and changes need to be made likewise. +</p><p> +With MS Windows NT4, it is an install time decision what type of machine the server will be. +It is possible to change the promote a BDC to a PDC and vica versa only, but the only way +to convert a domain controller to a domain member server or a stand-alone server is to +reinstall it. The install time choices offered are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Primary Domain Controller</em></span> - The one that seeds the domain SAM</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Backup Domain Controller</em></span> - One that obtains a copy of the domain SAM</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Domain Member Server</em></span> - One that has NO copy of the domain SAM, rather it obtains authentication from a Domain Controller for all access controls.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Stand-Alone Server</em></span> - One that plays NO part is SAM synchronisation, has it's own authentication database and plays no role in Domain security.</p></li></ul></div><p> +With MS Windows 2000 the configuration of domain control is done after the server has been +installed. Samba-3 is capable of acting fully as a native member of a Windows 200x server +Active Directory domain. +</p><p> +New to Samba-3 is the ability to function fully as an MS Windows NT4 style Domain Controller, +excluding the SAM replication components. However, please be aware that Samba-3 support the +MS Windows 200x domain control protocols also. +</p><p> +At this time any appearance that Samba-3 is capable of acting as an +<span class="emphasis"><em>ADS Domain Controller</em></span> is limited and experimental in nature. +This functionality should not be used until the Samba-Team offers formal support for it. +At such a time, the documentation will be revised to duly reflect all configuration and +management requirements. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872892"></a>Preparing for Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are two ways that MS Windows machines may interact with each other, with other servers, +and with Domain Controllers: Either as <span class="emphasis"><em>Stand-Alone</em></span> systems, more commonly +called <span class="emphasis"><em>Workgroup</em></span> members, or as full participants in a security system, +more commonly called <span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span> members. +</p><p> +It should be noted that <span class="emphasis"><em>Workgroup</em></span> membership involve no special configuration +other than the machine being configured so that the network configuration has a commonly used name +for it's workgroup entry. It is not uncommon for the name WORKGROUP to be used for this. With this +mode of configuration there are NO machine trust accounts and any concept of membership as such +is limited to the fact that all machines appear in the network neighbourhood to be logically +grouped together. Again, just to be clear: <span class="emphasis"><em>workgroup mode does not involve any security machine +accounts</em></span>. +</p><p> +Domain member machines have a machine account in the Domain accounts database. A special procedure +must be followed on each machine to affect Domain membership. This procedure, which can be done +only by the local machine Administrator account, will create the Domain machine account (if +if does not exist), and then initializes that account. When the client first logs onto the +Domain it triggers a machine password change. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +When running a Domain all MS Windows NT / 200x / XP Professional clients should be configured +as full Domain Members - IF A SECURE NETWORK IS WANTED. If the machine is NOT made a member of the +Domain, then it will operate like a workgroup (stand-alone) machine. Please refer the +<a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a> chapter for information regarding + HOW to make your MS Windows clients Domain members. +</p></div><p> +The following are necessary for configuring Samba-3 as an MS Windows NT4 style PDC for MS Windows +NT4 / 200x / XP clients. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</td></tr><tr><td>Correct designation of the Server Role (<i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>)</td></tr><tr><td>Consistent configuration of Name Resolution (See chapter on <a href="#NetworkBrowsing" title="Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide">Browsing</a> and on + <a href="#integrate-ms-networks" title="Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba">MS Windows network Integration</a>)</td></tr><tr><td>Domain logons for Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional clients</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of Roaming Profiles or explicit configuration to force local profile usage</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of Network/System Policies</td></tr><tr><td>Adding and managing domain user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>Configuring MS Windows client machines to become domain members</td></tr></table><p> +The following provisions are required to serve MS Windows 9x / Me Clients: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</td></tr><tr><td>Correct designation of the Server Role (<i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>)</td></tr><tr><td>Network Logon Configuration (Since Windows 9x / XP Home are not technically domain + members, they do not really particpate in the security aspects of Domain logons as such)</td></tr><tr><td>Roaming Profile Configuration</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of System Policy handling</td></tr><tr><td>Installation of the Network driver "Client for MS Windows Networks" and configuration + to log onto the domain</td></tr><tr><td>Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security - if it is desired to allow + all client share access to be controlled according to domain user / group identities.</td></tr><tr><td>Adding and managing domain user accounts</td></tr></table><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Roaming Profiles and System/Network policies are advanced network administration topics +that are covered in the <a href="#ProfileMgmt" title="Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management">Profile Management</a> and +<a href="#PolicyMgmt" title="Chapter 23. System and Account Policies">Policy Management</a> chapters of this document. However, these are not necessarily specific +to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking concepts. +</p></div><p> +A Domain Controller is an SMB/CIFS server that: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Registers and advertises itself as a Domain Controller (through NetBIOS broadcasts + as well as by way of name registrations either by Mailslot Broadcasts over UDP broadcast, + to a WINS server over UDP unicast, or via DNS and Active Directory) + </p></li><li><p> + Provides the NETLOGON service (actually a collection of services that runs over + a number of protocols. These include the LanMan Logon service, the Netlogon service, + the Local Security Account service, and variations of them) + </p></li><li><p> + Provides a share called NETLOGON + </p></li></ul></div><p> +For Samba to provide these is rather easy to configure. Each Samba Domain Controller must provide +the NETLOGON service which Samba calls the <span class="emphasis"><em>domain logons</em></span> functionality +(after the name of the parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file). Additionally, one (1) server in a Samba-3 +Domain must advertise itself as the domain master browser. This causes the Primary Domain Controller +to claim domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given +domain/workgroup. Local master browsers in the same domain/workgroup on broadcast-isolated subnets +then ask for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients +will then contact their local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, +instead of just the list for their broadcast-isolated subnet. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2873207"></a>Domain Control - Example Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to understand the parameters necessary +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Here we attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in +the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. +</p><p> +Here is an example <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for acting as a PDC: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + ; Basic server settings + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>POGO</tt></i> + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>NARNIA</tt></i> + + ; User and Machine Account Backends + ; Choices are: tdbsam, smbpasswd, ldapsam, mysqlsam, xmlsam, guest + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend</a> = ldapsam, guest + + ; we should act as the domain and local master browser + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OSLEVEL" target="_top">os level</a> = 64 + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PERFERREDMASTER" target="_top">preferred master</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top">local master</a> = yes + + ; security settings (must user security = user) + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSUSER" target="_top">security</a> = user + + ; encrypted passwords are a requirement for a PDC (default = Yes) + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords</a> = yes + + ; support domain logons + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons</a> = yes + + ; where to store user profiles? + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" target="_top">logon path</a> = \\%N\profiles\%u + + ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at? + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONDRIVE" target="_top">logon drive</a> = H: + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a> = \\homeserver\%u\winprofile + + ; specify a generic logon script for all users + ; this is a relative **DOS** path to the [netlogon] share + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT" target="_top">logon script</a> = logon.cmd + + ; necessary share for domain controller + [netlogon] + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /usr/local/samba/lib/netlogon + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top">write list</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>ntadmin</tt></i> + + ; share for storing user profiles + [profiles] + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /export/smb/ntprofile + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = no + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> = 0600 + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a> = 0700 +</pre><div xmlns:ns5="" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><ns5:p> +The above parameters make for a full set of parameters that may define the server's mode +of operation. The following parameters are the essentials alone: + +</ns5:p><pre class="programlisting"> + workgroup = NARNIA + domain logons = Yes + domain master = Yes + security = User +</pre><ns5:p> + +The additional parameters shown in the longer listing above just makes for a +more complete environment. +</ns5:p></div><p> +There are a couple of points to emphasize in the above configuration. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Encrypted passwords must be enabled. For more details on how + to do this, refer to <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database chapter</a>. + </p></li><li><p> + The server must support domain logons and have a + <i class="parameter"><tt>[netlogon]</tt></i> share + </p></li><li><p> + The server must be the domain master browser in order for Windows + client to locate the server as a DC. Please refer to the various + Network Browsing documentation included with this distribution for + details. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2873503"></a>Samba ADS Domain Control</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 is not and can not act as an Active Directory Server. It can not truly function as +an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller. The protocols for some of the functionality +the Active Directory Domain Controllers is have been partially implemented on an experimental +only basis. Please do NOT expect Samba-3 to support these protocols - nor should you depend +on any such functionality either now or in the future. The Samba-Team may well remove such +experiemental features or may change their behaviour. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2873526"></a>Domain and Network Logon Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The subject of Network or Domain Logons is discussed here because it rightly forms +an integral part of the essential functionality that is provided by a Domain Controller. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2873540"></a>Domain Network Logon Service</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All Domain Controllers must run the netlogon service (<span class="emphasis"><em>domain logons</em></span> +in Samba). One Domain Controller must be configured with <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master = Yes</tt></i> +(the Primary Domain Controller); on ALL Backup Domain Controllers <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master = No</tt></i> +must be set. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873573"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + [globals] + domain logons = Yes + domain master = (Yes on PDC, No on BDCs) + + [netlogon] + comment = Network Logon Service + path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon + guest ok = Yes + browseable = No +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873592"></a>The Special Case of MS Windows XP Home Edition</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +MS Windows XP Home Edition does not have the ability to join any type of Domain +security facility. Unlike, MS Windows 9x / Me, MS Windows XP Home Edition also completely +lacks the ability to log onto a network. +</p></div><p> +To be completely clear: If you want MS Windows XP Home Edition to integrate with your +MS Windows NT4 or Active Directory Domain security understand - IT CAN NOT BE DONE. +Your only choice is to buy the upgrade pack from MS Windows XP Home Edition to +MS Windows XP Professional. +</p><p> +Now that this has been said, please do NOT ask the mailing list, or email any of the +Samba-Team members with your questions asking how to make this work. It can't be done. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873628"></a>The Special Case of Windows 9x / Me</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A domain and a workgroup are exactly the same thing in terms of network +browsing. The difference is that a distributable authentication +database is associated with a domain, for secure login access to a +network. Also, different access rights can be granted to users if they +successfully authenticate against a domain logon server. Samba-3 does this +now in the same way that MS Windows NT/2K. +</p><p> +The SMB client logging on to a domain has an expectation that every other +server in the domain should accept the same authentication information. +Network browsing functionality of domains and workgroups is identical and +is explained in this documentation under the browsing discussions. +It should be noted, that browsing is totally orthogonal to logon support. +</p><p> +Issues related to the single-logon network model are discussed in this +section. Samba supports domain logons, network logon scripts, and user +profiles for MS Windows for workgroups and MS Windows 9X/ME clients +which are the focus of this section. +</p><p> +When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon, it broadcasts requests for a +logon server. The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its +password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed. +It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user +database is not shared between servers, i.e. they are effectively workgroup +servers advertising themselves as participating in a domain. This +demonstrates how authentication is quite different from but closely +involved with domains. +</p><p> +Using these features you can make your clients verify their logon via +the Samba server; make clients run a batch file when they logon to +the network and download their preferences, desktop and start menu. +</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +MS Windows XP Home edition is NOT able to join a domain and does not permit +the use of domain logons. +</em></span></p><p> +Before launching into the configuration instructions, it is +worthwhile to look at how a Windows 9x/ME client performs a logon: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + The client broadcasts (to the IP broadcast address of the subnet it is in) + a NetLogon request. This is sent to the NetBIOS name DOMAIN<#1c> at the + NetBIOS layer. The client chooses the first response it receives, which + contains the NetBIOS name of the logon server to use in the format of + <tt class="filename">\\SERVER</tt>. + </p></li><li><p> + The client then connects to that server, logs on (does an SMBsessetupX) and + then connects to the IPC$ share (using an SMBtconX). + </p></li><li><p> + The client then does a NetWkstaUserLogon request, which retrieves the name + of the user's logon script. + </p></li><li><p> + The client then connects to the NetLogon share and searches for said script + and if it is found and can be read, is retrieved and executed by the client. + After this, the client disconnects from the NetLogon share. + </p></li><li><p> + The client then sends a NetUserGetInfo request to the server, to retrieve + the user's home share, which is used to search for profiles. Since the + response to the NetUserGetInfo request does not contain much more than + the user's home share, profiles for Win9X clients MUST reside in the user + home directory. + </p></li><li><p> + The client then connects to the user's home share and searches for the + user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the user's home share as + a sharename and path. For example, <tt class="filename">\\server\fred\.winprofile</tt>. + If the profiles are found, they are implemented. + </p></li><li><p> + The client then disconnects from the user's home share, and reconnects to + the NetLogon share and looks for <tt class="filename">CONFIG.POL</tt>, the policies file. If this is + found, it is read and implemented. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon server configuration is that +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Password encryption is not required for a Windows 9x logon server. But note + that beginning with MS Windows 98 the default setting is that plain-text + password support has been disabled. It can be re-enabled with the registry + changes that are documented in the chapter on Policies. + </p></li><li><p> + Windows 9x/ME clients do not require and do not use machine trust accounts. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +A Samba PDC will act as a Windows 9x logon server; after all, it does provide the +network logon services that MS Windows 9x / Me expect to find. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876260"></a>Security Mode and Master Browsers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are a few comments to make in order to tie up some +loose ends. There has been much debate over the issue of whether +or not it is ok to configure Samba as a Domain Controller in security +modes other than <tt class="constant">USER</tt>. The only security mode +which will not work due to technical reasons is <tt class="constant">SHARE</tt> +mode security. <tt class="constant">DOMAIN</tt> and <tt class="constant">SERVER</tt> +mode security are really just a variation on SMB user level security. +</p><p> +Actually, this issue is also closely tied to the debate on whether +or not Samba must be the domain master browser for its workgroup +when operating as a DC. While it may technically be possible +to configure a server as such (after all, browsing and domain logons +are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to do +so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN<#1b> NetBIOS +name. This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC. +Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB. +For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB. +</p><p> +Now back to the issue of configuring a Samba DC to use a mode other +than <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>. If a Samba host is configured to use +another SMB server or DC in order to validate user connection +requests, then it is a fact that some other machine on the network +(the <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i>) knows more about the user than the Samba host. +99% of the time, this other host is a domain controller. Now +in order to operate in domain mode security, the <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> parameter +must be set to the name of the Windows NT domain (which already +has a domain controller). If the domain does NOT already have a Domain Controller +then you do not yet have a Domain! +</p><p> +Configuring a Samba box as a DC for a domain that already by definition has a +PDC is asking for trouble. Therefore, you should always configure the Samba DC +to be the DMB for its domain and set <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>. +This is the only officially supported mode of operation. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2876365"></a>Common Problems and Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876372"></a>I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A 'machine account', (typically) stored in <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>, +takes the form of the machine name with a '$' appended. FreeBSD (and other BSD +systems?) won't create a user with a '$' in their name. +</p><p> +The problem is only in the program used to make the entry. Once made, it works perfectly. +Create a user without the '$'. Then use <b class="command">vipw</b> to edit the entry, adding +the '$'. Or create the whole entry with vipw if you like; make sure you use a unique User ID! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876411"></a>I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This happens if you try to create a machine trust account from the +machine itself and already have a connection (e.g. mapped drive) +to a share (or IPC$) on the Samba PDC. The following command +will remove all network drive connections: +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">C:\WINNT\></tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>net use * /d</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Further, if the machine is already a 'member of a workgroup' that +is the same name as the domain you are joining (bad idea) you will +get this message. Change the workgroup name to something else, it +does not matter what, reboot, and try again. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns6="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876460"></a>The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading +to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, <span class="errorname">The system +can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your +system administrator</span> when attempting to logon. +</p><p> +This occurs when the domain SID stored in the secrets.tdb database +is changed. The most common cause of a change in domain SID is when +the domain name and/or the server name (NetBIOS name) is changed. +The only way to correct the problem is to restore the original domain +SID or remove the domain client from the domain and rejoin. The domain +SID may be reset using either the net or rpcclient utilities. +</p><ns6:p> +The reset or change the domain SID you can use the net command as follows: + +</ns6:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net getlocalsid 'OLDNAME'</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net setlocalsid 'SID'</tt></b> +</pre><ns6:p> +</ns6:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876531"></a>The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When I try to join the domain I get the message <span class="errorname">The machine account +for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible</span>. What's +wrong? +</p><p> +This problem is caused by the PDC not having a suitable machine trust account. +If you are using the <i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i> method to create +accounts then this would indicate that it has not worked. Ensure the domain +admin user system is working. +</p><p> +Alternatively if you are creating account entries manually then they +have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry +correct for the machine trust account in smbpasswd file on the Samba PDC. +If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd +utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name +with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry +in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. +</p><p> +Some people have also reported +that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT +client can cause this problem. Make sure that these are consistent +for both client and server. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876588"></a>When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Enable the user accounts with <b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -e <i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> +</tt></b>, this is normally done as an account is created. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876615"></a>Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A domain controller has to announce on the network who it is. This usually takes a while. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-bdc"></a>Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Volker</span> <span class="surname">Lendecke</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE">Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2878646">Features And Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878811">Essential Background Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878839">MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876805">Active Directory Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876826">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876850">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876875">Backup Domain Controller Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876945">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876995">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877009">Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877034">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877067">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877096">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Before you continue reading in this section, please make sure that you are comfortable +with configuring a Samba Domain Controller as described in the +<a href="Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html" target="_top">Domain Control Chapter</a>. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878646"></a>Features And Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is one of the most difficult chapters to summarise. It matters not what we say here +for someone will still draw conclusions and / or approach the Samba-Team with expectations +that are either not yet capable of being delivered, or that can be achieved for more +effectively using a totally different approach. Since this HOWTO is already so large and +extensive, we have taken the decision to provide sufficient (but not comprehensive) +information regarding Backup Domain Control. In the event that you should have a persistent +concern that is not addressed in this HOWTO document then please email +<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John H Terpstra</a> clearly setting out your requirements +and / or question and we will do our best to provide a solution. +</p><p> +Samba-3 is capable of acting as a Backup Domain Controller to another Samba Primary Domain +Controller. A Samba-3 PDC can operate with an LDAP Account backend. The Samba-3 BDC can +operate with a slave LDAP server for the Account backend. This effectively gives samba a high +degree of scalability. This is a very sweet (nice) solution for large organisations. +</p><p> +While it is possible to run a Samba-3 BDC with non-LDAP backend, the administrator will +need to figure out precisely what is the best way to replicate (copy / distribute) the +user and machine Accounts backend. +</p><p> +The use of a non-LDAP backend SAM database is particularly problematic because Domain member +servers and workstations periodically change the machine trust account password. The new +password is then stored only locally. This means that in the absence of a centrally stored +accounts database (such as that provided with an LDAP based solution) if Samba-3 is running +as a BDC, the PDC instance of the Domain member trust account password will not reach the +PDC (master) copy of the SAM. If the PDC SAM is then replicated to BDCs this results in +overwriting of the SAM that contains the updated (changed) trust account password with resulting +breakage of the domain trust. +</p><p> +Considering the number of comments and questions raised concerning how to configure a BDC +lets consider each possible option and look at the pro's and con's for each theoretical solution: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Backup Domain Backend Account Distribution Options</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Solution: Passwd Backend is LDAP based, BDCs use a slave LDAP server + </p><p> + Arguments For: This is a neat and manageable solution. The LDAP based SAM (ldapsam) + is constantly kept up to date. + </p><p> + Arguments Against: Complexity + </p></li><li><p> + Passdb Backend is tdbsam based, BDCs use cron based "net rcp vampire" to + suck down the Accounts database from the PDC + </p><p> + Arguments For: It would be a nice solution + </p><p> + Arguments Against: It does not work because Samba-3 does not support the required + protocols. This may become a later feature but is not available today. + </p></li><li><p> + Make use of rsync to replicate (pull down) copies of the essential account files + </p><p> + Arguments For: It is a simple solution, easy to set up as a scheduled job + </p><p> + Arguments Against: This will over-write the locally changed machine trust account + passwords. This is a broken and flawed solution. Do NOT do this. + </p></li><li><p> + Operate with an entirely local accounts database (not recommended) + </p><p> + Arguments For: Simple, easy to maintain + </p><p> + Arguments Against: All machine trust accounts and user accounts will be locally + maintained. Domain users will NOT be able to roam from office to office. This is + a broken and flawed solution. Do NOT do this. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878811"></a>Essential Background Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A Domain Controller is a machine that is able to answer logon requests from network +workstations. Microsoft LanManager and IBM LanServer were two early products that +provided this capability. The technology has become known as the LanMan Netlogon service. +</p><p> +When MS Windows NT3.10 was first released it supported an new style of Domain Control +and with it a new form of the network logon service that has extended functionality. +This service became known as the NT NetLogon Service. The nature of this service has +changed with the evolution of MS Windows NT and today provides a very complex array of +services that are implemented over a complex spectrum of technologies. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878839"></a>MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Whenever a user logs into a Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Profresional Workstation, +the workstation connects to a Domain Controller (authentication server) to validate +the username and password that the user entered are valid. If the information entered +does not validate against the account information that has been stored in the Domain +Control database (the SAM, or Security Accounts Manager database) then a set of error +codes is returned to the workstation that has made the authentication request. +</p><p> +When the username / password pair has been validated, the Domain Controller +(authentication server) will respond with full enumeration of the account information +that has been stored regarding that user in the User and Machine Accounts database +for that Domain. This information contains a complete network access profile for +the user but excludes any information that is particular to the user's desktop profile, +or for that matter it excludes all desktop profiles for groups that the user may +belong to. It does include password time limits, password uniqueness controls, +network access time limits, account validity information, machine names from which the +user may access the network, and much more. All this information was stored in the SAM +in all versions of MS Windows NT (3.10, 3.50, 3.51, 4.0). +</p><p> +The account information (user and machine) on Domain Controllers is stored in two files, +one containing the Security information and the other the SAM. These are stored in files +by the same name in the <tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\System32\config</tt> directory. These +are the files that are involved in replication of the SAM database where Backup Domain +Controllers are present on the network. +</p><p> +There are two situations in which it is desirable to install Backup Domain Controllers: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + On the local network that the Primary Domain Controller is on if there are many + workstations and/or where the PDC is generally very busy. In this case the BDCs + will pick up network logon requests and help to add robustness to network services. + </p></li><li><p> + At each remote site, to reduce wide area network traffic and to add stability to + remote network operations. The design of the network, the strategic placement of + Backup Domain Controllers, together with an implementation that localises as much + of network to client interchange as possible will help to minimise wide area network + bandwidth needs (and thus costs). + </p></li></ul></div><p> +The PDC contains the master copy of the SAM. In the event that an administrator makes a +change to the user account database while physically present on the local network that +has the PDC, the change will likely be made directly to the PDC instance of the master +copy of the SAM. In the event that this update may be performed in a branch office the +change will likely be stored in a delta file on the local BDC. The BDC will then send +a trigger to the PDC to commence the process of SAM synchronisation. The PDC will then +request the delta from the BDC and apply it to the master SAM. THe PDC will then contact +all the BDCs in the Domain and trigger them to obtain the update and then apply that to +their own copy of the SAM. +</p><p> +Thus the BDC is said to hold a <span class="emphasis"><em>read-only</em></span> of the SAM from which +it is able to process network logon requests and to authenticate users. The BDC can +continue to provide this service, particularly while, for example, the wide area +network link to the PDC is down. Thus a BDC plays a very important role in both +maintenance of Domain security as well as in network integrity. +</p><p> +In the event that the PDC should need to be taken out of service, or if it dies, then +one of the BDCs can be promoted to a PDC. If this happens while the original PDC is on +line then it is automatically demoted to a BDC. This is an important aspect of Domain +Controller management. The tool that is used to affect a promotion or a demotion is the +Server Manager for Domains. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876742"></a>Example PDC Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since version 2.2 Samba officially supports domain logons for all current Windows Clients, +including Windows NT4, 2003 and XP Professional. For samba to be enabled as a PDC some +parameters in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i>-section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> have to be set: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + workgroup = SAMBA + domain master = yes + domain logons = yes +</pre><p> +Several other things like a <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> and a <i class="parameter"><tt>[netlogon]</tt></i> share also need to be set along with +settings for the profile path, the users home drive, etc.. This will not be covered in this +chapter, for more information please refer to the chapter on Domain Control. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876805"></a>Active Directory Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As of the release of MS Windows 2000 and Active Directory, this information is now stored +in a directory that can be replicated and for which partial or full administrative control +can be delegated. Samba-3 is NOT able to be a Domain Controller within an Active Directory +tree, and it can not be an Active Directory server. This means that Samba-3 also can NOT +act as a Backup Domain Contoller to an Active Directory Domain Controller. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876826"></a>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to register the NetBIOS +group name SAMBA<#1c> with the WINS server and/or by broadcast on the local network. +The PDC also registers the unique NetBIOS name SAMBA<#1b> with the WINS server. +The name type <#1b> name is normally reserved for the Domain Master Browser, a role +that has nothing to do with anything related to authentication, but the Microsoft Domain +implementation requires the domain master browser to be on the same machine as the PDC. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876850"></a>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +An MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a +local user to be authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does this +by doing a NetBIOS name query for the group name SAMBA<#1c>. It assumes that each +of the machines it gets back from the queries is a domain controller and can answer logon +requests. To not open security holes both the workstation and the selected domain controller +authenticate each other. After that the workstation sends the user's credentials (name and +password) to the local Domain Controller, for valdation. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2876875"></a>Backup Domain Controller Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Several things have to be done: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to + be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created + anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is + stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb + from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would + generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this + new BDC SID.</p><p> + To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the + secrets.tdb, execute 'net rpc getsid' on the BDC. + </p></li><li><p> + The Unix user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the + BDC. This means that both the /etc/passwd and /etc/group have to be + replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This can be done manually + whenever changes are made, or the PDC is set up as a NIS master + server and the BDC as a NIS slave server. To set up the BDC as a + mere NIS client would not be enough, as the BDC would not be able to + access its user database in case of a PDC failure. + </p></li><li><p> + The Samba password database in the file private/smbpasswd has to be + replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This is a bit tricky, see the + next section. + </p></li><li><p> + Any netlogon share has to be replicated from the PDC to the + BDC. This can be done manually whenever login scripts are changed, + or it can be done automatically together with the smbpasswd + synchronization. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876945"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done by setting: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + workgroup = SAMBA + domain master = no + domain logons = yes +</pre><p> +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i>-section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> of the BDC. This makes the BDC +only register the name SAMBA<#1c> with the WINS server. This is no +problem as the name SAMBA<#1c> is a NetBIOS group name that is meant to +be registered by more than one machine. The parameter 'domain master = +no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA<#1b> which as a unique NetBIOS +name is reserved for the Primary Domain Controller. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2876995"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As this is a rather new area for Samba there are not many examples that we may refer to. Keep +watching for updates to this section. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877009"></a>Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This problem will occur when occur when the passdb (SAM) files are copied from a central +server but the local Backup Domain Controllers. Local machine trust account password updates +are not copied back to the central server. The newer machine account password is then over +written when the SAM is copied from the PDC. The result is that the Domain member machine +on start up will find that it's passwords does not match the one now in the database and +since the startup security check will now fail, this machine will not allow logon attempts +to procede and the account expiry error will be reported. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877034"></a>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +With version 2.2, no. The native NT4 SAM replication protocols have not yet been fully +implemented. The Samba Team is working on understanding and implementing the protocols, +but this work has not been finished for version 2.2. +</p><p> +With version 3.0, the work on both the replication protocols and a suitable storage +mechanism has progressed, and some form of NT4 BDC support is expected soon. +</p><p> +Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba? Yes. The main reason for implementing a +BDC is availability. If the PDC is a Samba machine, a second Samba machine can be set up to +service logon requests whenever the PDC is down. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877067"></a>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done whenever changes +to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is done in the smbpasswd file and +has to be replicated to the BDC. So replicating the smbpasswd file very often is necessary. +</p><p> +As the smbpasswd file contains plain text password equivalents, it must not be +sent unencrypted over the wire. The best way to set up smbpasswd replication from +the PDC to the BDC is to use the utility rsync. rsync can use ssh as a transport. +Ssh itself can be set up to accept *only* rsync transfer without requiring the user +to type a password. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877096"></a>Can I do this all with LDAP?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The simple answer is YES. Samba's pdb_ldap code supports binding to a replica +LDAP server, and will also follow referrals and rebind to the master if it ever +needs to make a modification to the database. (Normally BDCs are read only, so +this will not occur often). +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="domain-member"></a>Chapter 7. Domain Membership</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2877621">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877192">MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877352">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879134">Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879331">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879386">Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879531">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879579">Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882177">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-member">Samba ADS Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882315">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882398">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882740">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882762">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882784">Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882816">Adding Machine to Domain Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Domain Membership is a subject of vital concern, Samba must be able to +participate as a member server in a Microsoft Domain security context, and +Samba must be capable of providing Domain machine member trust accounts, +otherwise it would not be capable of offering a viable option for many users. +</p><p> +This chapter covers background information pertaining to domain membership, +Samba configuration for it, and MS Windows client procedures for joining a +domain. Why is this necessary? Because both are areas in which there exists +within the current MS Windows networking world and particularly in the +Unix/Linux networking and administration world, a considerable level of +mis-information, incorrect understanding, and a lack of knowledge. Hopefully +this chapter will fill the voids. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877621"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows workstations and servers that want to participate in domain +security need to +be made Domain members. Participating in Domain security is often called +<span class="emphasis"><em>Single Sign On</em></span> or <span class="acronym">SSO</span> for short. This +chapter describes the process that must be followed to make a workstation +(or another server - be it an <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x</span> +server) or a Samba server a member of an MS Windows Domain security context. +</p><p> +Samba-3 can join an MS Windows NT4 style domain as a native member server, an +MS Windows Active Directory Domain as a native member server, or a Samba Domain +Control network. +</p><p> +Domain membership has many advantages: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + MS Windows workstation users get the benefit of SSO + </p></li><li><p> + Domain user access rights and file ownership / access controls can be set + from the single Domain SAM (Security Accounts Management) database + (works with Domain member servers as well as with MS Windows workstations + that are domain members) + </p></li><li><p> + Only <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional</span> + workstations that are Domain members + can use network logon facilities + </p></li><li><p> + Domain Member workstations can be better controlled through the use of + Policy files (<tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt>) and Desktop Profiles. + </p></li><li><p> + Through the use of logon scripts users can be given transparent access to network + applications that run off application servers + </p></li><li><p> + Network administrators gain better application and user access management + abilities because there is no need to maintain user accounts on any network + client or server, other than the central Domain database + (either NT4/Samba SAM style Domain, NT4 Domain that is back ended with an + LDAP directory, or via an Active Directory infrastructure) + </p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns:ns7="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877192"></a>MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A machine trust account is an account that is used to authenticate a client +machine +(rather than a user) to the Domain Controller server. In Windows terminology, +this is known as a "Computer Account." +</p><p> +The password of a machine trust account acts as the shared secret for +secure communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security +feature to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name +from joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group +accounts. Windows NT, 200x, XP Professional clients use machine trust +accounts, but Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients do not. Hence, a +Windows 9x / Me / XP Home client is never a true member of a domain +because it does not possess a machine trust account, and thus has no +shared secret with the domain controller. +</p><p> +A Windows NT4 PDC stores each machine trust account in the Windows Registry. +The introduction of MS Windows 2000 saw the introduction of Active Directory, +the new repository for machine trust accounts. +</p><ns7:p> +A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account in two parts, +as follows: + +</ns7:p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + A Domain Security Account (stored in the + <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> that has been configured in the + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. The precise nature of the account information that is + stored depends on the type of backend database that has been chosen. + </p><p> + The older format of this data is the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> database + which contains the unix login ID, the Unix user identifier (UID), and the + LanMan and NT encrypted passwords. There is also some other information in + this file that we do not need to concern ourselves with here. + </p><p> + The two newer database types are called <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span>, + <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span>. Both store considerably more data than the + older <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file did. The extra information + enables new user account controls to be used. + </p></li><li><p> + A corresponding Unix account, typically stored in + <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. Work is in progress to allow a + simplified mode of operation that does not require Unix user accounts, but + this may not be a feature of the early releases of Samba-3. + </p></li></ul></div><ns7:p> +</ns7:p><p> +There are three ways to create machine trust accounts: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Manual creation from the Unix/Linux command line. Here, both the Samba and + corresponding Unix account are created by hand. + </p></li><li><p> + Using the MS Windows NT4 Server Manager (either from an NT4 Domain member + server, or using the Nexus toolkit available from the Microsoft web site. + This tool can be run from any MS Windows machine so long as the user is + logged on as the administrator account. + </p></li><li><p> + "On-the-fly" creation. The Samba machine trust account is automatically + created by Samba at the time the client is joined to the domain. + (For security, this is the recommended method.) The corresponding Unix + account may be created automatically or manually. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877352"></a>Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to manually +create the corresponding Unix account in <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. +This can be done using <b class="command">vipw</b> or another 'add user' command +that is normally used to create new Unix accounts. The following is an example for a Linux based Samba server: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c <i class="replaceable"><tt>"machine nickname"</tt></i> -s /bin/false <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$ </tt></b> +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>passwd -l <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$</tt></b> +</p><p> +On *BSD systems, this can be done using the <b class="command">chpass</b> utility: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chpass -a "<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin"</tt></b> +</p><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry will list the machine name +with a "$" appended, won't have a password, will have a null shell and no +home directory. For example a machine named 'doppy' would have an +<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +doppy$:x:505:501:<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i>:/dev/null:/bin/false +</pre><p> +Above, <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i> can be any +descriptive name for the client, i.e., BasementComputer. +<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i> absolutely must be the NetBIOS +name of the client to be joined to the domain. The "$" must be +appended to the NetBIOS name of the client or Samba will not recognize +this as a machine trust account. +</p><p> +Now that the corresponding Unix account has been created, the next step is to create +the Samba account for the client containing the well-known initial +machine trust account password. This can be done using the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top"><b class="command">smbpasswd(8)</b></a> command +as shown here: +</p><ns7:p> +</ns7:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -a -m <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><ns7:p>> +</ns7:p><p> +where <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i> is the machine's NetBIOS +name. The RID of the new machine account is generated from the UID of +the corresponding Unix account. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Join the client to the domain immediately</h3><p> + Manually creating a machine trust account using this method is the + equivalent of creating a machine trust account on a Windows NT PDC using + the <span class="application">Server Manager</span>. From the time at which the + account is created to the time which the client joins the domain and + changes the password, your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining + your domain using a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently + trusts members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user + information to such clients. You have been warned! + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879134"></a>Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If the machine from which you are trying to manage the domain is an +<span class="application">MS Windows NT4 workstation</span> +then the tool of choice is the package called <b class="command">SRVTOOLS.EXE</b>. +When executed in the target directory this will unpack +<b class="command">SrvMge.exe</b> and <b class="command">UsrMgr.exe</b> (both are +Domain Management tools for MS Windows NT4 workstation. +</p><p> +If your workstation is any other MS Windows product you should download the +<b class="command">Nexus.exe</b> package from the Microsoft web site. When executed +from the target directory this will unpack the same tools but for use on +<span class="application">MS Windows 9x/Me/200x/XP</span>. +</p><p> +Launch the <b class="command">srvmgr.exe</b> (Server Manager for Domains) and follow these steps: +</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 7.1. Server Manager Account Machine Account Management</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + From the menu select <span class="guimenu">Computer</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Click on <span class="guimenuitem">Select Domain</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Click on the name of the domain you wish to administer in the + <span class="guilabel">Select Domain</span> panel and then click + <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. + </p></li><li><p> + Again from the menu select <span class="guimenu">Computer</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Select <span class="guimenuitem">Add to Domain</span> + </p></li><li><p> + In the dialog box, click on the radio button to + <span class="guilabel">Add NT Workstation of Server</span>, then + enter the machine name in the field provided, then click the + <span class="guibutton">Add</span> button. + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879331"></a>"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is +simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client +is joined to the domain. +</p><p>Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding Unix account, a method +for automatically creating the Unix account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the +<a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDMACHINESCRIPT" target="_top">add machine script</a> option in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. This method is not required, however; corresponding Unix +accounts may also be created manually. +</p><p> +Below is an example for a RedHat Linux system. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +[global] + # <...remainder of parameters...> + add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879386"></a>Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The procedure for making an MS Windows workstation of server a member of the domain varies +with the version of Windows: +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879399"></a>Windows 200x XP Professional</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + When the user elects to make the client a domain member, Windows 200x prompts for + an account and password that has privileges to create machine accounts in the domain. + A Samba administrative account (i.e., a Samba account that has root privileges on the + Samba server) must be entered here; the operation will fail if an ordinary user + account is given. + </p><p> + Note: For security reasons the password for this administrative account should be set + to a password that is other than that used for the root user in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. + </p><p> + The name of the account that is used to create domain member machine accounts can be + anything the network administrator may choose. If it is other than <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> + then this is easily mapped to root using the file pointed to be the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter + <i class="parameter"><tt>username map = /etc/samba/smbusers</tt></i>. + </p><p> + The session key of the Samba administrative account acts as an + encryption key for setting the password of the machine trust + account. The machine trust account will be created on-the-fly, or + updated if it already exists. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879467"></a>Windows NT4</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If the machine trust account was created manually, on the + Identification Changes menu enter the domain name, but do not + check the box <span class="guilabel">Create a Computer Account in the Domain</span>. + In this case, the existing machine trust account is used to join the machine + to the domain. + </p><p> + If the machine trust account is to be created + on-the-fly, on the Identification Changes menu enter the domain + name, and check the box <span class="guilabel">Create a Computer Account in the + Domain</span>. In this case, joining the domain proceeds as above + for Windows 2000 (i.e., you must supply a Samba administrative account when + prompted). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879508"></a>Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>Joining a samba client to a domain is documented in + the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Member</a> chapter. + </p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879531"></a>Domain Member Server</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This mode of server operation involves the samba machine being made a member +of a domain security context. This means by definition that all user +authentication will be done from a centrally defined authentication regime. +The authentication regime may come from an NT3/4 style (old domain technology) +server, or it may be provided from an Active Directory server (ADS) running on +MS Windows 2000 or later. +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em> +Of course it should be clear that the authentication back end itself could be +from any distributed directory architecture server that is supported by Samba. +This can be LDAP (from OpenLDAP), or Sun's iPlanet, of NetWare Directory +Server, etc. +</em></span> +</p><p> +Please refer to the <a href="#samba-pdc" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control chapter</a> +for more information regarding how to create a domain +machine account for a domain member server as well as for information +regarding how to enable the samba domain member machine to join the domain and +to be fully trusted by it. +</p><div xmlns:ns8="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879579"></a>Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns8:p> + </ns8:p><div class="table"><a name="id2879589"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.1. Assumptions</b></p><table summary="Assumptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left">NetBIOS name:</td><td align="left">SERV1</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Win2K/NT domain name:</td><td align="left">DOM</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Domain's PDC NetBIOS name:</td><td align="left">DOMPDC</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Domain's BDC NetBIOS names:</td><td align="left">DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><p> +First, you must edit your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file to tell Samba it should +now use domain security. +</p><p> +Change (or add) your <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section +of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to read: +</p><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><pre class="programlisting"> +security = domain +</pre><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><p> +Next change the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> +workgroup</tt></i></a> line in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> +section to read: +</p><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><pre class="programlisting"> +workgroup = DOM +</pre><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><p> +as this is the name of the domain we are joining. +</p><p> +You must also have the parameter <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a> set to <tt class="constant">yes +</tt> in order for your users to authenticate to the NT PDC. +</p><p> +Finally, add (or modify) a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a> line in the [global] +section to read: +</p><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><pre class="programlisting"> +password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2 +</pre><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><p> +These are the primary and backup domain controllers Samba +will attempt to contact in order to authenticate users. Samba will +try to contact each of these servers in order, so you may want to +rearrange this list in order to spread out the authentication load +among domain controllers. +</p><p> +Alternatively, if you want smbd to automatically determine +the list of Domain controllers to use for authentication, you may +set this line to be: +</p><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><pre class="programlisting"> +password server = * +</pre><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><p> +This method, allows Samba to use exactly the same mechanism that NT does. This +method either broadcasts or uses a WINS database in order to +find domain controllers to authenticate against. +</p><p> +In order to actually join the domain, you must run this command: +</p><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -S DOMPDC -U<i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><ns8:p> +</ns8:p><p> +If the <tt class="option">-S DOMPDC</tt> argument is not given then +the domain name will be obtained from <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p><p> +As we are joining the domain DOM and the PDC for that domain +(the only machine that has write access to the domain SAM database) +is DOMPDC. The <i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i> is +the login name and password for an account which has the necessary +privilege to add machines to the domain. If this is successful +you will see the message: +</p><p> +<tt class="computeroutput">Joined domain DOM.</tt> +or <tt class="computeroutput">Joined 'SERV1' to realm 'MYREALM'</tt> +</p><p> +in your terminal window. See the <a href="net.8.html" target="_top"> +net(8)</a> man page for more details. +</p><p> +This process joins the server to the domain without having to create the machine +trust account on the PDC beforehand. +</p><p> +This command goes through the machine account password +change protocol, then writes the new (random) machine account +password for this Samba server into a file in the same directory +in which an smbpasswd file would be stored - normally : +</p><p> +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/private/secrets.tdb</tt> +</p><p> +This file is created and owned by root and is not +readable by any other user. It is the key to the domain-level +security for your system, and should be treated as carefully +as a shadow password file. +</p><p> +Finally, restart your Samba daemons and get ready for +clients to begin using domain security! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882177"></a>Why is this better than security = server?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from +having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching +to your server. This means that if domain user <tt class="constant">DOM\fred +</tt> attaches to your domain security Samba server, there needs +to be a local Unix user fred to represent that user in the Unix +filesystem. This is very similar to the older Samba security mode +<a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSSERVER" target="_top">security = server</a>, +where Samba would pass through the authentication request to a Windows +NT server in the same way as a Windows 95 or Windows 98 server would. +</p><p> +Please refer to the <a href="winbind.html" target="_top">Winbind +paper</a> for information on a system to automatically +assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups. +</p><p> +The advantage to domain-level security is that the +authentication in domain-level security is passed down the authenticated +RPC channel in exactly the same way that an NT server would do it. This +means Samba servers now participate in domain trust relationships in +exactly the same way NT servers do (i.e., you can add Samba servers into +a resource domain and have the authentication passed on from a resource +domain PDC to an account domain PDC). +</p><p> +In addition, with <i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> every Samba +daemon on a server has to keep a connection open to the +authenticating server for as long as that daemon lasts. This can drain +the connection resources on a Microsoft NT server and cause it to run +out of available connections. With <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i>, +however, the Samba daemons connect to the PDC/BDC only for as long +as is necessary to authenticate the user, and then drop the connection, +thus conserving PDC connection resources. +</p><p> +And finally, acting in the same manner as an NT server +authenticating to a PDC means that as part of the authentication +reply, the Samba server gets the user identification information such +as the user SID, the list of NT groups the user belongs to, etc. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Much of the text of this document +was first published in the Web magazine +<a href="http://www.linuxworld.com" target="_top">LinuxWorld</a> as the article <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com/linuxworld/lw-1998-10/lw-10-samba.html" target="_top">Doing +the NIS/NT Samba</a>. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-member"></a>Samba ADS Domain Membership</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is a rough guide to setting up Samba 3.0 with kerberos authentication against a +Windows2000 KDC. +</p><div xmlns:ns9="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882315"></a>Setup your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You must use at least the following 3 options in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + realm = your.kerberos.REALM + security = ADS + encrypt passwords = yes +</pre><ns9:p> +In case samba can't figure out your ads server using your realm name, use the +<i class="parameter"><tt>ads server</tt></i> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: +</ns9:p><pre class="programlisting"> + ads server = your.kerberos.server +</pre><ns9:p> +</ns9:p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +You do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> need a smbpasswd file, and older clients will be authenticated as +if <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i>, although it won't do any harm and +allows you to have local users not in the domain. It is expected that the above +required options will change soon when active directory integration will get +better. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882398"></a>Setup your <tt class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The minimal configuration for <tt class="filename">krb5.conf</tt> is: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + [realms] + YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = { + kdc = your.kerberos.server + } +</pre><p> +Test your config by doing a <b class="userinput"><tt>kinit +<i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i class="replaceable"><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b> and +making sure that your password is accepted by the Win2000 KDC. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The realm must be uppercase or you will get <span class="errorname">Cannot find KDC for +requested realm while getting initial credentials</span> error +</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Time between the two servers must be synchronized. You will get a +<span class="errorname">kinit(v5): Clock skew too great while getting initial credentials</span> +if the time difference is more than five minutes. +</p></div><p> +You also must ensure that you can do a reverse DNS lookup on the IP +address of your KDC. Also, the name that this reverse lookup maps to +must either be the netbios name of the KDC (ie. the hostname with no +domain attached) or it can alternatively be the netbios name +followed by the realm. +</p><p> +The easiest way to ensure you get this right is to add a +<tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> entry mapping the IP address of your KDC to +its netbios name. If you don't get this right then you will get a +<span class="errorname">local error</span> when you try to join the realm. +</p><p> +If all you want is kerberos support in <span class="application">smbclient</span> then you can skip +straight to <a href="#ads-test-smbclient" title="Testing with smbclient">Test with <span class="application">smbclient</span></a> now. +<a href="#ads-create-machine-account" title="Create the computer account">Creating a computer account</a> +and <a href="#ads-test-server" title="Test your server setup">testing your servers</a> +is only needed if you want kerberos support for <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">winbindd</span>. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns10="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-create-machine-account"></a>Create the computer account</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns10:p> +As a user that has write permission on the Samba private directory +(usually root) run: +</ns10:p><pre class="programlisting"> + <b class="userinput"><tt>net join -U Administrator%password</tt></b> +</pre><ns10:p> +</ns10:p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2882589"></a>Possible errors</h4></div></div><div></div></div><ns10:p> +</ns10:p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><span class="errorname">ADS support not compiled in</span></span></dt><dd><p>Samba must be reconfigured (remove config.cache) and recompiled + (make clean all install) after the kerberos libs and headers are installed. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><span class="errorname">net join prompts for user name</span></span></dt><dd><p>You need to login to the domain using <b class="userinput"><tt>kinit + <i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i class="replaceable"><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b>. + <i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i> must be a user who has rights to add a machine + to the domain. </p></dd></dl></div><ns10:p> +</ns10:p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-test-server"></a>Test your server setup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If the join was successful, you will see a new computer account with the +NetBIOS name of your Samba server in Active Directory (in the "Computers" +folder under Users and Computers. +</p><p> +On a Windows 2000 client try <b class="userinput"><tt>net use * \\server\share</tt></b>. You should +be logged in with kerberos without needing to know a password. If +this fails then run <b class="userinput"><tt>klist tickets</tt></b>. Did you get a ticket for the +server? Does it have an encoding type of DES-CBC-MD5 ? +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-test-smbclient"></a>Testing with <span class="application">smbclient</span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +On your Samba server try to login to a Win2000 server or your Samba +server using <span class="application">smbclient</span> and kerberos. Use <span class="application">smbclient</span> as usual, but +specify the <i class="parameter"><tt>-k</tt></i> option to choose kerberos authentication. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882740"></a>Notes</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You must change administrator password at least once after DC +install, to create the right encoding types +</p><p> +W2k doesn't seem to create the _kerberos._udp and _ldap._tcp in +their defaults DNS setup. Maybe fixed in service packs? +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882762"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the process of adding / deleting / re-adding domain member machine accounts there are +many traps for the unwary player and there are many "little" things that can go wrong. +It is particularly interesting how often subscribers on the samba mailing list have concluded +after repeated failed attempts to add a machine account that it is necessary to "re-install" +MS Windows on t he machine. In truth, it is seldom necessary to reinstall because of this type +of problem. The real solution is often very simple, and with understanding of how MS Windows +networking functions. easily overcome. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882784"></a>Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Problem:</em></span> A Windows workstation was reinstalled. The original domain machine +account was deleted and added immediately. The workstation will not join the domain if I use +the same machine name. Attempts to add the machine fail with a message that the machine already +exists on the network - I know it doen't. Why is this failing? +</p><p> +The original name is still in the NetBIOS name cache and must expire after machine account +deletion BEFORE adding that same name as a domain member again. The best advice is to delete +the old account and then to add the machine with a new name. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882816"></a>Adding Machine to Domain Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Adding a Windows 200x or XP Professional machine to the Samba PDC Domain fails with a +message that, <span class="errorname">The machine could not be added at this time, there is a network problem. +Please try again later.</span> Why? +</p><p> +You should check that there is an <i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i> in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +file. If there is not, please add one that is appropriate for your OS platform. If a script +has been defined you will need to debug it's operation. Increase the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> +in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file to level 10, then try to rejoin the domain. Check the logs to see which +operation is failing. +</p><p> +Possible causes include: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + The script does not actually exist, or could not be located in the path specified. + </p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Corrective Action:</em></span> Fix it. Make sure that when run manually + that the script will add both the Unix system account _and_ the Samba SAM account. + </p></li><li><p> + The machine could not be added to the Unix system accounts file <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> + </p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Corrective Action:</em></span> Check that the machine name is a legal Unix + system account name. ie: If the Unix utility <b class="command">useradd</b> is called + then make sure that the machine name you are trying to add can be added using this + tool. <b class="command">Useradd</b> on some systems will not allow any upper case characters + nor will it allow spaces in the name. + </p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="StandAloneServer"></a>Chapter 8. Stand-Alone Servers</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884259">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884297">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884365">Example Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882967">Reference Documentation Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883015">Central Print Serving</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883221">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><p> +Stand-Alone servers are independant of Domain Controllers on the network. +They are NOT domain members and function more like workgroup servers. In many +cases a stand-alone server is configured with a minimum of security control +with the intent that all data served will be readilly accessible to all users. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884259"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Stand-Alone servers can be as secure or as insecure as needs dictate. They can +have simple or complex configurations. Above all, despite the hoopla about +Domain security they remain a very common installation. +</p><p> +If all that is needed is a server for read-only files, or for +printers alone, it may not make sense to affect a complex installation. +For example: A drafting office needs to store old drawings and reference +standards. No-one can write files to the server as it is legislatively +important that all documents remain unaltered. A share mode read-only stand-alone +server is an ideal solution. +</p><p> +Another situation that warrants simplicity is an office that has many printers +that are queued off a single central server. Everyone needs to be able to print +to the printers, there is no need to affect any access controls and no files will +be served from the print server. Again a share mode stand-alone server makes +a great solution. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884297"></a>Background</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The term <span class="emphasis"><em>stand-alone server</em></span> means that the server +will provide local authentication and access control for all resources +that are available from it. In general this means that there will be a +local user database. In more technical terms, it means that resources +on the machine will be made available in either SHARE mode or in +USER mode. +</p><p> +No special action is needed other than to create user accounts. Stand-alone +servers do NOT provide network logon services. This means that machines that +use this server do NOT perform a domain log onto it. Whatever logon facility +the workstations are subject to is independant of this machine. It is however +necessary to accomodate any network user so that the logon name they use will +be translated (mapped) locally on the stand-alone server to a locally known +user name. There are several ways this cane be done. +</p><p> +Samba tends to blur the distinction a little in respect of what is +a stand-alone server. This is because the authentication database may be +local or on a remote server, even if from the samba protocol perspective +the samba server is NOT a member of a domain security context. +</p><p> +Through the use of PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) and nsswitch +(the name service switcher) the source of authentication may reside on +another server. We would be inclined to call this the authentication server. +This means that the samba server may use the local Unix/Linux system password database +(<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> or <tt class="filename">/etc/shadow</tt>), may use a +local smbpasswd file, or may use +an LDAP back end, or even via PAM and Winbind another CIFS/SMB server +for authentication. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884365"></a>Example Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following examples are designed to inspire simplicity. It is too easy to +attempt a high level of creativity and to introduce too much complexity in +server and network design. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882967"></a>Reference Documentation Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Configuration of a read-only data server that EVERYONE can access is very simple. +Here is the smb.conf file that will do this. Assume that all the reference documents +are stored in the directory /export, that the documents are owned by a user other than +nobody. No home directories are shared, that are no users in the <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> +Unix system database. This is a very simple system to administer. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + # Global parameters + [global] + workgroup = MYGROUP + netbios name = REFDOCS + security = SHARE + passdb backend = guest + wins server = 192.168.1.1 + + [data] + comment = Data + path = /export + guest only = Yes +</pre><p> +In the above example the machine name is set to REFDOCS, the workgroup is set to the name +of the local workgroup so that the machine will appear in with systems users are familiar +with. The only password backend required is the "guest" backend so as to allow default +unprivilidged account names to be used. Given that there is a WINS server on this network +we do use it. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns13="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883015"></a>Central Print Serving</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Configuration of a simple print server is very simple if you have all the right tools +on your system. +</p><div class="orderedlist"><p class="title"><b> Assumptions:</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + The print server must require no administration + </p></li><li><p> + The print spooling and processing system on our print server will be CUPS. + (Please refer to the chapter on printing for more information). + </p></li><li><p> + All printers will that the print server will service will be network + printers. They will be correctly configured, by the administrator, + in the CUPS environment. + </p></li><li><p> + All workstations will be installed using postscript drivers. The printer + of choice is the Apple Color LaserWriter. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +In this example our print server will spool all incoming print jobs to +<tt class="filename">/var/spool/samba</tt> until the job is ready to be submitted by +samba to the CUPS print processor. Since all incoming connections will be as +the anonymous (guest) user two things will be required: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Enablement for Anonymous Printing</b></p><ul type="disc"><li xmlns:ns11=""><ns11:p> + The Unix/Linux system must have a <b class="command">guest</b> account. + The default for this is usually the account <b class="command">nobody</b>. + To find the correct name to use for your version of Samba do the + following: + </ns11:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm -s -v | grep "guest account"</tt></b> + </pre><ns11:p> + Then make sure that this account exists in your system password + database (<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>). + </ns11:p></li><li xmlns:ns12=""><ns12:p> + The directory into which Samba will spool the file must have write + access for the guest account. The following commands will ensure that + this directory is available for use: + </ns12:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>mkdir /var/spool/samba</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown nobody.nobody /var/spool/samba</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chmod a+rwt /var/spool/samba</tt></b> + </pre><ns12:p> + </ns12:p></li></ul></div><ns13:p> +</ns13:p><pre class="programlisting"> + # Global parameters + [global] + workgroup = MYGROUP + netbios name = PTRSVR1 + security = SHARE + passdb backend = guest + wins server = 192.168.1.1 + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + path = /var/spool/samba + printer admin = root + guest ok = Yes + printable = Yes + printing = cups + use client driver = Yes + browseable = No +</pre><ns13:p> +</ns13:p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883221"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The greatest mistake so often made is to make a network configuration too complex. +It pays to use the simplest solution that will meet the needs of the moment. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ClientConfig"></a>Chapter 9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2883589">Note</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883589"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="optional"></a>Advanced Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2883617"></a>Valuable Nuts and Bolts Information</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba has several features that you might want or might not want to use. The chapters in this part each cover specific Samba features. +</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>10. <a href="#NetworkBrowsing">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883706">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883784">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883967">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883983">NetBIOS over TCP/IP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883290">TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883418">DNS and Active Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883554">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884860">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885066">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885332">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888727">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888744">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888773">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888877">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888938">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889089">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889284">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889309">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889340">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889353">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889420">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889541">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889588">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889695">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889774">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890391">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890406">How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890435">My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#passdb">Account Information Databases</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890530">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890854">Technical Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890917">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891160">Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891216">Account Management Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891247">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891513">The pdbedit Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891647">Password Backends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895859">Plain Text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895899">smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896006">tdbsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896034">ldapsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2897524">MySQL</a></dt><dt><a href="#XMLpassdb">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2898328">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898335">Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898350">Users are being added to the wrong backend database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898409">auth methods does not work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#groupmapping">Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898582">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898682">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898871">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2898936">Configuration Scripts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898950">Sample smb.conf add group script</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899017">Script to configure Group Mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2899091">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2899107">Adding Groups Fails</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899167">Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>13. <a href="#AccessControls">File, Directory and Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902353">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2902478">File System Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902496">MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899413">Managing Directories</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899508">File and Directory Access Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2899915">Share Definition Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2899943">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2900215">File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2900461">Miscellaneous Controls</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905044">Access Controls on Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905115">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905414">MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905422">Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905460">Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905539">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905661">Viewing File or Directory Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905889">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906041">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906370">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2906446">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906460">Users can not write to a public share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906838">I have set force user and samba still makes root the owner of all the files + I touch!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#locking">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2908960">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2909016">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906890">Opportunistic Locking Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2907521">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2907630">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2907890">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910326">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910353">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2910432">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910463">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910536">locking.tdb error messages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2910566">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#securing-samba">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911991">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912024">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910684">Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910702">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910771">User based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910822">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910872">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910929">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910994">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911033">Upgrading Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911056">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911075">Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911100">Why can users access home directories of other users?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#InterdomainTrusts">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911618">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911646">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911730">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911742">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913717">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2913754">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2913781">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913908">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911286">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911301">Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#msdfs">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911399">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912809">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#printing">Classical Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914332">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914396">Technical Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914432">What happens if you send a Job from a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914502">Printing Related Configuration Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917610">Parameters Recommended for Use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912970">Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913079">Parameters no longer in use</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2913172">A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915178">Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915261">A little Experiment to warn you</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2915568">Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915660">Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915673">The [global] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925133">The [printers] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925462">Any [my_printer_name] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925683">Print Commands</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925734">Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926260">Setting up your own Print Commands</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926537">Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2926691">Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926842">The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926955">Creating the [print$] Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927026">Parameters in the [print$] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927247">Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2927408">Installing Drivers into [print$]</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2927502">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927686">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2929284">"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Insta +Procedure)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2929305">The first Client Driver Installation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929502">IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929792">Further Client Driver Install Procedures</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929887">Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2930029">Other Gotchas</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2930062">Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2930496">Supporting large Numbers of Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2930798">Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931042">Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931140">Be careful when assembling Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931411">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931481">Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2931504">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2931549">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931590">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931609">The Imprints Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931634">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2931786">Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932115">The addprinter command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932160">Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932329">Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932343">Common Errors and Problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2932356">I give my root password but I don't get access</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932390">My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2939414">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2939421">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939469">Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2939521">Basic Configuration of CUPS support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2939600">Linking of smbd with libcups.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932509">Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932572">More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2932671">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2932692">Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932719">CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932755">Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932814">Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932975">Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2933068">Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2933143">GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933188">Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933286">Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933358">PostScript and Ghostscript</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933454">Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933550">PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946373">CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946462">CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946485">The CUPS Filtering Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946623">MIME types and CUPS Filters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946811">MIME type Conversion Rules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946927">Filter Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947096">Prefilters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947181">pstops</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947284">pstoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947440">imagetops and imagetoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947495">rasterto [printerspecific]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947580">CUPS Backends</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947894">cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947997">The Complete Picture</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948012">mime.convs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948065">"Raw" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948120">"application/octet-stream" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948335">PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948562">Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948719">Examples for filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948948">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949073">Printing with Interface Scripts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949135">Network printing (purely Windows)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949151">From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949190">Driver Execution on the Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949249">Driver Execution on the Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949312">Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949333">From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949493">Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949571">Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949626">PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949667">PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949732">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949750">Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949784">Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949805">CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949832">PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949866"> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949885">cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949976">Prepare your smb.conf for +cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950023">CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950220">Recognize the different Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950278">Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950311">ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950361">Caveats to be considered</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950582">What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950763">Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950864">Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951007">Understanding cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951101">How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951188">cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951223">cupsaddsmb Flowchart</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951274">Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951389">Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2951523">Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2951638">A Check of the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951750">Understanding the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951829">Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951919">What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952081">Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952701">Troubleshooting revisited</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2952803">The printing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2952906">Trivial DataBase Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952976">Binary Format</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953038">Losing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953097">Using tdbbackup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2953159">CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2953265">foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953893">foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2954351">Page Accounting with CUPS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2954382">Setting up Quotas</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954413">Correct and incorrect Accounting</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954454">Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954526">The page_log File Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954628">Possible Shortcomings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954699">Future Developments</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954747">Other Accounting Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2954762">Additional Material</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954956">Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955001">CUPS Configuration Settings explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955083">Pre-conditions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955144">Manual Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2955162">When not to use Samba to print to +CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955180">In Case of Trouble.....</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955214">Where to find Documentation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955227">How to ask for Help</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955240">Where to find Help</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2955254">Appendix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955261">Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955455">More CUPS filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955709">Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2956815">An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="#VFS">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2958218">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958235">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958286">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2956883">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2956922">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957044">fake_perms</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957063">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957202">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957247">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2957269">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957323">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957352">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="#winbind">Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2957847">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957875">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2959857">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2959916">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2959947">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2959975">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960008">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960031">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957393">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957465">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957499">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957528">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2957555">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957630">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958907">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963255">Conclusion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963274">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement">Advanced Network Manangement</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2964647">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964678">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963360">Remote Desktop Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2963377">Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963579">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2963774">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963806">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="#PolicyMgmt">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2964204">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964256">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2964367">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963915">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964048">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2965490">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2965591">Samba Editreg Toolset</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965611">Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965631">Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2965676">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965823">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2965837">Policy Does Not Work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="#ProfileMgmt">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2965940">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965973">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2966014">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2971377">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972314">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972378">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2972638">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972696">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972742">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2972762">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972910">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973464">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2973968">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2973980">How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974043">Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974262">Changing the default profile</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="#pam">PAM based Distributed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2975719">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974574">Technical Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2974590">PAM Configuration Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2975256">Example System Configurations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977688">smb.conf PAM Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977745">Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977829">Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978196">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978209">pam_winbind problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="#integrate-ms-networks">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2979952">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979977">Background Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2980022">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2980073">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2980198">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978348">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978390">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978479">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978604">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978648">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978762">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978795">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978820">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978890">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978906">My Boomerang Won't Come Back</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978938">Very Slow Network Connections</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978989">Samba server name change problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>27. <a href="#unicode">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2979144">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979186">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979255">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979355">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979401">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="#Backup">Samba Backup Techniques</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2981995">Note</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982016">Features and Benefits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="#SambaHA">High Availability Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2981826">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="NetworkBrowsing"></a>Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">July 5, 1998</p></div><div><p class="pubdate">Updated: April 21, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2883706">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883784">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883967">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883983">NetBIOS over TCP/IP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883290">TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883418">DNS and Active Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883554">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884860">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885066">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885332">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888727">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888744">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888773">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888877">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888938">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889089">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889284">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889309">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889340">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889353">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889420">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889541">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889588">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889695">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889774">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890391">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890406">How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890435">My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This document contains detailed information as well as a fast track guide to +implementing browsing across subnets and / or across workgroups (or domains). +WINS is the best tool for resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addesses. WINS is +NOT involved in browse list handling except by way of name to address resolution. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +MS Windows 2000 and later can be configured to operate with NO NetBIOS +over TCP/IP. Samba-3 and later also supports this mode of operation. +When the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP has been disabled then the primary +means for resolution of MS Windows machine names is via DNS and Active Directory. +The following information assumes that your site is running NetBIOS over TCP/IP. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883706"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Someone once referred to the past in terms of: <span class="emphasis"><em>They were the worst of times, +they were the best of times. The more we look back, them more we long for what was and +hope it never returns!</em></span>. +</p><p> +For many MS Windows network administrators that statement sums up their feelings about +NetBIOS networking precisely. For those who mastered NetBIOS networking it's fickle +nature was just par for the course. For those who never quite managed to tame it's +lusty features NetBIOS is like Paterson's Curse. +</p><p> +For those not familiar with botanical problems in Australia: Paterson's curse, +Echium plantagineum, was introduced to Australia from Europe during the mid-nineteenth +century. Since then it has spread rapidly. The high seed production, with densities of +thousands of seeds per square metre, a seed longevity of more than seven years, and an +ability to germinate at any time of year, given the right conditions, are some of the +features which make it such a persistent weed. +</p><p> +In this chapter we explore vital aspects of SMB (Server Message Block) networking with +a particular focus on SMB as implmented through running NetBIOS (Network Basic +Input / Output System) over TCP/IP. Since Samba does NOT implement SMB or NetBIOS over +any other protocols we need to know how to configure our network environment and simply +remember to use nothing but TCP/IP on all our MS Windows network clients. +</p><p> +Samba provides the ability to implement a WINS (Windows Internetworking Name Server) +and implements extensions to Microsoft's implementation of WINS. These extensions +help Samba to affect stable WINS operations beyond the normal scope of MS WINS. +</p><p> +Please note that WINS is exclusively a service that applies only to those systems +that run NetBIOS over TCP/IP. MS Windows 200x / XP have the capacity to turn off +support for NetBIOS, in which case WINS is of no relevance. Samba-3 supports this also. +</p><p> +For those networks on which NetBIOS has been disabled (ie: WINS is NOT required) +the use of DNS is necessary for host name resolution. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883784"></a>What is Browsing?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To most people browsing means that they can see the MS Windows and Samba servers +in the Network Neighborhood, and when the computer icon for a particular server is +clicked, it opens up and shows the shares and printers available on the target server. +</p><p> +What seems so simple is in fact a very complex interaction of different technologies. +The technologies (or methods) employed in making all of this work includes: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS Windows machines register their presence to the network</td></tr><tr><td>Machines announce themselves to other machines on the network</td></tr><tr><td>One or more machine on the network collates the local announcements</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine finds the machine that has the collated list of machines</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine is able to resolve the machine names to IP addresses</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine is able to connect to a target machine</td></tr></table><p> +The samba application that controls/manages browse list management and name resolution is +called <tt class="filename">nmbd</tt>. The configuration parameters involved in nmbd's operation are: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + + Browsing options: + ----------------- + * os level + lm announce + lm interval + * preferred master + * local master + * domain master + browse list + enhanced browsing + + Name Resolution Method: + ----------------------- + * name resolve order + + WINS options: + ------------- + dns proxy + wins proxy + * wins server + * wins support + wins hook +</pre><p> +For Samba the WINS Server and WINS Support are mutually exclusive options. Those marked with +an '*' are the only options that commonly MAY need to be modified. Even if not one of these +parameters is set nmbd will still do it's job. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883967"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Firstly, all MS Windows networking uses SMB (Server Message Block) based messaging. +SMB messaging may be implemented with or without NetBIOS. MS Windows 200x supports +NetBIOS over TCP/IP for backwards compatibility. Microsoft are intent on phasing out NetBIOS +support. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883983"></a>NetBIOS over TCP/IP</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba implements NetBIOS, as does MS Windows NT / 200x / XP, by encapsulating it over TCP/IP. +MS Windows products can do likewise. NetBIOS based networking uses broadcast messaging to +affect browse list management. When running NetBIOS over TCP/IP this uses UDP based messaging. +UDP messages can be broadcast or unicast. +</p><p> +Normally, only unicast UDP messaging can be forwarded by routers. The +<b class="command">remote announce</b> parameter to smb.conf helps to project browse announcements +to remote network segments via unicast UDP. Similarly, the +<b class="command">remote browse sync</b> parameter of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +implements browse list collation using unicast UDP. +</p><p> +Secondly, in those networks where Samba is the only SMB server technology +wherever possible <tt class="filename">nmbd</tt> should be configured on one (1) machine as the WINS +server. This makes it easy to manage the browsing environment. If each network +segment is configured with it's own Samba WINS server, then the only way to +get cross segment browsing to work is by using the +<b class="command">remote announce</b> and the <b class="command">remote browse sync</b> +parameters to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><p> +If only one WINS server is used for an entire multi-segment network then +the use of the <b class="command">remote announce</b> and the +<b class="command">remote browse sync</b> parameters should NOT be necessary. +</p><p> +As of Samba 3 WINS replication is being worked on. The bulk of the code has +been committed, but it still needs maturation. This is NOT a supported feature +of the Samba-3.0.0 release. Hopefully, this will become a supported feature +of one of the samba-3 release series. +</p><p> +Right now samba WINS does not support MS-WINS replication. This means that +when setting up Samba as a WINS server there must only be one <tt class="filename">nmbd</tt> +configured as a WINS server on the network. Some sites have used multiple Samba WINS +servers for redundancy (one server per subnet) and then used +<b class="command">remote browse sync</b> and <b class="command">remote announce</b> +to affect browse list collation across all segments. Note that this means clients +will only resolve local names, and must be configured to use DNS to resolve names +on other subnets in order to resolve the IP addresses of the servers they can see +on other subnets. This setup is not recommended, but is mentioned as a practical +consideration (ie: an 'if all else fails' scenario). +</p><p> +Lastly, take note that browse lists are a collection of unreliable broadcast +messages that are repeated at intervals of not more than 15 minutes. This means +that it will take time to establish a browse list and it can take up to 45 +minutes to stabilise, particularly across network segments. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883290"></a>TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All TCP/IP using systems use various forms of host name resolution. The primary +methods for TCP/IP hostname resolutions involves either a static file (<tt class="filename">/etc/hosts +</tt>) or DNS (the Domain Name System). DNS is the technology that makes +the Internet usable. DNS based host name resolution is supported by nearly all TCP/IP +enabled systems. Only a few embedded TCP/IP systems do not support DNS. +</p><p> +When an MS Windows 200x / XP system attempts to resolve a host name to an IP address +it follows a defined path: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + Checks the <tt class="filename">hosts</tt> file. It is located in + <tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\System32\Drivers\etc</tt>. + </p></li><li><p> + Does a DNS lookup + </p></li><li><p> + Checks the NetBIOS name cache + </p></li><li><p> + Queries the WINS server + </p></li><li><p> + Does a broadcast name lookup over UDP + </p></li><li><p> + Looks up entries in LMHOSTS. It is located in + <tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\System32\Drivers\etc</tt>. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +Windows 200x / XP can register it's host name with a Dynamic DNS server. You can +force register with a Dynamic DNS server in Windows 200x / XP using: +<b class="command">ipconfig /registerdns</b> +</p><p> +With Active Directory (ADS), a correctly functioning DNS server is absolutely +essential. In the absence of a working DNS server that has been correctly configured +MS Windows clients and servers will be totally unable to locate each other, +consequently network services will be severely impaired. +</p><p> +The use of Dynamic DNS is highly recommended with Active Directory, in which case +the use of BIND9 is preferred for it's ability to adequately support the SRV (service) +records that are needed for Active Directory. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883418"></a>DNS and Active Directory</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Occasionally we hear from Unix network administrators who want to use a Unix based Dynamic +DNS server in place of the Microsoft DNS server. While this might be desirable to some, the +MS Windows 200x DNS server is auto-configured to work with Active Directory. It is possible +to use BIND version 8 or 9, but it will almost certainly be necessary to create service records +so that MS Active Directory clients can resolve host names to locate essential network services. +The following are some of the default service records that Active Directory requires: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>_ldap._tcp.pdc.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span></p><p> + This provides the address of the Windows NT PDC for the Domain. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.pdc.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>DomainTree</em></span></p><p> + Resolves the addresses of Global Catalog servers in the domain. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.<span class="emphasis"><em>site</em></span>.sites.writable.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span></p><p> + Provides list of domain controllers based on sites. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.writable.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span></p><p> + Enumerates list of domain controllers that have the writable + copies of the Active Directory data store. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.<span class="emphasis"><em>GUID</em></span>.domains.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>DomainTree</em></span></p><p> + Entry used by MS Windows clients to locate machines using the + Global Unique Identifier. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.<span class="emphasis"><em>Site</em></span>.gc.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>DomainTree</em></span></p><p> + Used by MS Windows clients to locate site configuration dependant + Global Catalog server. + </p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883554"></a>How Browsing Functions</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows machines register their NetBIOS names +(ie: the machine name for each service type in operation) on start +up. The exact method by which this name registration +takes place is determined by whether or not the MS Windows client/server +has been given a WINS server address, whether or not LMHOSTS lookup +is enabled, or if DNS for NetBIOS name resolution is enabled, etc. +</p><p> +In the case where there is no WINS server all name registrations as +well as name lookups are done by UDP broadcast. This isolates name +resolution to the local subnet, unless LMHOSTS is used to list all +names and IP addresses. In such situations Samba provides a means by +which the samba server name may be forcibly injected into the browse +list of a remote MS Windows network (using the +<b class="command">remote announce</b> parameter). +</p><p> +Where a WINS server is used, the MS Windows client will use UDP +unicast to register with the WINS server. Such packets can be routed +and thus WINS allows name resolution to function across routed networks. +</p><p> +During the startup process an election will take place to create a +local master browser if one does not already exist. On each NetBIOS network +one machine will be elected to function as the domain master browser. This +domain browsing has nothing to do with MS security domain control. +Instead, the domain master browser serves the role of contacting each local +master browser (found by asking WINS or from LMHOSTS) and exchanging browse +list contents. This way every master browser will eventually obtain a complete +list of all machines that are on the network. Every 11-15 minutes an election +is held to determine which machine will be the master browser. By the nature of +the election criteria used, the machine with the highest uptime, or the +most senior protocol version, or other criteria, will win the election +as domain master browser. +</p><p> +Clients wishing to browse the network make use of this list, but also depend +on the availability of correct name resolution to the respective IP +address/addresses. +</p><p> +Any configuration that breaks name resolution and/or browsing intrinsics +will annoy users because they will have to put up with protracted +inability to use the network services. +</p><p> +Samba supports a feature that allows forced synchonisation +of browse lists across routed networks using the <b class="command">remote +browse sync</b> parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +This causes Samba to contact the local master browser on a remote network and +to request browse list synchronisation. This effectively bridges +two networks that are separated by routers. The two remote +networks may use either broadcast based name resolution or WINS +based name resolution, but it should be noted that the <b class="command">remote +browse sync</b> parameter provides browse list synchronisation - and +that is distinct from name to address resolution, in other +words, for cross subnet browsing to function correctly it is +essential that a name to address resolution mechanism be provided. +This mechanism could be via DNS, <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt>, +and so on. +</p><div xmlns:ns14="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884860"></a>Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To set up cross subnet browsing on a network containing machines +in up to be in a WORKGROUP, not an NT Domain you need to set up one +Samba server to be the Domain Master Browser (note that this is *NOT* +the same as a Primary Domain Controller, although in an NT Domain the +same machine plays both roles). The role of a Domain master browser is +to collate the browse lists from local master browsers on all the +subnets that have a machine participating in the workgroup. Without +one machine configured as a domain master browser each subnet would +be an isolated workgroup, unable to see any machines on any other +subnet. It is the presense of a domain master browser that makes +cross subnet browsing possible for a workgroup. +</p><p> +In an WORKGROUP environment the domain master browser must be a +Samba server, and there must only be one domain master browser per +workgroup name. To set up a Samba server as a domain master browser, +set the following option in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section +of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : +</p><ns14:p> +</ns14:p><pre class="programlisting"> + domain master = yes +</pre><ns14:p> +</ns14:p><p> +The domain master browser should also preferrably be the local master +browser for its own subnet. In order to achieve this set the following +options in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : +</p><ns14:p> +</ns14:p><pre class="programlisting"> + domain master = yes + local master = yes + preferred master = yes + os level = 65 +</pre><ns14:p> +</ns14:p><p> +The domain master browser may be the same machine as the WINS +server, if you require. +</p><p> +Next, you should ensure that each of the subnets contains a +machine that can act as a local master browser for the +workgroup. Any MS Windows NT/2K/XP/2003 machine should be +able to do this, as will Windows 9x machines (although these +tend to get rebooted more often, so it's not such a good idea +to use these). To make a Samba server a local master browser +set the following options in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : +</p><ns14:p> +</ns14:p><pre class="programlisting"> + domain master = no + local master = yes + preferred master = yes + os level = 65 +</pre><ns14:p> +</ns14:p><p> +Do not do this for more than one Samba server on each subnet, +or they will war with each other over which is to be the local +master browser. +</p><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>local master</tt></i> parameter allows Samba to act as a +local master browser. The <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> causes nmbd +to force a browser election on startup and the <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> +parameter sets Samba high enough so that it should win any browser elections. +</p><p> +If you have an NT machine on the subnet that you wish to +be the local master browser then you can disable Samba from +becoming a local master browser by setting the following +options in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : +</p><ns14:p> +</ns14:p><pre class="programlisting"> + domain master = no + local master = no + preferred master = no + os level = 0 +</pre><ns14:p> +</ns14:p></div><div xmlns:ns15="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2885066"></a>Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you are adding Samba servers to a Windows NT Domain then +you must not set up a Samba server as a domain master browser. +By default, a Windows NT Primary Domain Controller for a Domain +name is also the Domain master browser for that name, and many +things will break if a Samba server registers the Domain master +browser NetBIOS name (<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i><1B>) +with WINS instead of the PDC. +</p><p> +For subnets other than the one containing the Windows NT PDC +you may set up Samba servers as local master browsers as +described. To make a Samba server a local master browser set +the following options in the <b class="command">[global]</b> section +of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : +</p><ns15:p> +</ns15:p><pre class="programlisting"> + domain master = no + local master = yes + preferred master = yes + os level = 65 +</pre><ns15:p> +</ns15:p><p> +If you wish to have a Samba server fight the election with machines +on the same subnet you may set the <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> parameter +to lower levels. By doing this you can tune the order of machines that +will become local master browsers if they are running. For +more details on this see the section <a href="#browse-force-master" title="Forcing samba to be the master"> +Forcing samba to be the master browser</a> +below. +</p><p> +If you have Windows NT machines that are members of the domain +on all subnets, and you are sure they will always be running then +you can disable Samba from taking part in browser elections and +ever becoming a local master browser by setting following options +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +file : +</p><ns15:p> +</ns15:p><pre class="programlisting"> + domain master = no + local master = no + preferred master = no + os level = 0 +</pre><ns15:p> +</ns15:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="browse-force-master"></a>Forcing samba to be the master</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Who becomes the <i class="parameter"><tt>master browser</tt></i> is determined by an election +process using broadcasts. Each election packet contains a number of parameters +which determine what precedence (bias) a host should have in the +election. By default Samba uses a very low precedence and thus loses +elections to just about anyone else. +</p><p> +If you want Samba to win elections then just set the <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> global +option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to a higher number. It defaults to 0. Using 34 +would make it win all elections over every other system (except other +samba systems!) +</p><p> +A <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> of 2 would make it beat WfWg and Win95, but not MS Windows +NT/2K Server. A MS Windows NT/2K Server domain controller uses level 32. +</p><p>The maximum os level is 255</p><p> +If you want samba to force an election on startup, then set the +<i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> global option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>. Samba will +then have a slight advantage over other potential master browsers +that are not preferred master browsers. Use this parameter with +care, as if you have two hosts (whether they are windows 95 or NT or +samba) on the same local subnet both set with <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> to +<tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then periodically and continually they will force an election +in order to become the local master browser. +</p><p> + If you want samba to be a <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master browser</tt></i>, then it is +recommended that you also set <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, because +samba will not become a domain master browser for the whole of your +LAN or WAN if it is not also a local master browser on its own +broadcast isolated subnet. +</p><p> +It is possible to configure two samba servers to attempt to become +the domain master browser for a domain. The first server that comes +up will be the domain master browser. All other samba servers will +attempt to become the domain master browser every 5 minutes. They +will find that another samba server is already the domain master +browser and will fail. This provides automatic redundancy, should +the current domain master browser fail. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2885332"></a>Making samba the domain master</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of +multiple subnets so that browsing can occur between subnets. You can +make samba act as the domain master by setting <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master = yes</tt></i> +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. By default it will not be a domain master. +</p><p> +Note that you should <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> set Samba to be the domain master for a +workgroup that has the same name as an NT Domain. +</p><p> +When samba is the domain master and the master browser it will listen +for master announcements (made roughly every twelve minutes) from local +master browsers on other subnets and then contact them to synchronise +browse lists. +</p><p> +If you want samba to be the domain master then I suggest you also set +the <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> high enough to make sure it wins elections, and set +<i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, to get samba to force an election on +startup. +</p><p> +Note that all your servers (including samba) and clients should be +using a WINS server to resolve NetBIOS names. If your clients are only +using broadcasting to resolve NetBIOS names, then two things will occur: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + your local master browsers will be unable to find a domain master + browser, as it will only be looking on the local subnet. + </p></li><li><p> + if a client happens to get hold of a domain-wide browse list, and + a user attempts to access a host in that list, it will be unable to + resolve the NetBIOS name of that host. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +If, however, both samba and your clients are using a WINS server, then: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + your local master browsers will contact the WINS server and, as long as + samba has registered that it is a domain master browser with the WINS + server, your local master browser will receive samba's ip address + as its domain master browser. + </p></li><li><p> + when a client receives a domain-wide browse list, and a user attempts + to access a host in that list, it will contact the WINS server to + resolve the NetBIOS name of that host. as long as that host has + registered its NetBIOS name with the same WINS server, the user will + be able to see that host. + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888727"></a>Note about broadcast addresses</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If your network uses a "0" based broadcast address (for example if it +ends in a 0) then you will strike problems. Windows for Workgroups +does not seem to support a 0's broadcast and you will probably find +that browsing and name lookups won't work. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888744"></a>Multiple interfaces</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces. If you +have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the <b class="command">interfaces</b> +option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to configure them. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns16="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888773"></a>Use of the Remote Announce parameter</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns16:p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i> parameter of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> can be used to forcibly ensure +that all the NetBIOS names on a network get announced to a remote network. +The syntax of the <i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i> parameter is: +</ns16:p><pre class="programlisting"> + remote announce = a.b.c.d [e.f.g.h] ... +</pre><ns16:p> +_or_ +</ns16:p><pre class="programlisting"> + remote announce = a.b.c.d/WORKGROUP [e.f.g.h/WORKGROUP] ... +</pre><ns16:p> + +where: +</ns16:p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="replaceable"><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> and +<i class="replaceable"><tt>e.f.g.h</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>is either the LMB (Local Master Browser) IP address +or the broadcst address of the remote network. +ie: the LMB is at 192.168.1.10, or the address +could be given as 192.168.1.255 where the netmask +is assumed to be 24 bits (255.255.255.0). +When the remote announcement is made to the broadcast +address of the remote network every host will receive +our announcements. This is noisy and therefore +undesirable but may be necessary if we do NOT know +the IP address of the remote LMB.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="replaceable"><tt>WORKGROUP</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>is optional and can be either our own workgroup +or that of the remote network. If you use the +workgroup name of the remote network then our +NetBIOS machine names will end up looking like +they belong to that workgroup, this may cause +name resolution problems and should be avoided. +</p></dd></dl></div><ns16:p> +</ns16:p></div><div xmlns:ns17="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888877"></a>Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>remote browse sync</tt></i> parameter of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> is used to announce to +another LMB that it must synchronise it's NetBIOS name list with our +Samba LMB. It works ONLY if the Samba server that has this option is +simultaneously the LMB on it's network segment. +</p><ns17:p> +The syntax of the <i class="parameter"><tt>remote browse sync</tt></i> parameter is: + +</ns17:p><pre class="programlisting"> +remote browse sync = <i class="replaceable"><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> +</pre><ns17:p> + +where <i class="replaceable"><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> is either the IP address of the +remote LMB or else is the network broadcast address of the remote segment. +</ns17:p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888938"></a>WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Use of WINS (either Samba WINS _or_ MS Windows NT Server WINS) is highly +recommended. Every NetBIOS machine registers its name together with a +name_type value for each of of several types of service it has available. +eg: It registers its name directly as a unique (the type 0x03) name. +It also registers its name if it is running the lanmanager compatible +server service (used to make shares and printers available to other users) +by registering the server (the type 0x20) name. +</p><p> +All NetBIOS names are up to 15 characters in length. The name_type variable +is added to the end of the name - thus creating a 16 character name. Any +name that is shorter than 15 characters is padded with spaces to the 15th +character. ie: All NetBIOS names are 16 characters long (including the +name_type information). +</p><p> +WINS can store these 16 character names as they get registered. A client +that wants to log onto the network can ask the WINS server for a list +of all names that have registered the NetLogon service name_type. This saves +broadcast traffic and greatly expedites logon processing. Since broadcast +name resolution can not be used across network segments this type of +information can only be provided via WINS _or_ via statically configured +<tt class="filename">lmhosts</tt> files that must reside on all clients in the +absence of WINS. +</p><p> +WINS also serves the purpose of forcing browse list synchronisation by all +LMB's. LMB's must synchronise their browse list with the DMB (domain master +browser) and WINS helps the LMB to identify it's DMB. By definition this +will work only within a single workgroup. Note that the domain master browser +has NOTHING to do with what is referred to as an MS Windows NT Domain. The +later is a reference to a security environment while the DMB refers to the +master controller for browse list information only. +</p><p> +Use of WINS will work correctly only if EVERY client TCP/IP protocol stack +has been configured to use the WINS server/s. Any client that has not been +configured to use the WINS server will continue to use only broadcast based +name registration so that WINS may NEVER get to know about it. In any case, +machines that have not registered with a WINS server will fail name to address +lookup attempts by other clients and will therefore cause workstation access +errors. +</p><p> +To configure Samba as a WINS server just add +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +file [globals] section. +</p><p> +To configure Samba to register with a WINS server just add +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins server = a.b.c.d</tt></i> to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file <i class="parameter"><tt>[globals]</tt></i> section. +</p><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Important</h3><p> +Never use both <i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> together +with <i class="parameter"><tt>wins server = a.b.c.d</tt></i> +particularly not using it's own IP address. +Specifying both will cause <span class="application">nmbd</span> to refuse to start! +</p></div><div xmlns:ns18="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889089"></a>Setting up a WINS server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up +as a WINS server. To set a Samba machine to be a WINS server you must +add the following option to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file on the selected machine : +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[globals]</tt></i> section add the line +</p><ns18:p> +</ns18:p><pre class="programlisting"> + wins support = yes +</pre><ns18:p> +</ns18:p><p> +Versions of Samba prior to 1.9.17 had this parameter default to +yes. If you have any older versions of Samba on your network it is +strongly suggested you upgrade to a recent version, or at the very +least set the parameter to 'no' on all these machines. +</p><p> +Machines with <i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> will keep a list of +all NetBIOS names registered with them, acting as a DNS for NetBIOS names. +</p><p> +You should set up only ONE wins server. Do NOT set the +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> option on more than one Samba +server. +</p><p> +To set up a Windows NT Server as a WINS server you need to set up +the WINS service - see your NT documentation for details. Note that +Windows NT WINS Servers can replicate to each other, allowing more +than one to be set up in a complex subnet environment. As Microsoft +refuse to document these replication protocols Samba cannot currently +participate in these replications. It is possible in the future that +a Samba->Samba WINS replication protocol may be defined, in which +case more than one Samba machine could be set up as a WINS server +but currently only one Samba server should have the +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> parameter set. +</p><p> +After the WINS server has been configured you must ensure that all +machines participating on the network are configured with the address +of this WINS server. If your WINS server is a Samba machine, fill in +the Samba machine IP address in the <span class="guilabel">Primary WINS Server</span> field of +the <span class="guilabel">Control Panel->Network->Protocols->TCP->WINS Server</span> dialogs +in Windows 95 or Windows NT. To tell a Samba server the IP address +of the WINS server add the following line to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of +all <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> files : +</p><ns18:p> +</ns18:p><pre class="programlisting"> + wins server = <name or IP address> +</pre><ns18:p> +</ns18:p><p> +where <name or IP address> is either the DNS name of the WINS server +machine or its IP address. +</p><p> +Note that this line MUST NOT BE SET in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file of the Samba +server acting as the WINS server itself. If you set both the +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> option and the +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins server = <name></tt></i> option then +nmbd will fail to start. +</p><p> +There are two possible scenarios for setting up cross subnet browsing. +The first details setting up cross subnet browsing on a network containing +Windows 95, Samba and Windows NT machines that are not configured as +part of a Windows NT Domain. The second details setting up cross subnet +browsing on networks that contain NT Domains. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889284"></a>WINS Replication</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 permits WINS replication through the use of the <tt class="filename">wrepld</tt> utility. +This tool is not currently capable of being used as it is still in active development. +As soon as this tool becomes moderately functional we will prepare man pages and enhance this +section of the documentation to provide usage and technical details. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889309"></a>Static WINS Entries</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +New to Samba-3 is a tool called <b class="command">winsedit</b> that may be used to add +static WINS entries to the WINS database. This tool can be used also to modify entries +existing in the WINS database. +</p><p> +The development of the winsedit tool was made necessary due to the migration +of the older style wins.dat file into a new tdb binary backend data store. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889340"></a>Helpful Hints</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following hints should be carefully considered as they are stumbling points +for many new network administrators. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889353"></a>Windows Networking Protocols</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +Do NOT use more than one (1) protocol on MS Windows machines +</p></div><p> +A very common cause of browsing problems results from installing more than +one protocol on an MS Windows machine. +</p><p> +Every NetBIOS machine takes part in a process of electing the LMB (and DMB) +every 15 minutes. A set of election criteria is used to determine the order +of precidence for winning this election process. A machine running Samba or +Windows NT will be biased so that the most suitable machine will predictably +win and thus retain it's role. +</p><p> +The election process is "fought out" so to speak over every NetBIOS network +interface. In the case of a Windows 9x machine that has both TCP/IP and IPX +installed and has NetBIOS enabled over both protocols the election will be +decided over both protocols. As often happens, if the Windows 9x machine is +the only one with both protocols then the LMB may be won on the NetBIOS +interface over the IPX protocol. Samba will then lose the LMB role as Windows +9x will insist it knows who the LMB is. Samba will then cease to function +as an LMB and thus browse list operation on all TCP/IP only machines will +fail. +</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +Windows 95, 98, 98se, Me are referred to generically as Windows 9x. +The Windows NT4, 2000, XP and 2003 use common protocols. These are roughly +referred to as the WinNT family, but it should be recognised that 2000 and +XP/2003 introduce new protocol extensions that cause them to behave +differently from MS Windows NT4. Generally, where a server does NOT support +the newer or extended protocol, these will fall back to the NT4 protocols. +</em></span></p><p> +The safest rule of all to follow it this - USE ONLY ONE PROTOCOL! +</p></div><div xmlns:ns19="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889420"></a>Name Resolution Order</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addresses can take place using a number +of methods. The only ones that can provide NetBIOS name_type information +are:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>WINS: the best tool!</td></tr><tr><td>LMHOSTS: is static and hard to maintain.</td></tr><tr><td>Broadcast: uses UDP and can not resolve names across remote segments.</td></tr></table><p> +Alternative means of name resolution includes:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt>: is static, hard to maintain, and lacks name_type info</td></tr><tr><td>DNS: is a good choice but lacks essential name_type info.</td></tr></table><ns19:p> +Many sites want to restrict DNS lookups and want to avoid broadcast name +resolution traffic. The "name resolve order" parameter is of great help here. +The syntax of the "name resolve order" parameter is: +</ns19:p><pre class="programlisting"> +name resolve order = wins lmhosts bcast host +</pre><ns19:p> +_or_ +</ns19:p><pre class="programlisting"> +name resolve order = wins lmhosts (eliminates bcast and host) +</pre><ns19:p> +The default is: +</ns19:p><pre class="programlisting"> +name resolve order = host lmhost wins bcast +</pre><ns19:p> +where "host" refers the the native methods used by the Unix system +to implement the gethostbyname() function call. This is normally +controlled by <tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt>, <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> and <tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt>. +</ns19:p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889541"></a>Technical Overview of browsing</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list +of machines in a network, a so-called <i class="parameter"><tt>browse list</tt></i>. This list +contains machines that are ready to offer file and/or print services +to other machines within the network. Thus it does not include +machines which aren't currently able to do server tasks. The browse +list is heavily used by all SMB clients. Configuration of SMB +browsing has been problematic for some Samba users, hence this +document. +</p><p> +MS Windows 2000 and later, as with Samba 3 and later, can be +configured to not use NetBIOS over TCP/IP. When configured this way +it is imperative that name resolution (using DNS/LDAP/ADS) be correctly +configured and operative. Browsing will NOT work if name resolution +from SMB machine names to IP addresses does not function correctly. +</p><p> +Where NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled use of a WINS server is highly +recommended to aid the resolution of NetBIOS (SMB) names to IP addresses. +WINS allows remote segment clients to obtain NetBIOS name_type information +that can NOT be provided by any other means of name resolution. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889588"></a>Browsing support in samba</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba facilitates browsing. The browsing is supported by <span class="application">nmbd</span> +and is also controlled by options in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +Samba can act as a local browse master for a workgroup and the ability +to support domain logons and scripts is now available. +</p><p> +Samba can also act as a domain master browser for a workgroup. This +means that it will collate lists from local browse masters into a +wide area network server list. In order for browse clients to +resolve the names they may find in this list, it is recommended that +both samba and your clients use a WINS server. +</p><p> +Note that you should NOT set Samba to be the domain master for a +workgroup that has the same name as an NT Domain: on each wide area +network, you must only ever have one domain master browser per workgroup, +regardless of whether it is NT, Samba or any other type of domain master +that is providing this service. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Nmbd can be configured as a WINS server, but it is not +necessary to specifically use samba as your WINS server. MS Windows +NT4, Server or Advanced Server 2000 or 2003 can be configured as +your WINS server. In a mixed NT/2000/2003 server and samba environment on +a Wide Area Network, it is recommended that you use the Microsoft +WINS server capabilities. In a samba-only environment, it is +recommended that you use one and only one Samba server as your WINS server. +</p></div><p> +To get browsing to work you need to run nmbd as usual, but will need +to use the <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +to control what workgroup Samba becomes a part of. +</p><p> +Samba also has a useful option for a Samba server to offer itself for +browsing on another subnet. It is recommended that this option is only +used for 'unusual' purposes: announcements over the internet, for +example. See <i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i> in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889695"></a>Problem resolution</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmb file will help +you track down the problem. Try a debug level of 2 or 3 for finding +problems. Also note that the current browse list usually gets stored +in text form in a file called <tt class="filename">browse.dat</tt>. +</p><p> +Note that if it doesn't work for you, then you should still be able to +type the server name as <tt class="filename">\\SERVER</tt> in filemanager then +hit enter and filemanager should display the list of available shares. +</p><p> +Some people find browsing fails because they don't have the global +<i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i> set to a valid account. Remember that the +IPC$ connection that lists the shares is done as guest, and thus you must +have a valid guest account. +</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +MS Windows 2000 and upwards (as with Samba) can be configured to disallow +anonymous (ie: Guest account) access to the IPC$ share. In that case, the +MS Windows 2000/XP/2003 machine acting as an SMB/CIFS client will use the +name of the currently logged in user to query the IPC$ share. MS Windows +9X clients are not able to do this and thus will NOT be able to browse +server resources. +</em></span></p><p> +The other big problem people have is that their broadcast address, +netmask or IP address is wrong (specified with the "interfaces" option +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>) +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889774"></a>Browsing across subnets</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1) Samba has been +updated to enable it to support the replication of browse lists +across subnet boundaries. New code and options have been added to +achieve this. This section describes how to set this feature up +in different settings. +</p><p> +To see browse lists that span TCP/IP subnets (ie. networks separated +by routers that don't pass broadcast traffic) you must set up at least +one WINS server. The WINS server acts as a DNS for NetBIOS names, allowing +NetBIOS name to IP address translation to be done by doing a direct +query of the WINS server. This is done via a directed UDP packet on +port 137 to the WINS server machine. The reason for a WINS server is +that by default, all NetBIOS name to IP address translation is done +by broadcasts from the querying machine. This means that machines +on one subnet will not be able to resolve the names of machines on +another subnet without using a WINS server. +</p><p> +Remember, for browsing across subnets to work correctly, all machines, +be they Windows 95, Windows NT, or Samba servers must have the IP address +of a WINS server given to them by a DHCP server, or by manual configuration +(for Win95 and WinNT, this is in the TCP/IP Properties, under Network +settings) for Samba this is in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><div xmlns:ns20="" class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889825"></a>How does cross subnet browsing work ?</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Cross subnet browsing is a complicated dance, containing multiple +moving parts. It has taken Microsoft several years to get the code +that achieves this correct, and Samba lags behind in some areas. +Samba is capable of cross subnet browsing when configured correctly. +</p><p> +Consider a network set up as follows : +</p><ns20:p> + +</ns20:p><pre class="programlisting"> + (DMB) + N1_A N1_B N1_C N1_D N1_E + | | | | | + ------------------------------------------------------- + | subnet 1 | + +---+ +---+ + |R1 | Router 1 Router 2 |R2 | + +---+ +---+ + | | + | subnet 2 subnet 3 | + -------------------------- ------------------------------------ + | | | | | | | | + N2_A N2_B N2_C N2_D N3_A N3_B N3_C N3_D + (WINS) +</pre><ns20:p> +</ns20:p><p> +Consisting of 3 subnets (1, 2, 3) connected by two routers +(R1, R2) - these do not pass broadcasts. Subnet 1 has 5 machines +on it, subnet 2 has 4 machines, subnet 3 has 4 machines. Assume +for the moment that all these machines are configured to be in the +same workgroup (for simplicity's sake). Machine N1_C on subnet 1 +is configured as Domain Master Browser (ie. it will collate the +browse lists for the workgroup). Machine N2_D is configured as +WINS server and all the other machines are configured to register +their NetBIOS names with it. +</p><p> +As all these machines are booted up, elections for master browsers +will take place on each of the three subnets. Assume that machine +N1_C wins on subnet 1, N2_B wins on subnet 2, and N3_D wins on +subnet 3 - these machines are known as local master browsers for +their particular subnet. N1_C has an advantage in winning as the +local master browser on subnet 1 as it is set up as Domain Master +Browser. +</p><p> +On each of the three networks, machines that are configured to +offer sharing services will broadcast that they are offering +these services. The local master browser on each subnet will +receive these broadcasts and keep a record of the fact that +the machine is offering a service. This list of records is +the basis of the browse list. For this case, assume that +all the machines are configured to offer services so all machines +will be on the browse list. +</p><p> +For each network, the local master browser on that network is +considered 'authoritative' for all the names it receives via +local broadcast. This is because a machine seen by the local +master browser via a local broadcast must be on the same +network as the local master browser and thus is a 'trusted' +and 'verifiable' resource. Machines on other networks that +the local master browsers learn about when collating their +browse lists have not been directly seen - these records are +called 'non-authoritative'. +</p><p> +At this point the browse lists look as follows (these are +the machines you would see in your network neighborhood if +you looked in it on a particular network right now). +</p><ns20:p> +</ns20:p><div class="table"><a name="id2889940"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.1. Browse subnet example 1</b></p><table summary="Browse subnet example 1" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Subnet</th><th align="left">Browse Master</th><th align="left">List</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">Subnet1</td><td align="left">N1_C</td><td align="left">N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet2</td><td align="left">N2_B</td><td align="left">N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet3</td><td align="left">N3_D</td><td align="left">N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns20:p> +</ns20:p><p> +Note that at this point all the subnets are separate, no +machine is seen across any of the subnets. +</p><p> +Now examine subnet 2. As soon as N2_B has become the local +master browser it looks for a Domain master browser to synchronize +its browse list with. It does this by querying the WINS server +(N2_D) for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name +WORKGROUP<1B>. This name was registered by the Domain master +browser (N1_C) with the WINS server as soon as it was booted. +</p><p> +Once N2_B knows the address of the Domain master browser it +tells it that is the local master browser for subnet 2 by +sending a MasterAnnouncement packet as a UDP port 138 packet. +It then synchronizes with it by doing a NetServerEnum2 call. This +tells the Domain Master Browser to send it all the server +names it knows about. Once the domain master browser receives +the MasterAnnouncement packet it schedules a synchronization +request to the sender of that packet. After both synchronizations +are done the browse lists look like : +</p><ns20:p> +</ns20:p><div class="table"><a name="id2890050"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.2. Browse subnet example 2</b></p><table summary="Browse subnet example 2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Subnet</th><th align="left">Browse Master</th><th align="left">List</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">Subnet1</td><td align="left">N1_C</td><td align="left">N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet2</td><td align="left">N2_B</td><td align="left">N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet3</td><td align="left">N3_D</td><td align="left">N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns20:p> + +Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. +</ns20:p><p> +At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on +subnets 1 or 2 will see all the servers on both, users on +subnet 3 will still only see the servers on their own subnet. +</p><p> +The same sequence of events that occured for N2_B now occurs +for the local master browser on subnet 3 (N3_D). When it +synchronizes browse lists with the domain master browser (N1_A) +it gets both the server entries on subnet 1, and those on +subnet 2. After N3_D has synchronized with N1_C and vica-versa +the browse lists look like. +</p><ns20:p> +</ns20:p><div class="table"><a name="id2890149"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.3. Browse subnet example 3</b></p><table summary="Browse subnet example 3" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Subnet</th><th align="left">Browse Master</th><th align="left">List</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">Subnet1</td><td align="left">N1_C</td><td align="left">N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet2</td><td align="left">N2_B</td><td align="left">N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet3</td><td align="left">N3_D</td><td align="left">N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns20:p> + +Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. +</ns20:p><p> +At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on +subnets 1 or 3 will see all the servers on all sunbets, users on +subnet 2 will still only see the servers on subnets 1 and 2, but not 3. +</p><p> +Finally, the local master browser for subnet 2 (N2_B) will sync again +with the domain master browser (N1_C) and will recieve the missing +server entries. Finally - and as a steady state (if no machines +are removed or shut off) the browse lists will look like : +</p><ns20:p> +</ns20:p><div class="table"><a name="id2890249"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.4. Browse subnet example 4</b></p><table summary="Browse subnet example 4" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Subnet</th><th align="left">Browse Master</th><th align="left">List</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">Subnet1</td><td align="left">N1_C</td><td align="left">N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet2</td><td align="left">N2_B</td><td align="left">N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet3</td><td align="left">N3_D</td><td align="left">N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns20:p> + +Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. +</ns20:p><p> +Synchronizations between the domain master browser and local +master browsers will continue to occur, but this should be a +steady state situation. +</p><p> +If either router R1 or R2 fails the following will occur: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + Names of computers on each side of the inaccessible network fragments + will be maintained for as long as 36 minutes, in the network neighbourhood + lists. + </p></li><li><p> + Attempts to connect to these inaccessible computers will fail, but the + names will not be removed from the network neighbourhood lists. + </p></li><li><p> + If one of the fragments is cut off from the WINS server, it will only + be able to access servers on its local subnet, by using subnet-isolated + broadcast NetBIOS name resolution. The effects are similar to that of + losing access to a DNS server. + </p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890391"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Many questions are sked on the mailing lists regarding browsing. The majority of browsing +problems originate out of incorrect configuration of NetBIOS name resolution. Some are of +particular note. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890406"></a>How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting samba?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba's nmbd process controls all browse list handling. Under normal circumstances it is +safe to restart nmbd. This will effectively flush the samba NetBIOS name cache and cause it +to be rebuilt. Note that this does NOT make certain that a rogue machine name will not re-appear +in the browse list. When nmbd is taken out of service another machine on the network will +become the browse master. This new list may still have the rogue entry in it. If you really +want to clear a rogue machine from the list then every machine on the network will need to be +shut down and restarted at after all machines are down. Failing a complete restart, the only +other thing you can do is wait until the entry times out and is then flushed from the list. +This may take a long time on some networks (months). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890435"></a>My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Your guest account is probably invalid for some reason. Samba uses the +guest account for browsing in smbd. Check that your guest account is +valid. +</p><p>See also <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i> in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page.</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="passdb"></a>Chapter 11. Account Information Databases</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Olivier (lem)</span> <span class="surname">Lemaire</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IDEALX<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:olem@IDEALX.org">olem@IDEALX.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 24, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2890530">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890854">Technical Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890917">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891160">Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891216">Account Management Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891247">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891513">The pdbedit Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891647">Password Backends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895859">Plain Text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895899">smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896006">tdbsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896034">ldapsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2897524">MySQL</a></dt><dt><a href="#XMLpassdb">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2898328">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898335">Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898350">Users are being added to the wrong backend database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898409">auth methods does not work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Samba-3 implements a new capability to work concurrently with mulitple account backends. +The possible new combinations of password backends allows Samba-3 a degree of flexibility +and scalability that previously could be achieved only with MS Windows Active Directory. +This chapter describes the new functionality and how to get the most out of it. +</p><p> +In the course of development of Samba-3 a number of requests were received to provide the +ability to migrate MS Windows NT4 SAM accounts to Samba-3 without the need to provide +matching Unix/Linux accounts. We called this the <span class="emphasis"><em>Non Unix Accounts (NUA)</em></span> +capability. The intent was that an administrator could decide to use the <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> +backend and by simply specifying <span class="emphasis"><em>"passdb backend = tdbsam_nua, guest"</em></span> +this would allow Samba-3 to implement a solution that did not use Unix accounts per se. Late +in the development cycle the team doing this work hit upon some obstacles that prevents this +solution from being used. Given the delays with Samba-3 release a decision was made to NOT +deliver this functionality until a better method of recognising NT Group SIDs from NT User +SIDs could be found. This feature may thus return during the life cycle for the Samba-3 series. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Samba-3.0.0 does NOT support Non-Unix Account (NUA) operation. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890530"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 provides for complete backwards compatibility with Samba-2.2.x functionality +as follows: +</p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>Backwards Compatibility Backends</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">Plain Text:</span></dt><dd><p> + This option uses nothing but the Unix/Linux <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> + style back end. On systems that have PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) + support all PAM modules are supported. The behaviour is just as it was with + Samba-2.2.x, and the protocol limitations imposed by MS Windows clients + apply likewise. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">smbpasswd:</span></dt><dd><p> + This option allows continues use of the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> + file that maintains a plain ASCII (text) layout that includes the MS Windows + LanMan and NT encrypted passwords as well as a field that stores some + account information. This form of password backend does NOT store any of + the MS Windows NT/200x SAM (Security Account Manager) information needed to + provide the extended controls that are needed for more comprehensive + interoperation with MS Windows NT4 / 200x servers. + </p><p> + This backend should be used only for backwards compatibility with older + versions of Samba. It may be deprecated in future releases. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ldapsam_compat (Samba-2.2 LDAP Compatibilty):</span></dt><dd><p> + There is a password backend option that allows continued operation with + a existing OpenLDAP backend that uses the Samba-2.2.x LDAP schema extension. + This option is provided primarily as a migration tool, although there is + no reason to force migration at this time. Note that this tool will eventually + be deprecated. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities: +</p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>New Backends</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">guest:</span></dt><dd><p> + This is <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> required as the last backend specified. + It provides the ability to handle guest account requirements for access to + resources like <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> which is used for browsing. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tdbsam:</span></dt><dd><p> + This backend provides a rich database backend for local servers. This + backend is NOT suitable for multiple domain controller (ie: PDC + one + or more BDC) installations. + </p><p> + The <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> password backend stores the old <span class="emphasis"><em> + smbpasswd</em></span> information PLUS the extended MS Windows NT / 200x + SAM information into a binary format TDB (trivial database) file. + The inclusion of the extended information makes it possible for Samba-3 + to implement the same account and system access controls that are possible + with MS Windows NT4 and MS Windows 200x based systems. + </p><p> + The inclusion of the <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> capability is a direct + response to user requests to allow simple site operation without the overhead + of the complexities of running OpenLDAP. It is recommended to use this only + for sites that have fewer than 250 users. For larger sites or implementations + the use of OpenLDAP or of Active Directory integration is strongly recommended. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ldapsam:</span></dt><dd><p> + This provides a rich directory backend for distributed account installation + </p><p> + Samba-3 has a new and extended LDAP implementation that requires configuration + of OpenLDAP with a new format samba schema. The new format schema file is + included in the <tt class="filename">~samba/examples/LDAP</tt> directory. + </p><p> + The new LDAP implementation significantly expands the control abilities that + were possible with prior versions of Samba. It is now possible to specify + "per user" profile settings, home directories, account access controls, and + much more. Corporate sites will see that the Samba-Team has listened to their + requests both for capability and to allow greater scalability. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mysqlsam (MySQL based backend):</span></dt><dd><p> + It is expected that the MySQL based SAM will be very popular in some corners. + This database backend will be on considerable interest to sites that want to + leverage existing MySQL technology. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">xmlsam (XML based datafile):</span></dt><dd><p> + Allows the account and password data to be stored in an XML format + data file. This backend can not be used for normal operation, it can only + be used in conjunction with <b class="command">pdbedit</b>'s pdb2pdb + functionality. The DTD that is used might be subject to changes in the future. + </p><p> + The xmlsam option can be useful for account migration between database + backends or backups. Use of this tool will allow the data to be edited before migration + into another backend format. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">nisplussam:</span></dt><dd><p> + The NIS+ based passdb backend. Takes name NIS domain as an + optional argument. Only works with Sun NIS+ servers. + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890854"></a>Technical Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Old windows clients send plain text passwords over the wire. Samba can check these + passwords by crypting them and comparing them to the hash stored in the unix user database. + </p><p> + Newer windows clients send encrypted passwords (so-called Lanman and NT hashes) over + the wire, instead of plain text passwords. The newest clients will send only encrypted + passwords and refuse to send plain text passwords, unless their registry is tweaked. + </p><p> + These passwords can't be converted to unix style encrypted passwords. Because of that + you can't use the standard unix user database, and you have to store the Lanman and NT + hashes somewhere else. + </p><p> + In addition to differently encrypted passwords, windows also stores certain data for each + user that is not stored in a unix user database. e.g: workstations the user may logon from, + the location where the users' profile is stored, and so on. Samba retrieves and stores this + information using a <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i>. Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text + file, MySQL and nisplus. For more information, see the man page for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> regarding the + <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> parameter. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890917"></a>Important Notes About Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar on the surface. This + similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix scheme typically sends clear text + passwords over the network when logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme + never sends the cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte + hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed values + are a "password equivalent". You cannot derive the user's password from them, but + they could potentially be used in a modified client to gain access to a server. + This would require considerable technical knowledge on behalf of the attacker but + is perfectly possible. You should thus treat the data stored in whatever passdb + backend you use (smbpasswd file, ldap, mysql) as though it contained the cleartext + passwords of all your users. Its contents must be kept secret, and the file should + be protected accordingly. + </p><p> + Ideally we would like a password scheme that involves neither plain text passwords + on the net nor on disk. Unfortunately this is not available as Samba is stuck with + having to be compatible with other SMB systems (WinNT, WfWg, Win95 etc). + </p><p> + Windows NT 4.0 Service pack 3 changed the default setting so that plaintext passwords + are disabled from being sent over the wire. This mandates either the use of encrypted + password support or edit the Windows NT registry to re-enable plaintext passwords. + </p><p> + The following versions of MS Windows do not support full domain security protocols, + although they may log onto a domain environment: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS DOS Network client 3.0 with the basic network redirector installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 95 with the network redirector update installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 98 [se]</td></tr><tr><td>Windows Me</td></tr></table><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + MS Windows XP Home does not have facilities to become a domain member and it can + not participate in domain logons. + </p></div><p> + The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain security protocols. + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Windows NT 3.5x</td></tr><tr><td>Windows NT 4.0</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 2000 Professional</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Professional</td></tr></table><p> + All current release of Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the + SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling clear text authentication + does not disable the ability of the client to participate in encrypted authentication. + Instead, it allows the client to negotiate either plain text _or_ encrypted password + handling. + </p><p> + MS Windows clients will cache the encrypted password alone. Where plain text passwords + are re-enabled, through the appropriate registry change, the plain text password is NEVER + cached. This means that in the event that a network connections should become disconnected + (broken) only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server to + affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted passwords the + auto-reconnect will fail. <span class="emphasis"><em>USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS IS STRONGLY ADVISED.</em></span> + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2891070"></a>Advantages of Encrypted Passwords</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Plain text passwords are not passed across + the network. Someone using a network sniffer cannot just + record passwords going to the SMB server.</p></li><li><p>Plain text passwords are not stored anywhere in + memory or on disk.</p></li><li><p>WinNT doesn't like talking to a server + that does not support encrypted passwords. It will refuse + to browse the server if the server is also in user level + security mode. It will insist on prompting the user for the + password on each connection, which is very annoying. The + only things you can do to stop this is to use SMB encryption. + </p></li><li><p>Encrypted password support allows automatic share + (resource) reconnects.</p></li><li><p>Encrypted passwords are essential for PDC/BDC + operation.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2891124"></a>Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Plain text passwords are not kept + on disk, and are NOT cached in memory. </p></li><li><p>Uses same password file as other unix + services such as login and ftp</p></li><li><p>Use of other services (such as telnet and ftp) which + send plain text passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB + isn't such a big deal.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891160"></a>Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Every operation in Unix/Linux requires a user identifier (UID), just as in + MS Windows NT4 / 200x this requires a Security Identifier (SID). Samba provides + two means for mapping an MS Windows user to a Unix/Linux UID. + </p><p> + Firstly, all Samba SAM (Security Account Management database) accounts require + a Unix/Linux UID that the account will map to. As users are added to the account + information database samba-3 will call the <i class="parameter"><tt>add user script</tt></i> + interface to add the account to the Samba host OS. In essence all accounts in + the local SAM require a local user account. + </p><p> + The second way to affect Windows SID to Unix UID mapping is via the + <span class="emphasis"><em>idmap uid, idmap gid</em></span> parameters in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. + Please refer to the man page for information about these parameters. + These parameters are essential when mapping users from a remote SAM server. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891216"></a>Account Management Tools</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 provides two (2) tools for management of User and machine accounts. These tools are +called <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> and <b class="command">pdbedit</b>. A third tool is under +development but is NOT expected to ship in time for Samba-3.0.0. The new tool will be a TCL/TK +GUI tool that looks much like the MS Windows NT4 Domain User Manager - hopefully this will +be announced in time for samba-3.0.1 release timing. +</p><div xmlns:ns21="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891247"></a>The <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> Command</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The smbpasswd utility is a utility similar to the <b class="command">passwd</b> + or <b class="command">yppasswd</b> programs. It maintains the two 32 byte password + fields in the passdb backend. + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> works in a client-server mode where it contacts the + local smbd to change the user's password on its behalf.This has enormous benefits + as follows: + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> has the capability to change passwords on Windows NT + servers (this only works when the request is sent to the NT Primary Domain Controller + if changing an NT Domain user's password). + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> can be used to: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>add</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>delete</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>enable</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>disable</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>set to NULL</em></span> user passwords</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>manage interdomain trust accounts</em></span></td></tr></table><p> + To run smbpasswd as a normal user just type: + </p><ns21:p> + </ns21:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Old SMB password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><ns21:p> + For <i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> type old value here - or hit return if + there was no old password + </ns21:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">New SMB Password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>new secret</tt></i></tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Repeat New SMB Password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>new secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><ns21:p> + </ns21:p><p> + If the old value does not match the current value stored for that user, or the two + new values do not match each other, then the password will not be changed. + </p><p> + When invoked by an ordinary user it will only allow change of their own + SMB password. + </p><p> + When run by root smbpasswd may take an optional argument, specifying + the user name whose SMB password you wish to change. When run as root, smbpasswd + does not prompt for or check the old password value, thus allowing root to set passwords + for users who have forgotten their passwords. + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> is designed to work in the way familiar to UNIX + users who use the <b class="command">passwd</b> or <b class="command">yppasswd</b> commands. + While designed for administrative use, this tool provides essential user level + password change capabilities. + </p><p> + For more details on using <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> refer to the man page (the + definitive reference). + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891513"></a>The <span class="emphasis"><em>pdbedit</em></span> Command</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + <b class="command">pdbedit</b> is a tool that can be used only by root. It is used to + manage the passdb backend. <b class="command">pdbedit</b> can be used to: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>add, remove or modify user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>listing user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>migrate user accounts</td></tr></table><p> + The <b class="command">pdbedit</b> tool is the only one that can manage the account + security and policy settings. It is capable of all operations that smbpasswd can + do as well as a super set of them. + </p><p> + One particularly important purpose of the <b class="command">pdbedit</b> is to allow + the migration of account information from one passdb backend to another. See the + <a href="#XMLpassdb" title="XML">XML</a> password backend section of this chapter. + </p><p> + The following is an example of the user account information that is stored in + a tdbsam password backend. This listing was produced by running: + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -Lv met</tt></b> + Unix username: met + NT username: + Account Flags: [UX ] + User SID: S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-2004 + Primary Group SID: S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-1201 + Full Name: Melissa E Terpstra + Home Directory: \\frodo\met\Win9Profile + HomeDir Drive: H: + Logon Script: scripts\logon.bat + Profile Path: \\frodo\Profiles\met + Domain: MIDEARTH + Account desc: + Workstations: melbelle + Munged dial: + Logon time: 0 + Logoff time: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + Kickoff time: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + Password last set: Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT + Password can change: Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT + Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + </pre></div></div><div xmlns:ns22="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891647"></a>Password Backends</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 offers the greatest flexibility in backend account database design of any SMB/CIFS server +technology available today. The flexibility is immediately obvious as one begins to explore this +capability. +</p><p> +It is possible to specify not only multiple different password backends, but even multiple +backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases: +</p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="programlisting"> +[globals] + passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb, \ + tdbsam:/etc/samba/old-passdb.tdb, guest +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2895859"></a>Plain Text</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Older versions of samba retrieved user information from the unix user database + and eventually some other fields from the file <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt> + or <tt class="filename">/etc/smbpasswd</tt>. When password encryption is disabled, no + SMB specific data is stored at all. Instead all operations are conduected via the way + that the samba host OS will access it's <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> database. + eg: On Linux systems that is done via PAM. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2895899"></a>smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Traditionally, when configuring <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">"encrypt + passwords = yes"</a> in Samba's <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, user account + information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account + flags have been stored in the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd(5)</tt> file. There are several + disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted + in the thousands). + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + The first is that all lookups must be performed sequentially. Given that + there are approximately two lookups per domain logon (one for a normal + session connection such as when mapping a network drive or printer), this + is a performance bottleneck for large sites. What is needed is an indexed approach + such as is used in databases. + </p></li><li><p> + The second problem is that administrators who desire to replicate a smbpasswd file + to more than one Samba server were left to use external tools such as + <b class="command">rsync(1)</b> and <b class="command">ssh(1)</b> and wrote custom, + in-house scripts. + </p></li><li><p> + And finally, the amount of information which is stored in an smbpasswd entry leaves + no room for additional attributes such as a home directory, password expiration time, + or even a Relative Identifier (RID). + </p></li></ul></div><p> + As a result of these deficiencies, a more robust means of storing user attributes + used by smbd was developed. The API which defines access to user accounts + is commonly referred to as the samdb interface (previously this was called the passdb + API, and is still so named in the Samba CVS trees). + </p><p> + Samba-3 provides an enhanced set of passdb backends that overcome the deficiencies + of the smbpasswd plain text database. These are tdbsam, ldapsam, and xmlsam. + Of these ldapsam will be of most interest to large corporate or enterprise sites. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896006"></a>tdbsam</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba can store user and machine account data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database). + Using this backend doesn't require any additional configuration. This backend is + recommended for new installations that do not require LDAP. + </p><p> + As a general guide the Samba-Team do NOT recommend using the tdbsam backend for sites + that have 250 or more users. Additionally, tdbsam is not capable of scaling for use + in sites that require PDB/BDC implmentations that requires replication of the account + database. Clearly, for reason of scalability the use of ldapsam should be encouraged. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896034"></a>ldapsam</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are a few points to stress that the ldapsam does not provide. The LDAP + support referred to in the this documentation does not include: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A means of retrieving user account information from + an Windows 200x Active Directory server.</p></li><li><p>A means of replacing /etc/passwd.</p></li></ul></div><p> + The second item can be accomplished by using LDAP NSS and PAM modules. LGPL + versions of these libraries can be obtained from PADL Software + (<a href="http://www.padl.com/" target="_top">http://www.padl.com/</a>). More + information about the configuration of these packages may be found at "LDAP, + System Administration; Gerald Carter, O'Reilly; Chapter 6: Replacing NIS". + Refer to <a href="http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6" target="_top"> + http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6</a> for those who might wish to know + more about configuration and administration of an OpenLDAP server. + </p><p> + This document describes how to use an LDAP directory for storing Samba user + account information traditionally stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. It is + assumed that the reader already has a basic understanding of LDAP concepts + and has a working directory server already installed. For more information + on LDAP architectures and Directories, please refer to the following sites. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>OpenLDAP - <a href="http://www.openldap.org/" target="_top">http://www.openldap.org/</a></p></li><li><p>iPlanet Directory Server - + <a href="http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory" target="_top">http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory</a></p></li></ul></div><p> + Two additional Samba resources which may prove to be helpful are + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <a href="http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb/ldap-smb-3-howto.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-LDAP-HOWTO</a> + maintained by Ignacio Coupeau.</p></li><li><p>The NT migration scripts from <a href="http://samba.idealx.org/" target="_top">IDEALX</a> that are + geared to manage users and group in such a Samba-LDAP Domain Controller configuration. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896172"></a>Supported LDAP Servers</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The LDAP ldapsam code has been developed and tested using the OpenLDAP 2.0 and 2.1 server and + client libraries. The same code should work with Netscape's Directory Server and client SDK. + However, there are bound to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be hard to fix. + Please submit fixes via <a href="#bugreport" title="Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs">Bug reporting facility</a>. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896197"></a>Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba 3.0 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in + <tt class="filename">examples/LDAP/samba.schema</tt>. The sambaAccount objectclass is given here: + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="programlisting"> +objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.3 NAME 'sambaAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY + DESC 'Samba Auxilary Account' + MUST ( uid $ rid ) + MAY ( cn $ lmPassword $ ntPassword $ pwdLastSet $ logonTime $ + logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $ + displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $ + description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain )) +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><p> + The <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file has been formatted for OpenLDAP 2.0/2.1. + The OID's are owned by the Samba Team and as such is legal to be openly published. + If you translate the schema to be used with Netscape DS, please + submit the modified schema file as a patch to + <a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>. + </p><p> + Just as the smbpasswd file is meant to store information which supplements a + user's <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry, so is the sambaAccount object + meant to supplement the UNIX user account information. A sambaAccount is a + <tt class="constant">STRUCTURAL</tt> objectclass so it can be stored individually + in the directory. However, there are several fields (e.g. uid) which overlap + with the posixAccount objectclass outlined in RFC2307. This is by design. + </p><p> + In order to store all user account information (UNIX and Samba) in the directory, + it is necessary to use the sambaAccount and posixAccount objectclasses in + combination. However, smbd will still obtain the user's UNIX account + information via the standard C library calls (e.g. getpwnam(), et. al.). + This means that the Samba server must also have the LDAP NSS library installed + and functioning correctly. This division of information makes it possible to + store all Samba account information in LDAP, but still maintain UNIX account + information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastructure. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896306"></a>OpenLDAP configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To include support for the sambaAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory + server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory. + The samba.schema file can be found in the directory <tt class="filename">examples/LDAP</tt> + in the samba source distribution. + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp samba.schema /etc/openldap/schema/</tt></b> +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><p> + Next, include the <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file in <tt class="filename">slapd.conf</tt>. + The sambaAccount object contains two attributes which depend upon other schema + files. The 'uid' attribute is defined in <tt class="filename">cosine.schema</tt> and + the 'displayName' attribute is defined in the <tt class="filename">inetorgperson.schema</tt> + file. Both of these must be included before the <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file. + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="programlisting"> +## /etc/openldap/slapd.conf + +## schema files (core.schema is required by default) +include /etc/openldap/schema/core.schema + +## needed for sambaAccount +include /etc/openldap/schema/cosine.schema +include /etc/openldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema +include /etc/openldap/schema/samba.schema +include /etc/openldap/schema/nis.schema +.... +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><p> + It is recommended that you maintain some indices on some of the most usefull attributes, + like in the following example, to speed up searches made on sambaAccount objectclasses + (and possibly posixAccount and posixGroup as well). + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="screen"> +# Indices to maintain +## required by OpenLDAP +index objectclass eq + +index cn pres,sub,eq +index sn pres,sub,eq +## required to support pdb_getsampwnam +index uid pres,sub,eq +## required to support pdb_getsambapwrid() +index displayName pres,sub,eq + +## uncomment these if you are storing posixAccount and +## posixGroup entries in the directory as well +##index uidNumber eq +##index gidNumber eq +##index memberUid eq + +index sambaSID eq +index sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq +index sambaDomainName eq +index default sub +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><p> + Create the new index by executing: + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="screen"> +./sbin/slapindex -f slapd.conf +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><p> + Remember to restart slapd after making these changes: + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/etc/init.d/slapd restart</tt></b> +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896493"></a>Initialise the LDAP database</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Before you can add accounts to the LDAP database you must create the account containers + that they will be stored in. The following LDIF file should be modified to match your + needs (ie: Your DNS entries, etc.). + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="screen"> +# Organization for Samba Base +dn: dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: dcObject +objectclass: organization +dc: plainjoe +o: Terpstra Org Network +description: The Samba-3 Network LDAP Example + +# Organizational Role for Directory Management +dn: cn=Manager,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: organizationalRole +cn: Manager +description: Directory Manager + +# Setting up container for users +dn: ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: top +objectclass: organizationalUnit +ou: People + +# Setting up admin handle for People OU +dn: cn=admin,ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +cn: admin +objectclass: top +objectclass: organizationalRole +objectclass: simpleSecurityObject +userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><p> + The userPassword shown above should be generated using <b class="command">slappasswd</b>. + </p><p> + The following command will then load the contents of the LDIF file into the LDAP + database. + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>slapadd -v -l initldap.dif</tt></b> +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><p> + Do not forget to secure your LDAP server with an adequate access control list, + as well as an admin password. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><ns22:p> + Before Samba can access the LDAP server you need to stoe the LDAP admin password + into the Samba-3 <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt> database by: + </ns22:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><ns22:p> + </ns22:p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896622"></a>Configuring Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following parameters are available in smb.conf only if your + version of samba was built with LDAP support. Samba automatically builds with LDAP support if the + LDAP libraries are found. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend = ldapsam:url</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPFILTER" target="_top">ldap filter</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPDELETEDN" target="_top">ldap delete dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" target="_top">ldap passwd sync</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPTRUSTIDS" target="_top">ldap trust ids</a></p></li></ul></div><p> + These are described in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man + page and so will not be repeated here. However, a sample smb.conf file for + use with an LDAP directory could appear as + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="programlisting"> +## /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf +[global] + security = user + encrypt passwords = yes + + netbios name = TASHTEGO + workgroup = NARNIA + + # ldap related parameters + + # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers + # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf. Rather it + # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>secretpw</tt></i>' to store the + # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file. If the "ldap admin dn" values + # change, this password will need to be reset. + ldap admin dn = "cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" + + # Define the SSL option when connecting to the directory + # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default)) + ldap ssl = start tls + + # syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port] + passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org, guest + + # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry + ldap delete dn = no + + # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix + # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL siffixes by default + ldap user suffix = ou=People + ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems + + # Trust unix account information in LDAP + # (see the smb.conf manpage for details) + ldap trust ids = Yes + + # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory + ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" + + # generally the default ldap search filter is ok + # ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))" +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896800"></a>Accounts and Groups management</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + As users accounts are managed thru the sambaAccount objectclass, you should + modify your existing administration tools to deal with sambaAccount attributes. + </p><p> + Machines accounts are managed with the sambaAccount objectclass, just + like users accounts. However, it's up to you to store thoses accounts + in a different tree of your LDAP namespace: you should use + "ou=Groups,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store groups and + "ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your + NSS and PAM accordingly (usually, in the /etc/ldap.conf configuration + file). + </p><p> + In Samba release 3.0, the group management system is based on posix + groups. This means that Samba makes usage of the posixGroup objectclass. + For now, there is no NT-like group system management (global and local + groups). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896837"></a>Security and sambaAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are two important points to remember when discussing the security + of sambaAccount entries in the directory. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> retrieve the lmPassword or + ntPassword attribute values over an unencrypted LDAP session.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> allow non-admin users to + view the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values.</p></li></ul></div><p> + These password hashes are clear text equivalents and can be used to impersonate + the user without deriving the original clear text strings. For more information + on the details of LM/NT password hashes, refer to the + <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database</a> section of this chapter. + </p><p> + To remedy the first security issue, the "ldap ssl" smb.conf parameter defaults + to require an encrypted session (<i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl = on</tt></i>) using + the default port of <tt class="constant">636</tt> + when contacting the directory server. When using an OpenLDAP server, it + is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended operation in the place of + LDAPS. In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security + (<i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl = off</tt></i>). + </p><p> + Note that the LDAPS protocol is deprecated in favor of the LDAPv3 StartTLS + extended operation. However, the OpenLDAP library still provides support for + the older method of securing communication between clients and servers. + </p><p> + The second security precaution is to prevent non-administrative users from + harvesting password hashes from the directory. This can be done using the + following ACL in <tt class="filename">slapd.conf</tt>: + </p><ns22:p> +</ns22:p><pre class="programlisting"> +## allow the "ldap admin dn" access, but deny everyone else +access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword + by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" write + by * none +</pre><ns22:p> +</ns22:p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896958"></a>LDAP special attributes for sambaAccounts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The sambaAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes: + </p><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><div class="table"><a name="id2896974"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.1. Attributes in the sambaAccount objectclass (LDAP)</b></p><table summary="Attributes in the sambaAccount objectclass (LDAP)" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt></td><td align="left">the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character + representation of a hexidecimal string.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt></td><td align="left">the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character + representation of a hexidecimal string.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdLastSet</tt></td><td align="left">The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the + <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt> and <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt> attributes were last set. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">acctFlags</tt></td><td align="left">string of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets [] + representing account flags such as U (user), W(workstation), X(no password expiration), + I(Domain trust account), H(Home dir required), S(Server trust account), + and D(disabled).</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">logonTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">logoffTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">kickoffTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdCanChange</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdMustChange</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">homeDrive</tt></td><td align="left">specifies the drive letter to which to map the + UNC path specified by homeDirectory. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:" + where X is the letter of the drive to map. Refer to the "logon drive" parameter in the + smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">scriptPath</tt></td><td align="left">The scriptPath property specifies the path of + the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path + is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the "logon script" parameter in the + smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">profilePath</tt></td><td align="left">specifies a path to the user's profile. + This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path. Refer to the + "logon path" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">smbHome</tt></td><td align="left">The homeDirectory property specifies the path of + the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If homeDrive is set and specifies + a drive letter, homeDirectory should be a UNC path. The path must be a network + UNC path of the form <tt class="filename">\\server\share\directory</tt>. This value can be a null string. + Refer to the <b class="command">logon home</b> parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page for more information. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">userWorkstation</tt></td><td align="left">character string value currently unused. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">rid</tt></td><td align="left">the integer representation of the user's relative identifier + (RID).</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">primaryGroupID</tt></td><td align="left">the relative identifier (RID) of the primary group + of the user.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">domain</tt></td><td align="left">domain the user is part of.</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><p> + The majority of these parameters are only used when Samba is acting as a PDC of + a domain (refer to the <a href="#samba-pdc" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Samba as a primary domain controller</a> chapter for details on + how to configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller). The following four attributes + are only stored with the sambaAccount entry if the values are non-default values: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>smbHome</td></tr><tr><td>scriptPath</td></tr><tr><td>logonPath</td></tr><tr><td>homeDrive</td></tr></table><p> + These attributes are only stored with the sambaAccount entry if + the values are non-default values. For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been + configured as a PDC and that <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home = \\%L\%u</tt></i> was defined in + its <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. When a user named "becky" logons to the domain, + the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky. + If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry "uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org", + this value is used. However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value + of the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> parameter is used in its place. Samba + will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is + something other than the default (e.g. <tt class="filename">\\MOBY\becky</tt>). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2897322"></a>Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass: + </p><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><pre class="programlisting"> + dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org + ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 + pwdMustChange: 2147483647 + primaryGroupID: 1201 + lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE + pwdLastSet: 1010179124 + logonTime: 0 + objectClass: sambaAccount + uid: guest2 + kickoffTime: 2147483647 + acctFlags: [UX ] + logoffTime: 2147483647 + rid: 19006 + pwdCanChange: 0 + </pre><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><p> + The following is an LDIF entry for using both the sambaAccount and + posixAccount objectclasses: + </p><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><pre class="programlisting"> + dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org + logonTime: 0 + displayName: Gerald Carter + lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE + primaryGroupID: 1201 + objectClass: posixAccount + objectClass: sambaAccount + acctFlags: [UX ] + userPassword: {crypt}BpM2ej8Rkzogo + uid: gcarter + uidNumber: 9000 + cn: Gerald Carter + loginShell: /bin/bash + logoffTime: 2147483647 + gidNumber: 100 + kickoffTime: 2147483647 + pwdLastSet: 1010179230 + rid: 19000 + homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter + pwdCanChange: 0 + pwdMustChange: 2147483647 + ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 +</pre><ns22:p> + </ns22:p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2897383"></a>Password synchronisation</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Since version 3.0 samba can update the non-samba (LDAP) password stored with an account. When + using pam_ldap, this allows changing both unix and windows passwords at once. + </p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap passwd sync</tt></i> options can have the following values:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">yes</span></dt><dd><p>When the user changes his password, update + <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt>, <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt> + and the <tt class="constant">password</tt> fields.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">no</span></dt><dd><p>Only update <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt> and <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">only</span></dt><dd><p>Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry + about the other fields. This option is only available when + the LDAP library supports LDAP_EXOP_X_MODIFY_PASSWD. </p></dd></dl></div><p>More information can be found in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" target="_top">smb.conf</a> manpage. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2897495"></a>ldap trust ids</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + LDAP Performance can be improved by using the <b class="command">ldap trust ids</b> parameter. + See the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPTRUSTIDS" target="_top">smb.conf</a> manpage for details. + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2897524"></a>MySQL</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Every so often someone will come along with a great new idea. Storing of user accounts in an + SQL backend is one of them. Those who want to do this are in the best position to know what the + specific benefits are to them. This may sound like a cop-out, but in truth we can not attempt + to document every nitty little detail why certain things of marginal utility to the bulk of + Samba users might make sense to the rest. In any case, the following instructions should help + the determined SQL user to implement a working system. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2897546"></a>Creating the database</h4></div></div><div></div></div><ns22:p> + You either can set up your own table and specify the field names to pdb_mysql (see below + for the column names) or use the default table. The file <tt class="filename">examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt> + contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command : + + </ns22:p><pre class="screen"><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>mysql -u<i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> -h<i class="replaceable"><tt>hostname</tt></i> -p<i class="replaceable"><tt>password</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>databasename</tt></i> > <tt class="filename">/path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt></tt></b></pre><ns22:p> + </ns22:p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2897609"></a>Configuring</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:</p><ns22:p>Add a the following to the <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> variable in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: + </ns22:p><pre class="programlisting"> + passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins] + </pre><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><p>The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with + the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you + specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i>, you also need to + use different identifiers! + </p><p> + Additional options can be given thru the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section. + </p><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><div class="table"><a name="id2897685"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.2. Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend</b></p><table summary="Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Field</th><th align="left">Contents</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql host</td><td align="left">host name, defaults to 'localhost'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql password</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql user</td><td align="left">defaults to 'samba'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql database</td><td align="left">defaults to 'samba'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql port</td><td align="left">defaults to 3306</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:table</td><td align="left">Name of the table containing users</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + Since the password for the mysql user is stored in the + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, you should make the the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file + readable only to the user that runs samba. This is considered a security + bug and will be fixed soon. + </p></div><p>Names of the columns in this table(I've added column types those columns should have first):</p><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><div class="table"><a name="id2897810"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.3. MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend</b></p><table summary="MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Field</th><th align="left">Type</th><th align="left">Contents</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logoff time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:kickoff time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass last set time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass can change time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass must change time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:username column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">unix username</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:domain column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT domain user is part of</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:nt username column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT username</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:fullname column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Full name of user</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:home dir column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Unix homedir path</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:dir drive column</td><td align="left">varchar(2)</td><td align="left">Directory drive path (eg: 'H:')</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon script column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Batch file to run on client side when logging on</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:profile path column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Path of profile</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:acct desc column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Some ASCII NT user data</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:workstations column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown string column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">unknown string</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:munged dial column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:user sid column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT user SID</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:group sid column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT group ID</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:lanman pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">encrypted lanman password</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:nt pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">encrypted nt passwd</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:plain pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">plaintext password</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:acct control column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">nt user data</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 3 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon divs column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:hours len column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 5 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 6 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns22:p> + </ns22:p><p> + Eventually, you can put a colon (:) after the name of each column, which + should specify the column to update when updating the table. You can also + specify nothing behind the colon - then the data from the field will not be + updated. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898192"></a>Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + I strongly discourage the use of plaintext passwords, however, you can use them: + </p><p> + If you would like to use plaintext passwords, set + 'identifier:lanman pass column' and 'identifier:nt pass column' to + 'NULL' (without the quotes) and 'identifier:plain pass column' to the + name of the column containing the plaintext passwords. + </p><p> + If you use encrypted passwords, set the 'identifier:plain pass + column' to 'NULL' (without the quotes). This is the default. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898222"></a>Getting non-column data from the table</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + It is possible to have not all data in the database and making some 'constant'. + </p><p> + For example, you can set 'identifier:fullname column' to : + <b class="command">CONCAT(First_name,' ',Sur_name)</b> + </p><p> + Or, set 'identifier:workstations column' to : + <b class="command">NULL</b></p><p>See the MySQL documentation for more language constructs.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="XMLpassdb"></a>XML</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>This module requires libxml2 to be installed.</p><p>The usage of pdb_xml is pretty straightforward. To export data, use: + </p><p> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -e xml:filename</tt></b> + </p><p> + (where filename is the name of the file to put the data in) + </p><p> + To import data, use: + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -i xml:filename</tt></b> + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2898328"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898335"></a>Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + People forget to put their users in their backend and then complain samba won't authorize them. + </p></div><div xmlns:ns23="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898350"></a>Users are being added to the wrong backend database</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A few complaints have been recieved from users that just moved to samba-3. The following + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file entries were causing problems, new accounts were being added to the old + smbpasswd file, not to the tdbsam passdb.tdb file: + </p><ns23:p> + </ns23:p><pre class="programlisting"> + [globals] + ... + passdb backend = smbpasswd, tdbsam, guest + ... + </pre><ns23:p> + </ns23:p><p> + Samba will add new accounts to the first entry in the <span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend</em></span> + parameter entry. If you want to update to the tdbsam, then change the entry to: + </p><ns23:p> + </ns23:p><pre class="programlisting"> + [globals] + ... + passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd, guest + ... + </pre><ns23:p> + </ns23:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898409"></a>auth methods does not work</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If you explicitly set an 'auth methods' parameter, guest must be specified as the first + entry on the line. Eg: <i class="parameter"><tt>auth methods = guest sam</tt></i>. + </p><p> + This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backed</tt></i> + option, where it must be the <span class="emphasis"><em>LAST</em></span> parameter on the line. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="groupmapping"></a>Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jean François</span> <span class="surname">Micouleau</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2898582">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2898682">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898871">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2898936">Configuration Scripts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2898950">Sample smb.conf add group script</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899017">Script to configure Group Mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2899091">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2899107">Adding Groups Fails</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899167">Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> + Starting with Samba-3, new group mapping functionality is available to create associations + between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. The <i class="parameter"><tt>groupmap</tt></i> subcommand + included with the <span class="application">net</span> tool can be used to manage these associations. + </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that + the <i class="parameter"><tt>domain admin group</tt></i> has been removed and should no longer + be specified in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. This parameter was used to give the listed users membership + in the <tt class="constant">Domain Admins</tt> Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations + (in default configurations). + </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2898582"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba allows the administrator to create MS Windows NT4 / 200x group accounts and to + arbitrarily associate them with Unix/Linux group accounts. + </p><p> + Group accounts can be managed using the MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x MMC tools + so long as appropriate interface scripts have been provided to <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + </p><p> + Administrators should be aware that where <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> group interface scripts make + direct calls to the Unix/Linux system tools (eg: the shadow utilities, <b class="command">groupadd</b>, + <b class="command">groupdel</b>, <b class="command">groupmod</b>) then the resulting Unix/Linux group names will be subject + to any limits imposed by these tools. If the tool does NOT allow upper case characters + or space characters, then the creation of an MS Windows NT4 / 200x style group of + <i class="parameter"><tt>Engineering Managers</tt></i> will attempt to create an identically named + Unix/Linux group, an attempt that will of course fail! + </p><p> + There are several possible work-arounds for the operating system tools limitation. One + method is to use a script that generates a name for the Unix/Linux system group that + fits the operating system limits, and that then just passes the Unix/Linux group id (GID) + back to the calling samba interface. This will provide a dynamic work-around solution. + </p><p> + Another work-around is to manually create a Unix/Linux group, then manually create the + MS Windows NT4 / 200x group on the Samba server and then use the <b class="command">net groupmap</b> + tool to connect the two to each other. + </p></div><div xmlns:ns26="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2898682"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + When installing <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x</span> on a computer, the installation + program creates default users and groups. Notably the <tt class="constant">Administrators</tt> group, + and gives to that group privileges necessary privilidges to perform essential system tasks. + eg: Ability to change the date and time or to kill any process (or close too) running on the + local machine. + </p><p> + The 'Administrator' user is a member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus inherits + 'Administrators' group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created to be a member of the + 'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'. + </p><p> + When an MS Windows NT4 / W200x is made a domain member, the "Domain Adminis" group of the + PDC is added to the local 'Administrators' group of the workstation. Every member of the + 'Domain Administrators' group inherits the rights of the local 'Administrators' group when + logging on the workstation. + </p><p> + The following steps describe how to make samba PDC users members of the 'Domain Admins' group? + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + create a unix group (usually in <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt>), let's call it domadm + </p></li><li xmlns:ns24=""><p>add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example + if you want joe,john and mary, your entry in <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt> will + look like: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary + </pre><ns24:p> + </ns24:p></li><li xmlns:ns25=""><p> + Map this domadm group to the "Domain Admins" group by running the command: + </p><ns25:p> + </ns25:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm</tt></b> + </pre><ns25:p> + </ns25:p><p> + The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name. + Also make sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=). + </p></li></ol></div><p> + Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators! + </p><p> + It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT4 / 200x group as well as + making any UNIX group a Windows domain group. For example, if you wanted to include a + UNIX group (e.g. acct) in a ACL on a local file or printer on a domain member machine, + you would flag that group as a domain group by running the following on the Samba PDC: + </p><ns26:p> + </ns26:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct</tt></b> + </pre><ns26:p> + </ns26:p><p> + Be aware that the RID parmeter is a unsigned 32 bit integer that should + normally start at 1000. However, this rid must not overlap with any RID assigned + to a user. Verifying this is done differently depending on on the passdb backend + you are using. Future versions of the tools may perform the verification automatically, + but for now the burden is on you. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898871"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + You can list the various groups in the mapping database by executing + <b class="command">net groupmap list</b>. Here is an example: + </p><ns26:p> + </ns26:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap list</tt></b> + System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin + Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin + Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser + Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest + </pre><ns26:p> + </ns26:p><p> + For complete details on <b class="command">net groupmap</b>, refer to the net(8) man page. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2898936"></a>Configuration Scripts</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Everyone needs tools. Some of us like to create our own, others prefer to use canned tools + (ie: prepared by someone else for general use). + </p><div xmlns:ns27="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898950"></a>Sample <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> add group script</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A script to great complying group names for use by the samba group interfaces: + </p><ns27:p> +</ns27:p><div class="example"><a name="id2898973"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12.1. smbgrpadd.sh</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> + +#!/bin/bash + +# Add the group using normal system groupadd tool. +groupadd smbtmpgrp00 + +thegid=`cat /etc/group | grep smbtmpgrp00 | cut -d ":" -f3` + +# Now change the name to what we want for the MS Windows networking end +cat /etc/group | sed s/smbtmpgrp00/$1/g > /etc/group + +# Now return the GID as would normally happen. +echo $thegid +exit 0 +</pre></div><ns27:p> +</ns27:p><ns27:p> + The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> entry for the above script would look like: + </ns27:p><pre class="programlisting"> + add group script = /path_to_tool/smbgrpadd.sh %g + </pre><ns27:p> + </ns27:p></div><div xmlns:ns28="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899017"></a>Script to configure Group Mapping</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + In our example we have created a Unix/Linux group called <i class="parameter"><tt>ntadmin</tt></i>. + Our script will create the additional groups <i class="parameter"><tt>Engineers, Marketoids, Gnomes</tt></i>: + </p><ns28:p> +</ns28:p><pre class="programlisting"> +#!/bin/bash + +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=ntadmin +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Users" unixgroup=users +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Guests" unixgroup=nobody +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Administrators" unixgroup=root +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Users" unixgroup=users +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Guests" unixgroup=nobody +net groupmap modify ntgroup="System Operators" unixgroup=sys +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Account Operators" unixgroup=root +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Backup Operators" unixgroup=bin +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Print Operators" unixgroup=lp +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Replicators" unixgroup=daemon +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Power Users" unixgroup=sys + +#groupadd Engineers +#groupadd Marketoids +#groupadd Gnomes + +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Engineers" unixgroup=Engineers type=d +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Marketoids" unixgroup=Marketoids type=d +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Gnomes" unixgroup=Gnomes type=d +</pre><ns28:p> +</ns28:p><p> + Of course it is expected that the admininstrator will modify this to suit local needs. + For information regarding the use of the <b class="command">net groupmap</b> tool please + refer to the man page. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2899091"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +At this time there are many little surprises for the unwary administrator. In a real sense +it is imperative that every step of automated control scripts must be carefully tested +manually before putting them into active service. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899107"></a>Adding Groups Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This is a common problem when the <b class="command">groupadd</b> is called directly + by the samba interface script for the <i class="parameter"><tt>add group script</tt></i> in + the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p><p> + The most common cause of failure is an attempt to add an MS Windows group acocunt + that has either an upper case character and/or a space character in it. + </p><p> + There are three possible work-arounds. Firstly, use only group names that comply + with the limitations of the Unix/Linux <b class="command">groupadd</b> system tool. + The second involves use of the script mentioned earlier in this chapter, and the + third option is to manually create a Unix/Linux group account that can substitute + for the MS Windows group name, then use the procedure listed above to map that group + to the MS Windows group. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899167"></a>Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba-3 does NOT support nested groups from the MS Windows control environment. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="AccessControls"></a>Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 10, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2902353">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2902478">File System Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902496">MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899413">Managing Directories</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2899508">File and Directory Access Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2899915">Share Definition Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2899943">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2900215">File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2900461">Miscellaneous Controls</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905044">Access Controls on Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905115">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905414">MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905422">Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905460">Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905539">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905661">Viewing File or Directory Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905889">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906041">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906370">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2906446">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906460">Users can not write to a public share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906838">I have set force user and samba still makes root the owner of all the files + I touch!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Advanced MS Windows users are frequently perplexed when file, directory and share manipulation of +resources shared via Samba do not behave in the manner they might expect. MS Windows network +adminstrators are often confused regarding network access controls and what is the best way to +provide users with the type of access they need while protecting resources from the consequences +of untoward access capabilities. +</p><p> +Unix administrators frequently are not familiar with the MS Windows environment and in particular +have difficulty in visualizing what the MS Windows user wishes to achieve in attempts to set file +and directory access permissions. +</p><p> +The problem lies in the differences in how file and directory permissions and controls work +between the two environments. This difference is one that Samba can not completely hide, even +though it does try to make the chasm transparent. +</p><p> +POSIX Access Control List technology has been available (along with Extended Attributes) +for Unix for many years, yet there is little evidence today of any significant use. This +explains to some extent the slow adoption of ACLs into commercial Linux products. MS Windows +administrators are astounded at this given that ACLs were a foundational capability of the now +decade old MS Windows NT operating system. +</p><p> +The purpose of this chapter is to present each of the points of control that are possible with +Samba-3 in the hope that this will help the network administrator to find the optimum method +for delivering the best environment for MS Windows desktop users. +</p><p> +This is an opportune point to mention that it should be borne in mind that Samba was created to +provide a means of interoperability and interchange of data between two operating environments +that are quite different. It was never the intent to make Unix/Linux like MS Windows NT. Instead +the purpose was an is to provide a sufficient level of exchange of data between the two environments. +What is available today extends well beyond early plans and expections, yet the gap continues to +shrink. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2902353"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba offers a lot of flexibility in file system access management. These are the key access control + facilities present in Samba today: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Samba Access Control Facilities</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Unix File and Directory Permissions</em></span> + </p><p> + Samba honours and implements Unix file system access controls. Users + who access a Samba server will do so as a particular MS Windows user. + This information is passed to the Samba server as part of the logon or + connection setup process. Samba uses this user identity to validate + whether or not the user should be given access to file system resources + (files and directories). This chapter provides an overview for those + to whom the Unix permissions and controls are a little strange or unknown. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba Share Definitions</em></span> + </p><p> + In configuring share settings and controls in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file + the network administrator can exercise over-rides to native file + system permissions and behaviours. This can be handy and convenient + to affect behaviour that is more like what MS Windows NT users expect + but it is seldom the <span class="emphasis"><em>best</em></span> way to achieve this. + The basic options and techniques are described herein. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba Share ACLs</em></span> + </p><p> + Just like it is possible in MS Windows NT to set ACLs on shares + themselves, so it is possible to do this in Samba. + Very few people make use of this facility, yet it remains on of the + easiest ways to affect access controls (restrictions) and can often + do so with minimum invasiveness compared with other methods. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>MS Windows ACLs through Unix POSIX ACLs</em></span> + </p><p> + The use of POSIX ACLs on Unix/Linux is possible ONLY if the underlying + operating system supports them. If not, then this option will not be + available to you. Current Unix technology platforms have native support + for POSIX ACLs. There are patches for the Linux kernel that provide + this also. Sadly, few Linux paltforms ship today with native ACLs and + Extended Attributes enabled. This chapter has pertinent information + for users of platforms that support them. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2902478"></a>File System Access Controls</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Perhaps the most important recognition to be made is the simple fact that MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP +implement a totally divergent file system technology from what is provided in the Unix operating system +environment. Firstly we should consider what the most significant differences are, then we shall look +at how Samba helps to bridge the differences. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2902496"></a>MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba operates on top of the Unix file system. This means it is subject to Unix file system conventions + and permissions. It also means that if the MS Windows networking environment requires file system + behaviour that differs from unix file system behaviour then somehow Samba is responsible for emulating + that in a transparent and consistent manner. + </p><p> + It is good news that Samba does this to a very large extent and on top of that provides a high degree + of optional configuration to over-ride the default behaviour. We will look at some of these over-rides, + but for the greater part we will stay withing the bounds of default behaviour. Those wishing to explore + to depths of control ability should review the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. + </p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>File System Feature Comparison</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">Name Space</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows NT4 / 200x/ XP files names may be up to 254 characters long, Unix file names + may be 1023 characters long. In MS Windows file extensions indicate particular file types, + in Unix this is not so rigorously observed as all names are considered arbitrary. + </p><p> + What MS Windows calls a Folder, Unix calls a directory, + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Case Sensitivity</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows file names are generally Upper Case if made up of 8.3 (ie: 8 character file name + and 3 character extension. If longer than 8.3 file names are Case Preserving, and Case + Insensitive. + </p><p> + Unix file and directory names are Case Sensitive and Case Preserving. Samba implements the + MS Windows file name behaviour, but it does so as a user application. The Unix file system + provides no mechanism to perform case insensitive file name lookups. MS Windows does this + by default. This means that Samba has to carry the processing overhead to provide features + that are NOT native to the Unix operating system environment. + </p><p> + Consider the following, all are unique Unix names but one single MS Windows file name: + <tt class="computeroutput"> + MYFILE.TXT + MyFile.txt + myfile.txt + </tt> + So clearly, In an MS Windows file name space these three files CAN NOT co-exist! But in Unix + they can. So what should Samba do if all three are present? Answer, the one that is lexically + first will be accessible to MS Windows users, the others are invisible and unaccessible - any + other solution would be suicidal. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Directory Separators</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows and DOS uses the back-slash '\' as a directory delimiter, Unix uses the forward-slash '/' + as it's directory delimiter. This is transparently handled by Samba. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Drive Identification</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows products support a notion of drive letters, like <b class="command">C:</b> to represent + disk partitions. Unix has NO concept if separate identifiers for file partitions since each + such file system is <tt class="filename">mounted</tt> to become part of the over-all directory tree. + The Unix directory tree begins at '/', just like the root of a DOS drive is specified like + <b class="command">C:\</b>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">File Naming Conventions</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows generally never experiences file names that begin with a '.', while in Unix these + are commonly found in a user's home directory. Files that begin with a '.' are typically + either start up files for various Unix applications, or they may be files that contain + start-up configuration data. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Links and Short-Cuts</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows make use of "links and Short-Cuts" that are actually special types of files that will + redirect an attempt to execute the file to the real location of the file. Unix knows of file and directory + links, but they are entirely different from what MS Windows users are used to. + </p><p> + Symbolic links are files in Unix that contain the actual location of the data (file OR directory). An + operation (like read or write) will operate directly on the file referenced. Symbolic links are also + referred to as 'soft links'. A hard link is something that MS Windows is NOT familiar with. It allows + one physical file to be known simulataneously by more than one file name. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + There are many other subtle differences that may cause the MS Windows administrator some temporary discomfort + in the process of becoming familiar with Unix/Linux. These are best left for a text that is dedicated to the + purpose of Unix/Linux training/education. + </p></div><div xmlns:ns29="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899413"></a>Managing Directories</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns29:p> + There are three basic operations for managing directories, <b class="command">create, delete, rename</b>. + </ns29:p><div class="table"><a name="id2899431"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 13.1. Managing directories with unix and windows</b></p><table summary="Managing directories with unix and windows" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Action</th><th align="center">MS Windows Command</th><th align="center">Unix Command</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">create</td><td align="center">md folder</td><td align="center">mkdir folder</td></tr><tr><td align="center">delete</td><td align="center">rd folder</td><td align="center">rmdir folder</td></tr><tr><td align="center">rename</td><td align="center">rename oldname newname</td><td align="center">mv oldname newname</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns29:p> + </ns29:p></div><div xmlns:ns30="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899508"></a>File and Directory Access Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The network administrator is strongly advised to read foundational training manuals and reference materials + regarding file and directory permissions maintenance. Much can be achieved with the basic Unix permissions + without having to resort to more complex facilities like POSIX Access Control Lists (ACLs) or Extended + Attributes (EAs). + </p><ns30:p> + Unix/Linux file and directory access permissions invloves setting three (3) primary sets of data and one (1) control set. + A Unix file listing looks as follows:- + + </ns30:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">jht@frodo:~/stuff> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ls -la</tt></b> + total 632 + drwxr-xr-x 13 jht users 816 2003-05-12 22:56 . + drwxr-xr-x 37 jht users 3800 2003-05-12 22:29 .. + d--------- 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado00 + d--x--x--x 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado01 + dr-xr-xr-x 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado02 + drwxrwxrwx 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado03 + drw-rw-rw- 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado04 + d-w--w--w- 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado05 + dr--r--r-- 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado06 + drwxrwxrwt 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado07 + drwsrwsrwx 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado08 + ---------- 1 jht users 1242 2003-05-12 22:31 mydata00.lst + ---x--x--x 1 jht users 1674 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata01.lst + --w--w--w- 1 jht users 7754 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata02.lst + --wx-wx-wx 1 jht users 260179 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata03.lst + -r--r--r-- 1 jht users 21017 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata04.lst + -r-xr-xr-x 1 jht users 206339 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata05.lst + -rw-rw-rw- 1 jht users 41105 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata06.lst + -rwxrwxrwx 1 jht users 19312 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata07.lst + <tt class="prompt">jht@frodo:~/stuff></tt> + </pre><ns30:p> + </ns30:p><p> + The columns above represent (from left to right): permissions, no blocks used, owner, group, size (bytes), access date, access time, file name. + </p><ns30:p> + The permissions field is made up of: + + </ns30:p><pre class="programlisting"> + <i><span class="comment"> JRV: Put this into a diagram of some sort</span></i> + [ type ] [ users ] [ group ] [ others ] [File, Directory Permissions] + [ d | l ] [ r w x ] [ r w x ] [ r w x ] + | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | | | |-----> Can Execute, List files + | | | | | | | | | |-------> Can Write, Create files + | | | | | | | | |---------> Can Read, Read files + | | | | | | | |---------------> Can Execute, List files + | | | | | | |-----------------> Can Write, Create files + | | | | | |-------------------> Can Read, Read files + | | | | |-------------------------> Can Execute, List files + | | | |---------------------------> Can Write, Create files + | | |-----------------------------> Can Read, Read files + | |-----------------------------------> Is a symbolic Link + |---------------------------------------> Is a directory + </pre><ns30:p> + </ns30:p><ns30:p> + Any bit flag may be unset. An unset bit flag is the equivalent of 'Can NOT' and is represented as a '-' character. + + </ns30:p><div class="example"><a name="id2899836"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13.1. Example File</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> + -rwxr-x--- Means: The owner (user) can read, write, execute + the group can read and execute + everyone else can NOT do anything with it + </pre></div><ns30:p> + + </ns30:p><p> + Additional posibilities in the [type] field are: c = character device, b = block device, p = pipe device, s = Unix Domain Socket. + </p><p> + The letters `rwxXst' set permissions for the user, group and others as: read (r), write (w), execute (or access for directories) (x),r + execute only if the file is a directory or already has execute permission for some user (X), set user or group ID on execution (s), + sticky (t). + </p><p> + When the sticky bit is set on a directory, files in that directory may be unlinked (deleted) or renamed only by root or their owner. + Without the sticky bit, anyone able to write to the directory can delete or rename files. The sticky bit is commonly found on + directories, such as /tmp, that are world-writable. + </p><p> + When the set user or group ID bit (s) is set on a directory, then all files created within it will be owned by the user and/or + group whose 'set user or group' bit is set. This can be very helpful in setting up directories that for which it is desired that + all users who are in a group should be able to write to and read from a file, particularly when it is undesirable for that file + to be exclusively owned by a user who's primary group is not the group that all such users belong to. + </p><p> + When a directory is set <tt class="constant">drw-r-----</tt> this means that the owner can read and create (write) files in it, but because + the (x) execute flags are not set files can not be listed (seen) in the directory by anyone. The group can read files in the + directory but can NOT create new files. NOTE: If files in the directory are set to be readable and writable for the group, then + group members will be able to write to (or delete) them. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2899915"></a>Share Definition Access Controls</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following parameters in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file sections that define a share control or affect access controls. +Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899943"></a>User and Group Based Controls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + User and group based controls can prove very useful. In some situations it is distinctly desirable to affect all + file system operations as if a single user is doing this, the use of the <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> and + <i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i> behaviour will achieve this. In other situations it may be necessary to affect a + paranoia level of control to ensure that only particular authorised persons will be able to access a share or + it's contents, here the use of the <i class="parameter"><tt>valid users</tt></i> or the <i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i> may + be most useful. + </p><p> + As always, it is highly advisable to use the least difficult to maintain and the least ambiguous method for + controlling access. Remember, that when you leave the scene someone else will need to provide assistance and + if that person finds too great a mess, or if they do not understand what you have done then there is risk of + Samba being removed and an alternative solution being adopted. + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2900001"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 13.2. User and Group Based Controls</b></p><table summary="User and Group Based Controls" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Control Parameter</th><th align="center">Description - Action - Notes</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>admin users</td><td><p> + List of users who will be granted administrative privileges on the share. + They will do all file operations as the super-user (root). + Any user in this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, + irrespective of file permissions. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force group</td><td><p> + Specifies a UNIX group name that will be assigned as the default primary group + for all users connecting to this service. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force user</td><td><p> + Specifies a UNIX user name that will be assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. + This is useful for sharing files. Incorrect use can cause security problems. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>guest ok</td><td><p> + If this parameter is set for a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. Privileges will be + those of the guest account. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>invalid users</td><td><p> + List of users that should not be allowed to login to this service. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>only user</td><td><p> + Controls whether connections with usernames not in the user list will be allowed. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>read list</td><td><p> + List of users that are given read-only access to a service. Users in this list + will not be given write access, no matter what the read only option is set to. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>username</td><td><p> + Refer to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page for more information - this is a complex and potentially misused parameter. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>valid users</td><td><p> + List of users that should be allowed to login to this service. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>write list</td><td><p> + List of users that are given read-write access to a service. + </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900215"></a>File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following file and directory permission based controls, if misused, can result in considerable difficulty to + diagnose the cause of mis-configuration. Use them sparingly and carefully. By gradually introducing each one by one + undesirable side-effects may be detected. In the event of a problem, always comment all of them out and then gradually + re-instroduce them in a controlled fashion. + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2900234"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 13.3. File and Directory Permission Based Controls</b></p><table summary="File and Directory Permission Based Controls" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Control Parameter</th><th align="center">Description - Action - Notes</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>create mask</td><td><p> + Refer to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>directory mask</td><td><p> + The octal modes used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX directories. + See also: directory security mask. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>dos filemode</td><td><p> + Enabling this parameter allows a user who has write access to the file to modify the permissions on it. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force create mode</td><td><p> + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a file created by Samba. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force directory mode</td><td><p> + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a directory created by Samba. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force directory security mode</td><td><p> + Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating UNIX permissions on a directory + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force security mode</td><td><p> + Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client manipulates UNIX permissions. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>hide unreadable</td><td><p> + Prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be read. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>hide unwriteable files</td><td><p> + Prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. Unwriteable directories are shown as usual. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>nt acl support</td><td><p> + This parameter controls whether smbd will attempt to map UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>security mask</td><td><p> + Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX permissions on a file. + </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900461"></a>Miscellaneous Controls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following are documented because of the prevalence of administrators creating inadvertant barriers to file + access by not understanding the full implications of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file settings. + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2900482"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 13.4. Other Controls</b></p><table summary="Other Controls" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Control Parameter</th><th align="center">Description - Action - Notes</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>case sensitive, default case, short preserve case</td><td><p> + This means that all file name lookup will be done in a case sensitive manner. + Files will be created with the precise filename Samba received from the MS Windows client. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>csc policy</td><td><p> + Client Side Caching Policy - parallels MS Windows client side file caching capabilities. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>dont descend</td><td><p> + Allows to specify a comma-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>dos filetime resolution</td><td><p> + This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++ when used against Samba shares. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>dos filetimes</td><td><p> + DOS and Windows allows users to change file time stamps if they can write to the file. POSIX semantics prevent this. + This options allows DOS and Windows behaviour. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>fake oplocks</td><td><p> + Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants an + oplock then the client is free to assume that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively cache file data. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>hide dot files, hide files, veto files</td><td><p> + Note: MS Windows Explorer allows over-ride of files marked as hidden so they will still be visible. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>read only</td><td><p> + If this parameter is yes, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service's directory. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>veto files</td><td><p> + List of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. + </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2905044"></a>Access Controls on Shares</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This section deals with how to configure Samba per share access control restrictions. + By default samba sets no restrictions on the share itself. Restrictions on the share itself + can be set on MS Windows NT4/200x/XP shares. This can be a very effective way to limit who can + connect to a share. In the absence of specific restrictions the default setting is to allow + the global user <tt class="constant">Everyone</tt> Full Control (ie: Full control, Change and Read). + </p><p> + At this time Samba does NOT provide a tool for configuring access control setting on the Share + itself. Samba does have the capacity to store and act on access control settings, but the only + way to create those settings is to use either the NT4 Server Manager or the Windows 200x MMC for + Computer Management. + </p><p> + Samba stores the per share access control settings in a file called <tt class="filename">share_info.tdb</tt>. + The location of this file on your system will depend on how samba was compiled. The default location + for samba's tdb files is under <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. If the <tt class="filename">tdbdump</tt> + utility has been compiled and installed on your system then you can examine the contents of this file + by: <b class="userinput"><tt>tdbdump share_info.tdb</tt></b>. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905115"></a>Share Permissions Management</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The best tool for the task is platform dependant. Choose the best tool for your environmemt. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905128"></a>Windows NT4 Workstation/Server</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The tool you need to use to manage share permissions on a Samba server is the NT Server Manager. + Server Manager is shipped with Windows NT4 Server products but not with Windows NT4 Workstation. + You can obtain the NT Server Manager for MS Windows NT4 Workstation from Microsoft - see details below. + </p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 13.1. Instructions</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + Launch the <span class="application">NT4 Server Manager</span>, click on the Samba server you want to administer, then from the menu + select <span class="guimenu">Computer</span>, then click on the <span class="guimenuitem">Shared Directories</span> entry. + </p></li><li><p> + Now click on the share that you wish to manage, then click on the <span class="guilabel">Properties</span> tab, next click on + the <span class="guilabel">Permissions</span> tab. Now you can add or change access control settings as you wish. + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905210"></a>Windows 200x/XP</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + On <span class="application">MS Windows NT4/200x/XP</span> system access control lists on the share itself are set using native + tools, usually from filemanager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder, + then select <span class="guimenuitem">Sharing</span>, then click on <span class="guilabel">Permissions</span>. The default + Windows NT4/200x permission allows <span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> Full Control on the Share. + </p><p> + MS Windows 200x and later all comes with a tool called the <span class="application">Computer Management</span> snap-in for the + Microsoft Management Console (MMC). This tool is located by clicking on <tt class="filename">Control Panel -> + Administrative Tools -> Computer Management</tt>. + </p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 13.2. Instructions</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + After launching the MMC with the Computer Management snap-in, click on the menu item <span class="guimenuitem">Action</span>, + select <span class="guilabel">Connect to another computer</span>. If you are not logged onto a domain you will be prompted + to enter a domain login user identifier and a password. This will authenticate you to the domain. + If you where already logged in with administrative privilidge this step is not offered. + </p></li><li><p> + If the Samba server is not shown in the <span class="guilabel">Select Computer</span> box, then type in the name of the target + Samba server in the field <span class="guilabel">Name:</span>. Now click on the <span class="guibutton">[+]</span> next to + <span class="guilabel">System Tools</span>, then on the <span class="guibutton">[+]</span> next to <span class="guilabel">Shared Folders</span> in the + left panel. + </p></li><li><p> + Now in the right panel, double-click on the share you wish to set access control permissions on. + Then click on the tab <span class="guilabel">Share Permissions</span>. It is now possible to add access control entities + to the shared folder. Do NOT forget to set what type of access (full control, change, read) you + wish to assign for each entry. + </p></li></ol></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + Be careful. If you take away all permissions from the <tt class="constant">Everyone</tt> user without removing this user + then effectively no user will be able to access the share. This is a result of what is known as + ACL precedence. ie: Everyone with <span class="emphasis"><em>no access</em></span> means that MaryK who is part of the group + <tt class="constant">Everyone</tt> will have no access even if this user is given explicit full control access. + </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2905414"></a>MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905422"></a>Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Windows NT clients can use their native security settings + dialog box to view and modify the underlying UNIX permissions.</p><p>Note that this ability is careful not to compromise + the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and + still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba + administrator can set.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + All access to Unix/Linux system file via Samba is controlled at + the operating system file access control level. When trying to + figure out file access problems it is vitally important to identify + the identity of the Windows user as it is presented by Samba at + the point of file access. This can best be determined from the + Samba log files. + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905460"></a>Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right + mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba mounted + drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click + on the <span class="guilabel">Properties</span> entry at the bottom of + the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog + box. Click on the tab <span class="guilabel">Security</span> and you + will see three buttons, <span class="guibutton">Permissions</span>, + <span class="guibutton">Auditing</span>, and <span class="guibutton">Ownership</span>. + The <span class="guibutton">Auditing</span> button will cause either + an error message <span class="errorname">A requested privilege is not held + by the client</span> to appear if the user is not the + NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an + Administrator to add auditing requirements to a file if the + user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is + non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only + useful button, the <span class="guibutton">Add</span> button will not currently + allow a list of users to be seen.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905539"></a>Viewing file ownership</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Clicking on the <span class="guibutton">Ownership</span> button + brings up a dialog box telling you who owns the given file. The + owner name will be of the form :</p><p><b class="command">"SERVER\user (Long name)"</b></p><p>Where <i class="replaceable"><tt>SERVER</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of + the Samba server, <i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i> is the user name of + the UNIX user who owns the file, and <i class="replaceable"><tt>(Long name)</tt></i> + is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the + GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the + <span class="guibutton">Close </span> button to remove this dialog.</p><p>If the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> + is set to <tt class="constant">false</tt> then the file owner will + be shown as the NT user <tt class="constant">"Everyone"</tt>.</p><p>The <span class="guibutton">Take Ownership</span> button will not allow + you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on + it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are + currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason + for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged + operation in UNIX, available only to the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> + user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change + the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT + client this will not work with Samba at this time.</p><p>There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba + and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected + to a Samba server as root to change the ownership of + files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS + or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <span class="application">Seclib + </span> NT security library written by Jeremy Allison of + the Samba Team, available from the main Samba ftp site.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905661"></a>Viewing File or Directory Permissions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The third button is the <span class="guibutton">Permissions</span> + button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box that shows both + the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. + The owner is displayed in the form :</p><p><b class="command">"<i class="replaceable"><tt>SERVER</tt></i>\ + <i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i> + <i class="replaceable"><tt>(Long name)</tt></i>"</b></p><p>Where <i class="replaceable"><tt>SERVER</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of + the Samba server, <i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i> is the user name of + the UNIX user who owns the file, and <i class="replaceable"><tt>(Long name)</tt></i> + is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the + GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</p><p>If the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> + is set to <tt class="constant">false</tt> then the file owner will + be shown as the NT user <tt class="constant">"Everyone"</tt> and the + permissions will be shown as NT "Full Control".</p><p>The permissions field is displayed differently for files + and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions + are displayed first.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905752"></a>File Permissions</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and + the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions + triples are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL + with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding + NT permissions. The UNIX world permissions are mapped into + the global NT group <tt class="constant">Everyone</tt>, followed + by the list of permissions allowed for UNIX world. The UNIX + owner and group permissions are displayed as an NT + <span class="guiicon">user</span> icon and an NT <span class="guiicon">local + group</span> icon respectively followed by the list + of permissions allowed for the UNIX user and group.</p><p>As many UNIX permission sets don't map into common + NT names such as <tt class="constant">read</tt>, <tt class="constant"> + "change"</tt> or <tt class="constant">full control</tt> then + usually the permissions will be prefixed by the words <tt class="constant"> + "Special Access"</tt> in the NT display list.</p><p>But what happens if the file has no permissions allowed + for a particular UNIX user group or world component ? In order + to allow "no permissions" to be seen and modified then Samba + overloads the NT <b class="command">"Take Ownership"</b> ACL attribute + (which has no meaning in UNIX) and reports a component with + no permissions as having the NT <b class="command">"O"</b> bit set. + This was chosen of course to make it look like a zero, meaning + zero permissions. More details on the decision behind this will + be given below.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905844"></a>Directory Permissions</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two + different sets of permissions. The first set of permissions + is the ACL set on the directory itself, this is usually displayed + in the first set of parentheses in the normal <tt class="constant">"RW"</tt> + NT style. This first set of permissions is created by Samba in + exactly the same way as normal file permissions are, described + above, and is displayed in the same way.</p><p>The second set of directory permissions has no real meaning + in the UNIX permissions world and represents the <tt class="constant"> + inherited</tt> permissions that any file created within + this directory would inherit.</p><p>Samba synthesises these inherited permissions for NT by + returning as an NT ACL the UNIX permission mode that a new file + created by Samba on this share would receive.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905889"></a>Modifying file or directory permissions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple + as changing the displayed permissions in the dialog box, and + clicking the <span class="guibutton">OK</span> button. However, there are + limitations that a user needs to be aware of, and also interactions + with the standard Samba permission masks and mapping of DOS + attributes that need to also be taken into account.</p><p>If the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> + is set to <tt class="constant">false</tt> then any attempt to set + security permissions will fail with an <span class="errorname">"Access Denied" + </span> message.</p><p>The first thing to note is that the <span class="guibutton">"Add"</span> + button will not return a list of users in Samba (it will give + an error message of <span class="errorname">The remote procedure call failed + and did not execute</span>). This means that you can only + manipulate the current user/group/world permissions listed in + the dialog box. This actually works quite well as these are the + only permissions that UNIX actually has.</p><p>If a permission triple (either user, group, or world) + is removed from the list of permissions in the NT dialog box, + then when the <span class="guibutton">OK</span> button is pressed it will + be applied as "no permissions" on the UNIX side. If you then + view the permissions again the "no permissions" entry will appear + as the NT <b class="command">"O"</b> flag, as described above. This + allows you to add permissions back to a file or directory once + you have removed them from a triple component.</p><p>As UNIX supports only the "r", "w" and "x" bits of + an NT ACL then if other NT security attributes such as "Delete + access" are selected then they will be ignored when applied on + the Samba server.</p><p>When setting permissions on a directory the second + set of permissions (in the second set of parentheses) is + by default applied to all files within that directory. If this + is not what you want you must uncheck the <span class="guilabel">Replace + permissions on existing files</span> checkbox in the NT + dialog before clicking <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p><p>If you wish to remove all permissions from a + user/group/world component then you may either highlight the + component and click the <span class="guibutton">Remove</span> button, + or set the component to only have the special <tt class="constant">Take + Ownership</tt> permission (displayed as <b class="command">"O" + </b>) highlighted.</p></div><div xmlns:ns31="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906041"></a>Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns31:p>There are four parameters + to control interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters. + These are : + + </ns31:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></td></tr></table><ns31:p> + + </ns31:p><p>Once a user clicks <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to apply the + permissions Samba maps the given permissions into a user/group/world + r/w/x triple set, and then will check the changed permissions for a + file against the bits set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a> parameter. Any bits that + were changed that are not set to '1' in this parameter are left alone + in the file permissions.</p><p>Essentially, zero bits in the <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i> + mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> + allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change. + </p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value as + the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mask + </tt></i></a> parameter. To allow a user to modify all the + user/group/world permissions on a file, set this parameter + to 0777.</p><p>Next Samba checks the changed permissions for a file against + the bits set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a> parameter. Any bits + that were changed that correspond to bits set to '1' in this parameter + are forced to be set.</p><p>Essentially, bits set in the <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode + </tt></i> parameter may be treated as a set of bits that, when + modifying security on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.</p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value + as the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>force + create mode</tt></i></a> parameter. + To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file + with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>force + security mode</tt></i> parameters are applied to the change + request in that order.</p><p>For a directory Samba will perform the same operations as + described above for a file except using the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt> + directory security mask</tt></i> instead of <i class="parameter"><tt>security + mask</tt></i>, and <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode + </tt></i> parameter instead of <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode + </tt></i>.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask</tt></i> parameter + by default is set to the same value as the <i class="parameter"><tt>directory mask + </tt></i> parameter and the <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security + mode</tt></i> parameter by default is set to the same value as + the <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i> parameter. </p><p>In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that + an administrator can set on a Samba share, whilst still allowing users + to modify the permission bits within that restriction.</p><p>If you want to set up a share that allows users full control + in modifying the permission bits on their files and directories and + doesn't force any particular bits to be set 'on', then set the following + parameters in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in that share specific section : + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>security mask = 0777</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode = 0</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask = 0777</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode = 0</tt></i></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906370"></a>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read + only") into the UNIX permissions of a file. This means there can + be a conflict between the permission bits set via the security + dialog and the permission bits set by the file attribute mapping. + </p><p>One way this can show up is if a file has no UNIX read access + for the owner it will show up as "read only" in the standard + file attributes tabbed dialog. Unfortunately this dialog is + the same one that contains the security info in another tab.</p><p>What this can mean is that if the owner changes the permissions + to allow themselves read access using the security dialog, clicks + <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to get back to the standard attributes tab + dialog, and then clicks <span class="guibutton">OK</span> on that dialog, then + NT will set the file permissions back to read-only (as that is what + the attributes still say in the dialog). This means that after setting + permissions and clicking <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to get back to the + attributes dialog you should always hit <span class="guibutton">Cancel</span> + rather than <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to ensure that your changes + are not overridden.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2906446"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +File, Directory and Share access problems are very common on the mailing list. The following +are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906460"></a>Users can not write to a public share</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + “<span class="quote"> + We are facing some troubles with file / directory permissions. I can log on the domain as admin user(root), + and theres a public share, on which everyone needs to have permission to create / modify files, but only + root can change the file, no one else can. We need to constantly go to server to + <b class="userinput"><tt>chgrp -R users *</tt></b> and <b class="userinput"><tt>chown -R nobody *</tt></b> to allow others users to change the file. + </span>” + </p><p> + There are many ways to solve this problem, here are a few hints: + </p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 13.3. Example Solution:</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + Go to the top of the directory that is shared + </p></li><li xmlns:ns32=""><ns32:p> + Set the ownership to what ever public owner and group you want + </ns32:p><pre class="programlisting"> + find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chown user.group {}\; + find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chmod 6775 'directory_name' + find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chmod 0775 {} \; + find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chown user.group {}\; + </pre><ns32:p> + </ns32:p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + The above will set the 'sticky bit' on all directories. Read your + Unix/Linux man page on what that does. It causes the OS to assign + to all files created in the directories the ownership of the + directory. + </p></div></li><li xmlns:ns33=""><ns33:p> + + Directory is: <i class="replaceable"><tt>/foodbar</tt></i> + </ns33:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown jack.engr /foodbar</tt></b> + </pre><ns33:p> + </ns33:p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><ns33:p> + </ns33:p><p>This is the same as doing:</p><ns33:p> + </ns33:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown jack /foodbar</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chgrp engr /foodbar</tt></b> + </pre><ns33:p> + </ns33:p></div></li><li xmlns:ns34=""><ns34:p>Now do: + + </ns34:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chmod 6775 /foodbar</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ls -al /foodbar/..</tt></b> + </pre><ns34:p> + + </ns34:p><ns34:p>You should see: + </ns34:p><pre class="screen"> + drwsrwsr-x 2 jack engr 48 2003-02-04 09:55 foodbar + </pre><ns34:p> + </ns34:p></li><li xmlns:ns35=""><ns35:p>Now do: + </ns35:p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>su - jill</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cd /foodbar</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>touch Afile</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ls -al</tt></b> + </pre><ns35:p> + </ns35:p><ns35:p> + You should see that the file <tt class="filename">Afile</tt> created by Jill will have ownership + and permissions of Jack, as follows: + </ns35:p><pre class="screen"> + -rw-r--r-- 1 jack engr 0 2003-02-04 09:57 Afile + </pre><ns35:p> + </ns35:p></li><li xmlns:ns36=""><ns36:p> + Now in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for the share add: + </ns36:p><pre class="programlisting"> + force create mode = 0775 + force direcrtory mode = 6775 + </pre><ns36:p> + </ns36:p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + The above are only needed <span class="emphasis"><em>if</em></span> your users are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> members of the group + you have used. ie: Within the OS do not have write permission on the directory. + </p></div><ns36:p> + An alternative is to set in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> entry for the share: + </ns36:p><pre class="programlisting"> + force user = jack + force group = engr + </pre><ns36:p> + </ns36:p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906838"></a>I have set force user and samba still makes <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> the owner of all the files + I touch!</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + When you have a user in 'admin users', samba will always do file operations for + this user as <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span>, even if <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> has been set. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="locking"></a>Chapter 14. File and Record Locking</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Eric</span> <span class="surname">Roseme</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">HP Oplocks Usage Recommendations Whitepaper<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:eric.roseme@hp.com">eric.roseme@hp.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2908960">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2909016">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906890">Opportunistic Locking Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2907521">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2907630">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2907890">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910326">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910353">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2910432">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910463">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910536">locking.tdb error messages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2910566">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></div><p> +One area which causes trouble for many network administrators is locking. +The extent of the problem is readily evident from searches over the internet. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2908960"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba provides all the same locking semantics that MS Windows clients expect +and that MS Windows NT4 / 200x servers provide also. +</p><p> +The term <span class="emphasis"><em>locking</em></span> has exceptionally broad meaning and covers +a range of functions that are all categorized under this one term. +</p><p> +Opportunistic locking is a desirable feature when it can enhance the +perceived performance of applications on a networked client. However, the +opportunistic locking protocol is not robust, and therefore can +encounter problems when invoked beyond a simplistic configuration, or +on extended, slow, or faulty networks. In these cases, operating +system management of opportunistic locking and/or recovering from +repetitive errors can offset the perceived performance advantage that +it is intended to provide. +</p><p> +The MS Windows network administrator needs to be aware that file and record +locking semantics (behaviour) can be controlled either in Samba or by way of registry +settings on the MS Windows client. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Sometimes it is necessary to disable locking control settings BOTH on the Samba +server as well as on each MS Windows client! +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2909016"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are two types of locking which need to be performed by a SMB server. +The first is <span class="emphasis"><em>record locking</em></span> which allows a client to lock +a range of bytes in a open file. The second is the <span class="emphasis"><em>deny modes</em></span> +that are specified when a file is open. +</p><p> +Record locking semantics under Unix is very different from record locking under +Windows. Versions of Samba before 2.2 have tried to use the native fcntl() unix +system call to implement proper record locking between different Samba clients. +This can not be fully correct due to several reasons. The simplest is the fact +that a Windows client is allowed to lock a byte range up to 2^32 or 2^64, +depending on the client OS. The unix locking only supports byte ranges up to 2^31. +So it is not possible to correctly satisfy a lock request above 2^31. There are +many more differences, too many to be listed here. +</p><p> +Samba 2.2 and above implements record locking completely independent of the +underlying unix system. If a byte range lock that the client requests happens +to fall into the range 0-2^31, Samba hands this request down to the Unix system. +All other locks can not be seen by unix anyway. +</p><p> +Strictly a SMB server should check for locks before every read and write call on +a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may overstress +the <b class="command">rpc.lockd</b>. It is also almost always unnecessary as clients are supposed to +independently make locking calls before reads and writes anyway if locking is +important to them. By default Samba only makes locking calls when explicitly asked +to by a client, but if you set <i class="parameter"><tt>strict locking = yes</tt></i> then it +will make lock checking calls on every read and write. +</p><p> +You can also disable by range locking completely using <i class="parameter"><tt>locking = no</tt></i>. +This is useful for those shares that don't support locking or don't need it +(such as cdroms). In this case Samba fakes the return codes of locking calls to +tell clients that everything is OK. +</p><p> +The second class of locking is the <i class="parameter"><tt>deny modes</tt></i>. These +are set by an application when it opens a file to determine what types of +access should be allowed simultaneously with its open. A client may ask for +<tt class="constant">DENY_NONE</tt>, <tt class="constant">DENY_READ</tt>, +<tt class="constant">DENY_WRITE</tt> or <tt class="constant">DENY_ALL</tt>. There are also special compatibility +modes called <tt class="constant">DENY_FCB</tt> and <tt class="constant">DENY_DOS</tt>. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906890"></a>Opportunistic Locking Overview</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Opportunistic locking (Oplocks) is invoked by the Windows file system +(as opposed to an API) via registry entries (on the server AND client) +for the purpose of enhancing network performance when accessing a file +residing on a server. Performance is enhanced by caching the file +locally on the client which allows: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Read-ahead:</span></dt><dd><p> + The client reads the local copy of the file, eliminating network latency + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Write caching:</span></dt><dd><p> + The client writes to the local copy of the file, eliminating network latency + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lock caching:</span></dt><dd><p> + The client caches application locks locally, eliminating network latency + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +The performance enhancement of oplocks is due to the opportunity of +exclusive access to the file - even if it is opened with deny-none - +because Windows monitors the file's status for concurrent access from +other processes. +</p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>Windows defines 4 kinds of Oplocks:</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">Level1 Oplock:</span></dt><dd><p> + The redirector sees that the file was opened with deny + none (allowing concurrent access), verifies that no + other process is accessing the file, checks that + oplocks are enabled, then grants deny-all/read-write/ex- + clusive access to the file. The client now performs + operations on the cached local file. + </p><p> + If a second process attempts to open the file, the open + is deferred while the redirector "breaks" the original + oplock. The oplock break signals the caching client to + write the local file back to the server, flush the + local locks, and discard read-ahead data. The break is + then complete, the deferred open is granted, and the + multiple processes can enjoy concurrent file access as + dictated by mandatory or byte-range locking options. + However, if the original opening process opened the + file with a share mode other than deny-none, then the + second process is granted limited or no access, despite + the oplock break. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Level2 Oplock:</span></dt><dd><p> + Performs like a level1 oplock, except caching is only + operative for reads. All other operations are performed + on the server disk copy of the file. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Filter Oplock:</span></dt><dd><p> + Does not allow write or delete file access + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Batch Oplock:</span></dt><dd><p> + Manipulates file openings and closings - allows caching + of file attributes + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +An important detail is that oplocks are invoked by the file system, not +an application API. Therefore, an application can close an oplocked +file, but the file system does not relinquish the oplock. When the +oplock break is issued, the file system then simply closes the file in +preparation for the subsequent open by the second process. +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Opportunistic Locking</em></span> is actually an improper name for this feature. +The true benefit of this feature is client-side data caching, and +oplocks is merely a notification mechanism for writing data back to the +networked storage disk. The limitation of opportunistic locking is the +reliability of the mechanism to process an oplock break (notification) +between the server and the caching client. If this exchange is faulty +(usually due to timing out for any number of reasons) then the +client-side caching benefit is negated. +</p><p> +The actual decision that a user or administrator should consider is +whether it is sensible to share amongst multiple users data that will +be cached locally on a client. In many cases the answer is no. +Deciding when to cache or not cache data is the real question, and thus +"opportunistic locking" should be treated as a toggle for client-side +caching. Turn it "ON" when client-side caching is desirable and +reliable. Turn it "OFF" when client-side caching is redundant, +unreliable, or counter-productive. +</p><p> +Opportunistic locking is by default set to "on" by Samba on all +configured shares, so careful attention should be given to each case to +determine if the potential benefit is worth the potential for delays. +The following recommendations will help to characterize the environment +where opportunistic locking may be effectively configured. +</p><p> +Windows Opportunistic Locking is a lightweight performance-enhancing +feature. It is not a robust and reliable protocol. Every +implementation of Opportunistic Locking should be evaluated as a +tradeoff between perceived performance and reliability. Reliability +decreases as each successive rule above is not enforced. Consider a +share with oplocks enabled, over a wide area network, to a client on a +South Pacific atoll, on a high-availability server, serving a +mission-critical multi-user corporate database, during a tropical +storm. This configuration will likely encounter problems with oplocks. +</p><p> +Oplocks can be beneficial to perceived client performance when treated +as a configuration toggle for client-side data caching. If the data +caching is likely to be interrupted, then oplock usage should be +reviewed. Samba enables opportunistic locking by default on all +shares. Careful attention should be given to the client usage of +shared data on the server, the server network reliability, and the +opportunistic locking configuration of each share. +n mission critical high availability environments, data integrity is +often a priority. Complex and expensive configurations are implemented +to ensure that if a client loses connectivity with a file server, a +failover replacement will be available immediately to provide +continuous data availability. +</p><p> +Windows client failover behavior is more at risk of application +interruption than other platforms because it is dependant upon an +established TCP transport connection. If the connection is interrupted +- as in a file server failover - a new session must be established. +It is rare for Windows client applications to be coded to recover +correctly from a transport connection loss, therefore most applications +will experience some sort of interruption - at worst, abort and +require restarting. +</p><p> +If a client session has been caching writes and reads locally due to +opportunistic locking, it is likely that the data will be lost when the +application restarts, or recovers from the TCP interrupt. When the TCP +connection drops, the client state is lost. When the file server +recovers, an oplock break is not sent to the client. In this case, the +work from the prior session is lost. Observing this scenario with +oplocks disabled, and the client was writing data to the file server +real-time, then the failover will provide the data on disk as it +existed at the time of the disconnect. +</p><p> +In mission critical high availability environments, careful attention +should be given to opportunistic locking. Ideally, comprehensive +testing should be done with all affected applications with oplocks +enabled and disabled. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907180"></a>Exclusively Accessed Shares</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Opportunistic locking is most effective when it is confined to shares +that are exclusively accessed by a single user, or by only one user at +a time. Because the true value of opportunistic locking is the local +client caching of data, any operation that interrupts the caching +mechanism will cause a delay. +</p><p> +Home directories are the most obvious examples of where the performance +benefit of opportunistic locking can be safely realized. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907206"></a>Multiple-Accessed Shares or Files</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As each additional user accesses a file in a share with opportunistic +locking enabled, the potential for delays and resulting perceived poor +performance increases. When multiple users are accessing a file on a +share that has oplocks enabled, the management impact of sending and +receiving oplock breaks, and the resulting latency while other clients +wait for the caching client to flush data, offset the performance gains +of the caching user. +</p><p> +As each additional client attempts to access a file with oplocks set, +the potential performance improvement is negated and eventually results +in a performance bottleneck. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907234"></a>Unix or NFS Client Accessed Files</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Local Unix and NFS clients access files without a mandatory +file locking mechanism. Thus, these client platforms are incapable of +initiating an oplock break request from the server to a Windows client +that has a file cached. Local Unix or NFS file access can therefore +write to a file that has been cached by a Windows client, which +exposes the file to likely data corruption. +</p><p> +If files are shared between Windows clients, and either loca Unix +or NFS users, then turn opportunistic locking off. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907261"></a>Slow and/or Unreliable Networks</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The biggest potential performance improvement for opportunistic locking +occurs when the client-side caching of reads and writes delivers the +most differential over sending those reads and writes over the wire. +This is most likely to occur when the network is extremely slow, +congested, or distributed (as in a WAN). However, network latency also +has a very high impact on the reliability of the oplock break +mechanism, and thus increases the likelihood of encountering oplock +problems that more than offset the potential perceived performance +gain. Of course, if an oplock break never has to be sent, then this is +the most advantageous scenario to utilize opportunistic locking. +</p><p> +If the network is slow, unreliable, or a WAN, then do not configure +opportunistic locking if there is any chance of multiple users +regularly opening the same file. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907294"></a>Multi-User Databases</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Multi-user databases clearly pose a risk due to their very nature - +they are typically heavily accessed by numerous users at random +intervals. Placing a multi-user database on a share with opportunistic +locking enabled will likely result in a locking management bottleneck +on the Samba server. Whether the database application is developed +in-house or a commercially available product, ensure that the share +has opportunistic locking disabled. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907315"></a>PDM Data Shares</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Process Data Management (PDM) applications such as IMAN, Enovia, and +Clearcase, are increasing in usage with Windows client platforms, and +therefore SMB data stores. PDM applications manage multi-user +environments for critical data security and access. The typical PDM +environment is usually associated with sophisticated client design +applications that will load data locally as demanded. In addition, the +PDM application will usually monitor the data-state of each client. +In this case, client-side data caching is best left to the local +application and PDM server to negotiate and maintain. It is +appropriate to eliminate the client OS from any caching tasks, and the +server from any oplock management, by disabling opportunistic locking on +the share. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907342"></a>Beware of Force User</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba includes an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter called <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> that changes +the user accessing a share from the incoming user to whatever user is +defined by the smb.conf variable. If opportunistic locking is enabled +on a share, the change in user access causes an oplock break to be sent +to the client, even if the user has not explicitly loaded a file. In +cases where the network is slow or unreliable, an oplock break can +become lost without the user even accessing a file. This can cause +apparent performance degradation as the client continually reconnects +to overcome the lost oplock break. +</p><p> +Avoid the combination of the following: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> share configuration. + </p></li><li><p> + Slow or unreliable networks + </p></li><li><p> + Opportunistic Locking Enabled + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907419"></a>Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba provides opportunistic locking parameters that allow the +administrator to adjust various properties of the oplock mechanism to +account for timing and usage levels. These parameters provide good +versatility for implementing oplocks in environments where they would +likely cause problems. The parameters are: +<i class="parameter"><tt>oplock break wait time</tt></i>, +<i class="parameter"><tt>oplock contention limit</tt></i>. +</p><p> +For most users, administrators, and environments, if these parameters +are required, then the better option is to simply turn oplocks off. +The samba SWAT help text for both parameters reads "DO NOT CHANGE THIS +PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." +This is good advice. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907462"></a>Mission Critical High Availability</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In mission critical high availability environments, data integrity is +often a priority. Complex and expensive configurations are implemented +to ensure that if a client loses connectivity with a file server, a +failover replacement will be available immediately to provide +continuous data availability. +</p><p> +Windows client failover behavior is more at risk of application +interruption than other platforms because it is dependant upon an +established TCP transport connection. If the connection is interrupted +- as in a file server failover - a new session must be established. +It is rare for Windows client applications to be coded to recover +correctly from a transport connection loss, therefore most applications +will experience some sort of interruption - at worst, abort and +require restarting. +</p><p> +If a client session has been caching writes and reads locally due to +opportunistic locking, it is likely that the data will be lost when the +application restarts, or recovers from the TCP interrupt. When the TCP +connection drops, the client state is lost. When the file server +recovers, an oplock break is not sent to the client. In this case, the +work from the prior session is lost. Observing this scenario with +oplocks disabled, and the client was writing data to the file server +real-time, then the failover will provide the data on disk as it +existed at the time of the disconnect. +</p><p> +In mission critical high availability environments, careful attention +should be given to opportunistic locking. Ideally, comprehensive +testing should be done with all affected applications with oplocks +enabled and disabled. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2907521"></a>Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Opportunistic Locking is a unique Windows file locking feature. It is +not really file locking, but is included in most discussions of Windows +file locking, so is considered a defacto locking feature. +Opportunistic Locking is actually part of the Windows client file +caching mechanism. It is not a particularly robust or reliable feature +when implemented on the variety of customized networks that exist in +enterprise computing. +</p><p> +Like Windows, Samba implements Opportunistic Locking as a server-side +component of the client caching mechanism. Because of the lightweight +nature of the Windows feature design, effective configuration of +Opportunistic Locking requires a good understanding of its limitations, +and then applying that understanding when configuring data access for +each particular customized network and client usage state. +</p><p> +Opportunistic locking essentially means that the client is allowed to download and cache +a file on their hard drive while making changes; if a second client wants to access the +file, the first client receives a break and must synchronise the file back to the server. +This can give significant performance gains in some cases; some programs insist on +synchronising the contents of the entire file back to the server for a single change. +</p><p> +Level1 Oplocks (aka just plain "oplocks") is another term for opportunistic locking. +</p><p> +Level2 Oplocks provids opportunistic locking for a file that will be treated as +<span class="emphasis"><em>read only</em></span>. Typically this is used on files that are read-only or +on files that the client has no initial intention to write to at time of opening the file. +</p><p> +Kernel Oplocks are essentially a method that allows the Linux kernel to co-exist with +Samba's oplocked files, although this has provided better integration of MS Windows network +file locking with the under lying OS, SGI IRIX and Linux are the only two OS's that are +oplock aware at this time. +</p><p> +Unless your system supports kernel oplocks, you should disable oplocks if you are +accessing the same files from both Unix/Linux and SMB clients. Regardless, oplocks should +always be disabled if you are sharing a database file (e.g., Microsoft Access) between +multiple clients, as any break the first client receives will affect synchronisation of +the entire file (not just the single record), which will result in a noticable performance +impairment and, more likely, problems accessing the database in the first place. Notably, +Microsoft Outlook's personal folders (*.pst) react very badly to oplocks. If in doubt, +disable oplocks and tune your system from that point. +</p><p> +If client-side caching is desirable and reliable on your network, you will benefit from +turning on oplocks. If your network is slow and/or unreliable, or you are sharing your +files among other file sharing mechanisms (e.g., NFS) or across a WAN, or multiple people +will be accessing the same files frequently, you probably will not benefit from the overhead +of your client sending oplock breaks and will instead want to disable oplocks for the share. +</p><p> +Another factor to consider is the perceived performance of file access. If oplocks provide no +measurable speed benefit on your network, it might not be worth the hassle of dealing with them. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2907630"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the following we examine two destinct aspects of samba locking controls. +</p><div xmlns:ns37="" class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907643"></a>Disabling Oplocks</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can disable oplocks on a per-share basis with the following: +</p><ns37:p> +</ns37:p><pre class="programlisting"> +[acctdata] + oplocks = False + level2 oplocks = False +</pre><ns37:p> +</ns37:p><p> +The default oplock type is Level1. Level2 Oplocks are enabled on a per-share basis +in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><p> +Alternately, you could disable oplocks on a per-file basis within the share: +</p><ns37:p> +</ns37:p><pre class="programlisting"> + veto oplock files = /*.mdb/*.MDB/*.dbf/*.DBF/ +</pre><ns37:p> +</ns37:p><p> +If you are experiencing problems with oplocks as apparent from Samba's log entries, +you may want to play it safe and disable oplocks and level2 oplocks. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns38="" class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2907706"></a>Disabling Kernel OpLocks</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Kernel OpLocks is an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that notifies Samba (if +the UNIX kernel has the capability to send a Windows client an oplock +break) when a UNIX process is attempting to open the file that is +cached. This parameter addresses sharing files between UNIX and +Windows with Oplocks enabled on the Samba server: the UNIX process +can open the file that is Oplocked (cached) by the Windows client and +the smbd process will not send an oplock break, which exposes the file +to the risk of data corruption. If the UNIX kernel has the ability to +send an oplock break, then the kernel oplocks parameter enables Samba +to send the oplock break. Kernel oplocks are enabled on a per-server +basis in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><ns38:p> +</ns38:p><pre class="programlisting"> +[global] +kernel oplocks = yes +</pre><ns38:p> +The default is "no". +</ns38:p><p> +Veto OpLocks is an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that identifies specific files for +which Oplocks are disabled. When a Windows client opens a file that +has been configured for veto oplocks, the client will not be granted +the oplock, and all operations will be executed on the original file on +disk instead of a client-cached file copy. By explicitly identifying +files that are shared with UNIX processes, and disabling oplocks for +those files, the server-wide Oplock configuration can be enabled to +allow Windows clients to utilize the performance benefit of file +caching without the risk of data corruption. Veto Oplocks can be +enabled on a per-share basis, or globally for the entire server, in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><ns38:p> +</ns38:p><pre class="programlisting"><font color="red"><title>Example Veto OpLock Settings</title></font> +[global] + veto oplock files = /filename.htm/*.txt/ + +[share_name] + veto oplock files = /*.exe/filename.ext/ +</pre><ns38:p> +</ns38:p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Oplock break wait time</em></span> is an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that adjusts the time +interval for Samba to reply to an oplock break request. Samba +recommends "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND +UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." Oplock Break Wait Time can only be +configured globally in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><ns38:p> +</ns38:p><pre class="programlisting"> +[global] + oplock break wait time = 0 (default) +</pre><ns38:p> +</ns38:p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Oplock break contention limit</em></span> is an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that limits the +response of the Samba server to grant an oplock if the configured +number of contending clients reaches the limit specified by the +parameter. Samba recommends "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU +HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." Oplock Break +Contention Limit can be enable on a per-share basis, or globally for +the entire server, in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><ns38:p> +</ns38:p><pre class="programlisting"> +[global] + oplock break contention limit = 2 (default) + +[share_name] + oplock break contention limit = 2 (default) +</pre><ns38:p> +</ns38:p></div></div></div><div xmlns:ns39="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2907890"></a>MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There is a known issue when running applications (like Norton Anti-Virus) on a Windows 2000/ XP +workstation computer that can affect any application attempting to access shared database files +across a network. This is a result of a default setting configured in the Windows 2000/XP +operating system known as <span class="emphasis"><em>Opportunistic Locking</em></span>. When a workstation +attempts to access shared data files located on another Windows 2000/XP computer, +the Windows 2000/XP operating system will attempt to increase performance by locking the +files and caching information locally. When this occurs, the application is unable to +properly function, which results in an <span class="errorname">Access Denied</span> + error message being displayed during network operations. +</p><p> +All Windows operating systems in the NT family that act as database servers for data files +(meaning that data files are stored there and accessed by other Windows PCs) may need to +have opportunistic locking disabled in order to minimize the risk of data file corruption. +This includes Windows 9x/Me, Windows NT, Windows 200x and Windows XP. +</p><p> +If you are using a Windows NT family workstation in place of a server, you must also +disable opportunistic locking (oplocks) on that workstation. For example, if you use a +PC with the Windows NT Workstation operating system instead of Windows NT Server, and you +have data files located on it that are accessed from other Windows PCs, you may need to +disable oplocks on that system. +</p><p> +The major difference is the location in the Windows registry where the values for disabling +oplocks are entered. Instead of the LanManServer location, the LanManWorkstation location +may be used. +</p><p> +You can verify (or change or add, if necessary) this Registry value using the Windows +Registry Editor. When you change this registry value, you will have to reboot the PC +to ensure that the new setting goes into effect. +</p><p> +The location of the client registry entry for opportunistic locking has changed in +Windows 2000 from the earlier location in Microsoft Windows NT. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Windows 2000 will still respect the EnableOplocks registry value used to disable oplocks +in earlier versions of Windows. +</p></div><p> +You can also deny the granting of opportunistic locks by changing the following registry entries: +</p><ns39:p> +</ns39:p><pre class="programlisting"> + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\ + CurrentControlSet\Services\MRXSmb\Parameters\ + + OplocksDisabled REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 0 (not disabled) +</pre><ns39:p> +</ns39:p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The OplocksDisabled registry value configures Windows clients to either request or not +request opportunistic locks on a remote file. To disable oplocks, the value of + OplocksDisabled must be set to 1. +</p></div><ns39:p> +</ns39:p><pre class="programlisting"> + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\ + CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters + + EnableOplocks REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 1 (Enabled by Default) + + EnableOpLockForceClose REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 0 (Disabled by Default) +</pre><ns39:p> +</ns39:p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The EnableOplocks value configures Windows-based servers (including Workstations sharing +files) to allow or deny opportunistic locks on local files. +</p></div><p> +To force closure of open oplocks on close or program exit EnableOpLockForceClose must be set to 1. +</p><p> +An illustration of how level II oplocks work: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Station 1 opens the file, requesting oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Since no other station has the file open, the server grants station 1 exclusive oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Station 2 opens the file, requesting oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Since station 1 has not yet written to the file, the server asks station 1 to Break + to Level II Oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Station 1 complies by flushing locally buffered lock information to the server. + </p></li><li><p> + Station 1 informs the server that it has Broken to Level II Oplock (alternatively, + station 1 could have closed the file). + </p></li><li><p> + The server responds to station 2's open request, granting it level II oplock. + Other stations can likewise open the file and obtain level II oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Station 2 (or any station that has the file open) sends a write request SMB. + The server returns the write response. + </p></li><li><p> + The server asks all stations that have the file open to Break to None, meaning no + station holds any oplock on the file. Because the workstations can have no cached + writes or locks at this point, they need not respond to the break-to-none advisory; + all they need do is invalidate locally cashed read-ahead data. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910326"></a>Workstation Service Entries</h3></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + \HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\ + CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanWorkstation\Parameters + + UseOpportunisticLocking REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 1 (true) +</pre><p> +Indicates whether the redirector should use opportunistic-locking (oplock) performance +enhancement. This parameter should be disabled only to isolate problems. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910353"></a>Server Service Entries</h3></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + \HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\ + CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters + + EnableOplocks REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 1 (true) +</pre><p> +Specifies whether the server allows clients to use oplocks on files. Oplocks are a +significant performance enhancement, but have the potential to cause lost cached +data on some networks, particularly wide-area networks. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + MinLinkThroughput REG_DWORD 0 to infinite bytes per second + Default: 0 +</pre><p> +Specifies the minimum link throughput allowed by the server before it disables +raw and opportunistic locks for this connection. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + MaxLinkDelay REG_DWORD 0 to 100,000 seconds + Default: 60 +</pre><p> +Specifies the maximum time allowed for a link delay. If delays exceed this number, +the server disables raw I/O and opportunistic locking for this connection. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + OplockBreakWait REG_DWORD 10 to 180 seconds + Default: 35 +</pre><p> +Specifies the time that the server waits for a client to respond to an oplock break +request. Smaller values can allow detection of crashed clients more quickly but can +potentially cause loss of cached data. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2910432"></a>Persistent Data Corruption</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this paper but data corruption problems +and other symptoms persist, here are some additional things to check out: +</p><p> +We have credible reports from developers that faulty network hardware, such as a single +faulty network card, can cause symptoms similar to read caching and data corruption. +If you see persistent data corruption even after repeated reindexing, you may have to +rebuild the data files in question. This involves creating a new data file with the +same definition as the file to be rebuilt and transferring the data from the old file +to the new one. There are several known methods for doing this that can be found in +our Knowledge Base. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2910463"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In some sites locking problems surface as soon as a server is installed, in other sites +locking problems may not surface for a long time. Almost without exeception, when a locking +problem does surface it will cause embarassment and potential data corruption. +</p><p> +Over the past few years there have been a number of complaints on the samba mailing lists +that have claimed that samba caused data corruption. Three causes have been identified +so far: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Incorrect configuration of opportunistic locking (incompatible with the application + being used. This is a VERY common problem even where MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x + based servers were in use. It is imperative that the software application vendors' + instructions for configuration of file locking should be followed. If in doubt, + disable oplocks on both the server and the client. Disabling of all forms of file + caching on the MS Windows client may be necessary also. + </p></li><li><p> + Defective network cards, cables, or HUBs / Switched. This is generally a more + prevalent factor with low cost networking hardware, though occasionally there + have been problems with incompatibilities in more up market hardware also. + </p></li><li><p> + There have been some random reports of samba log files being written over data + files. This has been reported by very few sites (about 5 in the past 3 years) + and all attempts to reproduce the problem have failed. The Samba-Team has been + unable to catch this happening and thus has NOT been able to isolate any particular + cause. Considering the millions of systems that use samba, for the sites that have + been affected by this as well as for the Samba-Team this is a frustrating and + a vexing challenge. If you see this type of thing happening please create a bug + report on https://bugzilla.samba.org without delay. Make sure that you give as much + information as you possibly can to help isolate the cause and to allow reproduction + of the problem (an essential step in problem isolation and correction). + </p></li></ul></div><div xmlns:ns40="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910536"></a>locking.tdb error messages</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns40:p> + </ns40:p><pre class="screen"> + > We are seeing lots of errors in the samba logs like: + > + > tdb(/usr/local/samba_2.2.7/var/locks/locking.tdb): rec_read bad magic + > 0x4d6f4b61 at offset=36116 + > + > What do these mean? + </pre><ns40:p> + </ns40:p><p> + Corrupted tdb. Stop all instancesd of smbd, delete locking.tdb, restart smbd. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2910566"></a>Additional Reading</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You may want to check for an updated version of this white paper on our Web site from +time to time. Many of our white papers are updated as information changes. For those papers, +the Last Edited date is always at the top of the paper. +</p><p> +Section of the Microsoft MSDN Library on opportunistic locking: +</p><p> +Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Developer Network (MSDN), Windows Development > +Windows Base Services > Files and I/O > SDK Documentation > File Storage > File Systems +> About File Systems > Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Corporation. +<a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp</a> +</p><p> +Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q224992 "Maintaining Transactional Integrity with OPLOCKS", +Microsoft Corporation, April 1999, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992</a>. +</p><p> +Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q296264 "Configuring Opportunistic Locking in Windows 2000", +Microsoft Corporation, April 2001, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264</a>. +</p><p> +Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q129202 "PC Ext: Explanation of Opportunistic Locking on Windows NT", + Microsoft Corporation, April 1995, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202</a>. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="securing-samba"></a>Chapter 15. Securing Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 26, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2911991">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912024">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910684">Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910702">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910771">User based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910822">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910872">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910929">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910994">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911033">Upgrading Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911056">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911075">Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911100">Why can users access home directories of other users?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911991"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an +important security fix. The information contained here applies to Samba +installations in general. +</p><p> +A new apprentice reported for duty to the Chief Engineer of a boiler house. He said, "Here I am, +if you will show me the boiler I'll start working on it." Then engineer replied, "You're leaning +on it!" +</p><p> +Security concerns are just like that: You need to know a little about the subject to appreciate +how obvious most of it really is. The challenge for most of us is to discover that first morsel +of knowledge with which we may unlock the secrets of the masters. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2912024"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are three level at which security principals must be observed in order to render a site +at least moderately secure. These are: the perimeter firewall, the configuration of the host +server that is running Samba, and Samba itself. +</p><p> +Samba permits a most flexible approach to network security. As far as possible Samba implements +the latest protocols to permit more secure MS Windows file and print operations. +</p><p> +Samba may be secured from connections that originate from outside the local network. This may be +done using <span class="emphasis"><em>host based protection</em></span> (using samba's implementation of a technology +known as "tcpwrappers", or it may be done be using <span class="emphasis"><em>interface based exclusion</em></span> +so that <span class="application">smbd</span> will bind only to specifically permitted interfaces. It is also +possible to set specific share or resource based exclusions, eg: on the <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> +auto-share. The <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> share is used for browsing purposes as well as to establish +TCP/IP connections. +</p><p> +Another method by which Samba may be secured is by way of setting Access Control Entries in an Access +Control List on the shares themselves. This is discussed in the chapter on File, Directory and Share Access +Control. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2910684"></a>Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The key challenge of security is the fact that protective measures suffice at best +only to close the door on known exploits and breach techniques. Never assume that +because you have followed these few measures that the Samba server is now an impenetrable +fortress! Given the history of information systems so far, it is only a matter of time +before someone will find yet another vulnerability. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910702"></a>Using host based protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside + your immediate network. By default Samba will accept connections from + any host, which means that if you run an insecure version of Samba on + a host that is directly connected to the Internet you can be + especially vulnerable. + </p><p> + One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i> and + <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i> options in the Samba <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> configuration file to only + allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example + might be: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 + </pre><p> + The above will only allow SMB connections from 'localhost' (your own + computer) and from the two private networks 192.168.2 and + 192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon + as the client sends its first packet. The refusal will be marked as a + <span class="errorname">not listening on called name</span> error. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910771"></a>User based protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If you want to restrict access to your server to valid users only then the following + method may be of use. In the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> <i class="parameter"><tt>[globals]</tt></i> section put: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + valid users = @smbusers, jacko + </pre><p> + What this does is, it restricts all server access to either the user <span class="emphasis"><em>jacko</em></span> + or to members of the system group <span class="emphasis"><em>smbusers</em></span>. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910822"></a>Using interface protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that + it finds on your system. That means if you have a ISDN line or a PPP + connection to the Internet then Samba will accept connections on those + links. This may not be what you want. + </p><p> + You can change this behaviour using options like the following: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + interfaces = eth* lo + bind interfaces only = yes + </pre><p> + This tells Samba to only listen for connections on interfaces with a + name starting with 'eth' such as eth0, eth1, plus on the loopback + interface called 'lo'. The name you will need to use depends on what + OS you are using, in the above I used the common name for Ethernet + adapters on Linux. + </p><p> + If you use the above and someone tries to make a SMB connection to + your host over a PPP interface called 'ppp0' then they will get a TCP + connection refused reply. In that case no Samba code is run at all as + the operating system has been told not to pass connections from that + interface to any samba process. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910872"></a>Using a firewall</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't + want exposed outside their network. This can be a very good idea, + although I would recommend using it in conjunction with the above + methods so that you are protected even if your firewall is not active + for some reason. + </p><p> + If you are setting up a firewall then you need to know what TCP and + UDP ports to allow and block. Samba uses the following: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>UDP/137 - used by nmbd</td></tr><tr><td>UDP/138 - used by nmbd</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/139 - used by smbd</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/445 - used by smbd</td></tr></table><p> + The last one is important as many older firewall setups may not be + aware of it, given that this port was only added to the protocol in + recent years. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910929"></a>Using a IPC$ share deny</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a + more specific deny on the IPC$ share that is used in the recently + discovered security hole. This allows you to offer access to other + shares while denying access to IPC$ from potentially untrustworthy + hosts. + </p><p> + To do that you could use: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> +[ipc$] + hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1 + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 + </pre><p> + this would tell Samba that IPC$ connections are not allowed from + anywhere but the two listed places (localhost and a local + subnet). Connections to other shares would still be allowed. As the + IPC$ share is the only share that is always accessible anonymously + this provides some level of protection against attackers that do not + know a username/password for your host. + </p><p> + If you use this method then clients will be given a <span class="errorname">access denied</span> + reply when they try to access the IPC$ share. That means that those + clients will not be able to browse shares, and may also be unable to + access some other resources. + </p><p> + This is not recommended unless you cannot use one of the other + methods listed above for some reason. + </p></div><div xmlns:ns41="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910994"></a>NTLMv2 Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about: + </p><ns41:p> + </ns41:p><pre class="screen"> + [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa] + "lmcompatibilitylevel"=dword:00000003 + + 0x3 - Send NTLMv2 response only. Clients will use NTLMv2 authentication, + use NTLMv2 session security if the server supports it. Domain + controllers accept LM, NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication. + + [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\MSV1_0] + "NtlmMinClientSec"=dword:00080000 + + 0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or + NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2 + session security is not negotiated. + </pre><ns41:p> + </ns41:p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911033"></a>Upgrading Samba</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Please check regularly on <a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> for updates and +important announcements. Occasionally security releases are made and +it is highly recommended to upgrade Samba when a security vulnerability +is discovered. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911056"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If all of samba and host platform configuration were really as intuitive as one might like then this +section would not be necessary. Security issues are often vexing for a support person to resolve, not +because of the complexity of the problem, but for reason that most admininstrators who post what turns +out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is with Samba. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911075"></a>Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This is a very common problem. Red Hat Linux (as do others) will install a default firewall. + With the default firewall in place only traffic on the loopback adapter (IP address 127.0.0.1) + will be allowed through the firewall. + </p><p> + The solution is either to remove the firewall (stop it) or to modify the firewall script to + allow SMB networking traffic through. See section above in this chapter. + </p></div><div xmlns:ns42="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911100"></a>Why can users access home directories of other users?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + “<span class="quote"> + We are unable to keep individual users from mapping to any other user's + home directory once they have supplied a valid password! They only need + to enter their own password. I have not found *any* method that I can + use to configure samba to enforce that only a user may map their own + home directory. + </span>” + </p><p>“<span class="quote"> + User xyzzy can map his home directory. Once mapped user xyzzy can also map + *anyone* elses home directory! + </span>”</p><p> + This is not a security flaw, it is by design. Samba allows + users to have *exactly* the same access to the UNIX filesystem + as they would if they were logged onto the UNIX box, except + that it only allows such views onto the file system as are + allowed by the defined shares. + </p><p> + This means that if your UNIX home directories are set up + such that one user can happily cd into another users + directory and do an ls, the UNIX security solution is to + change the UNIX file permissions on the users home directories + such that the cd and ls would be denied. + </p><p> + Samba tries very hard not to second guess the UNIX administrators + security policies, and trusts the UNIX admin to set + the policies and permissions he or she desires. + </p><p> + Samba does allow the setup you require when you have set the + <i class="parameter"><tt>only user = yes</tt></i> option on the share, is that you have not set the + valid users list for the share. + </p><ns42:p> + Note that only user works in conjunction with the users= list, + so to get the behavior you require, add the line : + </ns42:p><pre class="programlisting"> + users = %S + </pre><ns42:p> + this is equivalent to: + </ns42:p><pre class="programlisting"> + valid users = %S + </pre><ns42:p> + to the definition of the <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> share, as recommended in + the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. + </ns42:p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="InterdomainTrusts"></a>Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Rafal</span> <span class="surname">Szczesniak</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:mimir@samba.org">mimir@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2911618">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911646">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2911730">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911742">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913717">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2913754">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2913781">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913908">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911286">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911301">Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Samba-3 supports NT4 style domain trust relationships. This is feature that many sites +will want to use if they migrate to Samba-3 from and NT4 style domain and do NOT want to +adopt Active Directory or an LDAP based authentication back end. This section explains +some background information regarding trust relationships and how to create them. It is now +possible for Samba-3 to NT4 trust (and vice versa), as well as Samba3 to Samba3 trusts. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911618"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 can participate in Samba-to-Samba as well as in Samba-to-MS Windows NT4 style +trust relationships. This imparts to Samba similar scalability as is possible with +MS Windows NT4. +</p><p> +Given that Samba-3 has the capability to function with a scalable backend authentication +database such as LDAP, and given it's ability to run in Primary as well as Backup Domain control +modes, the administrator would be well advised to consider alternatives to the use of +Interdomain trusts simplt because by the very nature of how this works it is fragile. +That was after all a key reason for the development and adoption of Microsoft Active Directory. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911646"></a>Trust Relationship Background</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows NT3.x/4.0 type security domains employ a non-hierarchical security structure. +The limitations of this architecture as it affects the scalability of MS Windows networking +in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat-name space that results from +this design significantly impacts the delegation of administrative responsibilities in +large and diverse organisations. +</p><p> +Microsoft developed Active Directory Service (ADS), based on Kerberos and LDAP, as a means +of circumventing the limitations of the older technologies. Not every organisation is ready +or willing to embrace ADS. For small companies the older NT4 style domain security paradigm +is quite adequate, there thus remains an entrenched user base for whom there is no direct +desire to go through a disruptive change to adopt ADS. +</p><p> +Microsoft introduced with MS Windows NT the ability to allow differing security domains +to affect a mechanism so that users from one domain may be given access rights and privileges +in another domain. The language that describes this capability is couched in terms of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Trusts</em></span>. Specifically, one domain will <span class="emphasis"><em>trust</em></span> the users +from another domain. The domain from which users are available to another security domain is +said to be a trusted domain. The domain in which those users have assigned rights and privileges +is the trusting domain. With NT3.x/4.0 all trust relationships are always in one direction only, +thus if users in both domains are to have privileges and rights in each others' domain, then it is +necessary to establish two (2) relationships, one in each direction. +</p><p> +In an NT4 style MS security domain, all trusts are non-transitive. This means that if there +are three (3) domains (let's call them RED, WHITE, and BLUE) where RED and WHITE have a trust +relationship, and WHITE and BLUE have a trust relationship, then it holds that there is no +implied trust between the RED and BLUE domains. ie: Relationships are explicit and not +transitive. +</p><p> +New to MS Windows 2000 ADS security contexts is the fact that trust relationships are two-way +by default. Also, all inter-ADS domain trusts are transitive. In the case of the RED, WHITE and BLUE +domains above, with Windows 2000 and ADS the RED and BLUE domains CAN trust each other. This is +an inherent feature of ADS domains. Samba-3 implements MS Windows NT4 +style Interdomain trusts and interoperates with MS Windows 200x ADS +security domains in similar manner to MS Windows NT4 style domains. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911730"></a>Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911742"></a>NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For MS Windows NT4, all domain trust relationships are configured using the +<span class="application">Domain User Manager</span>. To affect a two way trust relationship it is +necessary for each domain administrator to make available (for use by an external domain) it's +security resources. This is done from the Domain User Manager Policies entry on the menu bar. +From the <span class="guimenu">Policy</span> menu, select <span class="guimenuitem">Trust Relationships</span>, then +next to the lower box that is labelled <span class="guilabel">Permitted to Trust this Domain</span> are two +buttons, <span class="guibutton">Add</span> and <span class="guibutton">Remove</span>. The <span class="guibutton">Add</span> +button will open a panel in which needs to be entered the remote domain that will be able to assign +user rights to your domain. In addition it is necessary to enter a password +that is specific to this trust relationship. The password needs to be +typed twice (for standard confirmation). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2913717"></a>NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A trust relationship will work only when the other (trusting) domain makes the appropriate connections +with the trusted domain. To consumate the trust relationship the administrator will launch the +Domain User Manager, from the menu select Policies, then select Trust Relationships, then click on the +<span class="guibutton">Add</span> button that is next to the box that is labelled +<span class="guilabel">Trusted Domains</span>. A panel will open in which must be entered the name of the remote +domain as well as the password assigned to that trust. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2913754"></a>Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This description is meant to be a fairly short introduction about how to set up a Samba server so +that it could participate in interdomain trust relationships. Trust relationship support in Samba +is in its early stage, so lot of things don't work yet. +</p><p> +Each of the procedures described below is treated as they were performed with Windows NT4 Server on +one end. The remote end could just as well be another Samba-3 domain. It can be clearly seen, after +reading this document, that combining Samba-specific parts of what's written below leads to trust +between domains in purely Samba environment. +</p><div xmlns:ns43="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2913781"></a>Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order to set the Samba PDC to be the trusted party of the relationship first you need +to create special account for the domain that will be the trusting party. To do that, +you can use the 'smbpasswd' utility. Creating the trusted domain account is very +similiar to creating a trusted machine account. Suppose, your domain is +called SAMBA, and the remote domain is called RUMBA. The first step +will be to issue this command from your favourite shell: +</p><ns43:p> +</ns43:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -a -i rumba</tt></b> + New SMB password: XXXXXXXX + Retype SMB password: XXXXXXXX + Added user rumba$ +</pre><ns43:p> + +where <tt class="option">-a</tt> means to add a new account into the +passdb database and <tt class="option">-i</tt> means: ''create this +account with the InterDomain trust flag'' +</ns43:p><p> +The account name will be 'rumba$' (the name of the remote domain) +</p><p> +After issuing this command you'll be asked to enter the password for +the account. You can use any password you want, but be aware that Windows NT will +not change this password until 7 days following account creation. +After the command returns successfully, you can look at the entry for the new account +(in the stardard way depending on your configuration) and see that account's name is +really RUMBA$ and it has 'I' flag in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm +the trust by establishing it from Windows NT Server. +</p><p> +Open <span class="application">User Manager for Domains</span> and from menu +<span class="guimenu">Policies</span> select <span class="guimenuitem">Trust Relationships...</span>. +Right beside <span class="guilabel">Trusted domains</span> list box press the +<span class="guimenu">Add...</span> button. You will be prompted for +the trusted domain name and the relationship password. Type in SAMBA, as this is +your domain name, and the password used at the time of account creation. +Press OK and, if everything went without incident, you will see +<tt class="computeroutput">Trusted domain relationship successfully +established</tt> message. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2913908"></a>Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This time activities are somewhat reversed. Again, we'll assume that your domain +controlled by the Samba PDC is called SAMBA and NT-controlled domain is called RUMBA. +</p><p> +The very first thing requirement is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC. +</p><p> +Launch the <span class="application">Domain User Manager</span>, then from the menu select +<span class="guimenu">Policies</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Trust Relationships</span>. +Now, next to <span class="guilabel">Trusted Domains</span> box press the <span class="guibutton">Add</span> +button, and type in the name of the trusted domain (SAMBA) and password securing +the relationship. +</p><p> +The password can be arbitrarily chosen. It is easy to change the password +from the Samba server whenever you want. After confirming the password your account is +ready for use. Now it's Samba's turn. +</p><p> +Using your favourite shell while being logged in as root, issue this command: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc trustdom establish rumba</tt></b> +</p><p> +You will be prompted for the password you just typed on your Windows NT4 Server box. +Do not worry if you see an error message that mentions a returned code of +<span class="errorname">NT_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT</span>. It means the +password you gave is correct and the NT4 Server says the account is +ready for interdomain connection and not for ordinary +connection. After that, be patient it can take a while (especially +in large networks), you should see the <tt class="computeroutput">Success</tt> message. +Congratulations! Your trust relationship has just been established. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Note that you have to run this command as root because you must have write access to +the <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt> file. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911286"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Interdomain trust relationships should NOT be attempted on networks that are unstable +or that suffer regular outages. Network stability and integrity are key concerns with +distributed trusted domains. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911301"></a>Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Like many, I administer multiple LANs connected together using NT trust + relationships. This was implemented about 4 years ago. I now have the + occasion to consider performing this same task again, but this time, I + would like to implement it solely through samba - no Microsoft PDCs + anywhere. + </p><p> + I have read documentation on samba.org regarding NT-style trust + relationships and am now wondering, can I do what I want to? I already + have successfully implemented 2 samba servers, but they are not PDCs. + They merely act as file servers. I seem to remember, and it appears to + be true (according to samba.org) that trust relationships are a + challenge. + </p><p> + Please provide any helpful feedback that you may have. + </p><p> + These are almost complete in Samba 3.0 snapshots. The main catch + is getting winbindd to be able to allocate uid/gid's for trusted + users/groups. See the updated Samba HOWTO collection for more + details. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="msdfs"></a>Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Shirish</span> <span class="surname">Kalele</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team & Veritas Software<br></span><div class="address"><p><br> + <tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>></tt><br> + </p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 Jul 2000</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2911399">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912809">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911399"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The Distributed File System (or DFS) provides a means of separating the logical + view of files and directories that users see from the actual physical locations + of these resources on the network. It allows for higher availability, smoother + storage expansion, load balancing etc. + </p><p> + For information about DFS, refer to + <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp" target="_top"> + Microsoft documentation at http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp</a>. + </p><p> + This document explains how to host a DFS tree on a Unix machine (for DFS-aware + clients to browse) using Samba. + </p><p> + To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the <i class="parameter"><tt>--with-msdfs</tt></i> + option. Once built, a Samba server can be made a DFS server by setting the global + boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> host msdfs</tt></i></a> + parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf </tt> file. You designate a share as a DFS + root using the share level boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> + msdfs root</tt></i></a> parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS + links in the form of symbolic links that point to other servers. For example, a symbolic link + <tt class="filename">junction->msdfs:storage1\share1</tt> in the share directory acts + as the DFS junction. When DFS-aware clients attempt to access the junction link, + they are redirected to the storage location (in this case, \\storage1\share1). + </p><p> + DFS trees on Samba work with all DFS-aware clients ranging from Windows 95 to 200x. + </p><p> + Here's an example of setting up a DFS tree on a Samba server. + </p><pre class="programlisting"> +# The smb.conf file: +[global] + netbios name = SMOKEY + host msdfs = yes + +[dfs] + path = /export/dfsroot + msdfs root = yes + </pre><p>In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our dfs links to + other servers on the network.</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cd /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown root /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chmod 755 /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb</tt></b> + </pre><p>You should set up the permissions and ownership of + the directory acting as the DFS root such that only designated + users can create, delete or modify the msdfs links. Also note + that symlink names should be all lowercase. This limitation exists + to have Samba avoid trying all the case combinations to get at + the link name. Finally set up the symbolic links to point to the + network shares you want, and start Samba.</p><p>Users on DFS-aware clients can now browse the DFS tree + on the Samba server at \\samba\dfs. Accessing + links linka or linkb (which appear as directories to the client) + takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2912809"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Windows clients need to be rebooted + if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a dfs + root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a + new share and make it the dfs root.</p></li><li><p>Currently there's a restriction that msdfs + symlink names should all be lowercase.</p></li><li><p>For security purposes, the directory + acting as the root of the DFS tree should have ownership + and permissions set so that only designated users can + modify the symbolic links in the directory.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="printing"></a>Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Kurt</span> <span class="surname">Pfeifle</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname"> Danka Deutschland GmbH <br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 32, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2914332">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914396">Technical Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914432">What happens if you send a Job from a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914502">Printing Related Configuration Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917610">Parameters Recommended for Use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912970">Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2913079">Parameters no longer in use</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2913172">A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915178">Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915261">A little Experiment to warn you</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2915568">Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915660">Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915673">The [global] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925133">The [printers] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925462">Any [my_printer_name] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925683">Print Commands</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925734">Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926260">Setting up your own Print Commands</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926537">Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2926691">Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926842">The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926955">Creating the [print$] Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927026">Parameters in the [print$] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927247">Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2927408">Installing Drivers into [print$]</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2927502">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927686">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2929284">"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Insta +Procedure)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2929305">The first Client Driver Installation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929502">IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929792">Further Client Driver Install Procedures</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2929887">Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2930029">Other Gotchas</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2930062">Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2930496">Supporting large Numbers of Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2930798">Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931042">Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931140">Be careful when assembling Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931411">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931481">Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2931504">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2931549">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931590">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931609">The Imprints Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2931634">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2931786">Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932115">The addprinter command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932160">Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932329">Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932343">Common Errors and Problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2932356">I give my root password but I don't get access</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932390">My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2914332"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Printing is often a mission-critical service for the users. Samba can +provide this service reliably and seamlessly for a client network +consisting of Windows workstations. +</p><p> +A Samba-3.0 print service may be run on a Standalone or a Domain +member server, side by side with file serving functions, or on a +dedicated print server. It can be made as tight or as loosely secured +as needs dictate. Configurations may be simple or complex. Available +authentication schemes are essentially the same as described for file +services in previous chapters. Overall, Samba's printing support is +now able to replace an NT or Windows 2000 print server full-square, +with additional benefits in many cases. Clients may download and +install drivers and printers through their familiar "Point'n'Print" +mechanism. Printer installations executed by "Logon Scripts" are no +problem. Administrators can upload and manage drivers to be used by +clients through the familiar "Add Printer Wizard". As an additional +benefit, driver and printer management may be run from the commandline +or through scripts, making it more efficient in case of large numbers +of printers. If a central accounting of print jobs (tracking every +single page and supplying the raw data for all sorts of statistical +reports) is required, this is best supported by CUPS as the print +subsystem underneath the Samba hood. +</p><p> +This chapter deals with the foundations of Samba printing, as they +implemented by the more traditional UNIX (BSD- and System V-style) +printing systems. Many things apply to CUPS, the newer Common UNIX +Printing System, too; so if you use CUPS, you might be tempted to jump +to the next chapter -- but you will certainly miss a few things if you +do so. Better read this chapter too. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Most of the given examples have been verified on Windows XP +Professional clients. Where this document describes the responses to +commands given, bear in mind that Windows 2000 clients are very +similar, but may differ in details. Windows NT is somewhat different +again. +</p></div></div><div xmlns:ns44="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2914396"></a>Technical Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><ns44:p> +Samba's printing support always relies on the installed print +subsystem of the Unix OS it runs on. Samba is a "middleman". It takes +printfiles from Windows (or other SMB) clients and passes them to the +real printing system for further processing. Therefore it needs to +"talk" to two sides: to the Windows print clients and to the Unix +printing system. Hence we must differentiate between the various +client OS types each of which behave differently, as well as the +various UNIX print subsystems, which themselves have different +features and are accessed differently. This part of the Samba HOWTO +Collection deals with the "traditional" way of Unix printing first; +the next chapter covers in great detail the more modern +<span class="emphasis"><em>Common UNIX Printing System</em></span> +(CUPS). + +</ns44:p><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Important</h3><p>CUPS users, be warned: don't just jump on to the next +chapter. You might miss important information contained only +here!</p></div><ns44:p> +</ns44:p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914432"></a>What happens if you send a Job from a Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To successfully print a job from a Windows client via a Samba +print server to a UNIX printer, there are 6 (potentially 7) +stages: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Windows opens a connection to the printershare</p></li><li><p>Samba must authenticate the user</p></li><li><p>Windows sends a copy of the printfile over the network +into Samba's spooling area</p></li><li><p>Windows closes the connection again</p></li><li><p>Samba invokes the print command to hand the file over +to the UNIX print subsystem's spooling area</p></li><li><p>The Unix print subsystem processes the print +job</p></li><li><p>The printfile may need to be explicitely deleted +from the Samba spooling area.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914502"></a>Printing Related Configuration Parameters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are a number of configuration parameters in + controlling Samba's printing +behaviour. Please also refer to the man page for smb.conf to +acquire an overview about these. As with other parameters, there are +Global Level (tagged with a "<span class="emphasis"><em>G</em></span>" in the listings) and +Service Level ("<span class="emphasis"><em>S</em></span>") parameters. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Service Level Parameters</span></dt><dd><p>These <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> go into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of +. In this case they define the default +behaviour of all individual or service level shares (provided those +don't have a different setting defined for the same parameter, thus +overriding the global default).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Global Parameters</span></dt><dd><p>These <span class="emphasis"><em>may not</em></span> go into individual +shares. If they go in by error, the "testparm" utility can discover +this (if you run it) and tell you so.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2917610"></a>Parameters Recommended for Use</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameters directly +related to printing are used in Samba-3. See also the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page for detailed explanations: +</p><ns44:p><b>List of printing related parameters in Samba-3. </b> +</ns44:p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Global level parameters:</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>os2 driver map (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name (G), printcap (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (G)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><ns44:p> + +</ns44:p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Service level parameters:</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>max print jobs (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>min print space (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>print command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printable (S), print ok (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer name (S), printer (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = [cups|bsd|lprng...] (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>queuepause command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>queueresume command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><ns44:p> +</ns44:p><p> +Samba's printing support implements the Microsoft Remote Procedure +Calls (MS-RPC) methods for printing. These are used by Windows NT (and +later) print servers. The old "LanMan" protocol is still supported as +a fallback resort, and for older clients to use. More details will +follow further beneath. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2912970"></a>Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Two new parameters that were added in Samba 2.2.2, are still present +in Samba-3.0. Both of these options are described in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page and are disabled by +default. <span class="emphasis"><em>Use them with caution!</em></span> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss(G)</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> This is +provided for better support of Samba 2.0.x backwards capability. It +will disable Samba's support for MS-RPC printing and yield identical +printing behaviour to Samba 2.0.x.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (G)</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> was provided +for using local printer drivers on Windows NT/2000 clients. It does +not apply to Windows 95/98/ME clients.</p></dd></dl></div><ns44:p><b>Parameters "for backward compatibility only", use with caution. </b> +</ns44:p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><ns44:p> +</ns44:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2913079"></a>Parameters no longer in use</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba users upgrading from 2.2.x to 3.0 need to be aware that some +previously available settings are no longer supported (as was +announced some time ago). Here is a list of them: +</p><ns44:p><b>"old" parameters, removed in Samba-3. </b> +The following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameters have been +deprecated already in Samba 2.2 and are now completely removed from +Samba-3. You cannot use them in new 3.0 installations: + +</ns44:p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver file (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>postscript (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><ns44:p> +</ns44:p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2913172"></a>A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a very simple example configuration for print related settings +in the file. If you compare it with your +own system's , you probably find some +additional parameters included there (as pre-configured by your OS +vendor). Further below is a discussion and explanation of the +parameters. Note, that this example doesn't use many parameters. +However, in many environments these are enough to provide a valid + which enables all clients to print. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + printing = bsd + load printers = yes + + [printers] + path = /var/spool/samba + printable = yes + public = yes + writable = no +</pre><p> +This is only an example configuration. Many settings, if not +explicitly set to a specific value, are used and set by Samba +implicitly to its own default, because these have been compiled in. +To see all settings, let root use the <b class="command">testparm</b> +utility. <b class="command">testparm</b> also gives warnings if you have +mis-configured certain things. Its complete output is easily 340 lines +and more. You may want to pipe it through a pager program. +</p><p> +The syntax for the configuration file is easy to grasp. You should +know that is not very picky about its +syntax. It has been explained elsewhere in this document. A short +reminder: It even tolerates some spelling errors (like "browsable" +instead of "browseable"). Most spelling is case-insensitive. Also, you +can use "Yes|No" or "True|False" for boolean settings. Lists of names +may be separated by commas, spaces or tabs. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2915178"></a>Verification of "Settings in Use" with <b class="command">testparm</b></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To see all (or at least most) printing related settings in Samba, +including the implicitly used ones, try the command outlined below +(hit "ENTER" twice!). It greps for all occurrences of "lp", "print", +"spool", "driver", "ports" and "[" in testparm's output and gives you +a nice overview about the running smbd's print configuration. (Note +that this command does not show individually created printer shares, +or the spooling paths in each case). Here is the output of my Samba +setup, with exactly the same settings in +as shown above: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm -v | egrep "(lp|print|spool|driver|ports|\[)"</tt></b> + Load smb config files from /etc/samba/smb.conf.simpleprinting + Processing section "[homes]" + Processing section "[printers]" + + [global] + smb ports = 445 139 + lpq cache time = 10 + total print jobs = 0 + load printers = Yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + disable spoolss = No + enumports command = + addprinter command = + deleteprinter command = + show add printer wizard = Yes + os2 driver map = + printer admin = + min print space = 0 + max print jobs = 1000 + printable = No + printing = bsd + print command = lpr -r -P'%p' %s + lpq command = lpq -P'%p' + lprm command = lprm -P'%p' %j + lppause command = + lpresume command = + printer name = + use client driver = No + + [homes] + + [printers] + path = /var/spool/samba + printable = Yes + +</pre><p> +You can easily verify which settings were implicitly added by Samba's +default behaviour. <span class="emphasis"><em>Don't forget about this point: it may +be important in your future dealings with Samba.</em></span> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> testparm in Samba-3.0 behaves differently from 2.2.x: used +without the "-v" switch it only shows you the settings actually +written into ! To see the complete +configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2915261"></a>A little Experiment to warn you</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Should you need to troubleshoot at any stage, please always come back +to this point first and verify if "testparm" shows the parameters you +expect! To give you an example from personal experience as a warning, +try to just "comment out" the <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i>" +parameter. If your 2.2.x system behaves like mine, you'll see this: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt>grep "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf + # load printers = Yes + # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!! + +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt>testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf | egrep "(load printers)" + load printers = Yes + +</pre><p> +Despite my imagination that the commenting out of this setting should +prevent Samba from publishing my printers, it still did! Oh Boy -- it +cost me quite some time to find out the reason. But I am not fooled +any more... at least not by this ;-) +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>grep -A1 "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf</tt></b> + load printers = No + # This setting is what I mean!! + # load printers = Yes + # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!! + +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm -v smb.conf.simpleprinting | egrep "(load printers)"</tt></b> + load printers = No + +</pre><p> +Only when setting the parameter explicitly to +"<i class="parameter"><tt>load printers = No</tt></i>" +would Samba recognize my intentions. So my strong advice is: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Never rely on "commented out" parameters!</p></li><li><p>Always set it up explicitly as you intend it to +behave.</p></li><li><p>Use <b class="command">testparm</b> to uncover hidden +settings which might not reflect your intentions.</p></li></ul></div><p> +You can have a working Samba print configuration with this +minimal : +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cat /etc/samba/smb.conf-minimal</tt></b> + [printers] + +</pre><p> +This example should show you that you can use testparm to test any +filename for fitness as a Samba configuration. Actually, we want to +encourage you <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> to change your + on a working system (unless you know +exactly what you are doing)! Don't rely on an assumption that changes +will only take effect after you re-start smbd! This is not the +case. Samba re-reads its every 60 +seconds and on each new client connection. You might have to face +changes for your production clients that you didn't intend to apply at +this time! You will now note a few more interesting things. Let's now +ask <b class="command">testparm</b> what the Samba print configuration +would be, if you used this minimalistic file as your real +: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf-minimal | egrep "(print|lpq|spool|driver|ports|[)"</tt></b> + Processing section "[printers]" + WARNING: [printers] service MUST be printable! + No path in service printers - using /tmp + + lpq cache time = 10 + total print jobs = 0 + load printers = Yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + disable spoolss = No + enumports command = + addprinter command = + deleteprinter command = + show add printer wizard = Yes + os2 driver map = + printer admin = + min print space = 0 + max print jobs = 1000 + printable = No + printing = bsd + print command = lpr -r -P%p %s + lpq command = lpq -P%p + printer name = + use client driver = No + [printers] + printable = Yes + +</pre><p> +testparm issued 2 warnings: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>because we didn't specify the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section as printable, +and</p></li><li><p>because we didn't tell it which spool directory to +use.</p></li></ul></div><p> +However, this was not fatal, and Samba-3.0 will default to values that +will work here. But, please!, don't rely on this and don't use this +example! This was only meant to make you careful to design and specify +your setup to be what you really want it to be. The outcome on your +system may vary for some parameters, since you may have a Samba built +with a different compile-time configuration. +<span class="emphasis"><em>Warning:</em></span> don't put a comment sign <span class="emphasis"><em>at +the end</em></span> of a valid line. It +will cause the parameter to be ignored (just as if you had put the +comment sign at the front). At first I regarded this as a bug in my +Samba version(s). But the man page states: “<span class="quote">Internal whitespace +in a parameter value is retained verbatim.</span>” This means that a +line consisting of, for example, +</p><pre class="screen"> +printing =lprng #This defines LPRng as the printing system" +</pre><p> +will regard the whole of the string after the "=" +sign as the value you want to define. And this is an invalid value +that will be ignored, and a default value used instead.] +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2915568"></a>Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here we show a more verbose example configuration for print related +settings in an . Below is a discussion +and explanation of the various parameters. We chose to use BSD-style +printing here, because we guess it is still the most commonly used +system on legacy Linux installations (new installs now predominantly +have CUPS, which is discussed entirely in the next chapter of this +document). Note, that this example explicitly names many parameters +which don't need to be stated because they are set by default. You +might be able to do with a leaner .</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +if you read access it with the Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT), +and then write it to disk again, it will be optimized in a way such +that it doesn't contain any superfluous parameters and comments. SWAT +organizes the file for best performance. Remember that each smbd +re-reads the Samba configuration once a minute, and that each +connection spawns an smbd process of its own, so it is not a bad idea +to optimize the in environments with +hundreds or thousands of clients.</p></div><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + printing = bsd + load printers = yes + show add printer wizard = yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + printer admin = @ntadmin, root + total print jobs = 100 + lpq cache time = 20 + use client driver = no + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + printable = yes + path = /var/spool/samba + browseable = no + guest ok = yes + public = yes + read only = yes + writable = no + + [my_printer_name] + comment = Printer with Restricted Access + path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer + printer admin = kurt + browseable = yes + printable = yes + writeable = no + hosts allow = 0.0.0.0 + hosts deny = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60 + guest ok = no +</pre><p> +This <span class="emphasis"><em>also</em></span> is only an example configuration. You +may not find all the settings in your own + (as pre-configured by your OS +vendor). Many configuration parameters, if not explicitly set to a +specific value, are used and set by Samba implicitly to its own +default, because these have been compiled in. To see all settings, let +root use the <b class="command">testparm</b> +utility. <b class="command">testparm</b> also gives warnings if you have +mis-configured certain things.. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2915660"></a>Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Following is a discussion of the settings from above shown example. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2915673"></a>The [global] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section is one of 4 special +sections (along with [<i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i>, +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>...) It contains all parameters which +apply to the server as a whole. It is the place for parameters which +have only a "global" meaning (G). It may also contain service level +parameters (S) which then define default settings for all other +sections and shares. This way you can simplify the configuration and +avoid setting the same value repeatedly. (Within each individual +section or share you may however override these globally set "share +level" settings and specify other values). +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this causes Samba to use default print commands +applicable for the BSD (a.k.a. RFC 1179 style or LPR/LPD) printing +system. In general, the "printing" parameter informs Samba about the +print subsystem it should expect. Samba supports CUPS, LPD, LPRNG, +SYSV, HPUX, AIX, QNX and PLP. Each of these systems defaults to a +different <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> (and other queue control +commands).</p><div class="caution" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Caution</h3><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter is +normally a service level parameter. Since it is included here in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section, it will take effect for all +printer shares that are not defined differently. Samba-3.0 no longer +supports the SOFTQ printing system.</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this tells Samba to create automatically all +available printer shares. "Available" printer shares are discovered by +scanning the printcap file. All created printer shares are also loaded +for browsing. If you use this parameter, you do not need to specify +separate shares for each printer. Each automatically created printer +share will clone the configuration options found in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section. (A <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers += no</tt></i> setting will allow you to specify each UNIX printer +you want to share separately, leaving out some you don't want to be +publicly visible and available). </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard = +yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this setting is normally +enabled by default (even if the parameter is not written into the +). It makes the <span class="guiicon">Add Printer Wizard</span> icon +show up in the <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder of the Samba host's +share listing (as shown in <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span> or +by the <b class="command">net view</b> command). To disable it, you need to +explicitly set it to <tt class="constant">no</tt> (commenting it out +will not suffice!). The Add Printer Wizard lets you upload printer +drivers to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share and associate it +with a printer (if the respective queue exists there before the +action), or exchange a printer's driver against any other previously +uploaded driver. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs = 100</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this setting sets the upper limit to 100 print jobs +being active on the Samba server at any one time. Should a client +submit a job which exceeds this number, a “<span class="quote">no more space +available on server</span>” type of error message will be returned by +Samba to the client. A setting of "0" (the default) means there is +<span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span> limit at all! +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name = /etc/printcap</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this tells Samba where to look for a list of +available printer names. (If you use CUPS, make sure that a printcap +file is written: this is controlled by the "Printcap" directive of +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt>). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin = @ntadmin</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> members of the ntadmin group should be able to add +drivers and set printer properties ("ntadmin" is only an example name, +it needs to be a valid UNIX group name); root is implicitly always a +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>. The "@" sign precedes group names in +. A printer admin can do anything to +printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC +(see below). Note that the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> +parameter is normally a share level parameter, so you may associate +different groups to different printer shares in larger installations, +if you use the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> parameter on the +share levels). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time = 20</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this controls the cache time for the results of the +lpq command. It prevents the lpq command being called too often and +reduces load on a heavily used print server. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> if set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, this setting only +takes effect for Win NT/2k/XP clients (and not for Win 95/98/ME). Its +default value is <tt class="constant">No</tt> (or <tt class="constant">False</tt>). +It must <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be enabled on print shares +(with a <tt class="constant">yes</tt> or <tt class="constant">true</tt> setting) which +have valid drivers installed on the Samba server! For more detailed +explanations see the man page of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2925133"></a>The [printers] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is the second special section. If a section with this name +appears in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>, users are able to +connect to any printer specified in the Samba host's printcap file, +because Samba on startup then creates a printer share for every +printername it finds in the printcap file. You could regard this +section as a general convenience shortcut to share all printers with +minimal configuration. It is also a container for settings which +should apply as default to all printers. (For more details see the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page.) Settings inside this +container must be share level parameters (S). +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = All printers</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the <i class="parameter"><tt>comment</tt></i> is shown next to +the share if a client queries the server, either via <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span> or with the <b class="command">net view</b> command to list +available shares. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> please note well, that the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> service <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be +declared as printable. If you specify otherwise, smbd will refuse to +load at startup. This parameter allows +connected clients to open, write to and submit spool files into the +directory specified with the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> parameter for +this service. It is used by Samba to differentiate printer shares from +file shares. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /var/spool/samba</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this must point to a directory used by Samba to spool +incoming print files. <span class="emphasis"><em>It must not be the same as the spool +directory specified in the configuration of your UNIX print +subsystem!</em></span> The path would typically point to a directory +which is world writeable, with the "sticky" bit set to it. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is always set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> if +<i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i>. It makes the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printer]</tt></i> share itself invisible in the +list of available shares in a <b class="command">net view</b> command or +in the Explorer browse list. (Note that you will of course see the +individual printers). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> +if set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then no password is required to +connect to the printers service. Access will be granted with the +privileges of the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i>. On many systems the +guest account will map to a user named "nobody". This user is in the UNIX +passwd file with an empty password, but with no valid UNIX login. +(Note: on some systems the guest account might not have the +privilege to be able to print. Test this by logging in as your +guest user using <b class="command">su - guest</b> and run a system print +command like +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>lpr -P printername /etc/motd</tt></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>public = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is a synonym for <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = +yes</tt></i>. Since we have <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i>, +it really doesn't need to be here! (This leads to the interesting +question: “<span class="quote">What, if I by accident have to contradictory settings +for the same share?</span>” The answer is: the last one encountered by +Sambe wins. The "winner" is shown by testparm. Testparm doesn't +complain about different settings of the same parameter for the same +share! You can test this by setting up multiple lines for the "guest +account" parameter with different usernames, and then run testparm to +see which one is actually used by Samba.) +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this normally (for other types of shares) prevents +users creating or modifying files in the service's directory. However, +in a "printable" service, it is <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> allowed to +write to the directory (if user privileges allow the connection), but +only via print spooling operations. "Normal" write operations are not +allowed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> +synonym for <i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i> +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2925462"></a>Any [my_printer_name] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If a section appears in the , which is +tagged as <i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i>, Samba presents it as +a printer share to its clients. Note, that Win95/98/ME clients may +have problems with connecting or loading printer drivers if the share +name has more than 8 characters! Also be very careful if you give a +printer the same name as an existing user or file share name: upon a +client's connection request to a certain sharename, Samba always tries +to find file shares with that name first; if it finds one, it will +connect to this and will never ultimately connect to a printer with +the same name! +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = Printer with Restricted Access</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the comment says it all. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> here we set the spooling area for this printer to +another directory than the default. It is not a requirement to set it +differently, but the option is available. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin = kurt</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the printer admin definition is different for this +explicitly defined printer share from the general +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> share. It is not a requirement; we +did it to show that it is possible if you want it. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> we also made this printer browseable (so that the +clients may conveniently find it when browsing the <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span>). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>see explanation in last subsection. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>see explanation in last subsection. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow = 10.160.50.,10.160.51.</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>here we exercise a certain degree of access control +by using the <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i> parameters. Note, that +this is not by any means a safe bet. It is not a way to secure your +printers. This line accepts all clients from a certain subnet in a +first evaluation of access control +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny = turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60 +</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>all listed hosts are not allowed here (even if they +belong to the "allowed subnets"). As you can see, you could name IP +addresses as well as NetBIOS hostnames +here. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this printer is not open for the guest account! +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2925683"></a>Print Commands</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In each section defining a printer (or in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section), a <i class="parameter"><tt>print +command</tt></i> parameter may be defined. It sets a command to +process the files which have been placed into the Samba print spool +directory for that printer. (That spool directory was, if you +remember, set up with the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> +parameter). Typically, this command will submit the spool file to the +Samba host's print subsystem, using the suitable system print +command. But there is no requirement that this needs to be the +case. For debugging purposes or some other reason you may want to do +something completely different than "print" the file. An example is a +command that just copies the print file to a temporary location for +further investigation when you need to debug printing. If you craft +your own print commands (or even develop print command shell scripts), +make sure you pay attention to the need to remove the files from the +Samba spool directory. Otherwise your hard disk may soon suffer from +shortage of free space. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2925734"></a>Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You learned earlier on, that Samba in most cases uses its built-in +settings for many parameters if it can not find an explicitly stated +one in its configuration file. The same is true for the +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i>. The default print command varies +depending on the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing =...</tt></i> parameter +setting. In the commands listed below, you will notice some parameters +of the form <span class="emphasis"><em>%X</em></span> where <span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> is +<span class="emphasis"><em>p, s, J</em></span> etc. These letters stand for +"printername", "spoolfile" and "job ID" respectively. They are +explained in more detail further below. Here is an overview (excluding +the special case of CUPS, which is discussed in the next chapter): +</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">If this setting is active...</th><th align="left">...this is used in lieu of an explicit command:</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lpr -r -P%p %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lp -c -P%p %s; rm %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lp -r -P%p -s %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpq -P%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpstat -o%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpq -P%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">lprm -P%p %j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">cancel %p-%j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">cancel %p-%j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command is <b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H hold</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command is <b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command (...is empty)</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +We excluded the special CUPS case here, because it is discussed in the +next chapter. Just a short summary. For <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = +CUPS</tt></i>: If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, it uses the +CUPS API to submit jobs, etc. (It is a good idea also to set +<i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = cups</tt></i> in case your +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> is set to write its autogenerated +printcap file to an unusual place). Otherwise Samba maps to the System +V printing commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it uses +<b class="command">lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s</b> With <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = +cups</tt></i> , and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any +manually set print command will be ignored! +</p><p> +Having listed the above mappings here, you should note that there used +to be a <span class="emphasis"><em>bug</em></span> in recent 2.2.x versions which +prevented the mapping from taking effect. It lead to the +"bsd|aix|lprng|plp" settings taking effect for all other systems, for +the most important commands (the <b class="command">print</b> command, the +<b class="command">lpq</b> command and the <b class="command">lprm</b> +command). The <b class="command">lppause</b> command and the +<b class="command">lpresume</b> command remained empty. Of course, these +commands worked on bsd|aix|lprng|plp but they didn't work on +sysv|hpux|qnx systems. To work around this bug, you need to +explicitly set the commands. Use <b class="command">testparm -v</b> to +check which command takes effect. Then check that this command is +adequate and actually works for your installed print subsystem. It is +always a good idea to explicitly set up your configuration files the +way you want them to work and not rely on any built-in defaults. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926260"></a>Setting up your own Print Commands</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +After a print job has finished spooling to a service, the +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> will be used by Samba via a +<span class="emphasis"><em>system()</em></span> call to process the spool file. Usually +the command specified will submit the spool file to the host's +printing subsystem. But there is no requirement at all that this must +be the case. The print subsystem will probably not remove the spool +file on its own. So whatever command you specify on your own you +should ensure that the spool file is deleted after it has been +processed. +</p><p> +There is no difficulty with using your own customized print commands +with the traditional printing systems. However, if you don't wish to +"roll your own", you should be well informed about the default +built-in commands that Samba uses for each printing subsystem (see the +table above). In all the commands listed in the last paragraphs you +see parameters of the form <span class="emphasis"><em>%X</em></span> These are +<span class="emphasis"><em>macros</em></span>, or shortcuts, used as place holders for +the names of real objects. At the time of running a command with such +a placeholder, Samba will insert the appropriate value +automatically. Print commands can handle all Samba macro +substitutions. In regard to printing, the following ones do have +special relevance: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%s, %f</tt></i> - the path to the spool +file name</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> - the appropriate printer +name</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%J</tt></i> - the job name as +transmitted by the client.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%c</tt></i> - the number of printed +pages of the spooled job (if known).</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%z</tt></i> - the size of the spooled +print job (in bytes)</p></li></ul></div><p> +The print command MUST contain at least one occurrence of +<i class="parameter"><tt>%s</tt></i> or <i class="parameter"><tt>%f</tt></i>. -- The +<i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is optional. If no printer name is supplied, +the <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> will be silently removed from the print +command. In this case the job is sent to the default printer. +</p><p> +If specified in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section, the print +command given will be used for any printable service that does not +have its own print command specified. If there is neither a specified +print command for a printable service nor a global print command, +spool files will be created but not processed! And (most importantly): +print files will not be removed, so they will start filling your Samba +hard disk. +</p><p> +Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the "nobody" +account. If this happens, create an alternative guest account and +supply it with the privilege to print. Set up this guest account in +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section with the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest +account</tt></i> parameter. +</p><p> +You can form quite complex print commands. You need to realize that +print commands are just passed to a UNIX shell. The shell is able to +expand the included environment variables as usual. (The syntax to +include a UNIX environment variable <i class="parameter"><tt>$variable</tt></i> +in or in the Samba print command is +<i class="parameter"><tt>%$variable</tt></i>.) To give you a working +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> example, the following will log a +print job to <tt class="filename">/tmp/print.log</tt>, print the file, then +remove it. Note that ';' is the usual separator for commands in shell +scripts: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + + print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s + +</pre><p> +You may have to vary your own command considerably from this example +depending on how you normally print files on your system. The default +for the <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> parameter varies depending on the setting of +the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter. Another example is: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s +</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2926537"></a>Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before version 2.2.0, Samba's print server support for Windows clients +was limited to the level of <span class="emphasis"><em>LanMan</em></span> printing +calls. This is the same protocol level as Windows 9x PCs offer when +they share printers. Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba started +to support the native Windows NT printing mechanisms. These are +implemented via <span class="emphasis"><em>MS-RPC</em></span> (RPC = <span class="emphasis"><em>Remote +Procedure Calls</em></span> ). MS-RPCs use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>SPOOLSS</em></span> named pipe for all printing. +</p><p> +The additional functionality provided by the new SPOOLSS support includes: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Support for downloading printer driver files to Windows +95/98/NT/2000 clients upon demand (<span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span>); +</p></li><li><p>Uploading of printer drivers via the Windows NT +<span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer Wizard</em></span> (APW) or the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Imprints</em></span> tool set (refer to <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net</a>); +</p></li><li><p>Support for the native MS-RPC printing calls such as +StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See the MSDN documentation +at <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/</a> +for more information on the Win32 printing API);</p></li><li><p>Support for NT <span class="emphasis"><em>Access Control +Lists</em></span> (ACL) on printer objects;</p></li><li><p>Improved support for printer queue manipulation +through the use of internal databases for spooled job information +(implemented by various <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> +files).</p></li></ul></div><p> +One other benefit of an update is this: Samba-3 is able to publish +all its printers in Active Directory (or LDAP)! +</p><p> +One slight difference is here: it is possible on a Windows NT print +server to have printers listed in the Printers folder which are +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> shared. Samba does not make this +distinction. By definition, the only printers of which Samba is aware +are those which are specified as shares in +. The reason is that Windows NT/2k/XPprof +clients do not normally need to use the standard SMB printer share; +rather they can print directly to any printer on another Windows NT +host using MS-RPC. This of course assumes that the printing client has +the necessary privileges on the remote host serving the printer. The +default permissions assigned by Windows NT to a printer gives the +"Print" permissions to the well-known <span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> +group. (The older clients of type Win9x can only print to "shared" +printers). +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926691"></a>Client Drivers on Samba Server for <span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There is still confusion about what all this means: <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it or +is it not a requirement for printer drivers to be installed on a Samba +host in order to support printing from Windows clients?</em></span> The +answer to this is: No, it is not a +<span class="emphasis"><em>requirement</em></span>. Windows NT/2000 clients can, of +course, also run their APW to install drivers +<span class="emphasis"><em>locally</em></span> (which then connect to a Samba served +print queue). This is the same method as used by Windows 9x +clients. (However, a <span class="emphasis"><em>bug</em></span> existed in Samba 2.2.0 +which made Windows NT/2000 clients require that the Samba server +possess a valid driver for the printer. This was fixed in Samba +2.2.1). +</p><p> +But it is a new <span class="emphasis"><em>option</em></span> to install the printer +drivers into the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share of the Samba +server, and a big convenience too. Then <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> +clients (including 95/98/ME) get the driver installed when they first +connect to this printer share. The <span class="emphasis"><em>uploading</em></span> or +<span class="emphasis"><em>depositing</em></span> of the driver into this +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share, and the following binding of +this driver to an existing Samba printer share can be achieved by +different means: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>running the <span class="emphasis"><em>APW</em></span> on an +NT/2k/XPprof client (this doesn't work from 95/98/ME +clients);</p></li><li><p>using the <span class="emphasis"><em>Imprints</em></span> +toolset;</p></li><li><p>using the <span class="emphasis"><em>smbclient</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>rpcclient</em></span> commandline tools;</p></li><li><p>using <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span>(only works for +the CUPS printing system, not for LPR/LPD, LPRng +etc.).</p></li></ul></div><p> +Please take additional note of the following fact: <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba +does not use these uploaded drivers in any way to process spooled +files</em></span>. Drivers are utilized entirely by the clients, who +download and install them via the "Point 'n'Print" mechanism supported +by Samba. The clients use these drivers to generate print files in the +format the printer (or the Unix print system) requires. Print files +received by Samba are handed over to the Unix printing system, which +is responsible for all further processing, if needed. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926842"></a>The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><b> +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> vs. <i class="parameter"><tt>[printer$]</tt></i> +. </b> +Versions of Samba prior to 2.2 made it possible to use a share +named <span class="emphasis"><em>[printer$]</em></span>. This name was taken from the +same named service created by Windows 9x clients when a printer was +shared by them. Windows 9x printer servers always have a +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printer$]</tt></i> service which provides read-only +access (with no password required) in order to support printer driver +downloads. However, Samba's initial implementation allowed for a +parameter named <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location</tt></i> to be +used on a per share basis. This specified the location of the driver +files associated with that printer. Another parameter named +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver</tt></i> provided a means of defining the +printer driver name to be sent to the client. These parameters, +including the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver file</tt></i> parameter, +are now removed and can not be used in installations of Samba-3.0. +Now the share name <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> is used for the +location of downloadable printer drivers. It is taken from the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service created by Windows NT PCs when +a printer is shared by them. Windows NT print servers always have a +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service which provides read-write +access (in the context of its ACLs) in order to support printer driver +down- and uploads. Don't fear -- this does not mean Windows 9x +clients are thrown aside now. They can use Samba's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share support just fine. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926955"></a>Creating the [print$] Share</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order to support the up- and downloading of printer driver files, +you must first configure a file share named +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. The "public" name of this share is +hard coded in Samba's internals (because it is hardcoded in the MS +Windows clients too). It cannot be renamed since Windows clients are +programmed to search for a service of exactly this name if they want +to retrieve printer driver files. +</p><p> +You should modify the server's file to +add the global parameters and create the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> file share (of course, some of the +parameter values, such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced +with appropriate values for your site): +</p><pre class="screen"> + [global] + ; members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set + ; printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'. + printer admin = @ntadmin + [....] + + [printers] + [....] + + [print$] + comment = Printer Driver Download Area + path = /etc/samba/drivers + browseable = yes + guest ok = yes + read only = yes + write list = @ntadmin, root +</pre><p> +Of course, you also need to ensure that the directory named by the +<i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> parameter exists on the Unix file system. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2927026"></a>Parameters in the [print$] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> is a special section in +. It contains settings relevant to +potential printer driver download and local installation by clients. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = Printer Driver +Download Area</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the comment appears next to the share name if it is +listed in a share list (usually Windows clients won't see it often but +it will also appear up in a <b class="command">smbclient -L sambaserver +</b> output). </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /etc/samba/printers</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is the path to the location of the Windows +driver file deposit from the UNIX point of +view.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this makes the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share +"invisible" in Network Neighbourhood to clients. However, you can +still "mount" it from any client using the <b class="command">net use +g:\\sambaserver\print$</b> command in a "DOS box" or the +"Connect network drive" menu from Windows +Explorer.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this gives read only access to this share for all +guest users. Access may be used to download and install printer +drivers on clients. The requirement for <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = +yes</tt></i> depends upon how your site is configured. If users +will be guaranteed to have an account on the Samba host, then this is +a non-issue.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The non-issue is this: if all your Windows NT users are guaranteed to +be authenticated by the Samba server (for example if Samba +authenticates via an NT domain server and the NT user has already been +validated by the Domain Controller in order to logon to the Windows NT +session), then guest access is not necessary. Of course, in a +workgroup environment where you just want to be able to print without +worrying about silly accounts and security, then configure the share +for guest access. You'll probably want to add <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest += Bad User</tt></i> in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section +as well. Make sure you understand what this parameter does before +using it. +</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>as we don't want everybody to upload driver files (or +even change driver settings) we tagged this share as not +writeable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>write list = @ntadmin,root</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>since the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> was made +read only by the previous setting, we need to create a "write list" +also. UNIX groups (denoted with a leading "@" character) and users +listed here are allowed write access (as an exception to the general +public's "read-only" access), which they need to update files on the +share. Normally you will want to only name administrative level user +accounts in this setting. Check the file system permissions to make +sure these accounts can copy files to the share. If this is a non-root +account, then the account should also be mentioned in the global +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin </tt></i> parameter. See the + man page for more information on +configuring file shares. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2927247"></a>Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order for a Windows NT print server to support the downloading of +driver files by multiple client architectures, you must create several +subdirectories within the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service +(i.e. the Unix directory named by the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> +parameter). These correspond to each of the supported client +architectures. Samba follows this model as well. Just like the name of +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share itself, the subdirectories +*must* be exactly the names listed below (you may leave out the +subdirectories of architectures you don't want to support). +</p><p> +Therefore, create a directory tree below the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share for each architecture you wish +to support. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +[print$]--+-- + |--W32X86 # serves drivers to "Windows NT x86" + |--WIN40 # serves drivers to "Windows 95/98" + |--W32ALPHA # serves drivers to "Windows NT Alpha_AXP" + |--W32MIPS # serves drivers to "Windows NT R4000" + |--W32PPC # serves drivers to "Windows NT PowerPC" +</pre><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Required permissions</h3><p> +In order to add a new driver to your Samba host, one of two conditions +must hold true: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host must +have a UID of 0 (i.e. a root account)</p></li><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host must be +named in the <span class="emphasis"><em>printer admin</em></span>list.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Of course, the connected account must still possess access to add +files to the subdirectories beneath +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. Remember that all file shares are set +to 'read only' by default. +</p></div><p> +Once you have created the required <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +service and associated subdirectories, go to a Windows NT 4.0/2k/XP +client workstation. Open <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span> or +<span class="guiicon">My Network Places</span> and browse for the Samba host. +Once you have located the server, navigate to its <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. You should see an initial listing of printers +that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2927408"></a>Installing Drivers into [print$]</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You have successfully created the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share in ? And Samba has re-read its +configuration? Good. But you are not yet ready to take off. The +<span class="emphasis"><em>driver files</em></span> need to be present in this share, +too! So far it is still an empty share. Unfortunatly, it is not enough +to just copy the driver files over. They need to be <span class="emphasis"><em>set +up</em></span> too. And that is a bit tricky, to say the least. We +will now discuss two alternative ways to install the drivers into +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>using the Samba commandline utility +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> with its various subcommands (here: +<b class="command">adddriver</b> and <b class="command">setdriver</b>) from +any UNIX workstation;</p></li><li><p>running a GUI (<span class="emphasis"><em>Printer +Properties</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer Wizard</em></span>) +from any Windows NT/2k/XP client workstation.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The latter option is probably the easier one (even if the only +entrance to this realm seems a little bit weird at first). +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2927502"></a>Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's +<span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder accessed from a client's Explorer +will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default, in +Samba-3 (as in 2.2.1 and later) this driver name is set to a NULL +string. This must be changed now. The local <span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer +Wizard</em></span>, run from NT/2000/XP clients, will help us in this +task. +</p><p> +However, the job to set a valid driver for the printer is not a +straightforward one: You must attempt to view the printer properties +for the printer to which you want the driver assigned. Open the +Windows Explorer, open Network Neighbourhood, browse to the Samba +host, open Samba's <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder, right-click the printer icon and +select <span class="guimenu">Properties...</span>. You are now trying to view printer and driver +properties for a queue which has this default <tt class="constant">NULL</tt> driver +assigned. This will result in an error message (this is normal here): +</p><p><span class="errorname"> Device settings cannot be displayed. The driver +for the specified printer is not installed, only spooler properties +will be displayed. Do you want to install the driver +now?</span></p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Important:</em></span>Don't click <span class="guibutton">Yes</span>! Instead, +<span class="emphasis"><em>click <span class="guibutton">No</span></em></span> in the error dialog. +Only now you will be presented with the printer properties window. From here, +the way to assign a driver to a printer is open to us. You have now the choice +either: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>select a driver from the popup list of installed +drivers. <span class="emphasis"><em>Initially this list will be empty.</em></span> +Or</p></li><li><p>use the <span class="guibutton">New Driver...</span> button to +install a new printer driver (which will in fact start up the +APW).</p></li></ul></div><p> +Once the APW is started, the procedure is exactly the same as the one +you are familiar with in Wiindows (we assume here that you are +familiar with the printer driver installations procedure on Windows +NT). Make sure your connection is in fact setup as a user with +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> privileges (if in doubt, use +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> to check for this). If you wish to +install printer drivers for client operating systems other than +<span class="application">Windows NT x86</span>, you will need to use the +<span class="guilabel">Sharing</span> tab of the printer properties dialog. +</p><p> +Assuming you have connected with an administrative (or root) account +(as named by the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> parameter), +you will also be able to modify other printer properties such as ACLs +and default device settings using this dialog. For the default device +settings, please consider the advice given further below. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2927686"></a>Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +<b class="command">rpcclient</b></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The second way to install printer drivers into +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> and set them up in a valid way can be +done from the UNIX command line. This involves four distinct steps: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>gathering the info about the required driver files +and collecting the files together;</p></li><li><p>deposit the driver files into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share's correct subdirectories +(possibly by using <b class="command">smbclient</b>);</p></li><li><p>running the <b class="command">rpcclient</b> +commandline utility once with the <b class="command">addriver</b> +subcommand,</p></li><li><p>running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> a second +time with the <b class="command">setdriver</b> +subcommand.</p></li></ol></div><p> +We will provide detailed hints for each of these steps in the next few +paragraphs. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2927794"></a>Identifying the Driver Files</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To find out about the driver files, you have two options: you could +investigate the driver CD which comes with your printer. Study the +<tt class="filename">*.inf</tt> file on the CD, if it is contained. This +may not be the possible, since the *.inf file might be +missing. Unfortunately, many vendors have now started to use their own +installation programs. These installations packages are often some +sort of Windows platform archive format, plus, the files may get +re-named during the installation process. This makes it extremely +difficult to identify the driver files you need. +</p><p> +Then you only have the second option: install the driver first on a +Windows client *locally* and investigate which file names and paths it +uses after they are installed. (Note, that you need to repeat this +procedure for every client platform you want to support. We are going +to show it here for the <span class="application">W32X86</span> platform only, a +name used by Microsoft for all WinNT/2k/XP clients...) +</p><p> +A good method to recognize the driver files this is to print the test +page from the driver's <span class="guilabel">Properties</span> Dialog +(<span class="guilabel">General</span> tab). Then look at the list of driver +files named on the printout. You'll need to recognize what Windows +(and Samba) are calling the <span class="guilabel">Driver File</span> , the +<span class="guilabel">Data File</span>, the <span class="guilabel">Config File</span>, +the <span class="guilabel">Help File</span> and (optionally) the +<span class="guilabel">Dependent Driver Files</span> (this may vary slightly +for Windows NT). You need to remember all names (or better take a +note) for the next steps. +</p><p> +Another method to quickly test the driver filenames and related paths +is provided by the <b class="command">rpcclient</b> utility. Run it with +<b class="command">enumdrivers</b> or with the +<b class="command">getdriver</b> subcommand, each in the +<span class="emphasis"><em>3</em></span> level. In the following example, +<span class="emphasis"><em>TURBO_XP</em></span> is the name of the Windows PC (in this +case it was a Windows XP Professional laptop, BTW). I had installed +the driver locally to TURBO_XP while <span class="emphasis"><em>kde-bitshop</em></span> is +the name of the Linux host from which I am working. We could run an +<span class="emphasis"><em>interactive</em></span> <b class="command">rpcclient</b> session; +then we'd get an <span class="emphasis"><em>rpcclient /></em></span> prompt and would +type the subcommands at this prompt. This is left as a good exercise +to the reader. For now we use <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with the +<tt class="option">-c</tt> parameter to execute a single subcommand +line and exit again. This is the method you would use if you want to +create scripts to automate the procedure for a large number of +printers and drivers. Note the different quotes used to overcome the +different spaces in between words: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' -c 'getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3' TURBO_XP</tt></b> + cmd = getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3 + + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.DLL] + Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.ppd] + Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.DLL] + Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.HLP] + + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.INI] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.dat] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.cat] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hre] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.vnd] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hlp] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01Aux.dll] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.NTF] + + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [] + +</pre><p> +You may notice, that this driver has quite a big number of +<span class="guilabel">Dependentfiles</span> (I know worse cases however). Also, +strangely, the <span class="guilabel">Driver File</span> is here tagged as +<span class="guilabel">Driver Path</span>.... oh, well. Here we don't have yet +support for the so-called <span class="application">WIN40</span> architecture +installed. This name is used by Microsoft for the Win95/98/ME platforms. +If we want to support these, we need to install the Win95/98/ME driver +files in addition to those for <span class="application">W32X86</span> +(i.e. the WinNT72000/XP clients) onto a Windows PC. This PC +can also host the Win9x drivers, even if itself runs on Windows NT, +2000 or XP. +</p><p> +Since the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share is usually accessible +through the <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span>, you can also use the UNC notation +from Windows Explorer to poke at it. The Win9x driver files will end +up in subdirectory "0" of the "WIN40" directory. The full path to +access them will be +<tt class="filename">\\WINDOWSHOST\print$\WIN40\0\</tt>. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> more recent drivers on Windows 2000 and Wndows XP are +installed into the "3" subdirectory instead of the "2". The version 2 +of drivers, as used in Windows NT, were running in Kernel Mode. +Windows 2000 changed this. While it still can use the Kernel Mode +drivers (if this is enabled by the Admin), its native mode for printer +drivers is User Mode execution. This requires drivers designed for +this. These type of drivers install into the "3" subdirectory. +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2928122"></a>Collecting the Driver Files from a Windows Host's +[print$] Share</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Now we need to collect all the driver files we identified. in our +previous step. Where do we get them from? Well, why not retrieve them +from the very PC and the same <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share +which we investigated in our last step to identify the files? We can +use <b class="command">smbclient</b> to do this. We will use the paths and +names which were leaked to us by <b class="command">getdriver</b>. The +listing is edited to include linebreaks for readability: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //TURBO_XP/print\$ -U'Danka%xxxx' \ + -c 'cd W32X86/2;mget HD*_de.* \ + hd*ppd Hd*_de.* Hddm*dll HDN*Aux.DLL'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.50.8 ( 10.160.50.8 ) + Domain=[DEVELOPMENT] OS=[Windows 5.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager] + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.ABD? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>n</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.def? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>y</tt></b> + getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def of size 428 as Hddm91c1_de.def (22.0 kb/s) (average 22.0 kb/s) + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.DLL? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>y</tt></b> + getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL of size 876544 as Hddm91c1_de.DLL (737.3 kb/s) (average 737.3 kb/s) + [...] + +</pre><p> +After this command is complete, the files are in our current local +directory. You probably have noticed that this time we passed several +commands to the <tt class="option">-c</tt> parameter, separated by semi-colons. This +effects that all commands are executed in sequence on the remote +Windows server before smbclient exits again. +</p><p> +Don't forget to repeat the procedure for the <span class="application">WIN40</span> +architecture should you need to support Win95/98/XP clients. Remember, the +files for these architectures are in the WIN40/0/ subdir. Once we are +complete, we can run <b class="command">smbclient ... put</b> to store +the collected files on the Samba server's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2928275"></a>Depositing the Driver Files into [print$]</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So, now we are going to put the driver files into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. Remember, the UNIX path to this +share has been defined previously in your +. You also have created subdirectories +for the different Windows client types you want to support. Supposing +your <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share maps to the UNIX path +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/</tt>, your driver files should now +go here: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>for all Windows NT, 2000 and XP clients into +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/</tt> <span class="emphasis"><em>but +*not*(yet) into the "2" subdir</em></span>!</p></li><li><p>for all Windows 95, 98 and ME clients into +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/WIN40/</tt> -- <span class="emphasis"><em>but *not* +(yet) into the "0" subdir</em></span>!</p></li></ul></div><p> +We again use smbclient to transfer the driver files across the +network. We specify the same files and paths as were leaked to us by +running <b class="command">getdriver</b> against the original +<span class="emphasis"><em>Windows</em></span> install. However, now we are going to +store the files into a <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba/UNIX</em></span> print server's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share... +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; put HDNIS01_de.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.ppd; put HDNIS01U_de.DLL; \ + put HDNIS01U_de.HLP; put Hddm91c1_de.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.INI; put Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.dat; put Hddm91c1_de.dat; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.def; put Hddm91c1_de.hre; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.vnd; put Hddm91c1_de.hlp; \ + put Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP; put HDNIS01Aux.dll; \ + put HDNIS01_de.NTF'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 ) + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + putting file HDNIS01_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.DLL (4465.5 kb/s) (average 4465.5 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.ppd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.ppd (12876.8 kb/s) (average 4638.9 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01U_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.DLL (20249.8 kb/s) (average 5828.3 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01U_de.HLP as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.HLP (9652.8 kb/s) (average 5899.8 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.DLL (23777.7 kb/s) (average 10400.6 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.INI as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.INI (98.6 kb/s) (average 10329.0 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL (22931.5 kb/s) (average 10501.7 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (2462.8 kb/s) (average 10393.0 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (4925.3 kb/s) (average 10356.3 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.def as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.def (417.9 kb/s) (average 10290.1 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.hre as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hre (22571.3 kb/s) (average 11338.5 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.vnd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.vnd (3384.6 kb/s) (average 10754.3 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.hlp as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hlp (18406.8 kb/s) (average 10839.8 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP (20278.3 kb/s) (average 11386.3 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01Aux.dll as \W32X86\HDNIS01Aux.dll (14994.6 kb/s) (average 11405.2 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01_de.NTF as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.NTF (23390.2 kb/s) (average 13170.8 kb/s) + +</pre><p> +Phewww -- that was a lot of typing! Most drivers are a lot smaller -- +many only having 3 generic PostScript driver files plus 1 PPD. Note, +that while we did retrieve the files from the "2" subdirectory of the +"W32X86" directory from the Windows box, we <span class="emphasis"><em>don't</em></span> +put them (for now) in this same subdirectory of the Samba box! This +re-location will automatically be done by the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> command which we will run shortly (and +don't forget to also put the files for the Win95/98/ME architecture +into the <tt class="filename">WIN40/</tt> subdirectory should you need +them). +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2928478"></a>Check if the Driver Files are there (with smbclient)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For now we verify that our files are there. This can be done with +<b class="command">smbclient</b> too (but of course you can log in via SSH +also and do this through a standard UNIX shell access too): +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; pwd; dir; cd 2; pwd; dir'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 ) + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + .. D 0 Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003 + 2 D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:18 2003 + HDNIS01Aux.dll A 15356 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL A 46966 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01_de.DLL A 434400 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01_de.NTF A 790404 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.DLL A 876544 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.INI A 101 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.dat A 5044 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.def A 428 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hlp A 37699 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hre A 323584 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.ppd A 26373 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.vnd A 45056 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.DLL A 165888 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.HLP A 19770 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP A 228417 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:18 2003 + .. D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + ADOBEPS5.DLL A 434400 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + laserjet4.ppd A 9639 Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003 + ADOBEPSU.DLL A 109568 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + ADOBEPSU.HLP A 18082 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + PDFcreator2.PPD A 15746 Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available + +</pre><p> +Notice that there are already driver files present in the +<tt class="filename">2</tt> subdir (probably from a previous +installation). Once the files for the new driver are there too, you +are still a few steps away from being able to use them on the +clients. The only thing you could do *now* is to retrieve them from a +client just like you retrieve ordinary files from a file share, by +opening print$ in Windows Explorer. But that wouldn't install them per +Point'n'Print. The reason is: Samba doesn't know yet that these files +are something special, namely <span class="emphasis"><em>printer driver +files</em></span> and it doesn't know yet to which print queue(s) these +driver files belong. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2928594"></a>Running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with +<b class="command">adddriver</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So, next you must tell Samba about the special category of the files +you just uploaded into the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. This +is done by the <b class="command">adddriver</b> command. It will +prompt Samba to register the driver files into its internal TDB +database files. The following command and its output has been edited, +again, for readability: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \ + Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP: \ + NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF, \ + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS</tt></b> + + cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL: \ + HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP" + + Printer Driver dm9110 successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +After this step the driver should be recognized by Samba on the print +server. You need to be very carefull when typing the command. Don't +exchange the order of the fields. Some changes would lead to a +<tt class="computeroutput">NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL</tt> error +message. These become obvious. Other changes might install the driver +files successfully, but render the driver unworkable. So take care! +Hints about the syntax of the adddriver command are in the man +page. The CUPS printing chapter of this HOWTO collection provides a +more detailed description, if you should need it. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2928693"></a>Check how Driver Files have been moved after +<b class="command">adddriver</b> finished</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +One indication for Samba's recognition of the files as driver files is +the <tt class="computeroutput">successfully installed</tt> message. +Another one is the fact, that our files have been moved by the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> command into the <tt class="filename">2</tt> +subdirectory. You can check this again with +<b class="command">smbclient</b>: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -Uroot%xxxx -c 'cd W32X86;dir;pwd;cd 2;dir;pwd'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.162 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + .. D 0 Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003 + 2 D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 731 blocks available + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + .. D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + DigiMaster.PPD A 148336 Thu Apr 24 01:07:00 2003 + ADOBEPS5.DLL A 434400 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + laserjet4.ppd A 9639 Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003 + ADOBEPSU.DLL A 109568 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + ADOBEPSU.HLP A 18082 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + PDFcreator2.PPD A 15746 Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003 + HDNIS01Aux.dll A 15356 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL A 46966 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01_de.DLL A 434400 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01_de.NTF A 790404 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.DLL A 876544 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.INI A 101 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.dat A 5044 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.def A 428 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hlp A 37699 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hre A 323584 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.ppd A 26373 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.vnd A 45056 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.DLL A 165888 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.HLP A 19770 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP A 228417 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 731 blocks available + +</pre><p> +Another verification is that the timestamp of the printing TDB files +is now updated (and possibly their filesize has increased). +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2928817"></a>Check if the Driver is recognized by Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Now the driver should be registered with Samba. We can easily verify +this, and will do so in a moment. However, this driver is +<span class="emphasis"><em>not yet</em></span> associated with a particular +<span class="emphasis"><em>printer</em></span>. We may check the driver status of the +files by at least three methods: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>from any Windows client browse Network Neighbourhood, +finde the Samba host and open the Samba <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. Select any printer icon, right-click and +select the printer <span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span>. Click on the +<span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> tab. Here is a field indicating the +driver for that printer. A drop down menu allows you to change that +driver (be carefull to not do this unwittingly.). You can use this +list to view all drivers know to Samba. Your new one should be amongst +them. (Each type of client will only see his own architecture's +list. If you don't have every driver installed for each platform, the +list will differ if you look at it from Windows95/98/ME or +WindowsNT/2000/XP.)</p></li><li><p>from a Windows 2000 or XP client (not WinNT) browse +<span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span>, search for the Samba +server and open the server's <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder, +right-click the white background (with no printer highlighted). Select +<span class="guimenuitem">Server Properties</span>. On the +<span class="guilabel">Drivers</span> tab you will see the new driver listed +now. This view enables you to also inspect the list of files belonging +to that driver<span class="emphasis"><em> (this doesn't work on Windows NT, but only on +Windows 2000 and Windows XP. WinNT doesn't provide the "Drivers" +tab).</em></span>. An alternative, much quicker method for Windows +2000/XP to start this dialog is by typing into a DOS box (you must of +course adapt the name to your Samba server instead of <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i>): +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /s /t2 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p>from a UNIX prompt run this command (or a variant +thereof), where <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> is the name of the Samba +host and "xxxx" represents the actual Samba password assigned to root: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'enumdrivers' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b></p><p> +You will see a listing of all drivers Samba knows about. Your new one +should be amongst them. But it is only listed under the <i class="parameter"><tt>[Windows NT +x86]</tt></i> heading, not under <i class="parameter"><tt>[Windows 4.0]</tt></i>, +since we didn't install that part. Or did *you*? -- You will see a listing of +all drivers Samba knows about. Your new one should be amongst them. In our +example it is named <span class="emphasis"><em>dm9110</em></span>. Note that the 3rd column +shows the other installed drivers twice, for each supported architecture one +time. Our new driver only shows up for +<span class="application">Windows NT 4.0 or 2000</span>. To +have it present for <span class="application">Windows 95, 98 and ME</span> you'll +have to repeat the whole procedure with the WIN40 architecture and subdirectory. +</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2929021"></a>A sidenote: you are not bound to specific driver names</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can name the driver as you like. If you repeat the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> step, with the same files as before, but +with a different driver name, it will work the same: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx \ + -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" \ + "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \ + Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP: \ + NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS + </tt></b> + + cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" + "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:\ + HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP" + + Printer Driver myphantasydrivername successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +You will also be able to bind that driver to any print queue (however, +you are responsible yourself that you associate drivers to queues +which make sense to the target printer). Note, that you can't run the +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> <b class="command">adddriver</b> command +repeatedly. Each run "consumes" the files you had put into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share by moving them into the +respective subdirectories. So you <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> precede an +<b class="command">smbclient ... put</b> command before each +<b class="command">rpcclient ... addriver</b>" command. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2929132"></a>La Grande Finale: Running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with +<b class="command">setdriver</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba still needs to know <span class="emphasis"><em>which</em></span> printer's driver +this is. It needs to create a mapping of the driver to a printer, and +store this info in its "memory", the TDB files. The <b class="command">rpcclient +setdriver</b> command achieves exactly this: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername + Successfully set dm9110 to driver myphantasydrivername. +</pre><p> +Ahhhhh -- no, I didn't want to do that. Repeat, this time with the +name I intended: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'setdriver dm9110 dm9110' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 dm9110 + Succesfully set dm9110 to driver dm9110. +</pre><p> +The syntax of the command is <b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient +-U'root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>sambapassword</tt></i>' -c 'setdriver +"<i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i>" +"<i class="replaceable"><tt>drivername</tt></i>' +<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-Hostname</tt></i></tt></b> . -- +Now we have done *most* of the work. But not yet all.... +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +the <b class="command">setdriver</b> command will only succeed if the printer is +known to +Samba already. A bug in 2.2.x prevented Samba from recognizing freshly +installed printers. You had to restart Samba, or at least send a HUP +signal to all running smbd processes to work around this: +<b class="userinput"><tt>kill -HUP `pidof smbd`</tt></b>. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2929284"></a>"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Insta +Procedure)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A famous philosopher said once: “<span class="quote">The Proof of the Pudding lies +in the Eating</span>”. The proof for our setup lies in the printing. +So let's install the printer driver onto the client PCs. This is not +as straightforward as it may seem. Read on. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2929305"></a>The first Client Driver Installation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Especially important is the installation onto the first client PC (for +each architectural platform separately). Once this is done correctly, +all further clients are easy to setup and shouldn't need further +attention. What follows is a description for the recommended first +procedure. You work now from a client workstation. First you should +guarantee that your connection is not unwittingly mapped to +<i class="parameter"><tt>bad user</tt></i> "nobody". In a DOS box type: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net use \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\print$ /user:root</tt></b></p><p> +Replace root, if needed, by another valid +<i class="replaceable"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> user as given in the definition. +Should you already be connected as a different user, you'll get an error +message. There is no easy way to get rid of that connection, because +Windows doesn't seem to know a concept of "logging off" from a share +connection (don't confuse this with logging off from the local +workstation; that is a different matter). You can try to close +<span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> Windows file explorer and Internet Explorer +windows. As a last resort, you may have to reboot. Make sure there is +no automatic re-connection set up. It may be easier to go to a +different workstation and try from there. After you have made sure you +are connected as a printer admin user (you can check this with the +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> command on Samba) do this from the +Windows workstation: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Open <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span></p></li><li><p>Browse to Samba server</p></li><li><p>Open its <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder</p></li><li><p>Highlight and right-click the printer</p></li><li><p>Select <span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span> (for WinNT4/2K +it is possibly <span class="guimenuitem">Install...</span>)</p></li></ul></div><p> +A new printer (named <i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i> on +samba-server) should now have appeared in your +<span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> Printer folder (check <span class="guimenu">Start</span> -- +<span class="guimenuitem">Settings</span> -- <span class="guimenuitem">Control Panel</span> +-- <span class="guiicon">Printers and Faxes</span>). +</p><p> +Most likely you are now tempted to try and print a test page. After +all, you now can open the printer properties and on the "General" tab, +there is a button offering to do just that. But chances are that you +get an error message saying <span class="errorname">Unable to print Test +Page</span>. The reason might be that there is not yet a +valid Device Mode set for the driver, or that the "Printer Driver +Data" set is still incomplete. +</p><p> +You must now make sure that a valid "Device Mode" is set for the +driver. Don't fear -- we will explain now what that means. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2929502"></a>IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order for a printer to be truly usable by a Windows NT/2K/XP +client, it must possess: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a valid <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Mode</em></span> generated by +the driver for the printer (defining things like paper size, +orientation and duplex settings), and</p></li><li><p>a complete set of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Printer Driver Data</em></span> generated by the +driver.</p></li></ul></div><p> +If either one of these is incomplete, the clients can produce less +than optimal output at best. In the worst cases, unreadable garbage or +nothing at all comes from the printer or they produce a harvest of +error messages when attempting to print. Samba stores the named values +and all printing related info in its internal TDB database files +<tt class="filename">(ntprinters.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">ntdrivers.tdb</tt>, <tt class="filename">printing.tdb</tt> +and <tt class="filename">ntforms.tdb</tt>). +</p><p> +What do these two words stand for? Basically, the Device Mode and the +set of Printer Driver Data is a collection of settings for all print +queue properties, initialized in a sensible way. Device Modes and +Printer Driver Data should initially be set on the print server (that is +here: the Samba host) to healthy values so that the clients can start +to use them immediately. How do we set these initial healthy values? +This can be achieved by accessing the drivers remotely from an NT (or +2k/XP) client, as is discussed in the next paragraphs. +</p><p> +Be aware, that a valid Device Mode can only be initiated by a +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>, or root (the reason should be +obvious). Device Modes can only correctly be set by executing the +printer driver program itself. Since Samba can not execute this Win32 +platform driver code, it sets this field initially to NULL (which is +not a valid setting for clients to use). Fortunately, most drivers +generate themselves the Printer Driver Data that is needed, when they +are uploaded to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share with the +help of the APW or rpcclient. +</p><p> +The generation and setting of a first valid Device Mode however +requires some "tickling" from a client, to set it on the Samba +server. The easiest means of doing so is to simply change the page +orientation on the server's printer. This "executes" enough of the +printer driver program on the client for the desired effect to happen, +and feeds back the new Device Mode to our Samba server. You can use the +native Windows NT/2K/XP printer properties page from a Window client +for this: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Browse the <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span></p></li><li><p>Find the Samba server</p></li><li><p>Open the Samba server's <span class="guiicon">Printers and + Faxes</span> folder</p></li><li><p>Highlight the shared printer in question</p></li><li><p>Right-click the printer (you may already be here, if you +followed the last section's description)</p></li><li><p>At the bottom of the context menu select +<span class="guimenu">Properties....</span> (if the menu still offers the +<span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span> entry +further above, you need to click that one first to achieve the driver +installation as shown in the last section)</p></li><li><p>Go to the <span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> tab; click on +<span class="guibutton">Printing Defaults...</span></p></li><li><p>Change the "Portrait" page setting to "Landscape" (and +back)</p></li><li><p>(Oh, and make sure to <span class="emphasis"><em>apply</em></span> +changes between swapping the page orientation to cause the change to +actually take effect...).</p></li><li><p>While you're at it, you may optionally also want to +set the desired printing defaults here, which then apply to all future +client driver installations on the remaining from now +on.</p></li></ul></div><p> +This procedure has executed the printer driver program on the client +platform and fed back the correct Device Mode to Samba, which now +stored it in its TDB files. Once the driver is installed on the +client, you can follow the analogous steps by accessing the +<span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder too if you are +a Samba printer admin user. From now on printing should work as expected. +</p><p> +Samba also includes a service level parameter name <i class="parameter"><tt>default +devmode</tt></i> for generating a default Device Mode for a +printer. Some drivers will function well with Samba's default set of +properties. Others may crash the client's spooler service. So use this +parameter with caution. It is always better to have the client +generate a valid device mode for the printer and store it on the +server for you. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2929792"></a>Further Client Driver Install Procedures</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every further driver may be done by any user, along the lines +described above: Browse network, open printers folder on Samba server, +right-click printer and choose <span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span>. Once +this completes (should be not more than a few seconds, but could also take +a minute, depending on network conditions), you should find the new printer in +your client workstation local <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. +</p><p> +You can also open your local <span class="guiicon">Printers and Faxes</span> folder by +using this command on Windows 2000 and Windows XP Professional workstations: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 shell32.dll,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL PrintersFolder +</tt></b></p><p> +or this command on Windows NT 4.0 workstations: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 shell32.dll,Control_RunDLL MAIN.CPL @2 +</tt></b></p><p> +You can enter the commands either inside a <span class="guilabel">DOS box</span> window +or in the <span class="guimenuitem">Run command...</span> field from the +<span class="guimenu">Start</span> menu. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2929887"></a>Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +After you installed the driver on the Samba server (in its +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share, you should always make sure +that your first client installation completes correctly. Make it a habit for +yourself to build that the very first connection from a client as +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>. This is to make sure that: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> a first valid <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Mode</em></span> is +really initialized (see above for more explanation details), and +that</p></li><li><p> the default print settings of your printer for all +further client installations are as you want them</p></li></ul></div><p> +Do this by changing the orientation to landscape, click +<span class="emphasis"><em>Apply</em></span>, and then change it back again. Then modify +the other settings (for example, you don't want the default media size +set to <span class="emphasis"><em>Letter</em></span>, when you are all using +<span class="emphasis"><em>A4</em></span>, right? You may want to set the printer for +<span class="emphasis"><em>duplex</em></span> as the default; etc.). +</p><p> +To connect as root to a Samba printer, try this command from a Windows +2K/XP DOS box command prompt: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i>"</tt></b> +</p><p> +You will be prompted for root's Samba-password; type it, wait a few +seconds, click on <span class="guibutton">Printing Defaults...</span> and +proceed to set the job options as should be used as defaults by all +clients. Alternatively, instead of root you can name one other member +of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admins</tt></i> from the setting. +</p><p> +Now all the other users downloading and installing the driver +the same way (called <span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span>) will +have the same defaults set for them. If you miss this step you'll +get a lot of helpdesk calls from your users. But maybe you like to +talk to people.... ;-) +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2930029"></a>Other Gotchas</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Your driver is installed. It is ready for +<span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span> installation by the clients +now. You <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> have tried to download and use it +onto your first client machine now. But wait... let's make you +acquainted first with a few tips and tricks you may find useful. For +example, suppose you didn't manage to "set the defaults" on the +printer, as advised in the preceeding paragraphs? And your users +complain about various issues (such as “<span class="quote">We need to set the paper +size for each job from Letter to A4 and it won't store it!</span>”) +</p><div xmlns:ns48="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2930062"></a>Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The last sentence might be viewed with mixed feelings by some users and +admins. They have struggled for hours and hours and couldn't arrive at +a point were their settings seemed to be saved. It is not their +fault. The confusing thing is this: in the multi-tabbed dialog that pops +up when you right-click the printer name and select +<span class="guimenuitem">Properties...</span>, you can arrive at two identically +looking dialogs, each claiming that they help you to set printer options, +in three different ways. Here is the definite answer to the "Samba +Default Driver Setting FAQ": +</p><ns48:p><b>“<span class="quote">I can't set and save default print options +for all users on Win2K/XP! Why not?</span>” </b> +How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way.... (it is not very +easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring you to +a dialog that <span class="emphasis"><em>seems</em></span> to set everything. All three +dialogs <span class="emphasis"><em>look</em></span> the same. Only one of them +<span class="emphasis"><em>does</em></span> what you intend. +<span class="emphasis"><em>Important:</em></span> you need to be Administrator or Print +Administrator to do this for all users. Here is how I reproduce it in +on XP Professional: + +</ns48:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li xmlns:ns45=""><ns45:p>The first "wrong" way: + +</ns45:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer +(<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on cupshost</em></span>) and +select in context menu <span class="guimenu">Printing +Preferences...</span></p></li><li><p>Look at this dialog closely and remember what it looks +like.</p></li></ol></div><ns45:p> +</ns45:p></li><li xmlns:ns46=""><ns46:p>The second "wrong" way: + +</ns46:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="guimenu">Printers</span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer (<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on +cupshost</em></span>) and select in the context menu +<span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span></p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="guilabel">General</span> +tab</p></li><li><p>Click on the button <span class="guibutton">Printing +Preferences...</span></p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Keep this dialog open and go back +to the parent dialog.</p></li></ol></div><ns46:p> +</ns46:p></li><li xmlns:ns47=""><ns47:p>The third, the "correct" way: (should you do +this from the beginning, just carry out steps 1. and 2. from second +"way" above) + +</ns47:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Click on the <span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> +tab. (Hmmm... if everything is "Grayed Out", then you are not logged +in as a user with enough privileges).</p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="guibutton">Printing +Defaults...</span> button.</p></li><li><p>On any of the two new tabs, click on the +<span class="guilabel">Advanced...</span> button.</p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Compare this one to the other, +identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".</p></li></ol></div><ns47:p> +</ns47:p></li></ol></div><ns48:p> + +Do you see any difference in the two settings dialogs? I don't +either. However, only the last one, which you arrived at with steps +C.1.-6. will permanently save any settings which will then become the +defaults for new users. If you want all clients to have the same +defaults, you need to conduct these steps as administrator +(<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> in ) +<span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> a client downloads the driver (the clients +can later set their own <span class="emphasis"><em>per-user defaults</em></span> by +following the procedures<span class="emphasis"><em>A.</em></span> +or<span class="emphasis"><em>B.</em></span> above...). (This is new: Windows 2000 and +Windows XP allow <span class="emphasis"><em>per-user</em></span> default settings and +the ones the administrator gives them, before they set up their own). +The "parents" of the identically looking dialogs have a slight +difference in their window names: one is called +<tt class="computeroutput">Default Print Values for Printer Foo on Server +Bar"</tt> (which is the one you need) and the other is +called "<tt class="computeroutput">Print Settings for Printer Foo on Server +Bar</tt>". The last one is the one you arrive at when you +right-click on the printer and select <span class="guimenuitem">Print +Settings...</span>. This is the one what you were +taught to use back in the days of Windows NT! So it is only natural to +try the same way with Win2k or WinXP. You wouldn't dream +that there is now a different "clicking path" to arrive at an +identically looking, but functionally different dialog to set defaults +for all users! +</ns48:p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Try (on Win2000 and WinXP) to run this command (as a user +with the right privileges): +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +to see the tab with the <span class="guilabel">Printing Defaults...</span> +button (the one you need). Also run this command: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t0 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +to see the tab with the <span class="guilabel">Printing Preferences...</span> +button (the one which doesn't set system-wide defaults). You can +start the commands from inside a DOS box" or from the <span class="guimenu">Start</span> +-- <span class="guimenuitem">Run...</span> menu. +</p></div></div><div xmlns:ns49="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2930496"></a>Supporting large Numbers of Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +One issue that has arisen during the recent development phase of Samba +is the need to support driver downloads for 100's of printers. Using +Windows NT APW here is somewhat awkward (to say the least). If you +don't want to acquire RSS pains from such the printer installation +clicking orgy alone, you need to think about a non-interactive script. +</p><p> +If more than one printer is using the same driver, the +<b class="command">rpcclient setdriver</b> command can be used to set the +driver associated with an installed queue. If the driver is uploaded +to <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> once and registered with the +printing TDBs, it can be used by multiple print queues. In this case +you just need to repeat the <b class="command">setprinter</b> subcommand +of <b class="command">rpcclient</b> for every queue (without the need to +conduct the <b class="command">adddriver</b> again and again). The +following is an example of how this could be accomplished: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumdrivers'</tt></b> + cmd = enumdrivers + + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [infotec IS 2075 PCL 6] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [DANKA InfoStream] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [dm9110] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [myphantasydrivername] + + [....] +</pre><ns49:p> + +</ns49:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110 ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] +</pre><ns49:p> + +</ns49:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'setdriver <i class="replaceable"><tt>dm9110</tt></i> "<i class="replaceable"><tt>Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)</tt></i>"'</tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PPD) + Successfully set dm9110 to driver Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS). +</pre><ns49:p> + +</ns49:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS),110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] +</pre><ns49:p> + +</ns49:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'setdriver <i class="replaceable"><tt>dm9110</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>myphantasydrivername</tt></i>'</tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername + Successfully set dm9110 to myphantasydrivername. +</pre><ns49:p> + +</ns49:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,myphantasydrivername,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] +</pre><p> +It may be not easy to recognize: but the first call to +<b class="command">enumprinters</b> showed the "dm9110" printer with an +empty string where the driver should have been listed (between the 2 +commas in the "description" field). After the +<b class="command">setdriver</b> command succeeded, all is well. (The +CUPS Printing chapter has more info about the installation of printer +drivers with the help of <b class="command">rpccclient</b>). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2930798"></a>Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +By default, Samba exhibits all printer shares defined in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> in the +<span class="guiicon">Printers...</span> folder. Also located in this folder +is the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be shown only +if: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>...the connected user is able to successfully execute +an <b class="command">OpenPrinterEx(\\server)</b> with administrative +privileges (i.e. root or <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>). +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> Try this from a Windows 2K/XP DOS box command prompt: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +runas /netonly /user:root rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t0 /n \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +and click on <span class="guibutton">Printing Preferences...</span> +</p></div></li><li><p>... contains the setting +<i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard = yes</tt></i> (the +default).</p></li></ul></div><p> +The APW can do various things: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>upload a new driver to the Samba +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share;</p></li><li><p>associate an uploaded driver with an existing (but +still "driverless") print queue;</p></li><li><p>exchange the currently used driver for an existing +print queue with one that has been uploaded before;</p></li><li><p>add an entirely new printer to the Samba host (only in +conjunction with a working <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer command</tt></i>; +a corresponding <i class="parameter"><tt>delete printer command</tt></i> for +removing entries from the <span class="guiicon">Printers...</span> folder +may be provided too)</p></li></ul></div><p> +The last one (add a new printer) requires more effort than the +previous ones. In order to use the APW to successfully add a printer +to a Samba server, the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer command</tt></i> must +have a defined value. The program hook must successfully add the +printer to the Unix print system (i.e. to +<tt class="filename">/etc/printcap</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/printers.conf</tt> or other appropriate +files) and to if necessary. +</p><p> +When using the APW from a client, if the named printer share does not +exist, smbd will execute the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer +command</tt></i> and reparse to the +to attempt to locate the new printer share. If the share is still not +defined, an error of <span class="errorname">Access Denied</span> is +returned to the client. Note that the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer +command</tt></i> is executed under the context of the connected +user, not necessarily a root account. A <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest = bad +user</tt></i> may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong +privilege; you should check it by using the +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> command. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2931042"></a>Weird Error Message <span class="errorname">Cannot connect under a +different Name</span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Once you are connected with the wrong credentials, there is no means +to reverse the situation other than to close all Explorer windows, and +perhaps reboot. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <b class="command">net use \\SAMBA-SERVER\sharename +/user:root</b> gives you an error message: <tt class="computeroutput">Multiple +connections to a server or a shared resource by the same user +utilizing the several user names are not allowed. Disconnect all +previous connections to the server, resp. the shared resource, and try +again.</tt></p></li><li><p>Every attempt to "connect a network drive" to +<tt class="filename">\\SAMBASERVER\\print$</tt> to z: is countered by the +pertinacious message. <tt class="computeroutput">This network folder is currently +connected under different credentials (username and password). +Disconnect first any existing connection to this network share in +order to connect again under a different username and +password</tt>.</p></li></ul></div><p> +So you close all connections. You try again. You get the same +message. You check from the Samba side, using +<b class="command">smbstatus</b>. Yes, there are some more +connections. You kill them all. The client still gives you the same +error message. You watch the smbd.log file on a very high debug level +and try re-connect. Same error message, but not a single line in the +log. You start to wonder if there was a connection attempt at all. You +run ethereal and tcpdump while you try to connect. Result: not a +single byte goes on the wire. Windows still gives the error +message. You close all Explorer Windows and start it again. You try to +connect - and this times it works! Windows seems to cache connection +info somewhere and doesn't keep it up to date (if you are unlucky you +might need to reboot to get rid of the error message). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2931140"></a>Be careful when assembling Driver Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You need to be very careful when you take notes about the files and +belonging to a particular driver. Don't confuse the files for driver +version "0" (for Win95/98/ME, going into +<tt class="filename">[print$]/WIN/0/</tt>), driver version "2" (Kernel Mode +driver for WinNT, going into <tt class="filename">[print$]/W32X86/2/</tt> +<span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> be used on Win2K/XP too), and driver version +"3" (non-Kernel Mode driver going into +<tt class="filename">[print$]/W32X86/3/</tt> <span class="emphasis"><em>can not</em></span> +be used on WinNT). Very often these different driver versions contain +files carrying the same name; but still the files are very different! +Also, if you look at them from the Windows Explorer (they reside in +<tt class="filename">%WINDOWS%\system32\spool\drivers\W32X86\</tt>) you +will probably see names in capital letters, while an "enumdrivers" +command from Samba would show mixed or lower case letters. So it is +easy to confuse them. If you install them manually using +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> and subcommands, you may even succeed +without an error message. Only later, when you try install on a +client, you will encounter error messages like <tt class="computeroutput">This +server has no appropriate driver for the printer</tt>. +</p><p> +Here is an example. You are invited to look very closely at the +various files, compare their names and their spelling, and discover +the differences in the composition of the version-2 and -3 sets +Note: the version-0 set contained 40 (!) +<i class="parameter"><tt>Dependentfiles</tt></i>, so I left it out for space +reasons: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U 'Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i>' -c 'enumdrivers 3' 10.160.50.8 </tt></b> + + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [3] + Driver Name: [Canon iR8500 PS3] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3g.dll] + Datafile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\iR8500sg.xpd] + Configfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3gui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3g.hlp] + + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aucplmNT.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\ucs32p.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\tnl32.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aussdrv.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cnspdc.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aussapi.dat] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\CnS3G.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\NBAPI.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\NBIPC.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcview.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcdspl.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcedit.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcqm.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcspl.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cfine32.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcr407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\Cpcqm407.hlp] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcqm407.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3ggr.dll] + + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [] + + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [Canon iR5000-6000 PS3] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3g.dll] + Datafile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\IR5000sg.xpd] + Configfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3gui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3g.hlp] + + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\AUCPLMNT.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\aussdrv.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cnspdc.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\aussapi.dat] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\CnS3G.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\NBAPI.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\NBIPC.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3gum.dll] + + Monitorname: [CPCA Language Monitor2] + Defaultdatatype: [] + +</pre><p> +If we write the "version 2" files and the "version 3" files +into different text files and compare the result, we see this +picture: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>sdiff 2-files 3-files</tt></b> + + + cns3g.dll cns3g.dll + iR8500sg.xpd iR8500sg.xpd + cns3gui.dll cns3gui.dll + cns3g.hlp cns3g.hlp + AUCPLMNT.DLL | aucplmNT.dll + > ucs32p.dll + > tnl32.dll + aussdrv.dll aussdrv.dll + cnspdc.dll cnspdc.dll + aussapi.dat aussapi.dat + cns3407.dll cns3407.dll + CnS3G.cnt CnS3G.cnt + NBAPI.DLL NBAPI.DLL + NBIPC.DLL NBIPC.DLL + cns3gum.dll | cpcview.exe + > cpcdspl.exe + > cpcqm.exe + > cpcspl.dll + > cfine32.dll + > cpcr407.dll + > Cpcqm407.hlp + > cpcqm407.cnt + > cns3ggr.dll + +</pre><p> +Don't be fooled though! Driver files for each version with identical +names may be different in their content, as you can see from this size +comparison: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>for i in cns3g.hlp cns3gui.dll cns3g.dll; do \ + smbclient //10.160.50.8/print\$ -U 'Administrator%xxxx' \ + -c "cd W32X86/3; dir $i; cd .. ; cd 2; dir $i"; \ + done</tt></b> + + CNS3G.HLP A 122981 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3G.HLP A 99948 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + + CNS3GUI.DLL A 1805824 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3GUI.DLL A 1785344 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + + CNS3G.DLL A 1145088 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3G.DLL A 15872 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + +</pre><p> +In my example were even more differences than shown here. Conclusion: +you must be very careful to select the correct driver files for each +driver version. Don't rely on the names alone. Don't interchange files +belonging to different driver versions. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2931411"></a>Samba and Printer Ports</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each +printer. These normally take the form of <tt class="filename">LPT1:</tt>, +<tt class="filename">COM1:</tt>, <tt class="filename">FILE:</tt>, etc. Samba +must also support the concept of ports associated with a printer. By +default, only one printer port, named "Samba Printer Port", exists on +a system. Samba does not really need such a "port" in order to print; +it rather is a requirement of Windows clients. They insist on being +told about an available port when they request this info, otherwise +they throw an error message at you. So Samba fakes the port +information to keep the Windows clients happy. +</p><p> +Note that Samba does not support the concept of "Printer Pooling" +internally either. Printer Pooling assigns a logical printer to +multiple ports as a form of load balancing or fail over. +</p><p> +If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason or +another (“<span class="quote">My users and my Boss should not know that they are +working with Samba</span>”), possesses a +<i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command</tt></i> which can be used to define +an external program that generates a listing of ports on a system. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2931481"></a>Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So - printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print +well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts, +which don't look good at all. Some jobs print fast, and some are +dead-slow. We can't cover it all; but we want to encourage you to read +the little paragraph about "Avoiding the wrong PostScript Driver +Settings" in the CUPS Printing part of this document. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2931504"></a>The Imprints Toolset</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the +Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please +refer to the Imprints web site +at<a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</a> +as well as the documentation included with the imprints source +distribution. This section will only provide a brief introduction +to the features of Imprints. +</p><p><b>Attention! Maintainer required. </b> +Unfortunately, the Imprints toolset is no longer maintained. As of +December, 2000, the project is in need of a new maintainer. The most +important skill to have is decent perl coding and an interest in +MS-RPC based printing using Samba. If you wish to volunteer, please +coordinate your efforts on the samba-technical mailing list. The +toolset is still in usable form; but only for a series of older +printer models, where there are prepared packages to use. Packages for +more up to date print devices are needed if Imprints should have a +future.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2931549"></a>What is Imprints?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting these goals: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Providing a central repository information regarding +Windows NT and 95/98 printer driver packages</p></li><li><p>Providing the tools necessary for creating the +Imprints printer driver packages.</p></li><li><p>Providing an installation client which will obtain +printer drivers from a central internet (or intranet) Imprints Server +repository and install them on remote Samba and Windows NT4 print +servers.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2931590"></a>Creating Printer Driver Packages</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond the scope of +this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included with the Samba +distribution for more information). In short, an Imprints driver +package is a gzipped tarball containing the driver files, related INF +files, and a control file needed by the installation client. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2931609"></a>The Imprints Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Imprints server is really a database server that may be queried +via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer entry in the database has +an associated URL for the actual downloading of the package. Each +package is digitally signed via GnuPG which can be used to verify that +package downloaded is actually the one referred in the Imprints +database. It is strongly recommended that this security check +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be disabled. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2931634"></a>The Installation Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +More information regarding the Imprints installation client is +available in the <tt class="filename">Imprints-Client-HOWTO.ps</tt> file +included with the imprints source package. +</p><p> +The Imprints installation client comes in two forms. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a set of command line Perl scripts</p></li><li><p>a GTK+ based graphical interface to the command line Perl +scripts</p></li></ul></div><p> +The installation client (in both forms) provides a means of querying +the Imprints database server for a matching list of known printer +model names as well as a means to download and install the drivers on +remote Samba and Windows NT print servers. +</p><p> +The basic installation process is in four steps and perl code is +wrapped around smbclient and rpcclient +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li xmlns:ns50=""><ns50:p> + foreach (supported architecture for a given driver) + </ns50:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>rpcclient: Get the appropriate upload directory on the remote server</p></li><li><p>smbclient: Upload the driver files</p></li><li><p>rpcclient: Issues an AddPrinterDriver() MS-RPC</p></li></ol></div><ns50:p> + </ns50:p></li><li><p>rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually create the printer</p></li></ul></div><p> +One of the problems encountered when implementing the Imprints tool +set was the name space issues between various supported client +architectures. For example, Windows NT includes a driver named "Apple +LaserWriter II NTX v51.8" and Windows 95 calls its version of this +driver "Apple LaserWriter II NTX" +</p><p> +The problem is how to know what client drivers have been uploaded for +a printer. An astute reader will remember that the Windows NT Printer +Properties dialog only includes space for one printer driver name. A +quick look in the Windows NT 4.0 system registry at +</p><p><tt class="filename"> + HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environment +</tt></p><p> +will reveal that Windows NT always uses the NT driver name. This is +ok as Windows NT always requires that at least the Windows NT version +of the printer driver is present. However, Samba does not have the +requirement internally. Therefore, how can you use the NT driver name +if is has not already been installed? +</p><p> +The way of sidestepping this limitation is to require that all +Imprints printer driver packages include both the Intel Windows NT and +95/98 printer drivers and that NT driver is installed first. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2931786"></a>Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following MS Knowledge Base article may be of some help if you +need to handle Windows 2000 clients: <span class="emphasis"><em>How to Add Printers +with No User Interaction in Windows 2000.</em></span> ( <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;189105" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;189105</a> +). It also applies to Windows XP Professional clients. +</p><p> +The ideas sketched out below are inspired by this article. It +describes a commandline method which can be applied to install +network and local printers and their drivers. This is most useful +if integrated in Logon Scripts. You can see what options are +available by typing in a command prompt ("DOS box") this: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /?</tt></b></p><p> +A window pops up which shows you all of the commandline switches +available. An extensive list of examples is also provided. This is +only for Win 2k/XP. It doesn't work on WinNT. WinNT has probably some +other tools in the respective Resource Kit. Here is a suggestion about +what a client logon script might contain, with a short explanation of +what the lines actually do (it works if 2k/XP Windows clients access +printers via Samba, but works for Windows-based print servers too): +</p><pre class="screen"> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /dn /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-IPDS" /q</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-PS"</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /y /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-PS"</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Here is a list of the used commandline parameters: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">/dn</span></dt><dd><p>deletes a network printer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/q</span></dt><dd><p>quiet modus</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/n</span></dt><dd><p>names a printer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/in</span></dt><dd><p>adds a network printer connection</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/y</span></dt><dd><p>sets printer as default printer</p></dd></dl></div><p> +I have tested this with a Samba 2.2.7a and a Samba-3alpha24 +installation and Windows XP Professional clients. Note that this +specific command set works with network print queues (installing +local print queues requires different parameters, but this is of no +interest here). +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Line 1 deletes a possibly existing previous network +printer <span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-IPDS</em></span> (which had used native +Windows drivers with LPRng that were removed from the server which was +converted to CUPS). The <b class="command">/q</b> at the end eliminates +"Confirm" or error dialog boxes popping up. They should not be +presented to the user logging on.</p></li><li><p>Line 2 adds the new printer +<span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-PS</em></span> (which actually is same physical +device but is now run by the new CUPS printing system and associated +with the CUPS/Adobe PS drivers). The printer and its driver +<span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> have been added to Samba prior to the user +logging in (e.g. by a procedure as discussed earlier in this chapter, +or by running <b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b>). The driver is now +auto-downloaded to the client PC where the user is about to log +in.</p></li><li><p>Line 3 sets the default printer to this new network +printer (there might be several other printers installed with this +same method and some may be local as well -- so we deside for a +default printer). The default printer selection may of course be +different for different users.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Note that the second line only works if the printer +<span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-PS</em></span> has an already working printqueue +on "sambacupsserver", and if the printer drivers have sucessfully been +uploaded (via <b class="command">APW</b> , +<b class="command">smbclient/rpcclient</b> or +<b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b>) into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> driver repository of Samba. Also, some +Samba versions prior to version 3.0 required a re-start of smbd after +the printer install and the driver upload, otherwise the script (or +any other client driver download) would fail. +</p><p> +Since there no easy way to test for the existence of an installed +network printer from the logon script, the suggestion is: don't bother +checking and just allow the deinstallation/reinstallation to occur +every time a user logs in; it's really quick anyway (1 to 2 seconds). +</p><p> +The additional benefits for this are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>It puts in place any printer default setup changes +automatically at every user logon.</p></li><li><p>It allows for "roaming" users' login into the domain from +different workstations.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Since network printers are installed per user this much simplifies the +process of keeping the installation up-to-date. The extra few seconds +at logon time will not really be noticeable. Printers can be centrally +added, changed, and deleted at will on the server with no user +intervention required on the clients (you just need to keep the logon +scripts up to date). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2932115"></a>The <b class="command">addprinter</b> command</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <b class="command">addprinter</b> command can be configured to be a +shell script or program executed by Samba. It is triggered by running +the APW from a client against the Samba print server. The APW asks the +user to fill in several fields (such as printer name, driver to be +used, comment, port monitor, etc.). These parameters are passed on to +Samba by the APW. If the addprinter command is designed in a way that +it can create a new printer (through writing correct printcap entries +on legacy systems, or execute the <b class="command">lpadmin</b> command +on more modern systems) and create the associated share in +, then the APW will in effect really +create a new printer on Samba and the UNIX print subsystem! +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2932160"></a>Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The basic "NT-style" printer driver management has not changed +considerably in 3.0 over the 2.2.x releases (apart from many small +improvements). Here migration should be quite easy, especially if you +followed previous advice to stop using deprecated parameters in your +setup. For migrations from an existing 2.0.x setup, or if you +continued "Win9x-style" printing in your Samba 2.2 installations, it +is more of an effort. Please read the appropriate release notes and +the HOWTO Collection for 2.2. You can follow several paths. Here are +possible scenarios for migration: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You need to study and apply the new Windows NT printer +and driver support. Previously used parameters "<i class="parameter"><tt>printer +driver file</tt></i>", " <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver</tt></i>" and +"<i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location</tt></i>" are no longer +supported.</p></li><li><p>If you want to take advantage of WinNT printer driver +support you also need to migrate theWin9x/ME drivers to the new +setup.</p></li><li><p>An existing <tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> file +(the one specified in the now removed parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>printer +driver file = ...</tt></i>) will work no longer with Samba-3.0. In +3.0, smbd attempts to locate a Win9x/ME driver files for the printer +in <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> and additional settings in the TDB +and only there; if it fails it will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> (as 2.2.x +used to do) drop down to using a <tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> +(and all associated parameters). The make_printerdef tool is removed +and there is no backwards compatibility for this.</p></li><li><p>You need to install a Windows 9x driver into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share for a printer on your Samba +host. The driver files will be stored in the "WIN40/0" subdirectory of +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>, and some other settings and info go +into the printing-related TDBs.</p></li><li><p>If you want to migrate an existing +<tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> file into the new setup, the current +only solution is to use the Windows NT APW to install the NT drivers +and the 9x drivers. This can be scripted using smbclient and +rpcclient. See the Imprints installation client at: +</p><p> +<a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top"><span class="emphasis"><em>http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</em></span></a> +</p><p> +for an example. See also the discussion of rpcclient usage in the +"CUPS Printing" section.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2932329"></a>Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We will publish an update to this section shortly. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2932343"></a>Common Errors and Problems</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here are a few typical errors and problems people have +encountered. You can avoid them. Read on. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932356"></a>I give my root password but I don't get access</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Don't confuse the root password which is valid for the Unix system +(and in most cases stored in the form of a one-way hash in a file +named <tt class="filename">/etc/shadow</tt>) with the password used to +authenticate against Samba!. Samba doesn't know the UNIX password; for +root to access Samba resources via Samba-type access, a Samba account +for root must be created first. This is often done with the +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b> command. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932390"></a>My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Don't use the existing Unix print system spool directory for the Samba +spool directory. It may seem convenient and a saving of space, but it +only leads to problems. The two <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be separate. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="CUPS-printing"></a>Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Kurt</span> <span class="surname">Pfeifle</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname"> Danka Deutschland GmbH <br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Ciprian</span> <span class="surname">Vizitiu</span></h3><span class="contrib">drawings</span><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:CVizitiu@gbif.org">CVizitiu@gbif.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (3 June 2003) </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2939414">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2939421">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939469">Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2939521">Basic Configuration of CUPS support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2939600">Linking of smbd with libcups.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932509">Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932572">More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2932671">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2932692">Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932719">CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932755">Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932814">Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2932975">Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2933068">Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2933143">GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933188">Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933286">Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933358">PostScript and Ghostscript</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933454">Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2933550">PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946373">CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946462">CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946485">The CUPS Filtering Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946623">MIME types and CUPS Filters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946811">MIME type Conversion Rules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946927">Filter Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947096">Prefilters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947181">pstops</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947284">pstoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947440">imagetops and imagetoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947495">rasterto [printerspecific]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947580">CUPS Backends</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947894">cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947997">The Complete Picture</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948012">mime.convs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948065">"Raw" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948120">"application/octet-stream" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948335">PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948562">Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948719">Examples for filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948948">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949073">Printing with Interface Scripts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949135">Network printing (purely Windows)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949151">From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949190">Driver Execution on the Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949249">Driver Execution on the Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949312">Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949333">From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949493">Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949571">Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949626">PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949667">PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949732">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949750">Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949784">Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949805">CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949832">PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2949866"> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2949885">cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2949976">Prepare your smb.conf for +cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950023">CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950220">Recognize the different Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950278">Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950311">ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950361">Caveats to be considered</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950582">What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950763">Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2950864">Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951007">Understanding cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951101">How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951188">cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951223">cupsaddsmb Flowchart</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951274">Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951389">Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2951523">Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2951638">A Check of the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951750">Understanding the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951829">Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2951919">What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952081">Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952701">Troubleshooting revisited</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2952803">The printing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2952906">Trivial DataBase Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2952976">Binary Format</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953038">Losing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953097">Using tdbbackup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2953159">CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2953265">foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2953893">foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2954351">Page Accounting with CUPS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2954382">Setting up Quotas</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954413">Correct and incorrect Accounting</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954454">Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954526">The page_log File Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954628">Possible Shortcomings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954699">Future Developments</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954747">Other Accounting Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2954762">Additional Material</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2954956">Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955001">CUPS Configuration Settings explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955083">Pre-conditions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955144">Manual Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2955162">When not to use Samba to print to +CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955180">In Case of Trouble.....</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955214">Where to find Documentation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955227">How to ask for Help</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955240">Where to find Help</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2955254">Appendix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2955261">Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955455">More CUPS filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2955709">Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2956815">An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2939414"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939421"></a>Features and Benefits</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The Common Unix Print System (<a href="http://www.cups.org/" target="_top">CUPS</a>) has become very popular. All + big Linux distributions now ship it as their default printing + system. But to many it is still a very mystical tool. Normally it + "just works" (TM). People tend to regard it as a sort of "black box", + which they don't want to look into, as long as it works OK. But once + there is a little problem, they are in trouble to find out where to + start debugging it. Also, even the most recent and otherwise excellent + printed Samba documentation has only limited attention paid to CUPS + printing, leaving out important pieces or even writing plain wrong + things about it. This demands rectification. But before you dive into + this chapter, make sure that you don't forget to refer to the + "Classical Printing" chapter also. It contains a lot of information + that is relevant for CUPS too. + </p><p> + CUPS sports quite a few unique and powerful features. While their + basic functions may be grasped quite easily, they are also + new. Because they are different from other, more traditional printing + systems, it is best to try and not apply any prior knowledge about + printing upon this new system. Rather try to start understand CUPS + from the beginning. This documentation will lead you here to a + complete understanding of CUPS, if you study all of the material + contained. But lets start with the most basic things first. Maybe this + is all you need for now. Then you can skip most of the other + paragraphs. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939469"></a>Overview</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + CUPS is more than just a print spooling system. It is a complete + printer management system that complies with the new IPP + (<span class="emphasis"><em>Internet Printing Protocol</em></span>). IPP is an industry + and IETF (<span class="emphasis"><em>Internet Engineering Task Force</em></span>) + standard for network printing. Many of its functions can be managed + remotely (or locally) via a web browser (giving you a + platform-independent access to the CUPS print server). In addition it + has the traditional commandline and several more modern GUI interfaces + (GUI interfaces developed by 3rd parties, like KDE's + overwhelming <a href="http://printing.kde.org/" target="_top">KDEPrint</a>). + </p><p> + CUPS allows creation of "raw" printers (ie: NO print file + format translation) as well as "smart" printers (i.e. CUPS does + file format conversion as required for the printer). In many ways + this gives CUPS similar capabilities to the MS Windows print + monitoring system. Of course, if you are a CUPS advocate, you would + argue that CUPS is better! In any case, let us now move on to + explore how one may configure CUPS for interfacing with MS Windows + print clients via Samba. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2939521"></a>Basic Configuration of CUPS support</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Printing with CUPS in the most basic <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + setup in Samba 3.0 (as was true for 2.2.x) only needs two + settings: <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = cups</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>printcap + = cups</tt></i>. CUPS itself doesn't need a printcap file + anymore. However, the <tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> configuration + file knows two related directives: they control if such a file should + be automatically created and maintained by CUPS for the convenience of + third party applications (example: <i class="parameter"><tt>Printcap + /etc/printcap</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>PrintcapFormat + BSD</tt></i>). These legacy programs often require the existence of + printcap file containing printernames or they will refuse to + print. Make sure CUPS is set to generate and maintain a printcap! For + details see <b class="command">man cupsd.conf</b> and other CUPS-related + documentation, like the wealth of documents on your CUPS server + itself: <a href="http://localhost:631/documentation.html" target="_top">http://localhost:631/documentation.html</a>. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939600"></a>Linking of smbd with <tt class="filename">libcups.so</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba has a very special relationship to CUPS. The reason is: Samba + can be compiled with CUPS library support. Most recent installations + have this support enabled, and per default CUPS linking is compiled + into smbd and other Samba binaries. Of course, you can use CUPS even + if Samba is not linked against <tt class="filename">libcups.so</tt> -- but + there are some differences in required or supported configuration + then. + </p><p> + If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then <i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = + cups</tt></i> uses the CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs, + query queues, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands with an + additional <b class="command">-oraw</b> option for printing. On a Linux + system, you can use the <b class="command">ldd</b> utility to find out + details (ldd may not be present on other OS platforms, or its function + may be embodied by a different command): + </p><pre class="screen"> + transmeta:/home/kurt # ldd `which smbd` + libssl.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6 (0x4002d000) + libcrypto.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libcrypto.so.0.9.6 (0x4005a000) + libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000) + [....] + </pre><p> + The line <tt class="computeroutput">libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 + (0x40123000)</tt> shows there is CUPS support compiled + into this version of Samba. If this is the case, and printing = cups + is set, then <span class="emphasis"><em>any otherwise manually set print command in + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> is ignored</em></span>. This is an + important point to remember! + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> Should you require -- for any reason -- to set your own + print commands, you can still do this by setting <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = + sysv</tt></i>. However, you'll loose all the benefits from the + close CUPS/Samba integration. You are on your own then to manually + configure the rest of the printing system commands (most important: + <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i>; other commands are + <i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command, lpresume command, lpq command, lprm + command, queuepause command </tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>queue resume + command</tt></i>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932509"></a>Simple <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> Settings for CUPS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To summarize, here is the simplest printing-related setup + for<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to enable basic CUPS support: + </p><pre class="screen"> + + [global] + load printers = yes + printing = cups + printcap name = cups + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + path = /var/spool/samba + browseable = no + public = yes + guest ok = yes + writable = no + printable = yes + printer admin = root, @ntadmins + + </pre><p> + This is all you need for basic printing setup for CUPS. It will print + all Graphic, Text, PDF and PostScript file submitted from Windows + clients. However, most of your Windows users would not know how to + send these kind of files to print without opening a GUI + application. Windows clients tend to have local printer drivers + installed. And the GUI application's print buttons start a printer + driver. Your users also very rarely send files from the command + line. Unlike UNIX clients, they hardly submit graphic, text or PDF + formatted files directly to the spooler. They nearly exclusively print + from GUI applications, with a "printer driver" hooked in between the + applications native format and the print data stream. If the backend + printer is not a PostScript device, the print data stream is "binary", + sensible only for the target printer. Read on to learn which problem + this may cause and how to avoid it. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932572"></a>More complex <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> Settings for +CUPS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a slightly more complex printing-related setup +for<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. It enables general CUPS printing +support for all printers, but defines one printer share which is set +up differently. +</p><pre class="screen"> + + [global] + printing = cups + printcap name = cups + load printers = yes + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + path = /var/spool/samba + public = yes + guest ok = yes + writable = no + printable = yes + printer admin = root, @ntadmins + + [special_printer] + comment = A special printer with his own settings + path = /var/spool/samba-special + printing = sysv + printcap = lpstat + print command = echo "NEW: `date`: printfile %f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ;\ + echo " `date`: p-%p s-%s f-%f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ;\ + echo " `date`: j-%j J-%J z-%z c-%c" >> /tmp/smbprn.log :\ + rm %f + public = no + guest ok = no + writeable = no + printable = yes + printer admin = kurt + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0 + hosts allow = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60 + +</pre><p> +This special share is only there for my testing purposes. It doesn't +even write the printjob to a file. It just logs the job parameters +known to Samba into the <tt class="filename">/tmp/smbprn.log</tt> file and +deletes the jobfile. Moreover, the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer +admin</tt></i> of this share is "kurt" (not the "@ntadmins" group); +guest access is not allowed; the share isn't announced in Network +Neighbourhood (so you need to know it is there), and it is only +allowing access from three hosts. To prevent CUPS kicking in and +taking over the print jobs for that share, we need to set +<i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = +lpstat</tt></i>. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2932671"></a>Advanced Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before we dive into all the configuration options, let's clarify a few +points. <span class="emphasis"><em>Network printing needs to be organized and setup +correctly</em></span>. Often this is not done correctly. Legacy systems +or small LANs in business environments often lack a clear design and +good housekeeping. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932692"></a>Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Many small office or home networks, as well as badly organized larger +environments, allow each client a direct access to available network +printers. Generally, this is a bad idea. It often blocks one client's +access to the printer when another client's job is printing. It also +might freeze the first client's application while it is waiting to get +rid of the job. Also, there are frequent complaints about various jobs +being printed with their pages mixed with each other. A better concept +is the usage of a "print server": it routes all jobs through one +central system, which responds immediately, takes jobs from multiple +concurrent clients at the same time and in turn transfers them to the +printer(s) in the correct order. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932719"></a>CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Most traditionally configured Unix print servers acting on behalf of +Samba's Windows clients represented a really simple setup. Their only +task was to manage the "raw" spooling of all jobs handed to them by +Samba. This approach meant that the Windows clients were expected to +prepare the printjob file in such a way that it became fit to be fed to +the printing device. Here a native (vendor-supplied) Windows printer +driver for the target device needed to be installed on each and every +client. +</p><p> +Of course you can setup CUPS, Samba and your Windows clients in the +same, traditional and simple way. When CUPS printers are configured +for RAW print-through mode operation it is the responsibility of the +Samba client to fully render the print job (file). The file must be +sent in a format that is suitable for direct delivery to the +printer. Clients need to run the vendor-provided drivers to do +this. In this case CUPS will NOT do any print file format conversion +work. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932755"></a>Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The printer drivers on the Windows clients may be installed +in two functionally different ways: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>manually install the drivers locally on each client, +one by one; this yields the old <span class="emphasis"><em>LanMan</em></span> style +printing; it uses a <tt class="filename">\\sambaserver\printershare</tt> +type of connection.</p></li><li><p>deposit and prepare the drivers (for later download) on +the print server (Samba); this enables the clients to use +"Point'n'Print" to get drivers semi-automatically installed the +first time they access the printer; with this method NT/2K/XP +clients use the <span class="emphasis"><em>SPOOLSS/MS-RPC</em></span> +type printing calls.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The second method is recommended for use over the first. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932814"></a>Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/octet-stream</em></span>!</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you use the first option (drivers are installed on the client +side), there is one setting to take care of: CUPS needs to be told +that it should allow "raw" printing of deliberate (binary) file +formats. The CUPS files that need to be correctly set for RAW mode +printers to work are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/etc/cups/mime.types +</p></li><li><p>/etc/cups/mime.convs</p></li></ul></div><p> +Both contain entries (at the end of the respective files) which must +be uncommented to allow RAW mode operation. +In<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> make sure this line is +present: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream + +</pre><p> +In <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt>, +have this line: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + +</pre><p> +If these two files are not set up correctly for raw Windows client +printing, you may encounter the dreaded <tt class="computeroutput">Unable to +convert file 0</tt> in your CUPS error_log file. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>editing the <tt class="filename">mime.convs</tt> and the +<tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> file does not +<span class="emphasis"><em>enforce</em></span> "raw" printing, it only +<span class="emphasis"><em>allows</em></span> it. +</p></div><p><b>Background. </b> +CUPS being a more security-aware printing system than traditional ones +does not by default allow a user to send deliberate (possibly binary) +data to printing devices. This could be easily abused to launch a +"Denial of Service" attack on your printer(s), causing at the least +the loss of a lot of paper and ink. "Unknown" data are tagged by CUPS +as <span class="emphasis"><em>MIME type: application/octet-stream</em></span> and not +allowed to go to the printer. By default, you can only send other +(known) MIME types "raw". Sending data "raw" means that CUPS does not +try to convert them and passes them to the printer untouched (see next +chapter for even more background explanations). +</p><p> +This is all you need to know to get the CUPS/Samba combo printing +"raw" files prepared by Windows clients, which have vendor drivers +locally installed. If you are not interested in background information about +more advanced CUPS/Samba printing, simply skip the remaining sections +of this chapter. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932975"></a>Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you want to use the MS-RPC type printing, you must upload the +drivers onto the Samba server first (<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share). For a discussion on how to deposit printer drivers on the +Samba host (so that the Windows clients can download and use them via +"Point'n'Print") please also refer to the previous chapter of this +HOWTO Collection. There you will find a description or reference to +three methods of preparing the client drivers on the Samba server: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the GUI, "Add Printer Wizard" +<span class="emphasis"><em>upload-from-a-Windows-client</em></span> +method;</p></li><li><p>the commandline, "smbclient/rpcclient" +<span class="emphasis"><em>upload-from-a-UNIX-workstation</em></span> +method;</p></li><li><p>the <span class="emphasis"><em>Imprints</em></span> Toolset +method.</p></li></ul></div><p> +These 3 methods apply to CUPS all the same. A new and more +convenient way to load the Windows drivers into Samba is provided +provided if you use CUPS: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span> +utility.</p></li></ul></div><p> +cupsaddsmb is discussed in much detail further below. But we will +first explore the CUPS filtering system and compare the Windows and +UNIX printing architectures. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2933068"></a>Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Still reading on? Good. Let's go into more detail then. We now know +how to set up a "dump" printserver, that is, a server which is spooling +printjobs "raw", leaving the print data untouched. +</p><p> +Possibly you need to setup CUPS in a more smart way. The reasons could +be manifold: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Maybe your boss wants to get monthly statistics: Which +printer did how many pages? What was the average data size of a job? +What was the average print run per day? What are the typical hourly +peaks in printing? Which departments prints how +much?</p></li><li><p>Maybe you are asked to setup a print quota system: +users should not be able to print more jobs, once they have surpassed +a given limit per period?</p></li><li><p>Maybe your previous network printing setup is a mess +and shall be re-organized from a clean beginning?</p></li><li><p>Maybe you have experiencing too many "Blue Screens", +originating from poorly debugged printer drivers running in NT "kernel +mode"?</p></li></ul></div><p> +These goals cannot be achieved by a raw print server. To build a +server meeting these requirements, you'll first need to learn about +how CUPS works and how you can enable its features. +</p><p> +What follows is the comparison of some fundamental concepts for +Windows and Unix printing; then is the time for a description of the +CUPS filtering system, how it works and how you can tweak it. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933143"></a>GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Network printing is one of the most complicated and error-prone +day-to-day tasks any user or an administrator may encounter. This is +true for all OS platforms. And there are reasons for this. +</p><p> +You can't expect for most file formats to just throw them towards +printers and they get printed. There needs to be a file format +conversion in between. The problem is: there is no common standard for +print file formats across all manufacturers and printer types. While +<span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript</em></span> (trademark held by Adobe), and to an +extend<span class="emphasis"><em>PCL</em></span> (trademark held by HP), have developed +into semi-official "standards", by being the most widely used PDLs +(<span class="emphasis"><em>Page Description Languages</em></span>), there are still +many manufacturers who "roll their own" (their reasons may be +unacceptable license fees for using printer-embedded PostScript +interpreters, etc.). +</p></div><div xmlns:ns51="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933188"></a>Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In Windows OS, the format conversion job is done by the printer +drivers. On MS Windows OS platforms all application programmers have +at their disposal a built-in API, the GDI (<span class="emphasis"><em>Graphical Device +Interface</em></span>), as part and parcel of the OS itself, to base +themselves on. This GDI core is used as one common unified ground, for +all Windows programs, to draw pictures, fonts and documents +<span class="emphasis"><em>on screen</em></span> as well as <span class="emphasis"><em>on +paper</em></span> (=print). Therefore printer driver developers can +standardize on a well-defined GDI output for their own driver +input. Achieving WYSIWYG ("What You See Is What You Get") is +relatively easy, because the on-screen graphic primitives, as well as +the on-paper drawn objects, come from one common source. This source, +the GDI, produces often a file format called EMF (<span class="emphasis"><em>Enhanced +MetaFile</em></span>). The EMF is processed by the printer driver and +converted to the printer-specific file format. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +To the GDI foundation in MS Windows, Apple has chosen to +put paper and screen output on a common foundation for their +(BSD-Unix-based, did you know??) Mac OS X and Darwin Operating +Systems.Their <span class="emphasis"><em>Core Graphic Engine</em></span> uses a +<span class="emphasis"><em>PDF</em></span> derivate for all display work. +</p></div><ns51:p> + +</ns51:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2933252"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.1. Windows Printing to a local Printer</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/1small.png" alt="Windows Printing to a local Printer"></div></div><ns51:p> +</ns51:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933286"></a>Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In Unix and Linux, there is no comparable layer built into the OS +kernel(s) or the X (screen display) server. Every application is +responsible for itself to create its print output. Fortunately, most +use PostScript. That gives at least some common ground. Unfortunately, +there are many different levels of quality for this PostScript. And +worse: there is a huge difference (and no common root) in the way how +the same document is displayed on screen and how it is presented on +paper. WYSIWYG is more difficult to achieve. This goes back to the +time decades ago, when the predecessors of <span class="emphasis"><em>X.org</em></span>, +designing the UNIX foundations and protocols for Graphical User +Interfaces refused to take over responsibility for "paper output" +also, as some had demanded at the time, and restricted itself to +"on-screen only". (For some years now, the "Xprint" project has been +under development, attempting to build printing support into the X +framework, including a PostScript and a PCL driver, but it is not yet +ready for prime time.) You can see this unfavorable inheritance up to +the present day by looking into the various "font" directories on your +system; there are separate ones for fonts used for X display and fonts +to be used on paper. +</p><p><b>Background. </b> +The PostScript programming language is an "invention" by Adobe Inc., +but its specifications have been published to the full. Its strength +lies in its powerful abilities to describe graphical objects (fonts, +shapes, patterns, lines, curves, dots...), their attributes (color, +linewidth...) and the way to manipulate (scale, distort, rotate, +shift...) them. Because of its open specification, anybody with the +skill can start writing his own implementation of a PostScript +interpreter and use it to display PostScript files on screen or on +paper. Most graphical output devices are based on the concept of +"raster images" or "pixels" (one notable exception are pen +plotters). Of course, you can look at a PostScript file in its textual +form and you will be reading its PostScript code, the language +instructions which need to be interpreted by a rasterizer. Rasterizers +produce pixel images, which may be displayed on screen by a viewer +program or on paper by a printer. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns52="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933358"></a>PostScript and Ghostscript</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So, Unix is lacking a common ground for printing on paper and +displaying on screen. Despite this unfavorable legacy for Unix, basic +printing is fairly easy: if you have PostScript printers at your +disposal! The reason is: these devices have a built-in PostScript +language "interpreter", also called a <span class="emphasis"><em>Raster Image +Processor</em></span> (RIP), (which makes them more expensive than +other types of printers); throw PostScript towards them, and they will +spit out your printed pages. Their RIP is doing all the hard work of +converting the PostScript drawing commands into a bitmap picture as +you see it on paper, in a resolution as done by your printer. This is +no different to PostScript printing of a file from a Windows origin. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Traditional Unix programs and printing systems -- while +using PostScript -- are largely not PPD-aware. PPDs are "PostScript +Printer Description" files. They enable you to specify and control all +options a printer supports: duplexing, stapling, punching... Therefore +Unix users for a long time couldn't choose many of the supported +device and job options, unlike Windows or Apple users. But now there +is CUPS.... ;-) +</p></div><ns52:p> +</ns52:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2933404"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.2. Printing to a Postscript Printer</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/2small.png" alt="Printing to a Postscript Printer"></div></div><ns52:p> +</ns52:p><p> +However, there are other types of printers out there. These don't know +how to print PostScript. They use their own <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Description +Language</em></span> (PDL, often proprietary). To print to them is much +more demanding. Since your Unix applications mostly produce +PostScript, and since these devices don't understand PostScript, you +need to convert the printfiles to a format suitable for your printer +on the host, before you can send it away. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns53="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933454"></a>Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is where<span class="emphasis"><em>Ghostscript</em></span> kicks in. Ghostscript is +the traditional (and quite powerful) PostScript interpreter used on +Unix platforms. It is a RIP in software, capable to do a +<span class="emphasis"><em>lot</em></span> of file format conversions, for a very broad +spectrum of hardware devices as well as software file formats. +Ghostscript technology and drivers is what enables PostScript printing +to non-PostScript hardware. +</p><ns53:p> +</ns53:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2933484"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.3. Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/3small.png" alt="Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers"></div></div><ns53:p> +</ns53:p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +Use the "gs -h" command to check for all built-in "devices" of your +Ghostscript version. If you specify e.g. a parameter of +<i class="parameter"><tt>-sDEVICE=png256</tt></i> on your Ghostscript command +line, you are asking Ghostscript to convert the input into a PNG +file. Naming a "device" on the commandline is the most important +single parameter to tell Ghostscript how exactly it should render the +input. New Ghostscript versions are released at fairly regular +intervals, now by artofcode LLC. They are initially put under the +"AFPL" license, but re-released under the GNU GPL as soon as the next +AFPL version appears. GNU Ghostscript is probably the version +installed on most Samba systems. But it has got some +deficiencies. Therefore ESP Ghostscript was developed as an +enhancement over GNU Ghostscript, with lots of bug-fixes, additional +devices and improvements. It is jointly maintained by developers from +CUPS, Gimp-Print, MandrakeSoft, SuSE, RedHat and Debian. It includes +the "cups" device (essential to print to non-PS printers from CUPS). +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2933550"></a>PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +While PostScript in essence is a <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Description +Language</em></span> (PDL) to represent the page layout in a +<span class="emphasis"><em>device independent</em></span> way, real world print jobs are +always ending up to be output on a hardware with device-specific +features. To take care of all the differences in hardware, and to +allow for innovations, Adobe has specified a syntax and file format +for <span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript Printer Description</em></span> (PPD) +files. Every PostScript printer ships with one of these files. +</p><p> +PPDs contain all information about general and special features of the +given printer model: Which different resolutions can it handle? Does +it have a Duplexing Unit? How many paper trays are there? What media +types and sizes does it take? For each item it also names the special +command string to be sent to the printer (mostly inside the PostScript +file) in order to enable it. +</p><p> +Information from these PPDs is meant to be taken into account by the +printer drivers. Therefore, installed as part of the Windows +PostScript driver for a given printer is the printer's PPD. Where it +makes sense, the PPD features are presented in the drivers' UI dialogs +to display to the user as choice of print options. In the end, the +user selections are somehow written (in the form of special +PostScript, PJL, JCL or vendor-dependent commands) into the PostScript +file created by the driver. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +A PostScript file that was created to contain device-specific commands +for achieving a certain print job output (e.g. duplexed, stapled and +punched) on a specific target machine, may not print as expected, or +may not be printable at all on other models; it also may not be fit +for further processing by software (e.g. by a PDF distilling program). +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946373"></a>CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS can handle all spec-compliant PPDs as supplied by the +manufacturers for their PostScript models. Even if a +Unix/Linux-illiterate vendor might not have mentioned our favorite +OS in his manuals and brochures -- you can safely trust this: +<span class="emphasis"><em>if you get hold of the Windows NT version of the PPD, you +can use it unchanged in CUPS</em></span> and thus access the full +power of your printer just like a Windows NT user could! +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +To check the spec compliance of any PPD online, go to <a href="http://www.cups.org/testppd.php" target="_top">http://www.cups.org/testppd.php</a> +and upload your PPD. You will see the results displayed +immediately. CUPS in all versions after 1.1.19 has a much more strict +internal PPD parsing and checking code enabled; in case of printing +trouble this online resource should be one of your first pitstops. +</p></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +For real PostScript printers <span class="emphasis"><em>don't</em></span> use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Foomatic</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic</em></span> +PPDs from Linuxprinting.org. With these devices the original +vendor-provided PPDs are always the first choice! +</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +If you are looking for an original vendor-provided PPD of a specific +device, and you know that an NT4 box (or any other Windows box) on +your LAN has the PostScript driver installed, just use +<b class="command">smbclient //NT4-box/print\$ -U username</b> to +access the Windows directory where all printer driver files are +stored. First look in the <tt class="filename">W32X86/2</tt> subdir for +the PPD you are seeking. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946462"></a>CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS also uses specially crafted PPDs to handle non-PostScript +printers. These PPDs are usually not available from the vendors (and +no, you can't just take the PPD of a Postscript printer with the same +model name and hope it works for the non-PostScript version too). To +understand how these PPDs work for non-PS printers we first need to +dive deeply into the CUPS filtering and file format conversion +architecture. Stay tuned. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2946485"></a>The CUPS Filtering Architecture</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The core of the CUPS filtering system is based on +<span class="emphasis"><em>Ghostscript</em></span>. In addition to Ghostscript, CUPS +uses some other filters of its own. You (or your OS vendor) may have +plugged in even more filters. CUPS handles all data file formats under +the label of various <span class="emphasis"><em>MIME types</em></span>. Every incoming +printfile is subjected to an initial +<span class="emphasis"><em>auto-typing</em></span>. The auto-typing determines its given +MIME type. A given MIME type implies zero or more possible filtering +chains relevant to the selected target printer. This section discusses +how MIME types recognition and conversion rules interact. They are +used by CUPS to automatically setup a working filtering chain for any +given input data format. +</p><p> +If CUPS rasterizes a PostScript file <span class="emphasis"><em>natively</em></span> to +a bitmap, this is done in 2 stages: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the first stage uses a Ghostscript device named "cups" +(this is since version 1.1.15) and produces a generic raster format +called "CUPS raster". +</p></li><li><p>the second stage uses a "raster driver" which converts +the generic CUPS raster to a device specific raster.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Make sure your Ghostscript version has the "cups" device compiled in +(check with <b class="command">gs -h | grep cups</b>). Otherwise you +may encounter the dreaded <tt class="computeroutput">Unable to convert file +0</tt> in your CUPS error_log file. To have "cups" as a +device in your Ghostscript, you either need to <span class="emphasis"><em>patch GNU +Ghostscript</em></span> and re-compile or use <a href="http://www.cups.org/ghostscript.php" target="_top">ESP Ghostscript</a>. The +superior alternative is ESP Ghostscript: it supports not just CUPS, +but 300 other devices too (while GNU Ghostscript supports only about +180). Because of this broad output device support, ESP Ghostscript is +the first choice for non-CUPS spoolers too. It is now recommended by +Linuxprinting.org for all spoolers. +</p><p> +CUPS printers may be setup to use <span class="emphasis"><em>external</em></span> +rendering paths. One of the most common ones is provided by the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Foomatic/cupsomatic</em></span> concept, from <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/" target="_top">Linuxprinting.org</a>. This +uses the classical Ghostscript approach, doing everything in one +step. It doesn't use the "cups" device, but one of the many +others. However, even for Foomatic/cupsomatic usage, best results and +broadest printer model support is provided by ESP Ghostscript (more +about cupsomatic/Foomatic, particularly the new version called now +<span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic-rip</em></span>, follows below). +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946623"></a>MIME types and CUPS Filters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS reads the file <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> +(and all other files carrying a <tt class="filename">*.types</tt> suffix +in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain the MIME +type recognition rules which are applied when CUPS runs its +auto-typing routines. The rule syntax is explained in the man page +for <tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> and in the comments section of the +<tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> file itself. A simple rule reads +like this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/pdf pdf string(0,%PDF) + +</pre><p> +This means: if a filename has either a +<tt class="filename">.pdf</tt> suffix, or if the magic +string <span class="emphasis"><em>%PDF</em></span> is right at the +beginning of the file itself (offset 0 from the start), then it is +a PDF file (<span class="emphasis"><em>application/pdf</em></span>). +Another rule is this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/postscript ai eps ps string(0,%!) string(0,<04>%!) + +</pre><p> +Its meaning: if the filename has one of the suffixes +<tt class="filename">.ai</tt>, <tt class="filename">.eps</tt>, +<tt class="filename">.ps</tt> or if the file itself starts with one of the +strings <span class="emphasis"><em>%!</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em><04>%!</em></span>, it +is a generic PostScript file +(<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span>). +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +There is a very important difference between two similar MIME type in +CUPS: one is <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span>, the other is +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span>. While +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> is meant to be device +independent (job options for the file are still outside the PS file +content, embedded in commandline or environment variables by CUPS), +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span> may have the job +options inserted into the PostScript data itself (were +applicable). The transformation of the generic PostScript +(application/postscript) to the device-specific version +(application/vnd.cups-postscript) is the responsibility of the +CUPS <span class="emphasis"><em>pstops</em></span> filter. pstops uses information +contained in the PPD to do the transformation. +</p></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +Don't confuse the other mime.types file your system might be using +with the one in the <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/</tt> directory. +</p></div><p> +CUPS can handle ASCII text, HP-GL, PDF, PostScript, DVI and a +lot of image formats (GIF. PNG, TIFF, JPEG, Photo-CD, SUN-Raster, +PNM, PBM, SGI-RGB and some more) and their associated MIME types +with its filters. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946811"></a>MIME type Conversion Rules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS reads the file <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt> +(and all other files named with a <tt class="filename">*.convs</tt> +suffix in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain +lines naming an input MIME type, an output MIME type, a format +conversion filter which can produce the output from the input type +and virtual costs associated with this conversion. One example line +reads like this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/pdf application/postscript 33 pdftops + +</pre><p> +This means that the <span class="emphasis"><em>pdftops</em></span> filter will take +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/pdf</em></span> as input and produce +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> as output, the virtual +cost of this operation is 33 CUPS-$. The next filter is more +expensive, costing 66 CUPS-$: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/vnd.hp-HPGL application/postscript 66 hpgltops + +</pre><p> +This is the <span class="emphasis"><em>hpgltops</em></span>, which processes HP-GL +plotter files to PostScript. +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream + +</pre><p> +Here are two more examples: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/x-shell application/postscript 33 texttops + text/plain application/postscript 33 texttops + +</pre><p> +The last two examples name the <span class="emphasis"><em>texttops</em></span> filter +to work on "text/plain" as well as on "application/x-shell". (Hint: +this differentiation is needed for the syntax highlighting feature of +"texttops"). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946927"></a>Filter Requirements</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are many more combinations named in mime.convs. However, you +are not limited to use the ones pre-defined there. You can plug in any +filter you like into the CUPS framework. It must meet, or must be made +to meet some minimal requirements. If you find (or write) a cool +conversion filter of some kind, make sure it complies to what CUPS +needs, and put in the right lines in <tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> +and <tt class="filename">mime.convs</tt>, then it will work seamlessly +inside CUPS! +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +The mentioned "CUPS requirements" for filters are simple. Take +filenames or <tt class="filename">stdin</tt> as input and write to +<tt class="filename">stdout</tt>. They should take these 5 or 6 arguments: +<span class="emphasis"><em>printer job user title copies options [filename]</em></span> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The name of the printer queue (normally this is the +name of the filter being run)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">job</span></dt><dd><p>The numeric job ID for the job being +printed</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The string from the originating-user-name +attribute</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The string from the job-name attribute</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The numeric value from the number-copies +attribute</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The job options</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>(Optionally) The print request file (if missing, +filters expected data fed through <tt class="filename">stdin</tt>). In most +cases it is very easy to write a simple wrapper script around existing +filters to make them work with CUPS.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div xmlns:ns54="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947096"></a>Prefilters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As was said, PostScript is the central file format to any Unix based +printing system. From PostScript, CUPS generates raster data to feed +non-PostScript printers. +</p><p> +But what is happening if you send one of the supported non-PS formats +to print? Then CUPS runs "pre-filters" on these input formats to +generate PostScript first. There are pre-filters to create PS from +ASCII text, PDF, DVI or HP-GL. The outcome of these filters is always +of MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> (meaning that +any device-specific print options are not yet embedded into the +PostScript by CUPS, and that the next filter to be called is +pstops). Another pre-filter is running on all supported image formats, +the <span class="emphasis"><em>imagetops</em></span> filter. Its outcome is always of +MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span> +(<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> application/postscript), meaning it has the +print options already embedded into the file. +</p><ns54:p> +</ns54:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2947147"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.4. Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/4small.png" alt="Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript"></div></div><ns54:p> +</ns54:p></div><div xmlns:ns55="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947181"></a>pstops</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>pstops</em></span>is the filter to convert +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> to +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span>. It was said +above that this filter inserts all device-specific print options +(commands to the printer to ask for the duplexing of output, or +stapling an punching it, etc.) into the PostScript file. +</p><ns55:p> +</ns55:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2947212"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.5. Adding Device-specific Print Options</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/5small.png" alt="Adding Device-specific Print Options"></div></div><ns55:p> +</ns55:p><p> +This is not all: other tasks performed by it are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +selecting the range of pages to be printed (if you choose to +print only pages "3, 6, 8-11, 16, 19-21", or only the odd numbered +ones) +</p></li><li><p> +putting 2 or more logical pages on one sheet of paper (the +so-called "number-up" function) +</p></li><li><p>counting the pages of the job to insert the accounting +information into the <tt class="filename">/var/log/cups/page_log</tt> +</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns:ns56="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947284"></a>pstoraster</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>pstoraster</em></span> is at the core of the CUPS filtering +system. It is responsible for the first stage of the rasterization +process. Its input is of MIME type application/vnd.cups-postscript; +its output is application/vnd.cups-raster. This output format is not +yet meant to be printable. Its aim is to serve as a general purpose +input format for more specialized <span class="emphasis"><em>raster drivers</em></span>, +that are able to generate device-specific printer data. +</p><ns56:p> +</ns56:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2947314"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.6. Postscript to intermediate Raster format</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/6small.png" alt="Postscript to intermediate Raster format"></div></div><ns56:p> +</ns56:p><p> +CUPS raster is a generic raster format with powerful features. It is +able to include per-page information, color profiles and more to be +used by the following downstream raster drivers. Its MIME type is +registered with IANA and its specification is of course completely +open. It is designed to make it very easy and inexpensive for +manufacturers to develop Linux and Unix raster drivers for their +printer models, should they choose to do so. CUPS always takes care +for the first stage of rasterization so these vendors don't need to care +about Ghostscript complications (in fact, there is currently more +than one vendor financing the development of CUPS raster drivers). +</p><ns56:p> +</ns56:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2947366"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.7. CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/7small.png" alt="CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript"></div></div><ns56:p> +</ns56:p><p> +CUPS versions before version 1.1.15 were shipping a binary (or source +code) standalone filter, named "pstoraster". pstoraster was derived +from GNU Ghostscript 5.50, and could be installed besides and in +addition to any GNU or AFPL Ghostscript package without conflicting. +</p><p> +From version 1.1.15, this has changed. The functions for this has been +integrated back into Ghostscript (now based on GNU Ghostscript version +7.05). The "pstoraster" filter is now a simple shell script calling +<b class="command">gs</b> with the <b class="command">-sDEVICE=cups</b> +parameter. If your Ghostscript doesn't show a success on asking for +<b class="command">gs -h |grep cups</b>, you might not be able to +print. Update your Ghostscript then! +</p></div><div xmlns:ns57="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947440"></a>imagetops and imagetoraster</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Above in the section about prefilters, we mentioned the prefilter +that generates PostScript from image formats. The imagetoraster +filter is used to convert directly from image to raster, without the +intermediate PostScript stage. It is used more often than the above +mentioned prefilters. Here is a summarizing flowchart of image file +filtering: +</p><ns57:p> +</ns57:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2947461"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.8. Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/8small.png" alt="Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion"></div></div><ns57:p> +</ns57:p></div><div xmlns:ns58="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947495"></a>rasterto [printerspecific]</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS ships with quite some different raster drivers processing CUPS +raster. On my system I find in /usr/lib/cups/filter/ these: +<i class="parameter"><tt>rastertoalps, rastertobj, rastertoepson, rastertoescp, +rastertopcl, rastertoturboprint, rastertoapdk, rastertodymo, +rastertoescp, rastertohp</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>rastertoprinter</tt></i>. Don't worry if you have less +than this; some of these are installed by commercial add-ons to CUPS +(like <i class="parameter"><tt>rastertoturboprint</tt></i>), others (like +<i class="parameter"><tt>rastertoprinter</tt></i>) by 3rd party driver +development projects (such as Gimp-Print) wanting to cooperate as +closely as possible with CUPS. +</p><ns58:p> +</ns58:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2947546"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.9. Raster to Printer Specific formats</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/9small.png" alt="Raster to Printer Specific formats"></div></div><ns58:p> +</ns58:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947580"></a>CUPS Backends</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The last part of any CUPS filtering chain is a "backend". Backends +are special programs that send the print-ready file to the final +device. There is a separate backend program for any transfer +"protocol" of sending printjobs over the network, or for every local +interface. Every CUPS printqueue needs to have a CUPS "device-URI" +associated with it. The device URI is the way to encode the backend +used to send the job to its destination. Network device-URIs are using +two slashes in their syntax, local device URIs only one, as you can +see from the following list. Keep in mind that local interface names +may vary much from my examples, if your OS is not Linux: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">usb</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to USB-connected printers. An +example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">usb:/dev/usb/lp0</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">serial</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to serially connected printers. +An example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">serial:/dev/ttyS0?baud=11500</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">parallel</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to printers connected to the +parallel port. An example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">parallel:/dev/lp0</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">scsi</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to printers attached to the +SCSI interface. An example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">scsi:/dev/sr1</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lpd</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to LPR/LPD connected network +printers. An example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">lpd://remote_host_name/remote_queue_name</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">AppSocket/HP JetDirect</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to AppSocket (a.k.a. "HP +JetDirect") connected network printers. An example for the CUPS +device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">socket://10.11.12.13:9100</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ipp</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to IPP connected network +printers (or to other CUPS servers). Examples for CUPS device-URIs +to use are: +<tt class="filename">ipp:://192.193.194.195/ipp</tt> +(for many HP printers) or +<tt class="filename">ipp://remote_cups_server/printers/remote_printer_name</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">http</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to HTTP connected printers. +(The http:// CUPS backend is only a symlink to the ipp:// backend.) +Examples for the CUPS device-URIs to use are: +<tt class="filename">http:://192.193.194.195:631/ipp</tt> +(for many HP printers) or +<tt class="filename">http://remote_cups_server:631/printers/remote_printer_name</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">smb</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to printers shared by a Windows +host. An example for CUPS device-URIs to use are: +<tt class="filename">smb://workgroup/server/printersharename</tt> +Or +<tt class="filename">Smb://server/printersharename</tt> +or +<tt class="filename">smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printersharename</tt> +or +<tt class="filename">smb://username:password@server/printersharename</tt>. +The smb:// backend is a symlink to the Samba utility +<span class="emphasis"><em>smbspool</em></span> (doesn't ship with CUPS). If the +symlink is not present in your CUPS backend directory, have your +root user create it: <b class="command">ln -s `which smbspool` +/usr/lib/cups/backend/smb</b>. +</p></dd></dl></div><p> +It is easy to write your own backends as Shell or Perl scripts, if you +need any modification or extension to the CUPS print system. One +reason could be that you want to create "special" printers which send +the printjobs as email (through a "mailto:/" backend), convert them to +PDF (through a "pdfgen:/" backend) or dump them to "/dev/null" (In +fact I have the system-wide default printer set up to be connected to +a "devnull:/" backend: there are just too many people sending jobs +without specifying a printer, or scripts and programs which don't name +a printer. The system-wided default deletes the job and sends a polite +mail back to the $USER asking him to alsways specify a correct +printername). +</p><p> +Not all of the mentioned backends may be present on your system or +usable (depending on your hardware configuration). One test for all +available CUPS backends is provided by the <span class="emphasis"><em>lpinfo</em></span> +utility. Used with the <i class="parameter"><tt>-v</tt></i> parameter, it lists +all available backends: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + lpinfo -v + +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947894"></a>cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +"cupsomatic" filters may be the most widely used on CUPS +installations. You must be clear about the fact that these were not +developed by the CUPS people. They are a "Third Party" add-on to +CUPS. They utilize the traditional Ghostscript devices to render jobs +for CUPS. When troubleshooting, you should know about the +difference. Here the whole rendering process is done in one stage, +inside Ghostscript, using an appropriate "device" for the target +printer. cupsomatic uses PPDs which are generated from the "Foomatic" +Printer & Driver Database at Linuxprinting.org. +</p><p> +You can recognize these PPDs from the line calling the +<span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic</em></span> filter: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic" + +</pre><p> +This line you may find amongst the first 40 or so lines of the PPD +file. If you have such a PPD installed, the printer shows up in the +CUPS web interface with a <span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic</em></span> namepart for +the driver description. cupsomatic is a Perlscript that runs +Ghostscript, with all the complicated commandline options +auto-constructed from the selected PPD and commandline options give to +the printjob. +</p><p> +However, cupsomatic is now deprecated. Its PPDs (especially the first +generation of them, still in heavy use out there) are not meeting the +Adobe specifications. You might also suffer difficulties when you try +to download them with "Point'n'Print" to Windows clients. A better, +and more powerful successor is now in a very stable Beta-version +available: it is called <span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic-rip</em></span>. To use +foomatic-rip as a filter with CUPS, you need the new-type PPDs. These +have a similar, but different line: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 foomatic-rip" + +</pre><p> +The PPD generating engine at Linuxprinting.org has been revamped. +The new PPDs comply to the Adobe spec. On top, they also provide a +new way to specify different quality levels (hi-res photo, normal +color, grayscale, draft...) with a single click (whereas before you +could have required 5 or more different selections (media type, +resolution, inktype, dithering algorithm...). There is support for +custom-size media built in. There is support to switch +print-options from page to page, in the middle of a job. And the +best thing is: the new foomatic-rip now works seamlessly with all +legacy spoolers too (like LPRng, BSD-LPD, PDQ, PPR etc.), providing +for them access to use PPDs for their printing! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947997"></a>The Complete Picture</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you want to see an overview over all the filters and how they +relate to each other, the complete picture of the puzzle is at the end +of this document. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2948012"></a><tt class="filename">mime.convs</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS auto-constructs all possible filtering chain paths for any given +MIME type, and every printer installed. But how does it decide in +favor or against a specific alternative? (There may often be cases, +where there is a choice of two or more possible filtering chains for +the same target printer). Simple: you may have noticed the figures in +the 3rd column of the mime.convs file. They represent virtual costs +assigned to this filter. Every possible filtering chain will sum up to +a total "filter cost". CUPS decides for the most "inexpensive" route. +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +The setting of <i class="parameter"><tt>FilterLimit 1000</tt></i> in +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> will not allow more filters to +run concurrently than will consume a total of 1000 virtual filter +cost. This is a very efficient way to limit the load of any CUPS +server by setting an appropriate "FilterLimit" value. A FilterLimit of +200 allows roughly 1 job at a time, while a FilterLimit of 1000 allows +approximately 5 jobs maximum at a time. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2948065"></a>"Raw" printing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can tell CUPS to print (nearly) any file "raw". "Raw" means it +will not be filtered. CUPS will send the file to the printer "as is" +without bothering if the printer is able to digest it. Users need to +take care themselves that they send sensible data formats only. Raw +printing can happen on any queue if the "-o raw" option is specified +on the command line. You can also set up raw-only queues by simply not +associating any PPD with it. This command: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + lpadmin -P rawprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -E + +</pre><p> +sets up a queue named "rawprinter", connected via the "socket" +protocol (a.k.a. "HP JetDirect") to the device at IP address +11.12.1.3.14, using port 9100. (If you had added a PPD with +<b class="command">-P /path/to/PPD</b> to this command line, you would +have installed a "normal" printqueue. +</p><p> +CUPS will automatically treat each job sent to a queue as a "raw" one, +if it can't find a PPD associated with the queue. However, CUPS will +only send known MIME types (as defined in its own mime.types file) and +refuse others. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2948120"></a>"application/octet-stream" printing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Any MIME type with no rule in the +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> file is regarded as unknown +or <span class="emphasis"><em>application/octet-stream</em></span> and will not be +sent. Because CUPS refuses to print unknown MIME types per default, +you will probably have experienced the fact that printjobs originating +from Windows clients were not printed. You may have found an error +message in your CUPS logs like: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + Unable to convert file 0 to printable format for job + +</pre><p> +To enable the printing of "application/octet-stream" files, edit +these two files: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt></p></li></ul></div><p> +Both contain entries (at the end of the respective files) which must +be uncommented to allow RAW mode operation for +application/octet-stream. In <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> +make sure this line is present: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream + +</pre><p> +This line (with no specific auto-typing rule set) makes all files +not otherwise auto-typed a member of application/octet-stream. In +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt>, have this +line: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + +</pre><p> +This line tells CUPS to use the <span class="emphasis"><em>Null Filter</em></span> +(denoted as "-", doing... nothing at all) on +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/octet-stream</em></span>, and tag the result as +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-raw</em></span>. This last one is +always a green light to the CUPS scheduler to now hand the file over +to the "backend" connecting to the printer and sending it over. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> Editing the <tt class="filename">mime.convs</tt> and the +<tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> file does not +<span class="emphasis"><em>enforce</em></span> "raw" printing, it only +<span class="emphasis"><em>allows</em></span> it. +</p></div><p><b>Background. </b> +CUPS being a more security-aware printing system than traditional ones +does not by default allow one to send deliberate (possibly binary) +data to printing devices. (This could be easily abused to launch a +Denial of Service attack on your printer(s), causing at least the loss +of a lot of paper and ink...) "Unknown" data are regarded by CUPS +as<span class="emphasis"><em>MIME type</em></span> +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/octet-stream</em></span>. While you +<span class="emphasis"><em>can</em></span> send data "raw", the MIME type for these must +be one that is known to CUPS and an allowed one. The file +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> defines the "rules" how CUPS +recognizes MIME types. The file +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt> decides which file +conversion filter(s) may be applied to which MIME types. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2948335"></a>PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Originally PPDs were meant to be used for PostScript printers +only. Here, they help to send device-specific commands and settings +to the RIP which processes the jobfile. CUPS has extended this +scope for PPDs to cover non-PostScript printers too. This was not +very difficult, because it is a standardized file format. In a way +it was logical too: CUPS handles PostScript and uses a PostScript +RIP (=Ghostscript) to process the jobfiles. The only difference is: +a PostScript printer has the RIP built-in, for other types of +printers the Ghostscript RIP runs on the host computer. +</p><p> +PPDs for a non-PS printer have a few lines that are unique to +CUPS. The most important one looks similar to this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + *cupsFilter: application/vnd.cups-raster 66 rastertoprinter + +</pre><p> +It is the last piece in the CUPS filtering puzzle. This line tells the +CUPS daemon to use as a last filter "rastertoprinter". This filter +should be served as input an "application/vnd.cups-raster" MIME type +file. Therefore CUPS should auto-construct a filtering chain, which +delivers as its last output the specified MIME type. This is then +taken as input to the specified "rastertoprinter" filter. After this +the last filter has done its work ("rastertoprinter" is a Gimp-Print +filter), the file should go to the backend, which sends it to the +output device. +</p><p> +CUPS by default ships only a few generic PPDs, but they are good for +several hundred printer models. You may not be able to control +different paper trays, or you may get larger margins than your +specific model supports): +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">deskjet.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>older HP inkjet printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deskjet2.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>newer HP inkjet printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dymo.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>label printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">epson9.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">epson24.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">okidata9.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>Okidata 9pin impact printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">okidat24.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>Okidata 24pin impact printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">stcolor.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>older Epson Stylus Color printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">stcolor2.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>newer Epson Stylus Color printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">stphoto.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>older Epson Stylus Photo printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">stphoto2.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>newer Epson Stylus Photo printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">laserjet.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>all PCL printersFurther below is a discussion +of several other driver/PPD-packages suitable fur use with CUPS. +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div xmlns:ns59="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2948562"></a>Difference between <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic/foomatic-rip</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>native CUPS</em></span> printing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Native CUPS rasterization works in two steps. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +First is the "pstoraster" step. It uses the special "cups" +device from ESP Ghostscript 7.05.x as its tool +</p></li><li><p> +Second comes the "rasterdriver" step. It uses various +device-specific filters; there are several vendors who provide good +quality filters for this step, some are Free Software, some are +Shareware/Non-Free, some are proprietary.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Often this produces better quality (and has several more +advantages) than other methods. +</p><ns59:p> +</ns59:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2948613"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.10. cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/10small.png" alt="cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS"></div></div><ns59:p> +</ns59:p><p> +One other method is the <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic/foomatic-rip</em></span> +way. Note that cupsomatic is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> made by the CUPS +developers. It is an independent contribution to printing development, +made by people from Linuxprinting.org (see also <a href="http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html" target="_top">http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html</a>). +cupsomatic is no longer developed and maintained and is no longer +supported. It has now been replaced by +<span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic-rip</em></span>. foomatic-rip is a complete re-write +of the old cupsomatic idea, but very much improved and generalized to +other (non-CUPS) spoolers. An upgrade to foomatic-rip is strongly +adviced, especially if you are upgrading to a recent version of CUPS +too. +</p><p> +Both the cupsomatic (old) and the foomatic-rip (new) methods from +Linuxprinting.org use the traditional Ghostscript print file +processing, doing everything in a single step. It therefore relies on +all the other devices built-in into Ghostscript. The quality is as +good (or bad) as Ghostscript rendering is in other spoolers. The +advantage is that this method supports many printer models not +supported (yet) by the more modern CUPS method. +</p><p> +Of course, you can use both methods side by side on one system (and +even for one printer, if you set up different queues), and find out +which works best for you. +</p><p> +cupsomatic "kidnaps" the printfile after the +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span> stage and +deviates it through the CUPS-external, systemwide Ghostscript +installation: Therefore the printfile bypasses the "pstoraster" filter +(and thus also bypasses the CUPS-raster-drivers +"rastertosomething"). After Ghostscript finished its rasterization, +cupsomatic hands the rendered file directly to the CUPS backend. The +flowchart above illustrates the difference between native CUPS +rendering and the Foomatic/cupsomatic method. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2948719"></a>Examples for filtering Chains</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here are a few examples of commonly occurring filtering chains to +illustrate the workings of CUPS. +</p><p> +Assume you want to print a PDF file to a HP JetDirect-connected +PostScript printer, but you want to print the pages 3-5, 7, 11-13 +only, and you want to print them "2-up" and "duplex": +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>your print options (page selection as required, 2-up, +duplex) are passed to CUPS on the commandline;</p></li><li><p>the (complete) PDF file is sent to CUPS and autotyped as +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/pdf</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>the file therefore first must pass the +<span class="emphasis"><em>pdftops</em></span> pre-filter, which produces PostScript +MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> (a preview here +would still show all pages of the original PDF);</p></li><li><p>the file then passes the <span class="emphasis"><em>pstops</em></span> +filter which applies the commandline options: it selects the pages +2-5, 7 and 11-13, creates and imposed layout "2 pages on 1 sheet" and +inserts the correct "duplex" command (as is defined in the printer's +PPD) into the new PostScript file; the file now is of PostScript MIME +type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>the file goes to the <span class="emphasis"><em>socket</em></span> +backend, which transfers the job to the printers.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The resulting filter chain therefore is: +</p><pre class="screen"> +pdftops --> pstops --> socket +</pre><p> +Assume your want to print the same filter to an USB-connected +Epson Stylus Photo printer, installed with the CUPS +<tt class="filename">stphoto2.ppd</tt>. The first few filtering stages +are nearly the same: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>your print options (page selection as required, 2-up, +duplex) are passed to CUPS on the commandline;</p></li><li><p>the (complete) PDF file is sent to CUPS and autotyped as +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/pdf</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>the file therefore first must pass the +<span class="emphasis"><em>pdftops</em></span> pre-filter, which produces PostScript +MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> (a preview here +would still show all pages of the original PDF);</p></li><li><p>the file then passes the "pstops" filter which applies +the commandline options: it selects the pages 2-5, 7 and 11-13, +creates and imposed layout "2 pages on 1 sheet" and inserts the +correct "duplex" command... (OOoops -- this printer and his PPD +don't support duplex printing at all -- this option will be ignored +then) into the new PostScript file; the file now is of PostScript +MIME type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>the file then passes the +<span class="emphasis"><em>pstoraster</em></span> stage and becomes MIME type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/cups-raster</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>finally, the <span class="emphasis"><em>rastertoepson</em></span> filter +does its work (as is indicated in the printer's PPD), creating the +printer-specific raster data and embedding any user-selected +print-options into the print data stream;</p></li><li><p>the file goes to the <span class="emphasis"><em>usb</em></span> backend, +which transfers the job to the printers.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The resulting filter chain therefore is: +</p><pre class="screen"> +pdftops --> pstops --> pstoraster --> rastertoepson --> usb +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2948948"></a>Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +On the internet you can find now many thousand CUPS-PPD files +(with their companion filters), in many national languages, +supporting more than 1000 non-PostScript models. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/" target="_top">ESP +PrintPro (http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/)</a> (commercial, +non-Free) is packaged with more than 3000 PPDs, ready for +successful use "out of the box" on Linux, Mac OS X, IBM-AIX, +HP-UX, Sun-Solaris, SGI-IRIX, Compaq Tru64, Digital Unix and some +more commercial Unices (it is written by the CUPS developers +themselves and its sales help finance the further development of +CUPS, as they feed their creators).</p></li><li><p>the <a href="http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">Gimp-Print-Project +(http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/)</a> (GPL, Free Software) +provides around 140 PPDs (supporting nearly 400 printers, many driven +to photo quality output), to be used alongside the Gimp-Print CUPS +filters;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www.turboprint.com/" target="_top">TurboPrint +(http://www.turboprint.com/)</a> (Shareware, non-Free) supports +roughly the same amount of printers in excellent +quality;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/" target="_top">OMNI +(http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/)</a> +(LPGL, Free) is a package made by IBM, now containing support for more +than 400 printers, stemming from the inheritance of IBM OS/2 KnowHow +ported over to Linux (CUPS support is in a Beta-stage at +present);</p></li><li><p><a href="http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">HPIJS +(http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/)</a> (BSD-style licenses, Free) +supports around 150 of HP's own printers and is also providing +excellent print quality now (currently available only via the Foomatic +path);</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/" target="_top">Foomatic/cupsomatic +(http://www.linuxprinting.org/)</a> (LPGL, Free) from +Linuxprinting.org are providing PPDs for practically every Ghostscript +filter known to the world (including Omni, Gimp-Print and +HPIJS).</p></li></ul></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The cupsomatic/Foomatic trick from Linuxprinting.org works +differently from the other drivers. This is explained elsewhere in this +document. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949073"></a>Printing with Interface Scripts</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS also supports the usage of "interface scripts" as known from +System V AT&T printing systems. These are often used for PCL +printers, from applications that generate PCL print jobs. Interface +scripts are specific to printer models. They have a similar role as +PPDs for PostScript printers. Interface scripts may inject the Escape +sequences as required into the print data stream, if the user has +chosen to select a certain paper tray, or print landscape, or use A3 +paper, etc. Interfaces scripts are practically unknown in the Linux +realm. On HP-UX platforms they are more often used. You can use any +working interface script on CUPS too. Just install the printer with +the <b class="command">-i</b> option: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + lpadmin -p pclprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -i /path/to/interface-script + +</pre><p> +Interface scripts might be the "unknown animal" to many. However, +with CUPS they provide the most easy way to plug in your own +custom-written filtering script or program into one specific print +queue (some information about the traditional usage of interface scripts is +to be found at <a href="http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html" target="_top">http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html</a>). +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2949135"></a>Network printing (purely Windows)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Network printing covers a lot of ground. To understand what exactly +goes on with Samba when it is printing on behalf of its Windows +clients, let's first look at a "purely Windows" setup: Windows clients +with a Windows NT print server. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949151"></a>From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Windows clients printing to an NT-based print server have two +options. They may +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>execute the driver locally and render the GDI output +(EMF) into the printer specific format on their own, +or</p></li><li><p>send the GDI output (EMF) to the server, where the +driver is executed to render the printer specific +output.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Both print paths are shown in the flowcharts below. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns60="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949190"></a>Driver Execution on the Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the first case the print server must spool the file as "raw", +meaning it shouldn't touch the jobfile and try to convert it in any +way. This is what traditional Unix-based print server can do too; and +at a better performance and more reliably than NT print server. This +is what most Samba administrators probably are familiar with. One +advantage of this setup is that this "spooling-only" print server may +be used even if no driver(s) for Unix are available it is sufficient +to have the Windows client drivers available and installed on the +clients. +</p><ns60:p> +</ns60:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2949215"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.11. Print Driver execution on the Client</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/11small.png" alt="Print Driver execution on the Client"></div></div><ns60:p> +</ns60:p></div><div xmlns:ns61="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949249"></a>Driver Execution on the Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The other path executes the printer driver on the server. The clients +transfers print files in EMF format to the server. The server uses the +PostScript, PCL, ESC/P or other driver to convert the EMF file into +the printer-specific language. It is not possible for Unix to do the +same. Currently there is no program or method to convert a Windows +client's GDI output on a Unix server into something a printer could +understand. +</p><ns61:p> +</ns61:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2949271"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.12. Print Driver execution on the Server</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/12small.png" alt="Print Driver execution on the Server"></div></div><ns61:p> +</ns61:p><p> +However, there is something similar possible with CUPS. Read on... +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2949312"></a>Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since UNIX print servers <span class="emphasis"><em>cannot</em></span> execute the Win32 +program code on their platform, the picture is somewhat +different. However, this doesn't limit your options all that +much. In the contrary, you may have a way here to implement printing +features which are not possible otherwise. +</p><div xmlns:ns62="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949333"></a>From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a simple recipe showing how you can take advantage of CUPS +powerful features for the benefit of your Windows network printing +clients: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Let the Windows clients send PostScript to the CUPS +server.</p></li><li><p>Let the CUPS server render the PostScript into device +specific raster format.</p></li></ul></div><p> +This requires the clients to use a PostScript driver (even if the +printer is a non-PostScript model. It also requires that you have a +"driver" on the CUPS server. +</p><p> +Firstly, to enable CUPS based printing through Samba the +following options should be set in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file [globals] +section: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = CUPS</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = CUPS</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> +When these parameters are specified, all manually set print directives +(like <i class="parameter"><tt>print command =...</tt></i>, or <i class="parameter"><tt>lppause +command =...</tt></i>) in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> (as well as +in samba itself) will be ignored. Instead, Samba will directly +interface with CUPS through it's application program interface (API) - +as long as Samba has been compiled with CUPS library (libcups) +support. If Samba has NOT been compiled with CUPS support, and if no +other print commands are set up, then printing will use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>System V</em></span> AT&T command set, with the -oraw +option automatically passing through (if you want your own defined +print commands to work with a Samba that has CUPS support compiled in, +simply use <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv</tt></i>). +</p><ns62:p> +</ns62:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2949459"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.13. Printing via CUPS/samba server</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/13small.png" alt="Printing via CUPS/samba server"></div></div><ns62:p> +</ns62:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949493"></a>Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba<span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> use its own spool directory (it is set +by a line similar to <i class="parameter"><tt>path = /var/spool/samba</tt></i>, +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> or +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printername]</tt></i> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>). Samba receives the job in its own +spool space and passes it into the spool directory of CUPS (the CUPS +spooling directory is set by the <i class="parameter"><tt>RequestRoot</tt></i> +directive, in a line that defaults to <i class="parameter"><tt>RequestRoot +/var/spool/cups</tt></i>). CUPS checks the access rights of its +spool dir and resets it to healthy values with every re-start. We have +seen quite some people who had used a common spooling space for Samba +and CUPS, and were struggling for weeks with this "problem". +</p><p> +A Windows user authenticates only to Samba (by whatever means is +configured). If Samba runs on the same host as CUPS, you only need to +allow "localhost" to print. If they run on different machines, you +need to make sure the Samba host gets access to printing on CUPS. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2949571"></a>Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PPDs can control all print device options. They are usually provided +by the manufacturer; if you own a PostScript printer, that is. PPD +files (PostScript Printer Descriptions) are always a component of +PostScript printer drivers on MS Windows or Apple Mac OS systems. They +are ASCII files containing user-selectable print options, mapped to +appropriate PostScript, PCL or PJL commands for the target +printer. Printer driver GUI dialogs translate these options +"on-the-fly" into buttons and drop-down lists for the user to select. +</p><p> +CUPS can load, without any conversions, the PPD file from any Windows +(NT is recommended) PostScript driver and handle the options. There is +a web browser interface to the print options (select <a href="http://localhost:631/printers/" target="_top">http://localhost:631/printers/</a> +and click on one <span class="emphasis"><em>Configure Printer</em></span> button to see +it), or a commandline interface (see <b class="command">man lpoptions</b> +or see if you have lphelp on your system). There are also some +different GUI frontends on Linux/UNIX, which can present PPD options +to users. PPD options are normally meant to be evaluated by the +PostScript RIP on the real PostScript printer. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949626"></a>PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS doesn't limit itself to "real" PostScript printers in its usage +of PPDs. The CUPS developers have extended the scope of the PPD +concept, to also describe available device and driver options for +non-PostScript printers through CUPS-PPDs. +</p><p> +This is logical, as CUPS includes a fully featured PostScript +interpreter (RIP). This RIP is based on Ghostscript. It can process +all received PostScript (and additionally many other file formats) +from clients. All CUPS-PPDs geared to non-PostScript printers contain +an additional line, starting with the keyword +<i class="parameter"><tt>*cupsFilter</tt></i> . This line tells the CUPS print +system which printer-specific filter to use for the interpretation of +the supplied PostScript. Thus CUPS lets all its printers appear as +PostScript devices to its clients, because it can act as a PostScript +RIP for those printers, processing the received PostScript code into a +proper raster print format. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949667"></a>PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS-PPDs can also be used on Windows-Clients, on top of a +"core" PostScript driver (now recommended is the "CUPS PostScript +Driver for WindowsNT/2K/XP"; you can also use the Adobe one, with +limitations). This feature enables CUPS to do a few tricks no other +spooler can do: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>act as a networked PostScript RIP (Raster Image +Processor), handling printfiles from all client platforms in a uniform +way;</p></li><li><p>act as a central accounting and billing server, since +all files are passed through the pstops filter and are therefore +logged in the CUPS <tt class="filename">page_log</tt> file. +<span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE:</em></span> this can not happen with "raw" print jobs, +which always remain unfiltered per definition;</p></li><li><p>enable clients to consolidate on a single PostScript +driver, even for many different target printers.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Using CUPS PPDs on Windows clients enables these to control +all print job settings just as a UNIX client can do too. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2949732"></a>Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This setup may be of special interest to people experiencing major +problems in WTS environments. WTS need often a multitude of +non-PostScript drivers installed to run their clients' variety of +different printer models. This often imposes the price of much +increased instability. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949750"></a>Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The reason is that in Win NT printer drivers run in "Kernel +Mode", this introduces a high risk for the stability of the system +if the driver is not really stable and well-tested. And there are a +lot of bad drivers out there! Especially notorious is the example +of the PCL printer driver that had an additional sound module +running, to notify users via soundcard of their finished jobs. Do I +need to say that this one was also reliably causing "Blue Screens +of Death" on a regular basis? +</p><p> +PostScript drivers generally are very well tested. They are not known +to cause any problems, even though they run in Kernel Mode too. This +might be because there have so far only been 2 different PostScript +drivers the ones from Adobe and the one from Microsoft. Both are +very well tested and are as stable as you ever can imagine on +Windows. The CUPS driver is derived from the Microsoft one. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949784"></a>Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In many cases, in an attempt to work around this problem, site +administrators have resorted to restrict the allowed drivers installed +on their WTS to one generic PCL- and one PostScript driver. This +however restricts the clients in the amount of printer options +available for them; often they can't get out more than simplex +prints from one standard paper tray, while their devices could do much +better, if driven by a different driver! ) +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949805"></a>CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Using a PostScript driver, enabled with a CUPS-PPD, seems to be a very +elegant way to overcome all these shortcomings. There are, depending +on the version of Windows OS you use, up to 3 different PostScript +drivers available: Adobe, Microsoft and CUPS PostScript drivers. None +of them is known to cause major stability problems on WTS (even if +used with many different PPDs). The clients will be able to (again) +chose paper trays, duplex printing and other settings. However, there +is a certain price for this too: a CUPS server acting as a PostScript +RIP for its clients requires more CPU and RAM than when just acting as +a "raw spooling" device. Plus, this setup is not yet widely tested, +although the first feedbacks look very promising. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949832"></a>PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +More recent printer drivers on W2K and XP don't run in Kernel mode +(unlike Win NT) any more. However, both operating systems can still +use the NT drivers, running in Kernel mode (you can roughly tell which +is which as the drivers in subdirectory "2" of "W32X86" are "old" +ones). As was said before, the Adobe as well as the Microsoft +PostScript drivers are not known to cause any stability problems. The +CUPS driver is derived from the Microsoft one. There is a simple +reason for this: The MS DDK (Device Development Kit) for Win NT (which +used to be available at no cost to licensees of Visual Studio) +includes the source code of the Microsoft driver, and licensees of +Visual Studio are allowed to use and modify it for their own driver +development efforts. This is what the CUPS people have done. The +license doesn't allow them to publish the whole of the source code. +However, they have released the "diff" under the GPL, and if you are +owner of an "MS DDK for Win NT", you can check the driver yourself. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2949866"></a> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As we have said before: all previously known methods to prepare client +printer drivers on the Samba server for download and "Point'n'Print" +convenience of Windows workstations are working with CUPS too. These +methods were described in the previous chapter. In reality, this is a +pure Samba business, and only relates to the Samba/Win client +relationship. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949885"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span>: the unknown Utility</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The cupsaddsmb utility (shipped with all current CUPS versions) is an +alternative method to transfer printer drivers into the Samba +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. Remember, this share is where +clients expect drivers deposited and setup for download and +installation. It makes the sharing of any (or all) installed CUPS +printers very easy. cupsaddsmb can use the Adobe PostScript driver as +well as the newly developed <span class="emphasis"><em>CUPS PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2K/XP</em></span>. Note, that cupsaddsmb does +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> work with arbitrary vendor printer drivers, +but only with the <span class="emphasis"><em>exact</em></span> driver files that are +named in its man page. +</p><p> +The CUPS printer driver is available from the CUPS download site. Its +package name is <tt class="filename">cups-samba-[version].tar.gz</tt> . It +is prefered over the Adobe drivers since it has a number of +advantages: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>it supports a much more accurate page +accounting;</p></li><li><p>it supports banner pages, and page labels on all +printers;</p></li><li><p>it supports the setting of a number of job IPP +attributes (such as job-priority, page-label and +job-billing)</p></li></ul></div><p> +However, currently only Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by the +CUPS drivers. You will need to get the respective part of Adobe driver +too if you need to support Windows 95, 98, and ME clients. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2949976"></a>Prepare your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for +cupsaddsmb</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Prior to running cupsaddsmb, you need the following settings in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + [global] + load printers = yes + printing = cups + printcap name = cups + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + path = /var/spool/samba + browseable = no + public = yes + guest ok = yes # setting depends on your requirements + writable = no + printable = yes + printer admin = root + + [print$] + comment = Printer Drivers + path = /etc/samba/drivers + browseable = yes + guest ok = no + read only = yes + write list = root + +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2950023"></a>CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS users may get the exactly same packages from<a href="http://www.cups.org/software.html" target="_top"><span class="emphasis"><em>http://www.cups.org/software.html</em></span></a>. +It is a separate package from the CUPS base software files, tagged as +<span class="emphasis"><em>CUPS 1.1.x Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for SAMBA +(tar.gz, 192k)</em></span>. The filename to download is +<tt class="filename">cups-samba-1.1.x.tar.gz</tt>. Upon untar-/unzip-ing, +it will reveal these files: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# tar xvzf cups-samba-1.1.19.tar.gz + + cups-samba.install + cups-samba.license + cups-samba.readme + cups-samba.remove + cups-samba.ss + +</pre><p> +These have been packaged with the ESP meta packager software +"EPM". The <tt class="filename">*.install</tt> and +<tt class="filename">*.remove</tt> files are simple shell scripts, which +untars the <tt class="filename">*.ss</tt> (the <tt class="filename">*.ss</tt> is +nothing else but a tar-archive, which can be untar-ed by "tar" +too). Then it puts the content into +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>. This content includes 3 +files: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# tar tv cups-samba.ss + + cupsdrvr.dll + cupsui.dll + cups.hlp + +</pre><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>cups-samba.install</em></span> shell scripts is easy to +handle: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# ./cups-samba.install + + [....] + Installing software... + Updating file permissions... + Running post-install commands... + Installation is complete. + +</pre><p> +The script should automatically put the driver files into the +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt> directory. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +Due to a bug, one recent CUPS release puts the +<tt class="filename">cups.hlp</tt> driver file +into<tt class="filename">/usr/share/drivers/</tt> instead of +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>. To work around this, +copy/move the file (after running the +<b class="command">./cups-samba.install</b> script) manually to the +right place. +</p></div><pre class="screen"> + + cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/ + +</pre><p> +This new CUPS PostScript driver is currently binary-only, but free of +charge. No complete source code is provided (yet). The reason is this: +it has been developed with the help of the <span class="emphasis"><em>Microsoft Driver +Developer Kit</em></span> (DDK) and compiled with Microsoft Visual +Studio 6. Driver developers are not allowed to distribute the whole of +the source code as Free Software. However, CUPS developers released +the "diff" in source code under the GPL, so anybody with a license of +Visual Studio and a DDK will be able to compile for him/herself. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2950220"></a>Recognize the different Driver Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The CUPS drivers don't support the "older" Windows 95/98/ME, but only +the Windows NT/2000/XP client: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + [Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:] + cups.hlp + cupsdrvr.dll + cupsui.dll + +</pre><p> +Adobe drivers are available for the older Windows 95/98/ME as well as +the Windows NT/2000/XP clients. The set of files is different for the +different platforms. +</p><pre class="screen"> + + [Windows 95, 98, and Me are supported by:] + ADFONTS.MFM + ADOBEPS4.DRV + ADOBEPS4.HLP + DEFPRTR2.PPD + ICONLIB.DLL + PSMON.DLL + + [Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:] + ADOBEPS5.DLL + ADOBEPSU.DLL + ADOBEPSU.HLP + +</pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +If both, the Adobe driver files and the CUPS driver files for the +support of WinNT/2k/XP are present in , the Adobe ones will be ignored +and the CUPS ones will be used. If you prefer -- for whatever reason +-- to use Adobe-only drivers, move away the 3 CUPS driver files. The +Win95/98/ME clients use the Adobe drivers in any case. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2950278"></a>Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Acquiring the Adobe driver files seems to be unexpectedly difficult +for many users. They are not available on the Adobe website as single +files and the self-extracting and/or self-installing Windows-exe is +not easy to locate either. Probably you need to use the included +native installer and run the installation process on one client +once. This will install the drivers (and one Generic PostScript +printer) locally on the client. When they are installed, share the +Generic PostScript printer. After this, the client's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share holds the Adobe files, from +where you can get them with smbclient from the CUPS host. A more +detailed description about this is in the next (the CUPS printing) +chapter. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2950311"></a>ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Users of the ESP Print Pro software are able to install their "Samba +Drivers" package for this purpose with no problem. Retrieve the driver +files from the normal download area of the ESP Print Pro software +at<a href="http://www.easysw.com/software.html" target="_top">http://www.easysw.com/software.html</a>. +You need to locate the link labelled "SAMBA" amongst the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Download Printer Drivers for ESP Print Pro 4.x</em></span> +area and download the package. Once installed, you can prepare any +driver by simply highlighting the printer in the Printer Manager GUI +and select <span class="emphasis"><em>Export Driver...</em></span> from the menu. Of +course you need to have prepared Samba beforehand too to handle the +driver files; i.e. mainly setup the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share, etc. The ESP Print Pro package includes the CUPS driver files +as well as a (licensed) set of Adobe drivers for the Windows 95/98/ME +client family. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2950361"></a>Caveats to be considered</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Once you have run the install script (and possibly manually +moved the <tt class="filename">cups.hlp</tt> file to +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>), the driver is +ready to be put into Samba's <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share (which often maps to +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/</tt> and contains a subdir +tree with <span class="emphasis"><em>WIN40</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>W32X86</em></span> branches): You do this by running +"cupsaddsmb" (see also <b class="command">man cupsaddsmb</b> for +CUPS since release 1.1.16). +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +You may need to put root into the smbpasswd file by running +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b>; this is especially important if you +should run this whole procedure for the first time, and are not +working in an environment where everything is configured for +<span class="emphasis"><em>Single Sign On</em></span> to a Windows Domain Controller. +</p></div><p> +Once the driver files are in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share +and are initialized, they are ready to be downloaded and installed by +the Win NT/2k/XP clients. +</p><div xmlns:ns63="" class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><ns63:p> +</ns63:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> +Win 9x/ME clients won't work with the CUPS PostScript driver. For +these you'd still need to use the <tt class="filename">ADOBE*.*</tt> +drivers as previously. +</p></li><li><p> +It is not harmful if you still have the +<tt class="filename">ADOBE*.*</tt> driver files from previous +installations in the <tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt> +directory. The new <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span> (from 1.1.16) will +automatically prefer "its own" drivers if it finds both. +</p></li><li><p> +Should your Win clients have had the old <tt class="filename">ADOBE*.*</tt> +files for the Adobe PostScript driver installed, the download and +installation of the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP +will fail at first. You need to wipe the old driver from the clients +first. It is not enough to "delete" the printer, as the driver files +will still be kept by the clients and re-used if you try to re-install +the printer. To really get rid of the Adobe driver files on the +clients, open the "Printers" folder (possibly via <span class="emphasis"><em>Start +--> Settings --> Control Panel --> Printers</em></span>), +right-click onto the folder background and select <span class="emphasis"><em>Server +Properties</em></span>. When the new dialog opens, select the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Drivers</em></span> tab. On the list select the driver you +want to delete and click on the <span class="emphasis"><em>Delete</em></span> +button. This will only work if there is not one single printer left +which uses that particular driver. You need to "delete" all printers +using this driver in the "Printers" folder first. You will need +Administrator privileges to do this. +</p></li><li><p> +Once you have successfully downloaded the CUPS PostScript driver to a +client, you can easily switch all printers to this one by proceeding +as described elsewhere in the "Samba HOWTO Collection": either change +a driver for an existing printer by running the "Printer Properties" +dialog, or use <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with the +<b class="command">setdriver</b> sub-command. +</p></li></ol></div><ns63:p> +</ns63:p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2950582"></a>What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You are interested in a comparison between the CUPS and the Adobe +PostScript drivers? For our purposes these are the most important +items which weigh in favor of the CUPS ones: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>no hassle with the Adobe EULA</p></li><li><p>no hassle with the question “<span class="quote">Where do I +get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?</span>”</p></li><li><p>the Adobe drivers (on request of the printer PPD +associated with them) often put a PJL header in front of the main +PostScript part of the print file. Thus the printfile starts with +<i class="parameter"><tt><1B >%-12345X</tt></i> or +<i class="parameter"><tt><escape>%-12345X</tt></i> instead +of <i class="parameter"><tt>%!PS</tt></i>). This leads to the +CUPS daemon auto-typing the incoming file as a print-ready file, +not initiating a pass through the "pstops" filter (to speak more +technically, it is not regarded as the generic MIME type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span>, but as +the more special MIME type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/cups.vnd-postscript</em></span>), +which therefore also leads to the page accounting in +<span class="emphasis"><em>/var/log/cups/page_log</em></span> not +receiving the exact mumber of pages; instead the dummy page number +of "1" is logged in a standard setup)</p></li><li><p>the Adobe driver has more options to "mis-configure" the +PostScript generated by it (like setting it inadvertedly to +<span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for Speed</em></span>, instead of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for Portability</em></span>, which +could lead to CUPS being unable to process it)</p></li><li><p>the CUPS PostScript driver output sent by Windows +clients to the CUPS server will be guaranteed to be auto-typed always +as generic MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span>, +thusly passing through the CUPS "pstops" filter and logging the +correct number of pages in the <tt class="filename">page_log</tt> for +accounting and quota purposes</p></li><li><p>the CUPS PostScript driver supports the sending of +additional standard (IPP) print options by Win NT/2k/XP clients. Such +additional print options are: naming the CUPS standard +<span class="emphasis"><em>banner pages</em></span> (or the custom ones, should they be +installed at the time of driver download), using the CUPS +<span class="emphasis"><em>page-label</em></span> option, setting a +<span class="emphasis"><em>job-priority</em></span> and setting the <span class="emphasis"><em>scheduled +time of printing</em></span> (with the option to support additional +useful IPP job attributes in the future).</p></li><li><p>the CUPS PostScript driver supports the inclusion of +the new <span class="emphasis"><em>*cupsJobTicket</em></span> comments at the +beginning of the PostScript file (which could be used in the future +for all sort of beneficial extensions on the CUPS side, but which will +not disturb any other applications as they will regard it as a comment +and simply ignore it).</p></li><li><p>the CUPS PostScript driver will be the heart of the +fully fledged CUPS IPP client for Windows NT/2K/XP to be released soon +(probably alongside the first Beta release for CUPS +1.2).</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2950763"></a>Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The cupsaddsmb command copies the needed files into your +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. Additionally, the PPD +associated with this printer is copied from +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/ppd/</tt> to +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. There the files wait for convenient +Windows client installations via Point'n'Print. Before we can run the +command successfully, we need to be sure that we can authenticate +towards Samba. If you have a small network you are probably using user +level security (<i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>). Probably your +root has already a Samba account. Otherwise, create it now, using +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b>: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # smbpasswd -a root + New SMB password: [type in password 'secret'] + Retype new SMB password: [type in password 'secret'] + +</pre><p> +Here is an example of a successfully run cupsaddsmb command. +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # cupsaddsmb -U root infotec_IS2027 + Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA: [type in password 'secret'] + +</pre><p> +To share<span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> printers and drivers, use the +<i class="parameter"><tt>-a</tt></i> parameter instead of a printer name. Since +cupsaddsmb "exports" the printer drivers to Samba, it should be +obvious that it only works for queues with a CUPS driver associated. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2950864"></a>Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the +<i class="parameter"><tt>-v</tt></i> parameter to get a more verbose output. The +output below was edited for better readability: all "\" at the end of +a line indicate that I inserted an artificial line break plus some +indentation here: +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +You will see the root password for the Samba account printed on +screen. If you use remote access, the password will go over the wire +unencrypted! +</p></div><pre class="screen"> + + # cupsaddsmb -U root -v infotec_2105 + Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA: + Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir W32X86;put \ + /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll W32X86/cupsui.dll;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp W32X86/cups.hlp' + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \W32X86 + putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd (2328.8 kb/s) \ + (average 2328.8 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll as \W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll (9374.3 kb/s) \ + (average 5206.6 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll as \W32X86/cupsui.dll (8107.2 kb/s) \ + (average 5984.1 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp as \W32X86/cups.hlp (3475.0 kb/s) \ + (average 5884.7 kb/s) + + Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" \ + "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL: \ + RAW:NULL"' + cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll: \ + cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL" + Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed. + + Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir WIN40;put \ + /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD; put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL + WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL;put /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL WIN40/PSMON.DLL;' + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \WIN40 + putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD (2328.8 kb/s) \ + (average 2328.8 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM as \WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM (9368.0 kb/s) \ + (average 6469.6 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV (9958.2 kb/s) \ + (average 8404.3 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP (8341.5 kb/s) \ + (average 8398.6 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD as \WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD (2195.9 kb/s) \ + (average 8254.3 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL as \WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL (8239.9 kb/s) \ + (average 8253.6 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL as \WIN40/PSMON.DLL (6222.2 kb/s) \ + (average 8188.5 kb/s) + + Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' -c 'adddriver "Windows 4.0" \ + "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL:ADOBEPS4.HLP: \ + PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,PSMON.DLL, \ + ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"' + cmd = adddriver "Windows 4.0" "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL: \ + ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP, \ + PSMON.DLL,ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL" + Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed. + + Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' \ + -c 'setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105' + cmd = setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105 + Succesfully set infotec_2105 to driver infotec_2105. + +</pre><p> +If you look closely, you'll discover your root password was transfered +unencrypted over the wire, so beware! Also, if you look further her, +you'll discover error messages like NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION in +between. They occur, because the directories WIN40 and W32X86 already +existed in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> driver download share +(from a previous driver installation). They are harmless here. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951007"></a>Understanding cupsaddsmb</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +What has happened? What did cupsaddsmb do? There are five stages of +the procedure +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>call the CUPS server via IPP and request the +driver files and the PPD file for the named printer;</p></li><li><p>store the files temporarily in the local +TEMPDIR (as defined in +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt>);</p></li><li><p>connect via smbclient to the Samba server's + <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share and put the files into the + share's WIN40 (for Win95/98/ME) and W32X86/ (for WinNT/2k/XP) sub + directories;</p></li><li><p>connect via rpcclient to the Samba server and +execute the "adddriver" command with the correct +parameters;</p></li><li><p>connect via rpcclient to the Samba server a second +time and execute the "setdriver" command.</p></li></ol></div><p> +Note, that you can run the cupsaddsmb utility with parameters to +specify one remote host as Samba host and a second remote host as CUPS +host. Especially if you want to get a deeper understanding, it is a +good idea try it and see more clearly what is going on (though in real +life most people will have their CUPS and Samba servers run on the +same host): +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # cupsaddsmb -H sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername + +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951101"></a>How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> always check if the utility completed +successfully in all fields. You need as a minimum these 3 messages +amongst the output: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully +installed.</em></span> # (for the W32X86 == WinNT/2K/XP +architecture...)</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully +installed.</em></span> # (for the WIN40 == Win9x/ME +architecture...)</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Succesfully set [printerXPZ] to driver +[printerXYZ].</em></span></p></li></ol></div><p> +These messages probably not easily recognized in the general +output. If you run cupsaddsmb with the <i class="parameter"><tt>-a</tt></i> +parameter (which tries to prepare <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> active CUPS +printer drivers for download), you might miss if individual printers +drivers had problems to install properly. Here a redirection of the +output will help you analyze the results in retrospective. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +It is impossible to see any diagnostic output if you don't run +cupsaddsmb in verbose mode. Therefore we strongly recommend to not +use the default quiet mode. It will hide any problems from you which +might occur. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951188"></a>cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can't get the standard cupsaddsmb command to run on a Samba PDC? +You are asked for the password credential all over again and again and +the command just will not take off at all? Try one of these +variations: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v printername + # cupsaddsmb -H SAMBA-PDC -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v printername + # cupsaddsmb -H SAMBA-PDC -U DOMAINNAME\\root -h cups-server -v printername + +</pre><p> +(Note the two backslashes: the first one is required to +"escape" the second one). +</p></div><div xmlns:ns64="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951223"></a>cupsaddsmb Flowchart</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a chart about the procedures, commandflows and +dataflows of the "cupaddsmb" command. Note again: cupsaddsmb is +not intended to, and does not work with, "raw" queues! +</p><ns64:p> +</ns64:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2951240"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.14. cupsaddsmb flowchart</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/1small.png" alt="cupsaddsmb flowchart"></div></div><ns64:p> +</ns64:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951274"></a>Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +After cupsaddsmb completed, your driver is prepared for the clients to +use. Here are the steps you must perform to download and install it +via "Point'n'Print". From a Windows client, browse to the CUPS/Samba +server; +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>open the <span class="emphasis"><em>Printers</em></span> +share of Samba in Network Neighbourhood;</p></li><li><p>right-click on the printer in +question;</p></li><li><p>from the opening context-menu select +<span class="emphasis"><em>Install...</em></span> or +<span class="emphasis"><em>Connect...</em></span> (depending on the Windows version you +use).</p></li></ul></div><p> +After a few seconds, there should be a new printer in your +client's <span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> "Printers" folder: On Windows +XP it will follow a naming convention of <span class="emphasis"><em>PrinterName on +SambaServer</em></span>. (In my current case it is "infotec_2105 on +kde-bitshop"). If you want to test it and send your first job from +an application like Winword, the new printer will appears in a +<tt class="filename">\\SambaServer\PrinterName</tt> entry in the +dropdown list of available printers. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +cupsaddsmb will only reliably work with CUPS version 1.1.15 or higher +and Samba from 2.2.4. If it doesn't work, or if the automatic printer +driver download to the clients doesn't succeed, you can still manually +install the CUPS printer PPD on top of the Adobe PostScript driver on +clients. Then point the client's printer queue to the Samba printer +share for a UNC type of connection: +</p></div><pre class="screen"> + + net use lpt1: \\sambaserver\printershare /user:ntadmin + +</pre><p> +should you desire to use the CUPS networked PostScript RIP +functions. (Note that user "ntadmin" needs to be a valid Samba user +with the required privileges to access the printershare) This would +set up the printer connection in the traditional +<span class="emphasis"><em>LanMan</em></span> way (not using MS-RPC). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951389"></a>Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Soooo: printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print +well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts, +which don't look very good. Some jobs print fast, and some are +dead-slow. Many of these problems can be greatly reduced or even +completely eliminated if you follow a few guidelines. Remember, if +your print device is not PostScript-enabled, you are treating your +Ghostscript installation on your CUPS host with the output your client +driver settings produce. Treat it well: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Avoid the <span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript Output Option: Optimize +for Speed</em></span> settting. Rather use the <span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for +Portability</em></span> instead (Adobe PostScript +driver).</p></li><li><p>Don't use the <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Independence: +NO</em></span> setting. Instead use <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Independence +YES</em></span> (CUPS PostScript Driver)</p></li><li><p>Recommended is the <span class="emphasis"><em>True Type Font +Downloading Option: Native True Type</em></span> over +<span class="emphasis"><em>Automatic</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>Outline</em></span>; you +should by all means avoid <span class="emphasis"><em>Bitmap</em></span> (Adobe +PostScript Driver)</p></li><li><p>Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>True Type Font: Download as Softfont +into Printer</em></span> over the default <span class="emphasis"><em>Replace by Device +Font</em></span> (for exotic fonts you may need to change it back to +get a printout at all) (Adobe)</p></li><li><p>Sometimes you can choose <span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript Language +Level</em></span>: in case of problems try <span class="emphasis"><em>2</em></span> +instead of <span class="emphasis"><em>3</em></span> (the latest ESP Ghostscript package +handels Level 3 PostScript very well) (Adobe).</p></li><li><p>Say <span class="emphasis"><em>Yes</em></span> to <span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript +Error Handler</em></span> (Adobe)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2951523"></a>Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Of course you can run all the commands which are embedded into the +cupsaddsmb convenience utility yourself, one by one, and hereby upload +and prepare the driver files for future client downloads. +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>prepare Samba (a CUPS printqueue with the name of the +printer should be there. We are providing the driver +now);</p></li><li><p>copy all files to +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]:</tt></i></p></li><li><p>run <b class="command">rpcclient adddriver</b> +(for each client architecture you want to support):</p></li><li><p>run <b class="command">rpcclient +setdriver.</b></p></li></ol></div><p> +We are going to do this now. First, read the man page on "rpcclient" +to get a first idea. Look at all the printing related +sub-commands. <b class="command">enumprinters</b>, +<b class="command">enumdrivers</b>, <b class="command">enumports</b>, +<b class="command">adddriver</b>, <b class="command">setdriver</b> are amongst +the most interesting ones. rpcclient implements an important part of +the MS-RPC protocol. You can use it to query (and command) a Win NT +(or 2K/XP) PC too. MS-RPC is used by Windows clients, amongst other +things, to benefit from the "Point'n' Print" features. Samba can now +mimic this too. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951638"></a>A Check of the rpcclient man Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +First let's have a little check of the rpcclient man page. Here are +two relevant passages: +</p><p> +<b class="command">adddriver <arch> <config></b> Execute an +AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver information on +the server. Note that the driver files should already exist in the +directory returned by <b class="command">getdriverdir</b>. Possible +values for <i class="parameter"><tt>arch</tt></i> are the same as those for the +<b class="command">getdriverdir</b> command. The +<i class="parameter"><tt>config</tt></i> parameter is defined as follows: +</p><pre class="screen"> +Long Printer Name:\ +Driver File Name:\ +Data File Name:\ +Config File Name:\ +Help File Name:\ +Language Monitor Name:\ +Default Data Type:\ +Comma Separated list of Files +</pre><p>Any empty fields should be enter as the string "NULL". </p><p>Samba does not need to support the concept of Print Monitors +since these only apply to local printers whose driver can make use of +a bi-directional link for communication. This field should be "NULL". +On a remote NT print server, the Print Monitor for a driver must +already be installed prior to adding the driver or else the RPC will +fail +</p><p> +<b class="command">setdriver <printername> <drivername></b> +Execute a <b class="command">SetPrinter()</b> command to update the +printer driver associated with an installed printer. The printer +driver must already be correctly installed on the print server. +</p><p> See also the enumprinters and enumdrivers commands for +obtaining a list of installed printers and drivers. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951750"></a>Understanding the rpcclient man Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>exact</em></span> format isn't made too clear by the man +page, since you have to deal with some parameters containing +spaces. Here is a better description for it. We have line-broken the +command and indicated the breaks with "\". Usually you would type the +command in one line without the linebreaks: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + adddriver "Architecture" \ + "LongPrinterName:DriverFile:DataFile:ConfigFile:HelpFile:\ + LanguageMonitorFile:DataType:ListOfFiles,Comma-separated" + +</pre><p> +What the man pages denotes as a simple <config> +keyword, does in reality consist of 8 colon-separated fields. The +last field may take multiple (in some, very insane, cases, even +20 different additional files. This might sound confusing at first. +Note, that what the man pages names the "LongPrinterName" in +reality should rather be called the "Driver Name". You can name it +anything you want, as long as you use this name later in the +<span class="emphasis"><em>rpcclient ... setdriver</em></span> command. For +practical reasons, many name the driver the same as the +printer. +</p><p> +True: it isn't simple at all. I hear you asking: +<span class="emphasis"><em>How do I know which files are "Driver +File", "Data File", "Config File", "Help File" and "Language +Monitor File" in each case?</em></span> -- For an answer you may +want to have a look at how a Windows NT box with a shared printer +presents the files to us. Remember, that this whole procedure has +to be developed by the Samba Team by overhearing the traffic caused +by Windows computers on the wire. We may as well turn to a Windows +box now, and access it from a UNIX workstation. We will query it +with <b class="command">rpcclient</b> to see what it tells us and +try to understand the man page more clearly which we've read just +now. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951829"></a>Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We could run <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with a +<b class="command">getdriver</b> or a <b class="command">getprinter</b> +subcommand (in level 3 verbosity) against it. Just sit down at UNIX or +Linux workstation with the Samba utilities installed. Then type the +following command: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + rpcclient -U'USERNAME%PASSWORD' NT-SERVER-NAME -c 'getdriver printername 3' + +</pre><p> +From the result it should become clear which is which. Here is an +example from my installation: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' W2KSERVER -c'getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3' + cmd = getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3 + + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [DANKA InfoStream] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\PSCRIPT.DLL] + Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\INFOSTRM.PPD] + Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\PSCRPTUI.DLL] + Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\PSCRIPT.HLP] + + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [] + +</pre><p> +Some printer drivers list additional files under the label +"Dependentfiles": these would go into the last field +<span class="emphasis"><em>ListOfFiles,Comma-separated</em></span>. For the CUPS +PostScript drivers we don't need any (nor would we for the Adobe +PostScript driver): therefore the field will get a "NULL" entry. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2951919"></a>What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +From the manpage (and from the quoted output +of<span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span>, above) it becomes clear that you +need to have certain conditions in order to make the manual uploading +and initializing of the driver files succeed. The two rpcclient +subcommands (<b class="command">adddriver</b> and +<b class="command">setdriver</b>) need to encounter the following +pre-conditions to complete successfully: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>you are connected as "printer admin", or root (note, +that this is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> the "Printer Operators" group in +NT, but the <span class="emphasis"><em>printer admin</em></span> group, as defined in +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>);</p></li><li><p>copy all required driver files to +<tt class="filename">\\sambaserver\print$\w32x86</tt> and +<tt class="filename">\\sambaserver\print$\win40</tt> as appropriate. They +will end up in the "0" respective "2" subdirectories later -- for now +<span class="emphasis"><em>don't</em></span> put them there, they'll be automatically +used by the <b class="command">adddriver</b> subcommand.! (if you use +"smbclient" to put the driver files into the share, note that you need +to escape the "$": <b class="command">smbclient //sambaserver/print\$ -U +root</b>);</p></li><li><p>the user you're connecting as must be able to write to +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share and create +subdirectories;</p></li><li><p>the printer you are going to setup for the Windows +clients, needs to be installed in CUPS already;</p></li><li><p>the CUPS printer must be known to Samba, otherwise the +<b class="command">setdriver</b> subcommand fails with an +NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL error. To check if the printer is known by +Samba you may use the <b class="command">enumprinters</b> subcommand to +rpcclient. A long-standing bug prevented a proper update of the +printer list until every smbd process had received a SIGHUP or was +restarted. Remember this in case you've created the CUPS printer just +shortly ago and encounter problems: try restarting +Samba.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2952081"></a>Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We are going to install a printer driver now by manually executing all +required commands. As this may seem a rather complicated process at +first, we go through the procedure step by step, explaining every +single action item as it comes up. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952098"></a>First Step: Install the Printer on CUPS</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# lpadmin -p mysmbtstprn -v socket://10.160.51.131:9100 -E -P /home/kurt/canonIR85.ppd + +</pre><p> +This installs printer with the name <span class="emphasis"><em>mysmbtstprn</em></span> +to the CUPS system. The printer is accessed via a socket +(a.k.a. JetDirect or Direct TCP/IP) connection. You need to be root +for this step +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952128"></a>Second Step (optional): Check if the Printer is recognized by +Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + + # rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep -C2 mysmbtstprn + + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn] + description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,,mysmbtstprn] + comment:[mysmbtstprn] + +</pre><p> +This should show the printer in the list. If not, stop and re-start +the Samba daemon (smbd), or send a HUP signal: <b class="command">kill -HUP +`pidof smbd`</b>. Check again. Troubleshoot and repeat until +success. Note the "empty" field between the two commas in the +"description" line. Here would the driver name appear if there was one +already. You need to know root's Samba password (as set by the +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b> command) for this step and most of the +following steps. Alternatively you can authenticate as one of the +users from the "write list" as defined in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952191"></a>Third Step (optional): Check if Samba knows a Driver for the +Printer</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep driver + drivername:[] + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep -C4 driv + servername:[\\kde-bitshop] + printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn] + sharename:[mysmbtstprn] + portname:[Samba Printer Port] + drivername:[] + comment:[mysmbtstprn] + location:[] + sepfile:[] + printprocessor:[winprint] + +# rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost + result was WERR_UNKNOWN_PRINTER_DRIVER + +</pre><p> +Neither method of the three commands shown above should show a driver. +This step was done for the purpose of demonstrating this condition. An +attempt to connect to the printer at this stage will prompt the +message along the lines: "The server has not the required printer +driver installed". +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952229"></a>Fourth Step: Put all required Driver Files into Samba's +[print$]</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# smbclient //localhost/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' \ + -c 'cd W32X86; \ + put /etc/cups/ppd/mysmbtstprn.ppd mysmbtstprn.PPD; \ + put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll cupsui.dll; \ + put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll cupsdrvr.dll; \ + put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp cups.hlp' + +</pre><p> +(Note that this command should be entered in one long single +line. Line-breaks and the line-end indicating "\" has been inserted +for readability reasons.) This step is <span class="emphasis"><em>required</em></span> +for the next one to succeed. It makes the driver files physically +present in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. However, clients +would still not be able to install them, because Samba does not yet +treat them as driver files. A client asking for the driver would still +be presented with a "not installed here" message. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952280"></a>Fifth Step: Verify where the Driver Files are now</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/ + total 669 + drwxr-sr-x 2 root ntadmin 532 May 25 23:08 2 + drwxr-sr-x 2 root ntadmin 670 May 16 03:15 3 + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 278380 May 25 23:21 cupsdrvr.dll + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 215848 May 25 23:21 cupsui.dll + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD + +</pre><p> +The driver files now are in the W32X86 architecture "root" of +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952318"></a>Sixth Step: Tell Samba that these are +<span class="emphasis"><em>Driver</em></span> Files +(<b class="command">adddriver</b>)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c `adddriver "Windows NT x86" "mydrivername: \ + cupsdrvr.dll:mysmbtstprn.PPD: \ + cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW[<span class="citation">:</span>]NULL" \ + localhost + + Printer Driver mydrivername successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +Note that your cannot repeat this step if it fails. It could fail even +as a result of a simple typo. It will most likely have moved a part of +the driver files into the "2" subdirectory. If this step fails, you +need to go back to the fourth step and repeat it, before you can try +this one again. In this step you need to choose a name for your +driver. It is normally a good idea to use the same name as is used for +the printername; however, in big installations you may use this driver +for a number of printers which have obviously different names. So the +name of the driver is not fixed. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952373"></a>Seventh Step: Verify where the Driver Files are now</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/ + total 1 + drwxr-sr-x 2 root ntadmin 532 May 25 23:22 2 + drwxr-sr-x 2 root ntadmin 670 May 16 03:15 3 + + +# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/2 + total 5039 + [....] + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 278380 May 13 13:53 cupsdrvr.dll + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 215848 May 13 13:53 cupsui.dll + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD + +</pre><p> +Notice how step 6 did also move the driver files to the appropriate +subdirectory. Compare with the situation after step 5. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952406"></a>Eighth Step (optional): Verify if Samba now recognizes the +Driver</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumdrivers 3' localhost | grep -B2 -A5 mydrivername + + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [mydrivername] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll] + Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD] + Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp] + +</pre><p> +Remember, this command greps for the name you did choose for the +driver in step Six. This command must succeed before you can proceed. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952439"></a>Ninth Step: Tell Samba which Printer should use these Driver +Files (<b class="command">setdriver</b>)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'setdriver mysmbtstprn mydrivername' localhost + + Successfully set mysmbtstprn to driver mydrivername + +</pre><p> +Since you can bind any printername (=printqueue) to any driver, this +is a very convenient way to setup many queues which use the same +driver. You don't need to repeat all the previous steps for the +setdriver command to succeed. The only pre-conditions are: +<b class="command">enumdrivers</b> must find the driver and +<b class="command">enumprinters</b> must find the printer. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952490"></a>Tenth Step (optional): Verify if Samba has this Association +recognized</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep driver + drivername:[mydrivername] + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep -C4 driv + servername:[\\kde-bitshop] + printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn] + sharename:[mysmbtstprn] + portname:[Done] + drivername:[mydrivername] + comment:[mysmbtstprn] + location:[] + sepfile:[] + printprocessor:[winprint] + +# rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [mydrivername] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll] + Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD] + Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp] + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [RAW] + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [RAW] + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep mysmbtstprn + name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn] + description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,mydrivername,mysmbtstprn] + comment:[mysmbtstprn] + +</pre><p> +Compare these results with the ones from steps 2 and 3. Note that +every single of these commands show the driver is installed. Even +the <b class="command">enumprinters</b> command now lists the driver +on the "description" line. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952546"></a>Eleventh Step (optional): Tickle the Driver into a correct +Device Mode</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You certainly know how to install the driver on the client. In case +you are not particularly familiar with Windows, here is a short +recipe: browse the Network Neighbourhood, go to the Samba server, look +for the shares. You should see all shared Samba printers. +Double-click on the one in question. The driver should get +installed, and the network connection set up. An alternative way is to +open the "Printers (and Faxes)" folder, right-click on the printer in +question and select "Connect" or "Install". As a result, a new printer +should have appeared in your client's local "Printers (and Faxes)" +folder, named something like "printersharename on Sambahostname". +</p><p> +It is important that you execute this step as a Samba printer admin +(as defined in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>). Here is another method +to do this on Windows XP. It uses a commandline, which you may type +into the "DOS box" (type root's smbpassword when prompted): +</p><pre class="screen"> + + C:\> runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n \\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn" + +</pre><p> +Change any printer setting once (like <span class="emphasis"><em>"portrait" +--> "landscape"</em></span>), click "Apply"; change the setting +back. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952607"></a>Twelveth Step: Install the Printer on a Client +("Point'n'Print")</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + + C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn" + +</pre><p> +If it doesn't work it could be a permission problem with the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952638"></a>Thirteenth Step (optional): Print a Test Page</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + + C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn" + +</pre><p> +Then hit [TAB] 5 times, [ENTER] twice, [TAB] once and [ENTER] again +and march to the printer. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952663"></a>Fourteenth Step (recommended): Study the Test Page</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Hmmm.... just kidding! By now you know everything about printer +installations and you don't need to read a word. Just put it in a +frame and bolt it to the wall with the heading "MY FIRST +RPCCLIENT-INSTALLED PRINTER" - why not just throw it away! +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2952681"></a>Fifteenth Step (obligatory): Enjoy. Jump. Celebrate your +Success</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# echo "Cheeeeerioooooo! Success..." >> /var/log/samba/log.smbd + +</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2952701"></a>Troubleshooting revisited</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The setdriver command will fail, if in Samba's mind the queue is not +already there. You had promising messages about the: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + Printer Driver ABC successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +after the "adddriver" parts of the procedure? But you are also seeing +a disappointing message like this one beneath? +</p><pre class="screen"> + + result was NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL + +</pre><p> +It is not good enough that <span class="emphasis"><em>you</em></span> +can see the queue <span class="emphasis"><em>in CUPS</em></span>, using +the <b class="command">lpstat -p ir85wm</b> command. A +bug in most recent versions of Samba prevents the proper update of +the queuelist. The recognition of newly installed CUPS printers +fails unless you re-start Samba or send a HUP to all smbd +processes. To verify if this is the reason why Samba doesn't +execute the setdriver command successfully, check if Samba "sees" +the printer: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'enumprinters 0'| grep ir85wm + printername:[ir85wm] + +</pre><p> +An alternative command could be this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'getprinter ir85wm' + cmd = getprinter ir85wm + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\transmeta\ir85wm] + description:[\\transmeta\ir85wm,ir85wm,DPD] + comment:[CUPS PostScript-Treiber for WinNT/2K/XP] + +</pre><p> +BTW, you can use these commands, plus a few more, of course, +to install drivers on remote Windows NT print servers too! +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2952803"></a>The printing <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> Files</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Some mystery is associated with the series of files with a +tdb-suffix appearing in every Samba installation. They are +<tt class="filename">connections.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">printing.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">share_info.tdb</tt> , +<tt class="filename">ntdrivers.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">unexpected.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">brlock.tdb</tt> , +<tt class="filename">locking.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">ntforms.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">messages.tdb</tt> , +<tt class="filename">ntprinters.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">sessionid.tdb</tt> and +<tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt>. What is their purpose? +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2952906"></a>Trivial DataBase Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A Windows NT (Print) Server keeps track of all information needed to serve +its duty toward its clients by storing entries in the Windows +"Registry". Client queries are answered by reading from the registry, +Administrator or user configuration settings are saved by writing into +the Registry. Samba and Unix obviously don't have such a kind of +Registry. Samba instead keeps track of all client related information in a +series of <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files. (TDB = Trivial Data +Base). These are often located in <tt class="filename">/var/lib/samba/</tt> +or <tt class="filename">/var/lock/samba/</tt> . The printing related files +are <tt class="filename">ntprinters.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">printing.tdb</tt>,<tt class="filename">ntforms.tdb</tt> and +<tt class="filename">ntdrivers.tdb</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2952976"></a>Binary Format</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files are not human readable. They are +written in a binary format. "Why not ASCII?", you may ask. "After all, +ASCII configuration files are a good and proofed tradition on UNIX." +-- The reason for this design decision by the Samba Team is mainly +performance. Samba needs to be fast; it runs a separate +<b class="command">smbd</b> process for each client connection, in some +environments many thousand of them. Some of these smbds might need to +write-access the same <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> file <span class="emphasis"><em>at the +same time</em></span>. The file format of Samba's +<tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files allows for this provision. Many smbd +processes may write to the same <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> file at the +same time. This wouldn't be possible with pure ASCII files. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2953038"></a>Losing <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +It is very important that all <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files remain +consistent over all write and read accesses. However, it may happen +that these files <span class="emphasis"><em>do</em></span> get corrupted. (A +<b class="command">kill -9 `pidof smbd`</b> while a write access is in +progress could do the damage as well as a power interruption, +etc.). In cases of trouble, a deletion of the old printing-related +<tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files may be the only option. You need to +re-create all print related setup after that. Or you have made a +backup of the <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files in time. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2953097"></a>Using <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbbackup</em></span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba ships with a little utility which helps the root user of your +system to back up your <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files. If you run it +with no argument, it prints a little usage message: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# tdbbackup + Usage: tdbbackup [options] <fname...> + + Version:3.0a + -h this help message + -s suffix set the backup suffix + -v veryify mode (restore if corrupt) + +</pre><p> +Here is how I backed up my printing.tdb file: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# ls + . browse.dat locking.tdb ntdrivers.tdb printing.tdb share_info.tdb + .. connections.tdb messages.tdb ntforms.tdb printing.tdbkp unexpected.tdb + brlock.tdb gmon.out namelist.debug ntprinters.tdb sessionid.tdb + + kde-bitshop:/var/lock/samba # tdbbackup -s .bak printing.tdb + printing.tdb : 135 records + + kde-bitshop:/var/lock/samba # ls -l printing.tdb* + -rw------- 1 root root 40960 May 2 03:44 printing.tdb + -rw------- 1 root root 40960 May 2 03:44 printing.tdb.bak + +</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2953159"></a>CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS ships with good support for HP LaserJet type printers. You can +install the generic driver as follows: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd + +</pre><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>-m</tt></i> switch will retrieve the +<tt class="filename">laserjet.ppd</tt> from the standard repository for +not-yet-installed-PPDs, which CUPS typically stores in +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/model</tt>. Alternatively, you may use +<i class="parameter"><tt>-P /path/to/your.ppd</tt></i>. +</p><p> +The generic laserjet.ppd however does not support every special option +for every LaserJet-compatible model. It constitutes a sort of "least +denominator" of all the models. If for some reason it is ruled out to +you to pay for the commercially available ESP Print Pro drivers, your +first move should be to consult the database on <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</a>. +Linuxprinting.org has excellent recommendations about which driver is +best used for each printer. Its database is kept current by the +tireless work of Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft, who is also the +principal author of the foomatic-rip utility. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The former "cupsomatic" concept is now be replaced by the new, much +more powerful "foomatic-rip". foomatic-rip is the successor of +cupsomatic. cupsomatic is no longer maintained. Here is the new URL +to the Foomatic-3.0 database:<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi</a>. +If you upgrade to foomatic-rip, don't forget to also upgrade to the +new-style PPDs for your foomatic-driven printers. foomatic-rip will +not work with PPDs generated for the old cupsomatic. The new-style +PPDs are 100% compliant to the Adobe PPD specification. They are +intended to be used by Samba and the cupsaddsmb utility also, to +provide the driver files for the Windows clients also! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2953265"></a>foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Nowadays most Linux distros rely on the utilities of Linuxprinting.org +to create their printing related software (which, BTW, works on all +UNIXes and on Mac OS X or Darwin too). It is not known as well as it +should be, that it also has a very end-user friendly interface which +allows for an easy update of drivers and PPDs, for all supported +models, all spoolers, all operatings systems and all package formats +(because there is none). Its history goes back a few years. +</p><p> +Recently Foomatic has achieved the astonishing milestone of <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi?make=Anyone" target="_top">1000 +listed</a> printer models. Linuxprinting.org keeps all the +important facts about printer drivers, supported models and which +options are available for the various driver/printer combinations in +its <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic.html" target="_top">Foomatic</a> +database. Currently there are <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi" target="_top">245 drivers</a> +in the database: many drivers support various models, and many models +may be driven by different drivers; it's your choice! +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2953320"></a>690 "perfect" Printers</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +At present there are 690 devices dubbed as working "perfectly", 181 +"mostly", 96 "partially" and 46 are "Paperweights". Keeping in mind +that most of these are non-PostScript models (PostScript printers are +automatically supported supported by CUPS to perfection, by using +their own manufacturer-provided Windows-PPD...), and that a +multifunctional device never qualifies as working "perfectly" if it +doesn't also scan and copy and fax under GNU/Linux: then this is a +truely astonishing achievement. Three years ago the number was not +more than 500, and Linux or UNIX "printing" at the time wasn't +anywhere near the quality it is today! +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2953345"></a>How the "Printing HOWTO" started it all</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A few years ago <a href="http://www2.picante.com:81/~gtaylor/" target="_top">Grant Taylor</a> +started it all. The roots of today's Linuxprinting.org are in the +first <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/howto/" target="_top">Linux Printing +HOWTO</a> which he authored. As a side-project to this document, +which served many Linux users and admins to guide their first steps in +this complicated and delicate setup (to a scientist, printing is +"applying a structured deposition of distinct patterns of ink or toner +particles on paper substrates" <span class="emphasis"><em>;-)</em></span>, he started to +build in a little Postgres database with information about the +hardware and driver zoo that made up Linux printing of the time. This +database became the core component of today's Foomatic collection of +tools and data. In the meantime it has moved to an XML representation +of the data. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2953390"></a>Foomatic's strange Name</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +"Why the funny name?", you ask. When it really took off, around spring +2000, CUPS was far less popular than today, and most systems used LPD, +LPRng or even PDQ to print. CUPS shipped with a few generic "drivers" +(good for a few hundred different printer models). These didn't +support many device-specific options. CUPS also shipped with its own +built-in rasterization filter ("pstoraster", derived from +Ghostscript). On the other hand, CUPS provided brilliant support for +<span class="emphasis"><em>controlling</em></span> all printer options through +standardized and well-defined "PPD files" (PostScript Printers +Description files). Plus, CUPS was designed to be easily extensible. +</p><p> +Grant already had in his database a respectable compilation +of facts about a many more printers, and the Ghostscript "drivers" +they run with. His idea, to generate PPDs from the database info +and use them to make standard Ghostscript filters work within CUPS, +proved to work very well. It also "killed several birds with one +stone": +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>It made all current and future Ghostscript filter +developments available for CUPS;</p></li><li><p>It made available a lot of additional printer models +to CUPS users (because often the "traditional" Ghostscript way of +printing was the only one available);</p></li><li><p>It gave all the advanced CUPS options (web interface, +GUI driver configurations) to users wanting (or needing) to use +Ghostscript filters.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2953457"></a>cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS worked through a quickly-hacked up filter script named <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=cupsomatic&show=0" target="_top">cupsomatic</a>. +cupsomatic ran the printfile through Ghostscript, constructing +automatically the rather complicated command line needed. It just +required to be copied into the CUPS system to make it work. To +"configure" the way cupsomatic controls the Ghostscript rendering +process, it needs a CUPS-PPD. This PPD is generated directly from the +contents of the database. For CUPS and the respective printer/filter +combo another Perl script named "CUPS-O-Matic" did the PPD +generation. After that was working, Grant implemented within a few +days a similar thing for two other spoolers. Names chosen for the +config-generator scripts were <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=lpdomatic&show=0" target="_top">PDQ-O-Matic</a> +(for PDQ) and <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=lpdomatic&show=0" target="_top">LPD-O-Matic</a> +(for - you guessed it - LPD); the configuration here didn't use PPDs +but other spooler-specific files. +</p><p> +From late summer of that year, <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/till/" target="_top">Till Kamppeter</a> +started to put work into the database. Till had been newly employed by +<a href="http://www.mandrakesoft.com/" target="_top">MandrakeSoft</a> to +convert their printing system over to CUPS, after they had seen his +<a href="http://www.fltk.org/" target="_top">FLTK</a>-based <a href="http://cups.sourceforge.net/xpp/" target="_top">XPP</a> (a GUI frontend to +the CUPS lp-command). He added a huge amount of new information and new +printers. He also developed the support for other spoolers, like +<a href="http://ppr.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">PPR</a> (via ppromatic), +<a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/lpr/" target="_top">GNUlpr</a> and +<a href="http://www.lprng.org/" target="_top">LPRng</a> (both via an extended +lpdomatic) and "spoolerless" printing (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=directomatic&show=0" target="_top">directomatic</a>).... +</p><p> +So, to answer your question: "Foomatic" is the general name for all +the overlapping code and data behind the "*omatic" scripts.... -- +Foomatic up to versions 2.0.x required (ugly) Perl data structures +attached the Linuxprinting.org PPDs for CUPS. It had a different +"*omatic" script for every spooler, as well as different printer +configuration files.. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2953589"></a>7.13.1.5.The <span class="emphasis"><em>Grand Unification</em></span> +achieved...</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This all has changed in Foomatic versions 2.9 (Beta) and released as +"stable" 3.0. This has now achieved the convergence of all *omatic +scripts: it is called the <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=0" target="_top">foomatic-rip</a>. +This single script is the unification of the previously different +spooler-specific *omatic scripts. foomatic-rip is used by all the +different spoolers alike. Because foomatic-rip can read PPDs (both the +original PostScript printer PPDs and the Linuxprinting.org-generated +ones), all of a sudden all supported spoolers can have the power of +PPDs at their disposal; users only need to plug "foomatic-rip" into +their system.... For users there is improved media type and source +support; paper sizes and trays are easier to configure. +</p><p> +Also, the New Generation of Linuxprinting.org PPDs doesn't contain +Perl data structures any more. If you are a distro maintainer and have +used the previous version of Foomatic, you may want to give the new +one a spin: but don't forget to generate a new-version set of PPDs, +via the new <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download/foomatic/foomatic-db-engine-3.0.0beta1.tar.gz" target="_top">foomatic-db-engine</a>! +Individual users just need to generate a single new PPD specific to +their model by <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/II.Foomatic-User/II.tutorial-handout-foomatic-user.html" target="_top">following +the steps</a> outlined in the Foomatic tutorial or further +below. This new development is truly amazing. +</p><p> +foomatic-rip is a very clever wrapper around the need to run +Ghostscript with a different syntax, different options, different +device selections and/or different filters for each different printer +or different spooler. At the same time it can read the PPD associated +with a print queue and modify the print job according to the user +selections. Together with this comes the 100% compliance of the new +Foomatic PPDs with the Adobe spec. Some really innovative features of +the Foomatic concept will surprise users: it will support custom paper +sizes for many printers; and it will support printing on media drawn +from different paper trays within the same job (in both cases: even +where there is no support for this from Windows-based vendor printer +drivers). +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2953677"></a>Driver Development outside</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Most driver development itself does not happen within +Linuxprinting.org. Drivers are written by independent maintainers. +Linuxprinting.org just pools all the information, and stores it in its +database. In addition, it also provides the Foomatic glue to integrate +the many drivers into any modern (or legacy) printing system known to +the world. +</p><p> +Speaking of the different driver development groups: most of +the work is currently done in three projects. These are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/" target="_top">Omni</a> +-- a Free Software project by IBM which tries to convert their printer +driver knowledge from good-ol' OS/2 times into a modern, modular, +universal driver architecture for Linux/Unix (still Beta). This +currently supports 437 models.</p></li><li><p><a href="http://hpinkjet.sf.net/" target="_top">HPIJS</a> -- +a Free Software project by HP to provide the support for their own +range of models (very mature, printing in most cases is perfect and +provides true photo quality). This currently supports 369 +models.</p></li><li><p><a href="http://gimp-print.sf.net/" target="_top">Gimp-Print</a> -- a Free software +effort, started by Michael Sweet (also lead developer for CUPS), now +directed by Robert Krawitz, which has achieved an amazing level of +photo print quality (many Epson users swear that its quality is +better than the vendor drivers provided by Epson for the Microsoft +platforms). This currently supports 522 models.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2953755"></a>Forums, Downloads, Tutorials, Howtos -- also for Mac OS X and +commercial Unix</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Linuxprinting.org today is the one-stop "shop" to download printer +drivers. Look for printer information and <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org//kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/" target="_top">tutorials</a> +or solve printing problems in its popular <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/newsportal/" target="_top">forums</a>. But +it's not just for GNU/Linux: users and admins of <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/macosx/" target="_top">commercial UNIX +systems</a> are also going there, and the relatively new <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/newsportal/thread.php3?name=linuxprinting.macosx.general" target="_top">Mac +OS X forum</a> has turned out to be one of the most frequented +fora after only a few weeks. +</p><p> +Linuxprinting.org and the Foomatic driver wrappers around Ghostscript +are now a standard toolchain for printing on all the important +distros. Most of them also have CUPS underneath. While in recent years +most printer data had been added by Till (who works at Mandrake), many +additional contributions came from engineers with SuSE, RedHat, +Connectiva, Debian and others. Vendor-neutrality is an important goal +of the Foomatic project. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft is doing an excellent job in his +spare time to maintain Linuxprinting.org and Foomatic. So if you use +it often, please send him a note showing your appreciation. +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2953828"></a>Foomatic Database generated PPDs</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Foomatic database is an amazing piece of ingenuity in itself. Not +only does it keep the printer and driver information, but it is +organized in a way that it can generate "PPD" files "on the fly" from +its internal XML-based datasets. While these PPDs are modelled to the +Adobe specification of "PostScript Printer Descriptions" (PPDs), the +Linuxprinting.org/Foomatic-PPDs don't normally drive PostScript +printers: they are used to describe all the bells and whistles you +could ring or blow on an Epson Stylus inkjet, or a HP Photosmart or +what-have-you. The main "trick" is one little additional line, not +envisaged by the PPD specification, starting with the "*cupsFilter" +keyword: it tells the CUPS daemon how to proceed with the PostScript +print file (old-style Foomatic-PPDs named the +<span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic</em></span> filter script, while the new-style +PPDs now call <span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic-rip</em></span>). This filter +script calls Ghostscript on the host system (the recommended variant +is ESP Ghostscript) to do the rendering work. foomatic-rip knows which +filter or internal device setting it should ask from Ghostscript to +convert the PostScript printjob into a raster format ready for the +target device. This usage of PPDs to describe the options of non-PS +printers was the invention of the CUPS developers. The rest is easy: +GUI tools (like KDE's marvellous <a href="http://printing.kde.org/overview/kprinter.phtml" target="_top">"kprinter"</a>, +or the GNOME <a href="http://gtklp.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">"gtklp"</a>, "xpp" and the CUPS +web interface) read the PPD too and use this information to present +the available settings to the user as an intuitive menu selection. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2953893"></a>foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here are the steps to install a foomatic-rip driven "LaserJet 4 Plus" +compatible printer in CUPS (note that recent distributions of SuSE, +UnitedLinux and Mandrake may ship with a complete package of +Foomatic-PPDs plus the foomatic-rip utility. going directly to +Linuxprinting.org ensures you to get the latest driver/PPD files): +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Surf to <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</a> +</p></li><li><p>Check the complete list of printers in the database: +<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi?make=Anyone" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi?make=Anyone</a> +</p></li><li><p>There select your model and click on the +link.</p></li><li><p>You'll arrive at a page listing all drivers working +with this model (for all printers, there will always be +<span class="emphasis"><em>one</em></span> recommended driver. Try this one +first).</p></li><li><p>In our case ("HP LaserJet 4 Plus"), we'll arrive here: +<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus</a> +</p></li><li><p>The recommended driver is "ljet4".</p></li><li><p>There are several links provided here. You should +visit them all, if you are not familiar with the Linuxprinting.org +database.</p></li><li><p>There is a link to the database page for the "ljet4": +<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</a> +On the driver's page, you'll find important and detailed information +about how to use that driver within the various available +spoolers.</p></li><li><p>Another link may lead you to the homepage of the +driver author or the driver.</p></li><li><p>Important links are the ones which provide hints with +setup instructions for CUPS (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html</a>), +PDQ (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/pdq-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/pdq-doc.html</a>), +LPD, LPRng and GNUlpr (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/lpd-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/lpd-doc.html</a>) +as well as PPR (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppr-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppr-doc.html)</a> +or "spooler-less" printing (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/direct-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/direct-doc.html</a> +).</p></li><li><p>You can view the PPD in your browser through this +link: <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&show=1" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&show=1</a> +</p></li><li><p>You can also (most importantly) +generate and download the PPD: <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&show=0" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&show=0</a> +</p></li><li><p>The PPD contains all the information needed to use our +model and the driver; this is, once installed, working transparently +for the user. Later you'll only need to choose resolution, paper size +etc. from the web-based menu, or from the print dialog GUI, or from +the commandline.</p></li><li><p>Should you have ended up on the driver's page (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</a>), +you can choose to use the "PPD-O-Matic" online PPD generator +program.</p></li><li><p>Select the exact model and check either "download" or +"display PPD file" and click on "Generate PPD file".</p></li><li><p>If you save the PPD file from the browser view, please +don't use "cut'n'past" (since it could possibly damage line endings +and tabs, which makes the PPD likely to fail its duty), but use "Save +as..." in your browser's menu. (Best is to use the "download" option +from the web page directly).</p></li><li><p>Another very interesting part on each driver page is +the <span class="emphasis"><em>Show execution details</em></span> button. If you +select your printer model and click that button, you will get +displayed a complete Ghostscript command line, enumerating all options +available for that driver/printermodel combo. This is a great way to +"Learn Ghostscript By Doing". It is also an excellent "cheat sheet" +for all experienced users who need to re-construct a good command line +for that damn printing script, but can't remember the exact +syntax. ;-)</p></li><li><p>Some time during your visit to Linuxprinting.org, save +the PPD to a suitable place on your harddisk, say +<tt class="filename">/path/to/my-printer.ppd</tt> (if you prefer to install +your printers with the help of the CUPS web interface, save the PPD to +the <tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/model/</tt> path and re-start +cupsd).</p></li><li><p>Then install the printer with a suitable commandline, +e.g.: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -P path/to/my-printer.ppd + +</pre></li><li><p>Note again this: for all the new-style "Foomatic-PPDs" +from Linuxprinting.org, you also need a special "CUPS filter" named +"foomatic-rip".Get the latest version of "foomatic-rip" from: <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=0" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=0</a> +</p></li><li><p>The foomatic-rip Perlscript itself also makes some +interesting reading (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=1" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=1</a>), +because it is very well documented by Till's inline comments (even +non-Perl hackers will learn quite a bit about printing by reading +it... ;-)</p></li><li><p>Save foomatic-rip either directly in +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/cups/filter/foomatic-rip</tt> or somewhere in +your $PATH (and don't forget to make it world-executable). Again, +don't save by "copy'n'paste" but use the appropriate link, or the +"Save as..." menu item in your browser.</p></li><li><p>If you save foomatic-rip in your $PATH, create a symlink: +<b class="command">cd /usr/lib/cups/filter/ ; ln -s `which +foomatic-rip`</b>. For CUPS to discover this new +available filter at startup, you need to re-start +cupsd.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Once you print to a printqueue set up with the Foomatic-PPD, CUPS will +insert the appropriate commands and comments into the resulting +PostScript jobfile. foomatic-rip is able to read and act upon +these. foomatic-rip uses some specially encoded Foomatic comments, +embedded in the jobfile. These in turn are used to construct +(transparently for you, the user) the complicated ghostscript command +line telling for the printer driver how exactly the resulting raster +data should look like and which printer commands to embed into the +data stream. +</p><p> +You need: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A "foomatic+something" PPD -- but it this not enough +to print with CUPS (it is only <span class="emphasis"><em>one</em></span> important +component)</p></li><li><p>The "foomatic-rip" filter script (Perl) in +/usr/lib/cups/filters/</p></li><li><p>Perl to make foomatic-rip run</p></li><li><p>Ghostscript (because it is doing the main work, +controlled by the PPD/foomatic-rip combo) to produce the raster data +fit for your printermodel's consumption</p></li><li><p>Ghostscript <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> (depending on +the driver/model) contain support for a certain "device", representing +the selected "driver" for your model (as shown by "gs +-h")</p></li><li><p>foomatic-rip needs a new version of PPDs (PPD versions +produced for cupsomatic don't work with +foomatic-rip).</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2954351"></a>Page Accounting with CUPS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Often there are questions regarding "print quotas" wherein Samba users +(that is, Windows clients) should not be able to print beyond a +certain amount of pages or data volume per day, week or month. This +feature is dependent on the real print subsystem you're using. +Samba's part is always to receive the job files from the clients +(filtered <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> unfiltered) and hand it over to this +printing subsystem. +</p><p> +Of course one could "hack" things with one's own scripts. But then +there is CUPS. CUPS supports "quotas" which can be based on sizes of +jobs or on the number of pages or both, and are spanning any time +period you want. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2954382"></a>Setting up Quotas</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is an example command how root would set a print quota in CUPS, +assuming an existing printer named "quotaprinter": +</p><pre class="screen"> + + lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 -o job-k-limit=1024 -o job-page-limit=100 + +</pre><p> +This would limit every single user to print 100 pages or 1024 KB of +data (whichever comes first) within the last 604,800 seconds ( = 1 +week). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2954413"></a>Correct and incorrect Accounting</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For CUPS to count correctly, the printfile needs to pass the CUPS +"pstops" filter, otherwise it uses a "dummy" count of "1". Some +printfiles don't pass it (eg: image files) but then those are mostly 1 +page jobs anyway. This also means that proprietary drivers for the +target printer running on the client computers and CUPS/Samba, which +then spool these files as "raw" (i.e. leaving them untouched, not +filtering them), will be counted as "1-pagers" too! +</p><p> +You need to send PostScript from the clients (i.e. run a PostScript +driver there) to have the chance to get accounting done. If the +printer is a non-PostScript model, you need to let CUPS do the job to +convert the file to a print-ready format for the target printer. This +will be working for currently about 1,000 different printer models, +see <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</a>). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2954454"></a>Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before CUPS-1.1.16 your only option was to use the Adobe PostScript +Driver on the Windows clients. The output of this driver was not +always passed through the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba side, and +therefore was not counted correctly (the reason is that it often, +depending on the "PPD" being used, wrote a "PJL"-header in front of +the real PostScript which caused CUPS to skip pstops and go directly +to the "pstoraster" stage). +</p><p> +From CUPS-1.1.16 onward you can use the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2K/XP clients" (which is tagged in the download area of +http://www.cups.org/ as the "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz" package). It does +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> work for Win9x/ME clients. But it guarantees: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>to not write an PJL-header</p></li><li><p>to still read and support all PJL-options named in the +driver PPD with its own means</p></li><li><p> that the file will pass through the "pstops" filter +on the CUPS/Samba server</p></li><li><p>to page-count correctly the +printfile</p></li></ul></div><p> +You can read more about the setup of this combination in the manpage +for "cupsaddsmb" (which is only present with CUPS installed, and only +current from CUPS 1.1.16). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2954526"></a>The page_log File Syntax</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +These are the items CUPS logs in the "page_log" for every +single <span class="emphasis"><em>page</em></span> of a job: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Printer name</p></li><li><p>User name</p></li><li><p>Job ID</p></li><li><p>Time of printing</p></li><li><p>the page number</p></li><li><p>the number of copies</p></li><li><p>a billing information string +(optional)</p></li><li><p>the host which sent the job (included since version +1.1.19)</p></li></ul></div><p> +Here is an extract of my CUPS server's page_log file to illustrate the +format and included items: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 1 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13 + infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 2 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13 + infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 3 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13 + infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 4 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13 + DigiMaster9110 boss 402 [22/Apr/2003:10:33:22 +0100] 1 440 finance-dep 10.160.51.33 + +</pre><p> +This was job ID "401", printed on "infotec_IS2027" by user "kurt", a +64-page job printed in 3 copies and billed to "#marketing", sent +from IP address 10.160.50.13. The next job had ID "402", was sent by +user "boss" from IP address 10.160.51.33,printed from one page 440 +copies and is set to be billed to "finance-dep". +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2954628"></a>Possible Shortcomings</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +What flaws or shortcomings are there with this quota system? +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the ones named above (wrongly logged job in case of +printer hardware failure, etc.)</p></li><li><p>in reality, CUPS counts the job pages that are being +processed in <span class="emphasis"><em>software</em></span> (that is, going through the +"RIP") rather than the physical sheets successfully leaving the +printing device. Thus if there is a jam while printing the 5th sheet out +of 1000 and the job is aborted by the printer, the "page count" will +still show the figure of 1000 for that job</p></li><li><p>all quotas are the same for all users (no flexibility +to give the boss a higher quota than the clerk) no support for +groups</p></li><li><p>no means to read out the current balance or the +"used-up" number of current quota</p></li><li><p>a user having used up 99 sheets of 100 quota will +still be able to send and print a 1,000 sheet job</p></li><li><p>a user being denied a job because of a filled-up quota +doesn't get a meaningful error message from CUPS other than +"client-error-not-possible".</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2954699"></a>Future Developments</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is the best system currently available, and there are huge +improvements under development for CUPS 1.2: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>page counting will go into the "backends" (these talk +directly to the printer and will increase the count in sync with the +actual printing process: thus a jam at the 5th sheet will lead to a +stop in the counting)</p></li><li><p>quotas will be handled more flexibly</p></li><li><p>probably there will be support for users to inquire +their "accounts" in advance</p></li><li><p>probably there will be support for some other tools +around this topic</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2954747"></a>Other Accounting Tools</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PrintAnalyzer, pyKota, printbill, LogReport. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2954762"></a>Additional Material</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A printer queue with <span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span> PPD associated to it is a +"raw" printer and all files will go directly there as received by the +spooler. The exceptions are file types "application/octet-stream" +which need "passthrough feature" enabled. "Raw" queues don't do any +filtering at all, they hand the file directly to the CUPS backend. +This backend is responsible for the sending of the data to the device +(as in the "device URI" notation: <tt class="filename">lpd://, socket://, +smb://, ipp://, http://, parallel:/, serial:/, usb:/</tt> etc.) +</p><p> +"cupsomatic"/Foomatic are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> native CUPS drivers +and they don't ship with CUPS. They are a Third Party add-on, +developed at Linuxprinting.org. As such, they are a brilliant hack to +make all models (driven by Ghostscript drivers/filters in traditional +spoolers) also work via CUPS, with the same (good or bad!) quality as +in these other spoolers. "cupsomatic" is only a vehicle to execute a +ghostscript commandline at that stage in the CUPS filtering chain, +where "normally" the native CUPS "pstoraster" filter would kick +in. cupsomatic by-passes pstoraster, "kidnaps" the printfile from CUPS +away and re-directs it to go through Ghostscript. CUPS accepts this, +because the associated CUPS-O-Matic-/Foomatic-PPD specifies: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic" + +</pre><p> +This line persuades CUPS to hand the file to cupsomatic, once it has +successfully converted it to the MIME type +"application/vnd.cups-postscript". This conversion will not happen for +Jobs arriving from Windows which are auto-typed +"application/octet-stream", with the according changes in +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> in place. +</p><p> +CUPS is widely configurable and flexible, even regarding its filtering +mechanism. Another workaround in some situations would be to have in +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> entries as follows: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + application/vnd.cups-postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + +</pre><p> +This would prevent all Postscript files from being filtered (rather, +they will through the virtual <span class="emphasis"><em>nullfilter</em></span> +denoted with "-"). This could only be useful for PS printers. If you +want to print PS code on non-PS printers (provided they support ASCII +text printing) an entry as follows could be useful: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + */* application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + +</pre><p> +and would effectively send <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> files to the +backend without further processing. +</p><p> +Lastly, you could have the following entry: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/vnd.cups-postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 my_PJL_stripping_filter + +</pre><p> +You will need to write a <span class="emphasis"><em>my_PJL_stripping_filter</em></span> +(could be a shellscript) that parses the PostScript and removes the +unwanted PJL. This would need to conform to CUPS filter design +(mainly, receive and pass the parameters printername, job-id, +username, jobtitle, copies, print options and possibly the +filename). It would be installed as world executable into +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/cups/filters/</tt> and will be called by CUPS +if it encounters a MIME type "application/vnd.cups-postscript". +</p><p> +CUPS can handle <span class="emphasis"><em>-o job-hold-until=indefinite</em></span>. +This keeps the job in the queue "on hold". It will only be printed +upon manual release by the printer operator. This is a requirement in +many "central reproduction departments", where a few operators manage +the jobs of hundreds of users on some big machine, where no user is +allowed to have direct access (such as when the operators often need +to load the proper paper type before running the 10,000 page job +requested by marketing for the mailing, etc.). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2954956"></a>Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba print files pass through two "spool" directories. One is the +incoming directory managed by Samba, (set in the <span class="emphasis"><em>path = +/var/spool/samba</em></span> directive in the +<span class="emphasis"><em>[printers]</em></span> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>). The other is the spool directory of +your UNIX print subsystem. For CUPS it is normally +<tt class="filename">/var/spool/cups/</tt>, as set by the cupsd.conf +directive <tt class="filename">RequestRoot /var/spool/cups</tt>. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955001"></a>CUPS Configuration Settings explained</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Some important parameter settings in the CUPS configuration file +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> are: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">PreserveJobHistory Yes</span></dt><dd><p> +This keeps some details of jobs in cupsd's mind (well it keeps the +"c12345", "c12346" etc. files in the CUPS spool directory, which do a +similar job as the old-fashioned BSD-LPD control files). This is set +to "Yes" as a default. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">PreserveJobFiles Yes</span></dt><dd><p> +This keeps the job files themselves in cupsd's mind +(well it keeps the "d12345", "d12346" etc. files in the CUPS spool +directory...). This is set to "No" as the CUPS +default. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><span class="emphasis"><em>"MaxJobs 500"</em></span></span></dt><dd><p> +This directive controls the maximum number of jobs +that are kept in memory. Once the number of jobs reaches the limit, +the oldest completed job is automatically purged from the system to +make room for the new one. If all of the known jobs are still +pending or active then the new job will be rejected. Setting the +maximum to 0 disables this functionality. The default setting is +0. +</p></dd></dl></div><p> +(There are also additional settings for "MaxJobsPerUser" and +"MaxJobsPerPrinter"...) +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955083"></a>Pre-conditions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For everything to work as announced, you need to have three +things: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a Samba-smbd which is compiled against "libcups" (Check +on Linux by running "ldd `which smbd`")</p></li><li><p>a Samba-<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> setting of +"printing = cups"</p></li><li><p>another Samba-<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> setting of +"printcap = cups"</p></li></ul></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +In this case all other manually set printing-related commands (like +"print command", "lpq command", "lprm command", "lppause command" or +"lpresume command") are ignored and they should normally have no +influence what-so-ever on your printing. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955144"></a>Manual Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you want to do things manually, replace the "printing = +cups" by "printing = bsd". Then your manually set commands may work +(haven't tested this), and a "print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s" +may do what you need. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2955162"></a>When <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> to use Samba to print to +CUPS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +[TO BE DONE] +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2955180"></a>In Case of Trouble.....</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you have more problems, post the output of these commands +to the CUPS or Samba mailing lists (choose the one which seems more +relevant to your problem): +</p><pre class="screen"> + + grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$ + grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v "^;" + +</pre><p> +(adapt paths as needed). These commands leave out the empty +lines and lines with comments, providing the "naked settings" in a +compact way. Don't forget to name the CUPS and Samba versions you +are using! This saves bandwidth and makes for easier readability +for experts (and you are expecting experts to read them, right? +;-) +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955214"></a>Where to find Documentation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +[TO BE DONE] +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955227"></a>How to ask for Help</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +[TO BE DONE] +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955240"></a>Where to find Help</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +[TO BE DONE] +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2955254"></a>Appendix</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955261"></a>Printing <span class="emphasis"><em>from</em></span> CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +From time to time the question arises, how you can print +<span class="emphasis"><em>to</em></span> a Windows attached printer +<span class="emphasis"><em>from</em></span> Samba. Normally the local connection +"Windows host <--> printer" would be done by USB or parallel +cable, but this doesn't matter to Samba. From here only an SMB +connection needs to be opened to the Windows host. Of course, this +printer must be "shared" first. As you have learned by now, CUPS uses +<span class="emphasis"><em>backends</em></span> to talk to printers and other +servers. To talk to Windows shared printers you need to use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>smb</em></span> (surprise, surprise!) backend. Check if this +is in the CUPS backend directory. This resides usually in +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/cups/backend/</tt>. You need to find a "smb" +file there. It should be a symlink to <tt class="filename">smbspool</tt> +which file must exist and be executable: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # ls -l /usr/lib/cups/backend/ + total 253 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 720 Apr 30 19:04 . + drwxr-xr-x 6 root root 125 Dec 19 17:13 .. + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 10692 Feb 16 21:29 canon + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 10692 Feb 16 21:29 epson + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 3 Apr 17 22:50 http -> ipp + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 17316 Apr 17 22:50 ipp + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 15420 Apr 20 17:01 lpd + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 8656 Apr 20 17:01 parallel + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 2162 Mar 31 23:15 pdfdistiller + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 25 Apr 30 19:04 ptal -> /usr/local/sbin/ptal-cups + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 6284 Apr 20 17:01 scsi + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 17 Apr 2 03:11 smb -> /usr/bin/smbspool + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 7912 Apr 20 17:01 socket + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 9012 Apr 20 17:01 usb + +# ls -l `which smbspool` + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 563245 Dec 28 14:49 /usr/bin/smbspool + +</pre><p> +If this symlink doesn't exist, create it: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# ln -s `which smbspool` /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb + +</pre><p> +smbspool has been written by Mike Sweet from the CUPS folks. It is +included and ships with Samba. It may also be used with print +subsystems other than CUPS, to spool jobs to Windows printer shares. To +set up printer "winprinter" on CUPS, you need to have a "driver" for +it. Essentially this means to convert the print data on the CUPS/Samba +host to a format that the printer can digest (the Windows host is +unable to convert any files you may send). This also means you should +be able to print to the printer if it were hooked directly at your +Samba/CUPS host. For troubleshooting purposes, this is what you +should do, to determine if that part of the process chain is in +order. Then proceed to fix the network connection/authentication to +the Windows host, etc. +</p><p> +To install a printer with the smb backend on CUPS, use this command: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# lpadmin -p winprinter -v smb://WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename -P /path/to/PPD + +</pre><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>PPD</em></span> must be able to direct CUPS to generate +the print data for the target model. For PostScript printers just use +the PPD that would be used with the Windows NT PostScript driver. But +what can you do if the printer is only accessible with a password? Or +if the printer's host is part of another workgroup? This is provided +for: you can include the required parameters as part of the +<tt class="filename">smb://</tt> device-URI. Like this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + smb://WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename + smb://username:password@WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename + smb://username:password@WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename + +</pre><p> +Note that the device-URI will be visible in the process list of the +Samba server (e.g. when someone uses the <b class="command">ps -aux</b> +command on Linux), even if the username and passwords are sanitized +before they get written into the log files. So this is an inherently +insecure option. However it is the only one. Don't use it if you want +to protect your passwords. Better share the printer in a way that +doesn't require a password! Printing will only work if you have a +working netbios name resolution up and running. Note that this is a +feature of CUPS and you don't necessarily need to have smbd running +(but who wants that? :-). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955455"></a>More CUPS filtering Chains</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs. +</p><pre class="screen"> +######################################################################### +# +# CUPS in and of itself has this (general) filter chain (CAPITAL +# letters are FILE-FORMATS or MIME types, other are filters (this is +# true for pre-1.1.15 of pre-4.3 versions of CUPS and ESP PrintPro): +# +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT +# | +# V +# somethingtops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT +# | +# V +# pstops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT +# | +# V +# pstoraster # as shipped with CUPS, independent from any Ghostscipt +# | # installation on the system +# | (= "postscipt interpreter") +# V +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER +# | +# V +# rastertosomething (e.g. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here) +# | (= "raster driver") +# V +# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC +# | +# V +# backend +# +# +# ESP PrintPro has some enhanced "rastertosomething" filters as compared to +# CUPS, and also a somewhat improved "pstoraster" filter. +# +# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. +# +######################################################################### +</pre><pre class="screen"> +######################################################################### +# +# This is how "cupsomatic" comes into play: +# ========================================= +# +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT +# | +# V +# somethingtops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT +# | +# V +# pstops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+ +# | V +# V cupsomatic +# pstoraster (constructs complicated +# | (= "postscipt interpreter") Ghostscript commandline +# | to let the file be +# V processed by a +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER "-sDEVICE=s.th." +# | call...) +# V | +# rastertosomething V +# | (= "raster driver") +-------------------------+ +# | | Ghostscript at work.... | +# V | | +# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC *-------------------------+ +# | | +# V | +# backend <------------------------------------+ +# | +# V +# THE PRINTER +# +# +# Note, that cupsomatic "kidnaps" the printfile after the +# "APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRPT" stage and deviates it gh +# the CUPS-external, systemwide Ghostscript installation, bypassing the +# "pstoraster" filter (therefore also bypassing the CUPS-raster-drivers +# "rastertosomething", and hands the rasterized file directly to the CUPS +# backend... +# +# cupsomatic is not made by the CUPS developers. It is an independent +# contribution to printing development, made by people from +# Linuxprinting.org. (see also http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html) +# +# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. +# +######################################################################### +</pre><pre class="screen"> +######################################################################### +# +# And this is how it works for ESP PrintPro from 4.3: +# =================================================== +# +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT +# | +# V +# somethingtops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT +# | +# V +# pstops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT +# | +# V +# gsrip +# | (= "postscipt interpreter") +# V +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER +# | +# V +# rastertosomething (e.g. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here) +# | (= "raster driver") +# V +# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC +# | +# V +# backend +# +# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. +# +######################################################################### +</pre><pre class="screen"> +######################################################################### +# +# This is how "cupsomatic" would come into play with ESP PrintPro: +# ================================================================ +# +# +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT +# | +# V +# somethingtops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT +# | +# V +# pstops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+ +# | V +# V cupsomatic +# gsrip (constructs complicated +# | (= "postscipt interpreter") Ghostscript commandline +# | to let the file be +# V processed by a +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER "-sDEVICE=s.th." +# | call...) +# V | +# rastertosomething V +# | (= "raster driver") +-------------------------+ +# | | Ghostscript at work.... | +# V | | +# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC *-------------------------+ +# | | +# V | +# backend <------------------------------------+ +# | +# V +# THE PRINTER +# +# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. +# +######################################################################### +</pre><pre class="screen"> +######################################################################### +# +# And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15: +# ============================================== +# +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT +# | +# V +# somethingtops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT +# | +# V +# pstops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+ +# +------------------v------------------------------+ +# | Ghostscript | +# | at work... | +# | (with | +# | "-sDEVICE=cups") | +# | | +# | (= "postscipt interpreter") | +# | | +# +------------------v------------------------------+ +# | +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER >-------+ +# | +# V +# rastertosomething +# | (= "raster driver") +# V +# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC +# | +# V +# backend +# +# +# NOTE: since version 1.1.15 CUPS "outsourced" the pstoraster process to +# Ghostscript. GNU Ghostscript needs to be patched to handle the +# CUPS requirement; ESP Ghostscript has this builtin. In any case, +# "gs -h" needs to show up a "cups" device. pstoraster is now a +# calling an appropriate "gs -sDEVICE=cups..." commandline to do +# the job. It will output "application/vnd.cup-raster", which will +# be finally processed by a CUPS raster driver "rastertosomething" +# Note the difference to "cupsomatic", which will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> output +# CUPS-raster, but a final version of the printfile, ready to be +# sent to the printer. cupsomatic also doesn't use the "cups" +# devicemode in Ghostscript, but one of the classical devicemodes.... +# +# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. +# +######################################################################### +</pre><pre class="screen"> +######################################################################### +# +# And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15, with cupsomatic included: +# ======================================================================== +# +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT +# | +# V +# somethingtops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT +# | +# V +# pstops +# | +# V +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+ +# +------------------v------------------------------+ +# | Ghostscript . Ghostscript at work.... | +# | at work... . (with "-sDEVICE= | +# | (with . s.th." | +# | "-sDEVICE=cups") . | +# | . | +# | (CUPS standard) . (cupsomatic) | +# | . | +# | (= "postscript interpreter") | +# | . | +# +------------------v--------------v---------------+ +# | | +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER >-------+ | +# | | +# V | +# rastertosomething | +# | (= "raster driver") | +# V | +# SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC >------------------------+ +# | +# V +# backend +# +# +# NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. +# +########################################################################## +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2955709"></a>Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is a short description of how to debug printing problems +with Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from +a SMB client to a Samba server, not the other way around. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Win9x client can't install driver</span></dt><dd><p>For Win9x clients require the printer names to be 8 +chars (or "8 plus 3 chars suffix") max; otherwise the driver files +won't get transferred when you want to download them from +Samba.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">testparm</span></dt><dd><p>Run <b class="command">testparm</b>: It will tell you if +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameters are in the wrong +section. Many people have had the "printer admin" parameter in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section and experienced +problems. "testparm" will tell you if it sees +this.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for a root password in a +neverending loop</span></dt><dd><p>Have you <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>? Have +you used <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> to give root a Samba account? +You can do 2 things: open another terminal and execute +<b class="command">smbpasswd -a root</b> to create the account, and +continue with entering the password into the first terminal. Or break +out of the loop by hitting ENTER twice (without trying to type a +password).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..." +message (but I swear there is one!)</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Have you enabled printer sharing on CUPS? This means: +do you have a <i class="parameter"><tt><Location +/printers>....</Location></tt></i> section in CUPS +server's <tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> which doesn't deny access to +the host you run "cupsaddsmb" from? It <span class="emphasis"><em>could</em></span> be +an issue if you use cupsaddsmb remotely, or if you use it with a +<i class="parameter"><tt>-h</tt></i> parameter: <b class="command">cupsaddsmb -H +sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername</b>. +</p></li><li><p>Is your +"TempDir" directive in +<span class="emphasis"><em>cupsd.conf</em></span> +set to a valid value and is it writeable? +</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't connect client to Samba printer.</span></dt><dd><p>Use <b class="command">smbstatus</b> to check which user +you are from Samba's point of view. Do you have the privileges to +write into the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't reconnect to Samba under a new account +from Win2K/XP</span></dt><dd><p>Once you are connected as the "wrong" user (for +example as "nobody", which often occurs if you have <i class="parameter"><tt>map to +guest = bad user</tt></i>), Windows Explorer will not accept an +attempt to connect again as a different user. There won't be any byte +transfered on the wire to Samba, but still you'll see a stupid error +message which makes you think that Samba has denied access. Use +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> to check for active connections. Kill the +PIDs. You still can't re-connect and get the dreaded +<tt class="computeroutput">You can't connect with a second account from the same +machine</tt> message, as soon as you are trying? And you +don't see any single byte arriving at Samba (see logs; use "ethereal") +indicating a renewed connection attempt? Shut all Explorer Windows. +This makes Windows forget what it has cached in its memory as +established connections. Then re-connect as the right user. Best +method is to use a DOS terminal window and <span class="emphasis"><em>first</em></span> +do <b class="command">net use z: \\SAMBAHOST\print$ /user:root</b>. Check +with <b class="command">smbstatus</b> that you are connected under a +different account. Now open the "Printers" folder (on the Samba server +in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Network Neighbourhood</em></span>), right-click the +printer in question and select +<span class="emphasis"><em>Connect...</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the +"wrong" user</span></dt><dd><p>You see per <b class="command">smbstatus</b> that you are +connected as user "nobody"; while you wanted to be "root" or +"printeradmin"? This is probably due to <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest = bad +user</tt></i>, which silently connects you under the guest account, +when you gave (maybe by accident) an incorrect username. Remove +<i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i>, if you want to prevent +this.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on +NT/2K/XP clients gives problems</span></dt><dd><p>First delete all "old" Adobe-using printers. Then +delete all "old" Adobe drivers. (On Win2K/XP, right-click in +background of "Printers" folder, select "Server Properties...", select +tab "Drivers" and delete here).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't use "cupsaddsmb"on a Samba server which is +a PDC</span></dt><dd><p>Do you use the "naked" root user name? Try to do it +this way: <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v +printername</em></span> (note the two backslashes: the first one is +required to "escape" the second one).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I deleted a printer on Win2K; but I still see +its driver</span></dt><dd><p>Deleting a printer on the client won't delete the +driver too (to verify, right-click on the white background of the +"Printers" folder, select "Server Properties" and click on the +"Drivers" tab). These same old drivers will be re-used when you try to +install a printer with the same name. If you want to update to a new +driver, delete the old ones first. Deletion is only possible if no +other printer uses the same driver.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Win2K/XP "Local Security +Policies"</span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Local Security Policies</em></span> may not +allow the installation of unsigned drivers. "Local Security Policies" +may not allow the installation of printer drivers at +all.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install +printers for all local users"</span></dt><dd><p>Windows XP handles SMB printers on a "per-user" basis. +This means every user needs to install the printer himself. To have a +printer available for everybody, you might want to use the built-in +IPP client capabilities of WinXP. Add a printer with the print path of +<span class="emphasis"><em>http://cupsserver:631/printers/printername</em></span>. +Still looking into this one: maybe a "logon script" could +automatically install printers for all +users.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"Print Change Notify" functions on +NT-clients</span></dt><dd><p>For "print change notify" functions on NT++ clients, +these need to run the "Server" service first (re-named to +<span class="emphasis"><em>File & Print Sharing for MS Networks</em></span> in +XP).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">WinXP-SP1</span></dt><dd><p>WinXP-SP1 introduced a <span class="emphasis"><em>Point and Print +Restriction Policy</em></span> (this restriction doesn't apply to +"Administrator" or "Power User" groups of users). In Group Policy +Object Editor: go to <span class="emphasis"><em>User Configuration --> +Administrative Templates --> Control Panel --> +Printers</em></span>. The policy is automatically set to +<span class="emphasis"><em>Enabled</em></span> and the <span class="emphasis"><em>Users can only Point +and Print to machines in their Forest</em></span> . You probably need +to change it to <span class="emphasis"><em>Disabled</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Users can +only Point and Print to these servers</em></span> in order to make +driver downloads from Samba possible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't set and save default print options for all +users on Win2K/XP</span></dt><dd><p>How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way (it is not +very easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring +you to a dialog that <span class="emphasis"><em>seems</em></span> to set everything. All +three dialogs <span class="emphasis"><em>look</em></span> the same. Only one of them +<span class="emphasis"><em>does</em></span> what you intend. You need to be +Administrator or Print Administrator to do this for all users. Here +is how I do in on XP: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li xmlns:ns65=""><ns65:p>The first "wrong" way: + +</ns65:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="emphasis"><em>Printers</em></span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer +(<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on cupshost</em></span>) and +select in context menu <span class="emphasis"><em>Printing +Preferences...</em></span></p></li><li><p>Look at this dialog closely and remember what it looks +like.</p></li></ol></div><ns65:p> +</ns65:p></li><li xmlns:ns66=""><ns66:p>The second "wrong" way: + +</ns66:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="emphasis"><em>Printers</em></span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer (<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on +cupshost</em></span>) and select in the context menu +<span class="emphasis"><em>Properties</em></span></p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="emphasis"><em>General</em></span> +tab</p></li><li><p>Click on the button <span class="emphasis"><em>Printing +Preferences...</em></span></p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Keep this dialog open and go back +to the parent dialog.</p></li></ol></div><ns66:p> +</ns66:p></li><li xmlns:ns67=""><ns67:p>The third, the "correct" way: (should you do +this from the beginning, just carry out steps 1. and 2. from second +"way" above) + +</ns67:p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Click on the <span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced</em></span> +tab. (Hmmm... if everything is "Grayed Out", then you are not logged +in as a user with enough privileges).</p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="emphasis"><em>Printing +Defaults...</em></span> button.</p></li><li><p>On any of the two new tabs, click on the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced...</em></span> +button.</p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Compare this one to the other, +identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".</p></li></ol></div><ns67:p> +</ns67:p></li></ol></div><p> +Do you see any difference? I don't either... However, only the last +one, which you arrived at with steps "C.1.-6." will save any settings +permanently and be the defaults for new users. If you want all clients +to get the same defaults, you need to conduct these steps <span class="emphasis"><em>as +Administrator</em></span> (<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>) <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> a client +downloads the driver (the clients can later set their own +<span class="emphasis"><em>per-user defaults</em></span> by following the +procedures <span class="emphasis"><em>A.</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>B.</em></span> +above).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">What are the most common blunders in driver +settings on Windows clients?</span></dt><dd><p>Don't use <span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for +Speed</em></span>: use <span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for +Portability</em></span> instead (Adobe PS Driver) Don't use +<span class="emphasis"><em>Page Independence: No</em></span>: always +settle with <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Independence: +Yes</em></span> (Microsoft PS Driver and CUPS PS Driver for +WinNT/2K/XP) If there are problems with fonts: use +<span class="emphasis"><em>Download as Softfont into +printer</em></span> (Adobe PS Driver). For +<span class="emphasis"><em>TrueType Download Options</em></span> +choose <span class="emphasis"><em>Outline</em></span>. Use PostScript +Level 2, if you are having trouble with a non-PS printer, and if +there is a choice.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't make <b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b> work +with newly installed printer</span></dt><dd><p>Symptom: the last command of +<b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b> doesn't complete successfully: +<b class="command">cmd = setdriver printername printername</b> result was +NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL then possibly the printer was not yet +"recognized" by Samba. Did it show up in <span class="emphasis"><em>Network +Neighbourhood</em></span>? Did it show up in <b class="command">rpcclient +hostname -c 'enumprinters'</b>? Restart smbd (or send a +<b class="command">kill -HUP</b> to all processes listed by +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> and try +again.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">My permissions on +<tt class="filename">/var/spool/samba/</tt> get reset after each +reboot</span></dt><dd><p>Have you by accident set the CUPS spool directory to +the same location? (<i class="parameter"><tt>RequestRoot +/var/spool/samba/</tt></i> in <tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> or +the other way round: <tt class="filename">/var/spool/cups/</tt> is set as +<i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> +section). These <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be different. Set +<i class="parameter"><tt>RequestRoot /var/spool/cups/</tt></i> in +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> and <i class="parameter"><tt>path = +/var/spool/samba</tt></i> in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> +section of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Otherwise cupsd will +sanitize permissions to its spool directory with each restart, and +printing will not work reliably.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">My printers work fine: just the printer named "lp" +intermittently swallows jobs and spits out completely different +ones</span></dt><dd><p>It is a very bad idea to name any printer "lp". This +is the traditional Unix name for the default printer. CUPS may be set +up to do an automatic creation of "Implicit Classes". This means, to +group all printers with the same name to a pool of devices, and +loadbalancing the jobs across them in a round-robin fashion. Chances +are high that someone else has an "lp" named printer too. You may +receive his jobs and send your own to his device unwittingly. To have +tight control over the printer names, set <i class="parameter"><tt>BrowseShortNames +No</tt></i>. It will present any printer as "printername@cupshost" +then, giving you a better control over what may happen in a large +networked environment.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">How do I "watch" my Samba server?</span></dt><dd><p>You can use <b class="command">tail -f +/var/log/samba/log.smbd</b> (you may need a different path) to +see a live scrolling of all log messages. <b class="command">smbcontrol smbd +debuglevel</b> tells you which verbosity goes into the +logs. <b class="command">smbcontrol smbd debug 3</b> sets the verbosity to +a quite high level (you can choose from 0 to 10 or 100). This works +"on the fly", without the need to restart the smbd daemon. Don't use +more than 3 initially; or you'll drown in an ocean of +messages.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't use Samba from my WinXP Home box, while +access from WinXP Prof works flawlessly</span></dt><dd><p>You have our condolences! WinXP home has been +completely neutered by Microsoft as compared to WinXP Prof: you can +not log into a WinNT domain. It cannot join a Win NT domain as a +member server. While it is possible to access domain resources, users +don't have "single sign-on". They need to supply username and password +each time they connect to a resource. Logon scripts and roaming +profiles are not supported. It can serve file and print shares; but +only in "share-mode security" level. It can not use "user-mode +security" (what Windows 95/98/ME still can +do).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Where do I find the Adobe PostScript driver files +I need for "cupsaddsmb"?</span></dt><dd><p>Use <b class="command">smbclient</b> to connect to any +Windows box with a shared PostScript printer: <b class="command">smbclient +//windowsbox/print\$ -U guest</b>. You can navigate to the +<tt class="filename">W32X86/2</tt> subdir to <b class="command">mget ADOBE*</b> +and other files or to <tt class="filename">WIN40/0</tt> to do the same. -- +Another option is to download the <tt class="filename">*.exe</tt> packaged +files from the Adobe website.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div xmlns:ns68="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2956815"></a>An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns68:p> +</ns68:p><div class="figure"><a name="id2956826"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.15. CUPS Printing Overview</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/a_small.png" alt="CUPS Printing Overview"></div></div><ns68:p> +</ns68:p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="VFS"></a>Chapter 20. Stackable VFS modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Alexander</span> <span class="surname">Bokovoy</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Tim</span> <span class="surname">Potter</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Simo</span> <span class="surname">Sorce</span></h3></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2958218">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958235">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958286">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2956883">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2956922">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957044">fake_perms</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957063">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957202">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957247">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2957269">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957323">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957352">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2958218"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since Samba-3, there is support for stackable VFS(Virtual File System) modules. +Samba passes each request to access the unix file system thru the loaded VFS modules. +This chapter covers all the modules that come with the samba source and references to +some external modules. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns69="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2958235"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If not supplied with your platform distribution binary Samba package you may have problems +to compile these modules, as shared libraries are compiled and linked in different ways +on different systems. They currently have been tested against GNU/Linux and IRIX. +</p><ns69:p> +To use the VFS modules, create a share similar to the one below. The +important parameter is the <i class="parameter"><tt>vfs object</tt></i> parameter which must point to +the exact pathname of the shared library objects. For example, to log all access +to files and use a recycle bin: + +</ns69:p><pre class="programlisting"> +[audit] + comment = Audited /data directory + path = /data + vfs object = /path/to/audit.so /path/to/recycle.so + writeable = yes + browseable = yes +</pre><ns69:p> +</ns69:p><p> +The modules are used in the order they are specified. +</p><p> +Further documentation on writing VFS modules for Samba can be found in +the Samba Developers Guide. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2958286"></a>Included modules</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div xmlns:ns70="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2956883"></a>audit</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns70:p> + A simple module to audit file access to the syslog + facility. The following operations are logged: + </ns70:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>share</td></tr><tr><td>connect/disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>directory opens/create/remove</td></tr><tr><td>file open/close/rename/unlink/chmod</td></tr></table><ns70:p> + </ns70:p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2956922"></a>extd_audit</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This module is identical with the <span class="emphasis"><em>audit</em></span> module above except + that it sends audit logs to both syslog as well as the smbd log file/s. The + loglevel for this module is set in the smb.conf file. + </p><p> + The logging information that will be written to the smbd log file is controlled by + the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> parameter in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. The + following information will be recorded: + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2956961"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 20.1. Extended Auditing Log Information</b></p><table summary="Extended Auditing Log Information" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Log Level</th><th align="center">Log Details - File and Directory Operations</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">0</td><td align="left">Creation / Deletion</td></tr><tr><td align="center">1</td><td align="left">Create / Delete / Rename / Permission Changes</td></tr><tr><td align="center">2</td><td align="left">Create / Delete / Rename / Perm Change / Open / Close</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957044"></a>fake_perms</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This module was created to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on the Samba server + under Unix) as read only. This module will if installed on the Profiles share will report to the client + that the Profile files and directories are writable. This satisfies the client even though the files + will never be overwritten as the client logs out or shuts down. + </p></div><div xmlns:ns71="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957063"></a>recycle</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A recycle-bin like module. When used any unlink call + will be intercepted and files moved to the recycle + directory instead of being deleted. + </p><ns71:p>Supported options: + </ns71:p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:repository</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:keeptree</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:versions</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:touch</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:maxsize</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:exclude</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:exclude_dir</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:noversions</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd></dl></div><ns71:p> + </ns71:p></div><div xmlns:ns72="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957202"></a>netatalk</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A netatalk module, that will ease co-existence of samba and + netatalk file sharing services. + </p><ns72:p>Advantages compared to the old netatalk module: + </ns72:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync</td></tr><tr><td>if a share in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically</td></tr></table><ns72:p> + </ns72:p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2957247"></a>VFS modules available elsewhere</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This section contains a listing of various other VFS modules that +have been posted but don't currently reside in the Samba CVS +tree for one reason or another (e.g. it is easy for the maintainer +to have his or her own CVS tree). +</p><p> +No statements about the stability or functionality of any module +should be implied due to its presence here. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957269"></a>DatabaseFS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + URL: <a href="http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php" target="_top">http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php</a> + </p><p>By <a href="mailto:elorimer@css.tayloru.edu" target="_top">Eric Lorimer</a>.</p><p> + I have created a VFS module which implements a fairly complete read-only + filesystem. It presents information from a database as a filesystem in + a modular and generic way to allow different databases to be used + (originally designed for organizing MP3s under directories such as + "Artists," "Song Keywords," etc... I have since applied it to a student + roster database very easily). The directory structure is stored in the + database itself and the module makes no assumptions about the database + structure beyond the table it requires to run. + </p><p> + Any feedback would be appreciated: comments, suggestions, patches, + etc... If nothing else, hopefully it might prove useful for someone + else who wishes to create a virtual filesystem. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957323"></a>vscan</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>URL: <a href="http://www.openantivirus.org/" target="_top">http://www.openantivirus.org/</a></p><p> + samba-vscan is a proof-of-concept module for Samba, which + uses the VFS (virtual file system) features of Samba 2.2.x/3.0 + alphaX. Of couse, Samba has to be compiled with VFS support. + samba-vscan supports various virus scanners and is maintained + by Rainer Link. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2957352"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="winbind"></a>Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</h2></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Tim</span> <span class="surname">Potter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tpot@linuxcare.com.au">tpot@linuxcare.com.au</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Naag</span> <span class="surname">Mummaneni</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:getnag@rediffmail.com">getnag@rediffmail.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">27 June 2002</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2957847">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957875">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2959857">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2959916">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2959947">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2959975">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960008">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960031">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957393">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957465">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957499">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2957528">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2957555">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2957630">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2958907">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963255">Conclusion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963274">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2957847"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through + a unified logon has been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous + computing environments for a long time. We present + <span class="emphasis"><em>winbind</em></span>, a component of the Samba suite + of programs as a solution to the unified logon problem. Winbind + uses a UNIX implementation + of Microsoft RPC calls, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and the Name + Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate + as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind + system, explaining the functionality it provides, how it is configured, + and how it works internally.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2957875"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have + different models for representing user and group information and + use different technologies for implementing them. This fact has + made it difficult to integrate the two systems in a satisfactory + manner.</p><p>One common solution in use today has been to create + identically named user accounts on both the UNIX and Windows systems + and use the Samba suite of programs to provide file and print services + between the two. This solution is far from perfect however, as + adding and deleting users on both sets of machines becomes a chore + and two sets of passwords are required both of which + can lead to synchronization problems between the UNIX and Windows + systems and confusion for users.</p><p>We divide the unified logon problem for UNIX machines into + three smaller problems:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Obtaining Windows NT user and group information + </p></li><li><p>Authenticating Windows NT users + </p></li><li><p>Password changing for Windows NT users + </p></li></ul></div><p>Ideally, a prospective solution to the unified logon problem + would satisfy all the above components without duplication of + information on the UNIX machines and without creating additional + tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and + groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple + and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon + problem.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2959857"></a>What Winbind Provides</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by + allowing a UNIX box to become a full member of a NT domain. Once + this is done the UNIX box will see NT users and groups as if + they were native UNIX users and groups, allowing the NT domain + to be used in much the same manner that NIS+ is used within + UNIX-only environments.</p><p>The end result is that whenever any + program on the UNIX machine asks the operating system to lookup + a user or group name, the query will be resolved by asking the + NT domain controller for the specified domain to do the lookup. + Because Winbind hooks into the operating system at a low level + (via the NSS name resolution modules in the C library) this + redirection to the NT domain controller is completely + transparent.</p><p>Users on the UNIX machine can then use NT user and group + names as they would use "native" UNIX names. They can chown files + so that they are owned by NT domain users or even login to the + UNIX machine and run a UNIX X-Window session as a domain user.</p><p>The only obvious indication that Winbind is being used is + that user and group names take the form DOMAIN\user and + DOMAIN\group. This is necessary as it allows Winbind to determine + that redirection to a domain controller is wanted for a particular + lookup and which trusted domain is being referenced.</p><p>Additionally, Winbind provides an authentication service + that hooks into the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) system + to provide authentication via a NT domain to any PAM enabled + applications. This capability solves the problem of synchronizing + passwords between systems since all passwords are stored in a single + location (on the domain controller).</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2959916"></a>Target Uses</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an + existing NT based domain infrastructure into which they wish + to put UNIX workstations or servers. Winbind will allow these + organizations to deploy UNIX workstations without having to + maintain a separate account infrastructure. This greatly + simplifies the administrative overhead of deploying UNIX + workstations into a NT based organization.</p><p>Another interesting way in which we expect Winbind to + be used is as a central part of UNIX based appliances. Appliances + that provide file and print services to Microsoft based networks + will be able to use Winbind to provide seamless integration of + the appliance into the domain.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2959947"></a>How Winbind Works</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>The winbind system is designed around a client/server + architecture. A long running <b class="command">winbindd</b> daemon + listens on a UNIX domain socket waiting for requests + to arrive. These requests are generated by the NSS and PAM + clients and processed sequentially.</p><p>The technologies used to implement winbind are described + in detail below.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2959975"></a>Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Over the last few years, efforts have been underway + by various Samba Team members to decode various aspects of + the Microsoft Remote Procedure Call (MSRPC) system. This + system is used for most network related operations between + Windows NT machines including remote management, user authentication + and print spooling. Although initially this work was done + to aid the implementation of Primary Domain Controller (PDC) + functionality in Samba, it has also yielded a body of code which + can be used for other purposes.</p><p>Winbind uses various MSRPC calls to enumerate domain users + and groups and to obtain detailed information about individual + users or groups. Other MSRPC calls can be used to authenticate + NT domain users and to change user passwords. By directly querying + a Windows PDC for user and group information, winbind maps the + NT account information onto UNIX user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2960008"></a>Microsoft Active Directory Services</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Since late 2001, Samba has gained the ability to + interact with Microsoft Windows 2000 using its 'Native + Mode' protocols, rather than the NT4 RPC services. + Using LDAP and Kerberos, a domain member running + winbind can enumerate users and groups in exactly the + same way as a Win2k client would, and in so doing + provide a much more efficient and + effective winbind implementation. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2960031"></a>Name Service Switch</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is + present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system + information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information + to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone + UNIX workstation may resolve system information from a series of + flat files stored on the local filesystem. A networked workstation + may first attempt to resolve system information from local files, + and then consult a NIS database for user information or a DNS server + for hostname information.</p><p>The NSS application programming interface allows winbind + to present itself as a source of system information when + resolving UNIX usernames and groups. Winbind uses this interface, + and information obtained from a Windows NT server using MSRPC + calls to provide a new source of account enumeration. Using standard + UNIX library calls, one can enumerate the users and groups on + a UNIX machine running winbind and see all users and groups in + a NT domain plus any trusted domain as though they were local + users and groups.</p><p>The primary control file for NSS is + <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt>. + When a UNIX application makes a request to do a lookup + the C library looks in <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> + for a line which matches the service type being requested, for + example the "passwd" service type is used when user or group names + are looked up. This config line species which implementations + of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd + config line is:</p><pre class="programlisting"> +passwd: files example + </pre><p>then the C library will first load a module called + <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_files.so</tt> followed by + the module <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_example.so</tt>. The + C library will dynamically load each of these modules in turn + and call resolver functions within the modules to try to resolve + the request. Once the request is resolved the C library returns the + result to the application.</p><p>This NSS interface provides a very easy way for Winbind + to hook into the operating system. All that needs to be done + is to put <tt class="filename">libnss_winbind.so</tt> in <tt class="filename">/lib/</tt> + then add "winbind" into <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> at + the appropriate place. The C library will then call Winbind to + resolve user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957393"></a>Pluggable Authentication Modules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, + is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization + technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different + authentication methods for different system applications without + having to recompile these applications. PAM is also useful + for implementing a particular policy for authorization. For example, + a system administrator may only allow console logins from users + stored in the local password file but only allow users resolved from + a NIS database to log in over the network.</p><p>Winbind uses the authentication management and password + management PAM interface to integrate Windows NT users into a + UNIX system. This allows Windows NT users to log in to a UNIX + machine and be authenticated against a suitable Primary Domain + Controller. These users can also change their passwords and have + this change take effect directly on the Primary Domain Controller. + </p><p>PAM is configured by providing control files in the directory + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> for each of the services that + require authentication. When an authentication request is made + by an application the PAM code in the C library looks up this + control file to determine what modules to load to do the + authentication check and in what order. This interface makes adding + a new authentication service for Winbind very easy, all that needs + to be done is that the <tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so</tt> module + is copied to <tt class="filename">/lib/security/</tt> and the PAM + control files for relevant services are updated to allow + authentication via winbind. See the PAM documentation + for more details.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957465"></a>User and Group ID Allocation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>When a user or group is created under Windows NT + is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is + slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers that are + used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify + groups. It is winbind's job to convert RIDs to UNIX id numbers and + vice versa. When winbind is configured it is given part of the UNIX + user id space and a part of the UNIX group id space in which to + store Windows NT users and groups. If a Windows NT user is + resolved for the first time, it is allocated the next UNIX id from + the range. The same process applies for Windows NT groups. Over + time, winbind will have mapped all Windows NT users and groups + to UNIX user ids and group ids.</p><p>The results of this mapping are stored persistently in + an ID mapping database held in a tdb database). This ensures that + RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957499"></a>Result Caching</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>An active system can generate a lot of user and group + name lookups. To reduce the network cost of these lookups winbind + uses a caching scheme based on the SAM sequence number supplied + by NT domain controllers. User or group information returned + by a PDC is cached by winbind along with a sequence number also + returned by the PDC. This sequence number is incremented by + Windows NT whenever any user or group information is modified. If + a cached entry has expired, the sequence number is requested from + the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry. + If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information + is discarded and up to date information is requested directly + from the PDC.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2957528"></a>Installation and Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Many thanks to John Trostel <a href="mailto:jtrostel@snapserver.com" target="_top">jtrostel@snapserver.com</a> +for providing the HOWTO for this section. +</p><p> +This HOWTO describes how to get winbind services up and running +to control access and authenticate users on your Linux box using +the winbind services which come with SAMBA 3.0. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957555"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This section describes the procedures used to get winbind up and +running on a RedHat 7.1 system. Winbind is capable of providing access +and authentication control for Windows Domain users through an NT +or Win2K PDC for 'regular' services, such as telnet a nd ftp, as +well for SAMBA services. +</p><p> +This HOWTO has been written from a 'RedHat-centric' perspective, so if +you are using another distribution, you may have to modify the instructions +somewhat to fit the way your distribution works. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Why should I to this?</em></span> + </p><p>This allows the SAMBA administrator to rely on the + authentication mechanisms on the NT/Win2K PDC for the authentication + of domain members. NT/Win2K users no longer need to have separate + accounts on the SAMBA server. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Who should be reading this document?</em></span> + </p><p> + This HOWTO is designed for system administrators. If you are + implementing SAMBA on a file server and wish to (fairly easily) + integrate existing NT/Win2K users from your PDC onto the + SAMBA server, this HOWTO is for you. That said, I am no NT or PAM + expert, so you may find a better or easier way to accomplish + these tasks. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2957630"></a>Requirements</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you have a samba configuration file that you are currently +using... <span class="emphasis"><em>BACK IT UP!</em></span> If your system already uses PAM, +<span class="emphasis"><em>back up the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> directory +contents!</em></span> If you haven't already made a boot disk, +<span class="emphasis"><em>MAKE ONE NOW!</em></span> +</p><p> +Messing with the pam configuration files can make it nearly impossible +to log in to yourmachine. That's why you want to be able to boot back +into your machine in single user mode and restore your +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> back to the original state they were in if +you get frustrated with the way things are going. ;-) +</p><p> +The latest version of SAMBA (version 3.0 as of this writing), now +includes a functioning winbindd daemon. Please refer to the +<a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">main SAMBA web page</a> or, +better yet, your closest SAMBA mirror site for instructions on +downloading the source code. +</p><p> +To allow Domain users the ability to access SAMBA shares and +files, as well as potentially other services provided by your +SAMBA machine, PAM (pluggable authentication modules) must +be setup properly on your machine. In order to compile the +winbind modules, you should have at least the pam libraries resident +on your system. For recent RedHat systems (7.1, for instance), that +means <tt class="filename">pam-0.74-22</tt>. For best results, it is helpful to also +install the development packages in <tt class="filename">pam-devel-0.74-22</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2958907"></a>Testing Things Out</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA +related daemons running on your server. Kill off all <span class="application">smbd</span>, +<span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> processes that may +be running. To use PAM, you will want to make sure that you have the +standard PAM package (for RedHat) which supplies the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> +directory structure, including the pam modules are used by pam-aware +services, several pam libraries, and the <tt class="filename">/usr/doc</tt> +and <tt class="filename">/usr/man</tt> entries for pam. Winbind built better +in SAMBA if the pam-devel package was also installed. This package includes +the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2958968"></a>Configure and compile SAMBA</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward. +The first three steps may not be necessary depending upon +whether or not you have previously built the Samba binaries. +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">autoconf</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make clean</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">rm config.cache</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">./configure</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make install</b> +</pre><p> +This will, by default, install SAMBA in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba</tt>. +See the main SAMBA documentation if you want to install SAMBA somewhere else. +It will also build the winbindd executable and libraries. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns73="" class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2959080"></a>Configure <tt class="filename">nsswitch.conf</tt> and the +winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The libraries needed to run the <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemon +through nsswitch need to be copied to their proper locations, so +</p><ns73:p> +</ns73:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/libnss_winbind.so /lib</tt></b> +</pre><ns73:p> +</ns73:p><p> +I also found it necessary to make the following symbolic link: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /lib/libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</tt></b> +</p><p>And, in the case of Sun solaris:</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.2</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Now, as root you need to edit <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> to +allow user and group entries to be visible from the <span class="application">winbindd</span> +daemon. My <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file look like +this after editing: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + passwd: files winbind + shadow: files + group: files winbind +</pre><p> +The libraries needed by the winbind daemon will be automatically +entered into the <b class="command">ldconfig</b> cache the next time +your system reboots, but it +is faster (and you don't need to reboot) if you do it manually: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/sbin/ldconfig -v | grep winbind</tt></b> +</p><p> +This makes <tt class="filename">libnss_winbind</tt> available to winbindd +and echos back a check to you. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2959288"></a>NSS Winbind on AIX</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>(This section is only for those running AIX)</p><p> +The winbind AIX identification module gets built as libnss_winbind.so in the +nsswitch directory of the samba source. This file can be copied to +/usr/lib/security, and the AIX naming convention would indicate that it +should be named WINBIND. A stanza like the following: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +WINBIND: + program = /usr/lib/security/WINBIND + options = authonly +</pre><p>can then be added to +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/security/methods.cfg</tt>. This module only +supports identification, but there have been success reports using the +standard winbind pam module for authentication. Use caution configuring +loadable authentication modules as it is possible to make it impossible +to logon to the system. More information about the AIX authentication +module API can be found at "Kernel Extensions and Device Support +Programming Concepts for AIX": <a href="http://publibn.boulder.ibm.com/doc_link/en_US/a_doc_lib/aixprggd/kernextc/sec_load_mod.htm" target="_top"> +Chapter 18. Loadable Authentication Module Programming Interface</a> +and more information on administering the modules at <a href="http://publibn.boulder.ibm.com/doc_link/en_US/a_doc_lib/aixbman/baseadmn/iandaadmin.htm" target="_top"> +"System Management Guide: Operating System and Devices"</a>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2959359"></a>Configure smb.conf</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control +the behavior of <span class="application">winbindd</span>. Configure +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> These are described in more detail in +the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> man page. My +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file was modified to +include the following entries in the [global] section: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +[global] + <...> + # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a> = + + # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDUID" target="_top">winbind uid</a> = 10000-20000 + # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDGID" target="_top">winbind gid</a> = 10000-20000 + # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top">winbind enum users</a> = yes + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMGROUP" target="_top">winbind enum groups</a> = yes + # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access) + <a href="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top">template homedir</a> = /home/winnt/%D/%U + <a href="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top">template shell</a> = /bin/bash +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2959473"></a>Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the +PDC domain, where <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> is the name of +your Windows domain and <i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator</tt></i> is +a domain user who has administrative privileges in the domain. +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/net join -S PDC -U Administrator</tt></b> +</p><p> +The proper response to the command should be: "Joined the domain +<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>" where <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> +is your DOMAIN name. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2962315"></a>Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to +automatically invoke the winbindd daemon when the other parts of +SAMBA start, but it is possible to test out just the winbind +portion first. To start up winbind services, enter the following +command as root: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</tt></b> +</p><p> +Winbindd can now also run in 'dual daemon mode'. This will make it +run as 2 processes. The first will answer all requests from the cache, +thus making responses to clients faster. The other will +update the cache for the query that the first has just responded. +Advantage of this is that responses stay accurate and are faster. +You can enable dual daemon mode by adding <tt class="option">-B</tt> to the commandline: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</tt></b> +</p><p> +I'm always paranoid and like to make sure the daemon +is really running... +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ps -ae | grep winbindd</tt></b> +</p><p> +This command should produce output like this, if the daemon is running +</p><pre class="screen"> +3025 ? 00:00:00 winbindd +</pre><p> +Now... for the real test, try to get some information about the +users on your PDC +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -u</tt></b> +</p><p> +This should echo back a list of users on your Windows users on +your PDC. For example, I get the following response: +</p><pre class="screen"> + CEO+Administrator + CEO+burdell + CEO+Guest + CEO+jt-ad + CEO+krbtgt + CEO+TsInternetUser +</pre><p> +Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind +separator</tt></i> is '+'. +</p><p> +You can do the same sort of thing to get group information from +the PDC: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -g</tt></b> + CEO+Domain Admins + CEO+Domain Users + CEO+Domain Guests + CEO+Domain Computers + CEO+Domain Controllers + CEO+Cert Publishers + CEO+Schema Admins + CEO+Enterprise Admins + CEO+Group Policy Creator Owners +</pre><p> +The function 'getent' can now be used to get unified +lists of both local and PDC users and groups. +Try the following command: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>getent passwd</tt></b> +</p><p> +You should get a list that looks like your <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> +list followed by the domain users with their new uids, gids, home +directories and default shells. +</p><p> +The same thing can be done for groups with the command +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>getent group</tt></b> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2962555"></a>Fix the init.d startup scripts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div xmlns:ns74="" class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2962563"></a>Linux</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemon needs to start up after the +<span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> daemons are running. +To accomplish this task, you need to modify the startup scripts of your system. +They are located at <tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/smb</tt> in RedHat and +<tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/samba</tt> in Debian. +script to add commands to invoke this daemon in the proper sequence. My +startup script starts up <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> from the +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/bin</tt> directory directly. The 'start' +function in the script looks like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +start() { + KIND="SMB" + echo -n $"Starting $KIND services: " + daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd $SMBDOPTIONS + RETVAL=$? + echo + KIND="NMB" + echo -n $"Starting $KIND services: " + daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd $NMBDOPTIONS + RETVAL2=$? + echo + KIND="Winbind" + echo -n $"Starting $KIND services: " + daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd + RETVAL3=$? + echo + [ $RETVAL -eq 0 -a $RETVAL2 -eq 0 -a $RETVAL3 -eq 0 ] && \ + touch /var/lock/subsys/smb || RETVAL=1 + return $RETVAL +} +</pre><ns74:p>If you would like to run winbindd in dual daemon mode, replace +the line +</ns74:p><pre class="programlisting"> + daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd +</pre><ns74:p> + +in the example above with: + +</ns74:p><pre class="programlisting"> + daemon /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B +</pre><ns74:p>. +</ns74:p><p> +The 'stop' function has a corresponding entry to shut down the +services and looks like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +stop() { + KIND="SMB" + echo -n $"Shutting down $KIND services: " + killproc smbd + RETVAL=$? + echo + KIND="NMB" + echo -n $"Shutting down $KIND services: " + killproc nmbd + RETVAL2=$? + echo + KIND="Winbind" + echo -n $"Shutting down $KIND services: " + killproc winbindd + RETVAL3=$? + [ $RETVAL -eq 0 -a $RETVAL2 -eq 0 -a $RETVAL3 -eq 0 ] && \ + rm -f /var/lock/subsys/smb + echo "" + return $RETVAL +} +</pre></div><div xmlns:ns75="" class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2962708"></a>Solaris</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind doesn't work on solaris 9, see the <a href="#winbind-solaris9" title="Winbind on Solaris 9">Portability</a> chapter for details.</p><p>On solaris, you need to modify the +<tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/samba.server</tt> startup script. It usually +only starts smbd and nmbd but should now start winbindd too. If you +have samba installed in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/bin</tt>, +the file could contains something like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + ## + ## samba.server + ## + + if [ ! -d /usr/bin ] + then # /usr not mounted + exit + fi + + killproc() { # kill the named process(es) + pid=`/usr/bin/ps -e | + /usr/bin/grep -w $1 | + /usr/bin/sed -e 's/^ *//' -e 's/ .*//'` + [ "$pid" != "" ] && kill $pid + } + + # Start/stop processes required for samba server + + case "$1" in + + 'start') + # + # Edit these lines to suit your installation (paths, workgroup, host) + # + echo Starting SMBD + /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D -s \ + /usr/local/samba/smb.conf + + echo Starting NMBD + /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd -D -l \ + /usr/local/samba/var/log -s /usr/local/samba/smb.conf + + echo Starting Winbind Daemon + /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd + ;; + + 'stop') + killproc nmbd + killproc smbd + killproc winbindd + ;; + + *) + echo "Usage: /etc/init.d/samba.server { start | stop }" + ;; + esac +</pre><ns75:p> +Again, if you would like to run samba in dual daemon mode, replace +</ns75:p><pre class="programlisting"> + /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd +</pre><ns75:p> + +in the script above with: + +</ns75:p><pre class="programlisting"> + /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B +</pre><ns75:p> +</ns75:p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2962797"></a>Restarting</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you restart the <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemons at this point, you +should be able to connect to the samba server as a domain member just as +if you were a local user. +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2962833"></a>Configure Winbind and PAM</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working +together. If you want to use winbind to provide authentication for other +services, keep reading. The pam configuration files need to be altered in +this step. (Did you remember to make backups of your original +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> files? If not, do it now.) +</p><p> +You will need a pam module to use winbindd with these other services. This +module will be compiled in the <tt class="filename">../source/nsswitch</tt> directory +by invoking the command +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make nsswitch/pam_winbind.so</tt></b> +</p><p> +from the <tt class="filename">../source</tt> directory. The +<tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so</tt> file should be copied to the location of +your other pam security modules. On my RedHat system, this was the +<tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt> directory. On Solaris, the pam security +modules reside in <tt class="filename">/usr/lib/security</tt>. +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/pam_winbind.so /lib/security</tt></b> +</p><div xmlns:ns76="" class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2962940"></a>Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/samba</tt> file does not need to be changed. I +just left this fileas it was: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth + account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +</pre><p> +The other services that I modified to allow the use of winbind +as an authentication service were the normal login on the console (or a terminal +session), telnet logins, and ftp service. In order to enable these +services, you may first need to change the entries in +<tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d</tt> (or <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt>). +RedHat 7.1 uses the new xinetd.d structure, in this case you need +to change the lines in <tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d/telnet</tt> +and <tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d/wu-ftp</tt> from +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + enable = no +</pre><p> +to +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + enable = yes +</pre><p> +For ftp services to work properly, you will also need to either +have individual directories for the domain users already present on +the server, or change the home directory template to a general +directory for all domain users. These can be easily set using +the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> global entry +<i class="parameter"><tt>template homedir</tt></i>. +</p><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file can be changed +to allow winbind ftp access in a manner similar to the +samba file. My <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file was +changed to look like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + auth required /lib/security/pam_listfile.so item=user sense=deny \ + file=/etc/ftpusers onerr=succeed + auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so + auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth + auth required /lib/security/pam_shells.so + account sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so + account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth + session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +</pre><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file can be changed nearly the +same way. It now looks like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so + auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so + auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass + auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth + auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so + account sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so + account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth + password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth + session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth + session optional /lib/security/pam_console.so +</pre><ns76:p> +In this case, I added the </ns76:p><pre class="programlisting">auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so</pre><ns76:p> +lines as before, but also added the </ns76:p><pre class="programlisting">required pam_securetty.so</pre><ns76:p> +above it, to disallow root logins over the network. I also added a +<b class="command">sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass</b> +line after the <b class="command">winbind.so</b> line to get rid of annoying +double prompts for passwords. +</ns76:p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2963163"></a>Solaris-specific configuration</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain +users can logon both locally as well as telnet.The following are the changes +that I made.You can customize the pam.conf file as per your requirements,but +be sure of those changes because in the worst case it will leave your system +nearly impossible to boot. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + # + #ident "@(#)pam.conf 1.14 99/09/16 SMI" + # + # Copyright (c) 1996-1999, Sun Microsystems, Inc. + # All Rights Reserved. + # + # PAM configuration + # + # Authentication management + # + login auth required /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so + login auth required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 try_first_pass + login auth required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_dial_auth.so.1 try_first_pass + # + rlogin auth sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so + rlogin auth sufficient /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_rhosts_auth.so.1 + rlogin auth required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 try_first_pass + # + dtlogin auth sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so + dtlogin auth required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 try_first_pass + # + rsh auth required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_rhosts_auth.so.1 + other auth sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so + other auth required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 try_first_pass + # + # Account management + # + login account sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so + login account requisite /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_roles.so.1 + login account required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 + # + dtlogin account sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so + dtlogin account requisite /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_roles.so.1 + dtlogin account required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 + # + other account sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so + other account requisite /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_roles.so.1 + other account required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 + # + # Session management + # + other session required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 + # + # Password management + # + #other password sufficient /usr/lib/security/pam_winbind.so + other password required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 + dtsession auth required /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1 + # + # Support for Kerberos V5 authentication (uncomment to use Kerberos) + # + #rlogin auth optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass + #login auth optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass + #dtlogin auth optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass + #other auth optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass + #dtlogin account optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 + #other account optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 + #other session optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 + #other password optional /usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_krb5.so.1 try_first_pass +</pre><p> +I also added a try_first_pass line after the winbind.so line to get rid of +annoying double prompts for passwords. +</p><p> +Now restart your Samba and try connecting through your application that you +configured in the pam.conf. +</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2963255"></a>Conclusion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service + Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate + Microsoft RPC calls have allowed us to provide seamless + integration of Microsoft Windows NT domain users on a + UNIX system. The result is a great reduction in the administrative + cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2963274"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind has a number of limitations in its current + released version that we hope to overcome in future + releases:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Winbind is currently only available for + the Linux, Solaris and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating + systems are certainly possible. For such ports to be feasible, + we require the C library of the target operating system to + support the Name Service Switch and Pluggable Authentication + Modules systems. This is becoming more common as NSS and + PAM gain support among UNIX vendors.</p></li><li><p>The mappings of Windows NT RIDs to UNIX ids + is not made algorithmically and depends on the order in which + unmapped users or groups are seen by winbind. It may be difficult + to recover the mappings of rid to UNIX id mapping if the file + containing this information is corrupted or destroyed.</p></li><li><p>Currently the winbind PAM module does not take + into account possible workstation and logon time restrictions + that may be been set for Windows NT users, this is + instead up to the PDC to enforce.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="AdvancedNetworkManagement"></a>Chapter 22. Advanced Network Manangement</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2964647">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964678">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963360">Remote Desktop Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2963377">Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963579">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2963774">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2963806">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><p> +This section documents peripheral issues that are of great importance to network +administrators who want to improve network resource access control, to automate the user +environment, and to make their lives a little easier. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2964647"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Often the difference between a working network environment and a well appreciated one can +best be measured by the <span class="emphasis"><em>little things</em></span> that makes everything work more +harmoniously. A key part of every network environment solution is the ability to remotely +manage MS Windows workstations, to remotely access the Samba server, to provide customised +logon scripts, as well as other house keeping activities that help to sustain more reliable +network operations. +</p><p> +This chapter presents information on each of these area. They are placed here, and not in +other chapters, for ease of reference. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2964678"></a>Remote Server Administration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager'?</em></span> +</p><p> + Since I don't need to buy an <span class="application">NT4 Server</span>, how do I get the 'User Manager for Domains', +the 'Server Manager'? +</p><p> +Microsoft distributes a version of these tools called nexus for installation +on <span class="application">Windows 9x / Me</span> systems. The tools set includes: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Server Manager</td></tr><tr><td>User Manager for Domains</td></tr><tr><td>Event Viewer</td></tr></table><p> +Click here to download the archived file <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/NEXUS.EXE" target="_top">ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/NEXUS.EXE</a> +</p><p> +The <span class="application">Windows NT 4.0</span> version of the 'User Manager for +Domains' and 'Server Manager' are available from Microsoft via ftp +from <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/SRVTOOLS.EXE" target="_top">ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/SRVTOOLS.EXE</a> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2963360"></a>Remote Desktop Management</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are a number of possible remote desktop management solutions that range from free +through costly. Do not let that put you off. Sometimes the most costly solutions is the +most cost effective. In any case, you will need to draw your own conclusions as to which +is the best tool in your network environment. +</p><div xmlns:ns77="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2963377"></a>Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following information was posted to the Samba mailing list at Apr 3 23:33:50 GMT 2003. + It is presented in slightly edited form (with author details omitted for privacy reasons). + The entire answer is reproduced below with some comments removed. + </p><ns77:p> +</ns77:p><pre class="screen"> +> I have a wounderfull linux/samba server running as pdc for a network. +> Now I would like to add remote desktop capabilites so that +> users outside could login to the system and get their desktop up from +> home or another country.. +> +> Is there a way to acomplish this? Do I need a windows terminal server? +> Do I need to configure it so that it is a member of the domain or a +> BDC,PDC? Are there any hacks for MS Windows XP to enable remote login +> even if the computer is in a domain? +> +> Any ideas/experience would be appreciated :) +</pre><ns77:p> +</ns77:p><p> + Answer provided: Check out the new offer from NoMachine, "NX" software: + <a href="http://www.nomachine.com/" target="_top">http://www.nomachine.com/</a>. + </p><p> + It implements a very easy-to-use interface to the remote X protocol as + well as incorporating VNC/RFB and rdesktop/RDP into it, but at a speed + performance much better than anything you may have ever seen... + </p><p> + Remote X is not new at all -- but what they did achieve successfully is + a new way of compression and caching technologies which makes the thing + fast enough to run even over slow modem/ISDN connections. + </p><p> + I could testdrive their (public) RedHat machine in Italy, over a loaded + internet connection, with enabled thumbnail previews in KDE konqueror + which popped up immediately on "mouse-over". From inside that (remote X) + session I started a rdesktop session on another, a Windows XP machine. + To test the performance, I played Pinball. I am proud to announce here + that my score was 631750 points at first try... + </p><p> + NX performs better on my local LAN than any of the other "pure" + connection methods I am using from time to time: TightVNC, rdesktop or + remote X. It is even faster than a direct crosslink connection between + two nodes. + </p><p> + I even got sound playing from the remote X app to my local boxes, and + had a working "copy'n'paste" from an NX window (running a KDE session + in Italy) to my Mozilla mailing agent... These guys are certainly doing + something right! + </p><p> + I recommend to testdrive NX to anybody with a only a remote interest + in remote computing + <a href="http://www.nomachine.com/testdrive.php" target="_top">http://www.nomachine.com/testdrive.php</a>. + </p><p> + Just download the free of charge client software (available for RedHat, + SuSE, Debian and Windows) and be up and running within 5 minutes (they + need to send you your account data, though, because you are assigned + a real Unix account on their testdrive.nomachine.com box... + </p><p> + They plan to get to the point were you can have NX application servers + running as a cluster of nodes, and users simply start an NX session locally, + and can select applications to run transparently (apps may even run on + another NX node, but pretend to be on the same as used for initial login, + because it displays in the same window.... well, you also can run it + fullscreen, and after a short time you forget that it is a remote session + at all). + </p><p> + Now the best thing at the end: all the core compression and caching + technologies are released under the GPL and available as source code + to anybody who wants to build on it! These technolgies are working, + albeit started from the command line only (and very inconvenient to + use in order to get a fully running remote X session up and running....) + </p><p> + To answer your questions: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + You don't need to install a terminal server; XP has RDP support built in. + </p></li><li><p> + NX is much cheaper than Citrix -- and comparable in performance, probably faster + </p></li><li><p> + You don't need to hack XP -- it just works + </p></li><li><p> + You log into the XP box from remote transparently (and I think there is no + need to change anything to get a connection, even if authentication is against a domain) + </p></li><li><p> + The NX core technologies are all Open Source and released under the GPL -- + you can today use a (very inconvenient) commandline to use it at no cost, + but you can buy a comfortable (proprietary) NX GUI frontend for money + </p></li><li><p> + NoMachine are encouraging and offering help to OSS/Free Software implementations + for such a frontend too, even if it means competition to them (they have written + to this effect even to the LTSP, KDE and GNOME developer mailing lists) + </p></li></ul></div></div></div><div xmlns:ns78="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2963579"></a>Network Logon Script Magic</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This section needs work. Volunteer contributions most welcome. Please send your patches or updates +to <a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John Terpstra</a>. +</p><p> +There are several opportunities for creating a custom network startup configuration environment. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>No Logon Script</td></tr><tr><td>Simple universal Logon Script that applies to all users</td></tr><tr><td>Use of a conditional Logon Script that applies per user or per group attirbutes</td></tr><tr><td>Use of Samba's Preexec and Postexec functions on access to the NETLOGON share to create + a custom Logon Script and then execute it.</td></tr><tr><td>User of a tool such as KixStart</td></tr></table><p> +The Samba source code tree includes two logon script generation/execution tools. +See <tt class="filename">examples</tt> directory <tt class="filename">genlogon</tt> and +<tt class="filename">ntlogon</tt> subdirectories. +</p><p> +The following listings are from the genlogon directory. +</p><ns78:p> +This is the <tt class="filename">genlogon.pl</tt> file: + +</ns78:p><pre class="programlisting"> + #!/usr/bin/perl + # + # genlogon.pl + # + # Perl script to generate user logon scripts on the fly, when users + # connect from a Windows client. This script should be called from smb.conf + # with the %U, %G and %L parameters. I.e: + # + # root preexec = genlogon.pl %U %G %L + # + # The script generated will perform + # the following: + # + # 1. Log the user connection to /var/log/samba/netlogon.log + # 2. Set the PC's time to the Linux server time (which is maintained + # daily to the National Institute of Standard's Atomic clock on the + # internet. + # 3. Connect the user's home drive to H: (H for Home). + # 4. Connect common drives that everyone uses. + # 5. Connect group-specific drives for certain user groups. + # 6. Connect user-specific drives for certain users. + # 7. Connect network printers. + + # Log client connection + #($sec,$min,$hour,$mday,$mon,$year,$wday,$yday,$isdst) = localtime(time); + ($sec,$min,$hour,$mday,$mon,$year,$wday,$yday,$isdst) = localtime(time); + open LOG, ">>/var/log/samba/netlogon.log"; + print LOG "$mon/$mday/$year $hour:$min:$sec - User $ARGV[0] logged into $ARGV[1]\n"; + close LOG; + + # Start generating logon script + open LOGON, ">/shared/netlogon/$ARGV[0].bat"; + print LOGON "\@ECHO OFF\r\n"; + + # Connect shares just use by Software Development group + if ($ARGV[1] eq "SOFTDEV" || $ARGV[0] eq "softdev") + { + print LOGON "NET USE M: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\SOURCE\r\n"; + } + + # Connect shares just use by Technical Support staff + if ($ARGV[1] eq "SUPPORT" || $ARGV[0] eq "support") + { + print LOGON "NET USE S: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\SUPPORT\r\n"; + } + + # Connect shares just used by Administration staff + If ($ARGV[1] eq "ADMIN" || $ARGV[0] eq "admin") + { + print LOGON "NET USE L: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\ADMIN\r\n"; + print LOGON "NET USE K: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\MKTING\r\n"; + } + + # Now connect Printers. We handle just two or three users a little + # differently, because they are the exceptions that have desktop + # printers on LPT1: - all other user's go to the LaserJet on the + # server. + if ($ARGV[0] eq 'jim' + || $ARGV[0] eq 'yvonne') + { + print LOGON "NET USE LPT2: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\LJET3\r\n"; + print LOGON "NET USE LPT3: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\FAXQ\r\n"; + } + else + { + print LOGON "NET USE LPT1: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\LJET3\r\n"; + print LOGON "NET USE LPT3: \\\\$ARGV[2]\\FAXQ\r\n"; + } + + # All done! Close the output file. + close LOGON; +</pre><ns78:p> +</ns78:p><p> +Those wishing to use more elaborate or capable logon processing system should check out the following sites: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><a href="http://www.craigelachie.org/rhacer/ntlogon" target="_top">http://www.craigelachie.org/rhacer/ntlogon</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="http://www.kixtart.org" target="_top">http://www.kixtart.org</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105</a></td></tr></table><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2963774"></a>Adding printers without user intervention</h3></div></div><div></div></div><ns78:p> +Printers may be added automatically during logon script processing through the use of: + +</ns78:p><pre class="programlisting"> + rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /? +</pre><ns78:p> + +See the documentation in the <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105" target="_top">Microsoft knowledgebase article no: 189105</a>. +</ns78:p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2963806"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The information provided in this chapter has been reproduced from postings on the samba@samba.org +mailing list. No implied endorsement or recommendation is offered. Administrators should conduct +their own evaluation of alternatives and are encouraged to draw their own conclusions. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="PolicyMgmt"></a>Chapter 23. System and Account Policies</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2964204">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964256">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2964367">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2963915">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964048">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2965490">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2965591">Samba Editreg Toolset</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965611">Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965631">Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2965676">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965823">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2965837">Policy Does Not Work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This chapter summarises the current state of knowledge derived from personal +practice and knowledge from samba mailing list subscribers. Before reproduction +of posted information effort has been made to validate the information provided. +Where additional information was uncovered through this validation it is provided +also. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2964204"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When MS Windows NT3.5 was introduced the hot new topic was the ability to implmement +Group Policies for users and group. Then along came MS Windows NT4 and a few sites +started to adopt this capability. How do we know that? By way of the number of "booboos" +(or mistakes) administrators made and then requested help to resolve. +</p><p> +By the time that MS Windows 2000 and Active Directory was released, administrators +got the message: Group Policies are a good thing! They can help reduce administrative +costs and actually can help to create happier users. But adoption of the true +potential of MS Windows 200x Active Directory and Group Policy Objects (GPOs) for users +and machines were picked up on rather slowly. This was very obvious from the samba +mailing list as in 2000 and 2001 there were very few postings regarding GPOs and +how to replicate them in a Samba environment. +</p><p> +Judging by the traffic volume since mid 2002, GPOs have become a standard part of +the deployment in many sites. This chapter reviews techniques and methods that can +be used to exploit opportunities for automation of control over user desktops and +network client workstations. +</p><p> +A tool new to Samba-3 may become an important part of the future Samba Administrators' +arsenal. The <b class="command">editreg</b> tool is described in this document. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2964256"></a>Creating and Managing System Policies</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Under MS Windows platforms, particularly those following the release of MS Windows +NT4 and MS Windows 95) it is possible to create a type of file that would be placed +in the NETLOGON share of a domain controller. As the client logs onto the network +this file is read and the contents initiate changes to the registry of the client +machine. This file allows changes to be made to those parts of the registry that +affect users, groups of users, or machines. +</p><p> +For MS Windows 9x/Me this file must be called <tt class="filename">Config.POL</tt> and may +be generated using a tool called <tt class="filename">poledit.exe</tt>, better known as the +Policy Editor. The policy editor was provided on the Windows 98 installation CD, but +dissappeared again with the introduction of MS Windows Me (Millenium Edition). From +comments from MS Windows network administrators it would appear that this tool became +a part of the MS Windows Me Resource Kit. +</p><p> +MS Windows NT4 Server products include the <span class="emphasis"><em>System Policy Editor</em></span> +under the <tt class="filename">Start -> Programs -> Administrative Tools</tt> menu item. +For MS Windows NT4 and later clients this file must be called <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt>. +</p><p> +New with the introduction of MS Windows 2000 was the Microsoft Management Console +or MMC. This tool is the new wave in the ever changing landscape of Microsoft +methods for management of network access and security. Every new Microsoft product +or technology seems to obsolete the old rules and to introduce newer and more +complex tools and methods. To Microsoft's credit though, the MMC does appear to +be a step forward, but improved functionality comes at a great price. +</p><p> +Before embarking on the configuration of network and system policies it is highly +advisable to read the documentation available from Microsoft's web site regarding +<a href="http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/management/deployment/planguide/prof_policies.asp" target="_top"> +Implementing Profiles and Policies in Windows NT 4.0 from http://www.microsoft.com/ntserver/management/deployment/planguide/prof_policies.asp</a> available from Microsoft. +There are a large number of documents in addition to this old one that should also +be read and understood. Try searching on the Microsoft web site for "Group Policies". +</p><p> +What follows is a very brief discussion with some helpful notes. The information provided +here is incomplete - you are warned. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2964367"></a>Windows 9x/Me Policies</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + You need the Win98 Group Policy Editor to set Group Profiles up under Windows 9x/Me. + It can be found on the Original full product Win98 installation CD under + <tt class="filename">tools/reskit/netadmin/poledit</tt>. Install this using the + Add/Remove Programs facility and then click on the 'Have Disk' tab. + </p><p> + Use the Group Policy Editor to create a policy file that specifies the location of + user profiles and/or the <tt class="filename">My Documents</tt> etc. Then save these + settings in a file called <tt class="filename">Config.POL</tt> that needs to be placed in the + root of the <i class="parameter"><tt>[NETLOGON]</tt></i> share. If Win98 is configured to log onto + the Samba Domain, it will automatically read this file and update the Win9x/Me registry + of the machine as it logs on. + </p><p> + Further details are covered in the Win98 Resource Kit documentation. + </p><p> + If you do not take the right steps, then every so often Win9x/Me will check the + integrity of the registry and will restore it's settings from the back-up + copy of the registry it stores on each Win9x/Me machine. Hence, you will + occasionally notice things changing back to the original settings. + </p><p> + Install the group policy handler for Win9x to pick up group policies. Look on the + Win98 CD in <tt class="filename">\tools\reskit\netadmin\poledit</tt>. + Install group policies on a Win9x client by double-clicking + <tt class="filename">grouppol.inf</tt>. Log off and on again a couple of times and see + if Win98 picks up group policies. Unfortunately this needs to be done on every + Win9x/Me machine that uses group policies. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2963915"></a>Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To create or edit <tt class="filename">ntconfig.pol</tt> you must use the NT Server + Policy Editor, <b class="command">poledit.exe</b> which is included with NT4 Server + but <span class="emphasis"><em>not NT Workstation</em></span>. There is a Policy Editor on a NT4 + Workstation but it is not suitable for creating <span class="emphasis"><em>Domain Policies</em></span>. + Further, although the Windows 95 Policy Editor can be installed on an NT4 + Workstation/Server, it will not work with NT clients. However, the files from + the NT Server will run happily enough on an NT4 Workstation. + </p><p> + You need <tt class="filename">poledit.exe</tt>, <tt class="filename">common.adm</tt> and <tt class="filename">winnt.adm</tt>. + It is convenient to put the two *.adm files in the <tt class="filename">c:\winnt\inf</tt> + directory which is where the binary will look for them unless told otherwise. Note also that that + directory is normally 'hidden'. + </p><p> + The Windows NT policy editor is also included with the Service Pack 3 (and + later) for Windows NT 4.0. Extract the files using <b class="command">servicepackname /x</b>, + i.e. that's <b class="command">Nt4sp6ai.exe /x</b> for service pack 6a. The policy editor, + <b class="command">poledit.exe</b> and the associated template files (*.adm) should + be extracted as well. It is also possible to downloaded the policy template + files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor. Another possible + location is with the Zero Administration Kit available for download from Microsoft. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2964024"></a>Registry Spoiling</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + With NT4 style registry based policy changes, a large number of settings are not + automatically reversed as the user logs off. Since the settings that were in the + NTConfig.POL file were applied to the client machine registry and that apply to the + hive key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE are permanent until explicitly reversed. This is known + as tattooing. It can have serious consequences down-stream and the administrator must + be extremely careful not to lock out the ability to manage the machine at a later date. + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2964048"></a>MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Windows NT4 System policies allows setting of registry parameters specific to + users, groups and computers (client workstations) that are members of the NT4 + style domain. Such policy file will work with MS Windows 2000 / XP clients also. + </p><p> + New to MS Windows 2000 Microsoft introduced a new style of group policy that confers + a superset of capabilities compared with NT4 style policies. Obviously, the tool used + to create them is different, and the mechanism for implementing them is much changed. + </p><p> + The older NT4 style registry based policies are known as <span class="emphasis"><em>Administrative Templates</em></span> + in MS Windows 2000/XP Group Policy Objects (GPOs). The later includes ability to set various security + configurations, enforce Internet Explorer browser settings, change and redirect aspects of the + users' desktop (including: the location of <tt class="filename">My Documents</tt> files (directory), as + well as intrinsics of where menu items will appear in the Start menu). An additional new + feature is the ability to make available particular software Windows applications to particular + users and/or groups. + </p><p> + Remember: NT4 policy files are named <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> and are stored in the root + of the NETLOGON share on the domain controllers. A Windows NT4 user enters a username, a password + and selects the domain name to which the logon will attempt to take place. During the logon + process the client machine reads the NTConfig.POL file from the NETLOGON share on the authenticating + server, modifies the local registry values according to the settings in this file. + </p><p> + Windows 2K GPOs are very feature rich. They are NOT stored in the NETLOGON share, rather part of + a Windows 200x policy file is stored in the Active Directory itself and the other part is stored + in a shared (and replicated) volume called the SYSVOL folder. This folder is present on all Active + Directory domain controllers. The part that is stored in the Active Directory itself is called the + group policy container (GPC), and the part that is stored in the replicated share called SYSVOL is + known as the group policy template (GPT). + </p><p> + With NT4 clients the policy file is read and executed upon only as each user logs onto the network. + MS Windows 200x policies are much more complex - GPOs are processed and applied at client machine + startup (machine specific part) and when the user logs onto the network the user specific part + is applied. In MS Windows 200x style policy management each machine and/or user may be subject + to any number of concurently applicable (and applied) policy sets (GPOs). Active Directory allows + the administrator to also set filters over the policy settings. No such equivalent capability + exists with NT4 style policy files. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2964149"></a>Administration of Win2K / XP Policies</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Instead of using the tool called <span class="application">The System Policy Editor</span>, commonly called Poledit (from the + executable name <b class="command">poledit.exe</b>), <span class="acronym">GPOs</span> are created and managed using a + <span class="application">Microsoft Management Console</span> <span class="acronym">(MMC)</span> snap-in as follows:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> + Go to the Windows 200x / XP menu <span class="guimenu">Start->Programs->Administrative Tools</span> + and select the MMC snap-in called <span class="guimenuitem">Active Directory Users and Computers</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Select the domain or organizational unit (OU) that you wish to manage, then right click + to open the context menu for that object, select the properties item. + </p></li><li><p> + Now left click on the <span class="guilabel">Group Policy</span> tab, then left click on the New tab. Type a name + for the new policy you will create. + </p></li><li><p> + Now left click on the <span class="guilabel">Edit</span> tab to commence the steps needed to create the GPO. + </p></li></ol></div><p> + All policy configuration options are controlled through the use of policy administrative + templates. These files have a .adm extension, both in NT4 as well as in Windows 200x / XP. + Beware however, since the .adm files are NOT interchangible across NT4 and Windows 200x. + The later introduces many new features as well as extended definition capabilities. It is + well beyond the scope of this documentation to explain how to program .adm files, for that + the adminsitrator is referred to the Microsoft Windows Resource Kit for your particular + version of MS Windows. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + The MS Windows 2000 Resource Kit contains a tool called gpolmig.exe. This tool can be used + to migrate an NT4 NTConfig.POL file into a Windows 200x style GPO. Be VERY careful how you + use this powerful tool. Please refer to the resource kit manuals for specific usage information. + </p></div></div></div></div><div xmlns:ns79="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2965490"></a>Managing Account/User Policies</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Policies can define a specific user's settings or the settings for a group of users. The resulting +policy file contains the registry settings for all users, groups, and computers that will be using +the policy file. Separate policy files for each user, group, or computer are not not necessary. +</p><p> +If you create a policy that will be automatically downloaded from validating domain controllers, +you should name the file NTconfig.POL. As system administrator, you have the option of renaming the +policy file and, by modifying the Windows NT-based workstation, directing the computer to update +the policy from a manual path. You can do this by either manually changing the registry or by using +the System Policy Editor. This path can even be a local path such that each machine has its own policy file, +but if a change is necessary to all machines, this change must be made individually to each workstation. +</p><p> +When a Windows NT4/200x/XP machine logs onto the network the NETLOGON share on the authenticating domain +controller for the presence of the NTConfig.POL file. If one exists it is downloaded, parsed and then +applied to the user's part of the registry. +</p><p> +MS Windows 200x/XP clients that log onto an MS Windows Active Directory security domain may additionally, +acquire policy settings through Group Policy Objects (GPOs) that are defined and stored in Active Directory +itself. The key benefit of using AS GPOs is that they impose no registry <span class="emphasis"><em>spoiling</em></span> effect. +This has considerable advanage compared with the use of NTConfig.POL (NT4) style policy updates. +</p><p> +In addition to user access controls that may be imposed or applied via system and/or group policies +in a manner that works in conjunction with user profiles, the user management environment under +MS Windows NT4/200x/XP allows per domain as well as per user account restrictions to be applied. +Common restrictions that are frequently used includes: +</p><ns79:p> +</ns79:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Logon Hours</td></tr><tr><td>Password Aging</td></tr><tr><td>Permitted Logon from certain machines only</td></tr><tr><td>Account type (Local or Global)</td></tr><tr><td>User Rights</td></tr></table><ns79:p> +</ns79:p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2965591"></a>Samba Editreg Toolset</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Describe in detail the benefits of <b class="command">editreg</b> and how to use it. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2965611"></a>Windows NT4/200x</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The tools that may be used to configure these types of controls from the MS Windows environment are: + The NT4 User Manager for domains, the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor, the registry editor (regedt32.exe). + Under MS Windows 200x/XP this is done using the Microsoft Managment Console (MMC) with approapriate + "snap-ins", the registry editor, and potentially also the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2965631"></a>Samba PDC</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + With a Samba Domain Controller, the new tools for managing of user account and policy information includes: + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b>, <b class="command">pdbedit</b>, <b class="command">net</b>, <b class="command">rpcclient</b>. + The administrator should read the + man pages for these tools and become familiar with their use. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2965676"></a>System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following attempts to document the order of processing of system and user policies following a system +reboot and as part of the user logon: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + Network starts, then Remote Procedure Call System Service (RPCSS) and Multiple Universal Naming + Convention Provider (MUP) start + </p></li><li xmlns:ns80=""><ns80:p> + Where Active Directory is involved, an ordered list of Group Policy Objects (GPOs) is downloaded + and applied. The list may include GPOs that: +</ns80:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Apply to the location of machines in a Directory</td></tr><tr><td>Apply only when settings have changed</td></tr><tr><td>Depend on configuration of scope of applicability: local, site, domain, organizational unit, etc.</td></tr></table><ns80:p> + No desktop user interface is presented until the above have been processed. + </ns80:p></li><li><p> + Execution of start-up scripts (hidden and synchronous by defaut). + </p></li><li><p> + A keyboard action to affect start of logon (Ctrl-Alt-Del). + </p></li><li><p> + User credentials are validated, User profile is loaded (depends on policy settings). + </p></li><li xmlns:ns81=""><ns81:p> + An ordered list of User GPOs is obtained. The list contents depends on what is configured in respsect of: + +</ns81:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Is user a domain member, thus subject to particular policies</td></tr><tr><td>Loopback enablement, and the state of the loopback policy (Merge or Replace)</td></tr><tr><td>Location of the Active Directory itself</td></tr><tr><td>Has the list of GPOs changed. No processing is needed if not changed.</td></tr></table><ns81:p> + </ns81:p></li><li><p> + User Policies are applied from Active Directory. Note: There are several types. + </p></li><li><p> + Logon scripts are run. New to Win2K and Active Directory, logon scripts may be obtained based on Group + Policy objects (hidden and executed synchronously). NT4 style logon scripts are then run in a normal + window. + </p></li><li><p> + The User Interface as determined from the GPOs is presented. Note: In a Samba domain (like and NT4 + Domain) machine (system) policies are applied at start-up, User policies are applied at logon. + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2965823"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Policy related problems can be very difficult to diagnose and even more difficult to rectify. The following +collection demonstrates only basic issues. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2965837"></a>Policy Does Not Work</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Question: We have created the <tt class="filename">config.pol</tt> file and put it in the <span class="emphasis"><em>NETLOGON</em></span> share. +It has made no difference to our Win XP Pro machines, they just don't see it. IT worked fine with Win 98 but does not +work any longer since we upgraded to Win XP Pro. Any hints? +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>ANSWER:</em></span> Policy files are NOT portable between Windows 9x / Me and MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP based +platforms. You need to use the NT4 Group Policy Editor to create a file called <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> so that +it is in the correct format for your MS Windows XP Pro clients. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ProfileMgmt"></a>Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2965940">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2965973">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2966014">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2971377">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972314">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972378">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2972638">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972696">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972742">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2972762">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972910">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973464">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2973968">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2973980">How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974043">Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974262">Changing the default profile</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2965940"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Roaming Profiles are feared by some, hated by a few, loved by many, and a Godsend for +some administrators. +</p><p> +Roaming Profiles allow an administrator to make available a consistent user desktop +as the user moves from one machine to another. This chapter provides much information +regarding how to configure and manage Roaming Profiles. +</p><p> +While Roaming Profiles might sound like nirvana to some, they are a real and tangible +problem to others. In particular, users of mobile computing tools, where often there may not +be a sustained network connection, are often better served by purely Local Profiles. +This chapter provides information to help the Samba administrator to deal with those +situations also. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2965973"></a>Roaming Profiles</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +Roaming profiles support is different for Win9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x. +</p></div><p> +Before discussing how to configure roaming profiles, it is useful to see how +Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x clients implement these features. +</p><p> +Windows 9x / Me clients send a NetUserGetInfo request to the server to get the user's +profiles location. However, the response does not have room for a separate +profiles location field, only the user's home share. This means that Win9X/Me +profiles are restricted to being stored in the user's home directory. +</p><p> +Windows NT4/200x clients send a NetSAMLogon RPC request, which contains many fields, +including a separate field for the location of the user's profiles. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2966014"></a>Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This section documents how to configure Samba for MS Windows client profile support. +</p><div xmlns:ns82="" class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2966027"></a>NT4/200x User Profiles</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To support Windowns NT4/200x clients, in the [global] section of smb.conf set the +following (for example): +</p><ns82:p> +</ns82:p><pre class="programlisting"> + logon path = \\profileserver\profileshare\profilepath\%U\moreprofilepath +</pre><ns82:p> + + This is typically implemented like: + +</ns82:p><pre class="programlisting"> + logon path = \\%L\Profiles\%u +</pre><ns82:p> +where %L translates to the name of the Samba server and %u translates to the user name +</ns82:p><p> +The default for this option is <tt class="filename">\\%N\%U\profile</tt>, +namely <tt class="filename">\\sambaserver\username\profile</tt>. +The <tt class="filename">\\N%\%U</tt> service is created automatically by the [homes] service. If you are using +a samba server for the profiles, you _must_ make the share specified in the logon path +browseable. Please refer to the man page for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> in respect of the different +symantics of %L and %N, as well as %U and %u. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +MS Windows NT/2K clients at times do not disconnect a connection to a server +between logons. It is recommended to NOT use the <i class="parameter"><tt>homes</tt></i> +meta-service name as part of the profile share path. +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2966116"></a>Windows 9x / Me User Profiles</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> parameter. Samba has +now been fixed so that <b class="userinput"><tt>net use /home</tt></b> now works as well, and it, too, relies +on the <b class="command">logon home</b> parameter. +</p><p> +By using the logon home parameter, you are restricted to putting Win9x / Me +profiles in the user's home directory. But wait! There is a trick you +can use. If you set the following in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + logon home = \\%L\%U\.profiles +</pre><p> +then your Windows 9x / Me clients will dutifully put their clients in a subdirectory +of your home directory called <tt class="filename">.profiles</tt> (thus making them hidden). +</p><p> +Not only that, but <b class="userinput"><tt>net use /home</tt></b> will also work, because of a feature in +Windows 9x / Me. It removes any directory stuff off the end of the home directory area +and only uses the server and share portion. That is, it looks like you +specified <tt class="filename">\\%L\%U</tt> for <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2971192"></a>Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can support profiles for both Win9X and WinNT clients by setting both the +<i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> parameters. For example: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + logon home = \\%L\%u\.profiles + logon path = \\%L\profiles\%u +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2971228"></a>Disabling Roaming Profile Support</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A question often asked is “<span class="quote">How may I enforce use of local profiles?</span>” or + “<span class="quote">How do I disable Roaming Profiles?</span>” +</p><p> +There are three ways of doing this: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">In <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt></span></dt><dd xmlns:ns83=""><ns83:p> + Affect the following settings and ALL clients + will be forced to use a local profile: + </ns83:p><pre class="programlisting"> + logon home = + logon path = + </pre><ns83:p> + </ns83:p></dd><dt><span class="term">MS Windows Registry:</span></dt><dd xmlns:ns84=""><ns84:p> + By using the Microsoft Management Console gpedit.msc to instruct your MS Windows XP machine to use only a local profile. This of course modifies registry settings. The full path to the option is: + + </ns84:p><pre class="programlisting"> + Local Computer Policy\ + Computer Configuration\ + Administrative Templates\ + System\ + User Profiles\ + + Disable: Only Allow Local User Profiles + Disable: Prevent Roaming Profile Change from Propogating to the Server + </pre><ns84:p> + </ns84:p></dd><dt><span class="term">Change of Profile Type:</span></dt><dd><p> + From the start menu right click on the + My Computer icon, select <span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span>, click on the <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span> + tab, select the profile you wish to change from Roaming type to Local, click <span class="guibutton">Change Type</span>. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +Consult the MS Windows registry guide for your particular MS Windows version for more +information about which registry keys to change to enforce use of only local user +profiles. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The specifics of how to convert a local profile to a roaming profile, or a roaming profile +to a local one vary according to the version of MS Windows you are running. Consult the +Microsoft MS Windows Resource Kit for your version of Windows for specific information. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2971377"></a>Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2971385"></a>Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When a user first logs in on Windows 9X, the file user.DAT is created, +as are folders <tt class="filename">Start Menu</tt>, <tt class="filename">Desktop</tt>, +<tt class="filename">Programs</tt> and <tt class="filename">Nethood</tt>. +These directories and their contents will be merged with the local +versions stored in <tt class="filename">c:\windows\profiles\username</tt> on subsequent logins, +taking the most recent from each. You will need to use the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> +options <i class="parameter"><tt>preserve case = yes</tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>short preserve case = yes</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>case sensitive = no</tt></i> in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts +in any of the profile folders. +</p><p> +The user.DAT file contains all the user's preferences. If you wish to +enforce a set of preferences, rename their user.DAT file to user.MAN, +and deny them write access to this file. +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + On the Windows 9x / Me machine, go to <span class="guimenu">Control Panel</span> -> <span class="guimenuitem">Passwords</span> and + select the <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span> tab. Select the required level of + roaming preferences. Press <span class="guibutton">OK</span>, but do _not_ allow the computer + to reboot. + </p></li><li><p> + On the Windows 9x / Me machine, go to <span class="guimenu">Control Panel</span> -> <span class="guimenuitem">Network</span> -> + <span class="guimenuitem">Client for Microsoft Networks</span> -> <span class="guilabel">Preferences</span>. Select <span class="guilabel">Log on to + NT Domain</span>. Then, ensure that the Primary Logon is <span class="guilabel">Client for + Microsoft Networks</span>. Press <span class="guibutton">OK</span>, and this time allow the computer + to reboot. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +Under Windows 9x / Me Profiles are downloaded from the Primary Logon. +If you have the Primary Logon as 'Client for Novell Networks', then +the profiles and logon script will be downloaded from your Novell +Server. If you have the Primary Logon as 'Windows Logon', then the +profiles will be loaded from the local machine - a bit against the +concept of roaming profiles, it would seem! +</p><p> +You will now find that the Microsoft Networks Login box contains +[user, password, domain] instead of just [user, password]. Type in +the samba server's domain name (or any other domain known to exist, +but bear in mind that the user will be authenticated against this +domain and profiles downloaded from it, if that domain logon server +supports it), user name and user's password. +</p><p> +Once the user has been successfully validated, the Windows 9x / Me machine +will inform you that <tt class="computeroutput">The user has not logged on before' and asks you + if you wish to save the user's preferences?</tt> Select <span class="guibutton">yes</span>. +</p><p> +Once the Windows 9x / Me client comes up with the desktop, you should be able +to examine the contents of the directory specified in the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> +on the samba server and verify that the <tt class="filename">Desktop</tt>, <tt class="filename">Start Menu</tt>, +<tt class="filename">Programs</tt> and <tt class="filename">Nethood</tt> folders have been created. +</p><p> +These folders will be cached locally on the client, and updated when +the user logs off (if you haven't made them read-only by then). +You will find that if the user creates further folders or short-cuts, +that the client will merge the profile contents downloaded with the +contents of the profile directory already on the local client, taking +the newest folders and short-cuts from each set. +</p><p> +If you have made the folders / files read-only on the samba server, +then you will get errors from the Windows 9x / Me machine on logon and logout, as +it attempts to merge the local and the remote profile. Basically, if +you have any errors reported by the Windows 9x / Me machine, check the Unix file +permissions and ownership rights on the profile directory contents, +on the samba server. +</p><p> +If you have problems creating user profiles, you can reset the user's +local desktop cache, as shown below. When this user then next logs in, +they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time". +</p><div class="orderedlist"><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + Before deleting the contents of the + directory listed in the ProfilePath (this is likely to be + <tt class="filename">c:\windows\profiles\username)</tt>, ask them if they + have any important files stored on their desktop or in their start menu. + Delete the contents of the directory ProfilePath (making a backup if any + of the files are needed). + </p><p> + This will have the effect of removing the local (read-only hidden + system file) user.DAT in their profile directory, as well as the + local "desktop", "nethood", "start menu" and "programs" folders. + </p></div><ol type="1"><li><p> + instead of logging in under the [user, password, domain] dialog, + press <span class="guibutton">escape</span>. + </p></li><li><p> + run the <b class="command">regedit.exe</b> program, and look in: + </p><p> + <tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList</tt> + </p><p> + you will find an entry, for each user, of ProfilePath. Note the + contents of this key (likely to be <tt class="filename">c:\windows\profiles\username</tt>), + then delete the key ProfilePath for the required user. + </p><p>[Exit the registry editor].</p></li><li><p> + search for the user's .PWL password-caching file in the <tt class="filename">c:\windows</tt> + directory, and delete it. + </p></li><li><p> + log off the windows 9x / Me client. + </p></li><li><p> + check the contents of the profile path (see <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> described + above), and delete the <tt class="filename">user.DAT</tt> or <tt class="filename">user.MAN</tt> file for the user, + making a backup if required. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +If all else fails, increase samba's debug log levels to between 3 and 10, +and / or run a packet trace program such as ethereal or <b class="command">netmon.exe</b>, and +look for error messages. +</p><p> +If you have access to an Windows NT4/200x server, then first set up roaming profiles +and / or netlogons on the Windows NT4/200x server. Make a packet trace, or examine +the example packet traces provided with Windows NT4/200x server, and see what the +differences are with the equivalent samba trace. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2967586"></a>Windows NT4 Workstation</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When a user first logs in to a Windows NT Workstation, the profile +NTuser.DAT is created. The profile location can be now specified +through the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> parameter. +</p><p> +There is a parameter that is now available for use with NT Profiles: +<i class="parameter"><tt>logon drive</tt></i>. This should be set to <tt class="filename">H:</tt> or any other drive, and +should be used in conjunction with the new "logon home" parameter. +</p><p> +The entry for the NT4 profile is a _directory_ not a file. The NT +help on profiles mentions that a directory is also created with a .PDS +extension. The user, while logging in, must have write permission to +create the full profile path (and the folder with the .PDS extension +for those situations where it might be created.) +</p><p> +In the profile directory, Windows NT4 creates more folders than Windows 9x / Me. +It creates <tt class="filename">Application Data</tt> and others, as well as <tt class="filename">Desktop</tt>, <tt class="filename">Nethood</tt>, +<tt class="filename">Start Menu</tt> and <tt class="filename">Programs</tt>. The profile itself is stored in a file +<tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt>. Nothing appears to be stored in the .PDS directory, and +its purpose is currently unknown. +</p><p> +You can use the <span class="application">System Control Panel</span> to copy a local profile onto +a samba server (see NT Help on profiles: it is also capable of firing +up the correct location in the <span class="application">System Control Panel</span> for you). The +NT Help file also mentions that renaming <tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt> to <tt class="filename">NTuser.MAN</tt> +turns a profile into a mandatory one. +</p><p> +The case of the profile is significant. The file must be called +<tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt> or, for a mandatory profile, <tt class="filename">NTuser.MAN</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2967744"></a>Windows 2000/XP Professional</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You must first convert the profile from a local profile to a domain +profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows: +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> + Log on as the <span class="emphasis"><em>LOCAL</em></span> workstation administrator. + </p></li><li><p> + Right click on the <span class="guiicon">My Computer</span> Icon, select <span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Click on the <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span> tab + </p></li><li><p> + Select the profile you wish to convert (click on it once) + </p></li><li><p> + Click on the button <span class="guibutton">Copy To</span> + </p></li><li><p> + In the <span class="guilabel">Permitted to use</span> box, click on the <span class="guibutton">Change</span> button. + </p></li><li><p> + Click on the 'Look in" area that lists the machine name, when you click + here it will open up a selection box. Click on the domain to which the + profile must be accessible. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>You will need to log on if a logon box opens up. Eg: In the connect + as: <i class="replaceable"><tt>MIDEARTH</tt></i>\root, password: <i class="replaceable"><tt>mypassword</tt></i>.</p></div></li><li><p> + To make the profile capable of being used by anyone select 'Everyone' + </p></li><li><p> + Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. The Selection box will close. + </p></li><li><p> + Now click on the <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> button to create the profile in the path you + nominated. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +Done. You now have a profile that can be editted using the samba-3.0.0 +<b class="command">profiles</b> tool. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Under NT/2K the use of mandotory profiles forces the use of MS Exchange +storage of mail data. That keeps desktop profiles usable. +</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> +This is a security check new to Windows XP (or maybe only +Windows XP service pack 1). It can be disabled via a group policy in +Active Directory. The policy is:</p><p><tt class="filename">Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\User +Profiles\Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile Folders</tt></p><p>...and it should be set to <tt class="constant">Enabled</tt>. +Does the new version of samba have an Active Directory analogue? If so, +then you may be able to set the policy through this. +</p><p> +If you cannot set group policies in samba, then you may be able to set +the policy locally on each machine. If you want to try this, then do +the following (N.B. I don't know for sure that this will work in the +same way as a domain group policy): +</p></li><li><p> +On the XP workstation log in with an Administrator account. +</p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guimenu">Start</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Run</span></p></li><li><p>Type: <b class="userinput"><tt>mmc</tt></b></p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guibutton">OK</span></p></li><li><p>A Microsoft Management Console should appear.</p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guimenu">File</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Add/Remove Snap-in...</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Add</span></p></li><li><p>Double-Click: <span class="guiicon">Group Policy</span></p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guibutton">Finish</span>, <span class="guibutton">Close</span></p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guibutton">OK</span></p></li><li><p>In the "Console Root" window:</p></li><li><p>Expand: <span class="guiicon">Local Computer Policy</span>, <span class="guiicon">Computer Configuration</span>, + <span class="guiicon">Administrative Templates</span>, <span class="guiicon">System</span>, <span class="guiicon">User Profiles</span></p></li><li><p>Double-Click: <span class="guilabel">Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile Folders</span></p></li><li><p>Select: <span class="guilabel">Enabled</span></p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guibutton">OK</span></p></li><li><p>Close the whole console. You do not need to save the settings (this + refers to the console settings rather than the policies you have + changed).</p></li><li><p>Reboot</p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2972314"></a>Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Sharing of desktop profiles between Windows versions is NOT recommended. +Desktop profiles are an evolving phenomenon and profiles for later versions +of MS Windows clients add features that may interfere with earlier versions +of MS Windows clients. Probably the more salient reason to NOT mix profiles +is that when logging off an earlier version of MS Windows the older format +of profile contents may overwrite information that belongs to the newer +version resulting in loss of profile information content when that user logs +on again with the newer version of MS Windows. +</p><p> +If you then want to share the same Start Menu / Desktop with W9x/Me, you will +need to specify a common location for the profiles. The smb.conf parameters +that need to be common are <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i>. +</p><p> +If you have this set up correctly, you will find separate <tt class="filename">user.DAT</tt> and +<tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt> files in the same profile directory. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2972378"></a>Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There is nothing to stop you specifying any path that you like for the +location of users' profiles. Therefore, you could specify that the +profile be stored on a samba server, or any other SMB server, as long as +that SMB server supports encrypted passwords. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972395"></a>Windows NT4 Profile Management Tools</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Unfortunately, the Resource Kit information is specific to the version of MS Windows +NT4/200x. The correct resource kit is required for each platform. +</p><p> +Here is a quick guide: +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> +On your NT4 Domain Controller, right click on <span class="guiicon">My Computer</span>, then +select the tab labelled <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span>. +</p></li><li><p> +Select a user profile you want to migrate and click on it. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>I am using the term "migrate" lossely. You can copy a profile to +create a group profile. You can give the user 'Everyone' rights to the +profile you copy this to. That is what you need to do, since your samba +domain is not a member of a trust relationship with your NT4 PDC.</p></div></li><li><p>Click the <span class="guibutton">Copy To</span> button.</p></li><li><p>In the box labelled <span class="guilabel">Copy Profile to</span> add your new path, eg: + <tt class="filename">c:\temp\foobar</tt></p></li><li><p>Click on the button <span class="guibutton">Change</span> in the <span class="guilabel">Permitted to use</span> box.</p></li><li><p>Click on the group 'Everyone' and then click <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. This closes the + 'choose user' box.</p></li><li><p>Now click <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li></ol></div><p> +Follow the above for every profile you need to migrate. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972559"></a>Side bar Notes</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You should obtain the SID of your NT4 domain. You can use smbpasswd to do +this. Read the man page.</p><p> +With Samba-3.0.0 alpha code you can import all you NT4 domain accounts +using the net samsync method. This way you can retain your profile +settings as well as all your users. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972580"></a>moveuser.exe</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The W2K professional resource kit has moveuser.exe. moveuser.exe changes +the security of a profile from one user to another. This allows the account +domain to change, and/or the user name to change. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972597"></a>Get SID</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can identify the SID by using GetSID.exe from the Windows NT Server 4.0 +Resource Kit. +</p><p> +Windows NT 4.0 stores the local profile information in the registry under +the following key: +<tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\ProfileList</tt> +</p><p> +Under the ProfileList key, there will be subkeys named with the SIDs of the +users who have logged on to this computer. (To find the profile information +for the user whose locally cached profile you want to move, find the SID for +the user with the GetSID.exe utility.) Inside of the appropriate user's +subkey, you will see a string value named ProfileImagePath. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2972638"></a>Mandatory profiles</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A Mandatory Profile is a profile that the user does NOT have the ability to overwrite. +During the user's session it may be possible to change the desktop environment, but +as the user logs out all changes made will be lost. If it is desired to NOT allow the +user any ability to change the desktop environment then this must be done through +policy settings. See previous chapter. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Under NO circumstances should the profile directory (or it's contents) be made read-only +as this may render the profile un-usable. +</p></div><p> +For MS Windows NT4/200x/XP the above method can be used to create mandatory profiles +also. To convert a group profile into a mandatory profile simply locate the NTUser.DAT +file in the copied profile and rename it to NTUser.MAN. +</p><p> +For MS Windows 9x / Me it is the <tt class="filename">User.DAT</tt> file that must be renamed to <tt class="filename">User.MAN</tt> to +affect a mandatory profile. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2972696"></a>Creating/Managing Group Profiles</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Most organisations are arranged into departments. There is a nice benenfit in +this fact since usually most users in a department will require the same desktop +applications and the same desktop layout. MS Windows NT4/200x/XP will allow the +use of Group Profiles. A Group Profile is a profile that is created firstly using +a template (example) user. Then using the profile migration tool (see above) the +profile is assigned access rights for the user group that needs to be given access +to the group profile. +</p><p> +The next step is rather important. <span class="emphasis"><em>Please note:</em></span> Instead of assigning a group profile +to users (ie: Using User Manager) on a "per user" basis, the group itself is assigned +the now modified profile. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + Be careful with group profiles, if the user who is a member of a group also + has a personal profile, then the result will be a fusion (merge) of the two. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2972742"></a>Default Profile for Windows Users</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows 9x / Me and NT4/200x/XP will use a default profile for any user for whom +a profile does not already exist. Armed with a knowledge of where the default profile +is located on the Windows workstation, and knowing which registry keys affect the path +from which the default profile is created, it is possible to modify the default profile +to one that has been optimised for the site. This has significant administrative +advantages. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2972762"></a>MS Windows 9x/Me</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To enable default per use profiles in Windows 9x / Me you can either use the <span class="application">Windows 98 System +Policy Editor</span> or change the registry directly. +</p><p> +To enable default per user profiles in Windows 9x / Me, launch the <span class="application">System Policy Editor</span>, then +select <span class="guimenu">File</span> -> <span class="guimenuitem">Open Registry</span>, then click on the +<span class="guiicon">Local Computer</span> icon, click on <span class="guilabel">Windows 98 System</span>, +select <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span>, click on the enable box. Do not forget to save the registry changes. +</p><p> +To modify the registry directly, launch the <span class="application">Registry Editor</span> (<b class="command">regedit.exe</b>), select the hive +<tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Network\Logon</tt>. Now add a DWORD type key with the name +"User Profiles", to enable user profiles set the value to 1, to disable user profiles set it to 0. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972859"></a>How User Profiles Are Handled in Windows 9x / Me?</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When a user logs on to a Windows 9x / Me machine, the local profile path, +<tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList</tt>, is checked +for an existing entry for that user: +</p><p> +If the user has an entry in this registry location, Windows 9x / Me checks for a locally cached +version of the user profile. Windows 9x / Me also checks the user's home directory (or other +specified directory if the location has been modified) on the server for the User Profile. +If a profile exists in both locations, the newer of the two is used. If the User Profile exists +on the server, but does not exist on the local machine, the profile on the server is downloaded +and used. If the User Profile only exists on the local machine, that copy is used. +</p><p> +If a User Profile is not found in either location, the Default User Profile from the Windows 9x / Me +machine is used and is copied to a newly created folder for the logged on user. At log off, any +changes that the user made are written to the user's local profile. If the user has a roaming +profile, the changes are written to the user's profile on the server. +</p></div></div><div xmlns:ns85="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2972910"></a>MS Windows NT4 Workstation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +On MS Windows NT4 the default user profile is obtained from the location +<tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles</tt> which in a default installation will translate to +<tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\Profiles</tt>. Under this directory on a clean install there will be +three (3) directories: <tt class="filename">Administrator</tt>, <tt class="filename">All Users</tt>, <tt class="filename">Default User</tt>. +</p><p> +The <tt class="filename">All Users</tt> directory contains menu settings that are common across all +system users. The <tt class="filename">Default User</tt> directory contains menu entries that are +customisable per user depending on the profile settings chosen/created. +</p><p> +When a new user first logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine a new profile is created from: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>All Users settings</td></tr><tr><td>Default User settings (contains the default NTUser.DAT file)</td></tr></table><p> +When a user logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine that is a member of a Microsoft security domain +the following steps are followed in respect of profile handling: +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> + The users' account information which is obtained during the logon process contains + the location of the users' desktop profile. The profile path may be local to the + machine or it may be located on a network share. If there exists a profile at the location + of the path from the user account, then this profile is copied to the location + <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>. This profile then inherits the + settings in the <tt class="filename">All Users</tt> profile in the <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles</tt> + location. + </p></li><li><p> + If the user account has a profile path, but at it's location a profile does not exist, + then a new profile is created in the <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt> + directory from reading the <tt class="filename">Default User</tt> profile. + </p></li><li><p> + If the NETLOGON share on the authenticating server (logon server) contains a policy file + (<tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt>) then it's contents are applied to the <tt class="filename">NTUser.DAT</tt> + which is applied to the <tt class="filename">HKEY_CURRENT_USER</tt> part of the registry. + </p></li><li><p> + When the user logs out, if the profile is set to be a roaming profile it will be written + out to the location of the profile. The <tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt> file is then + re-created from the contents of the <tt class="filename">HKEY_CURRENT_USER</tt> contents. + Thus, should there not exist in the NETLOGON share an <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> at the + next logon, the effect of the provious <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> will still be held + in the profile. The effect of this is known as <span class="emphasis"><em>tatooing</em></span>. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +MS Windows NT4 profiles may be <span class="emphasis"><em>Local</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Roaming</em></span>. A Local profile +will stored in the <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt> location. A roaming profile will +also remain stored in the same way, unless the following registry key is created: +</p><ns85:p> +</ns85:p><pre class="programlisting"> + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\ + "DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001 +</pre><ns85:p> + +In which case, the local copy (in <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>) will be +deleted on logout. +</ns85:p><p> +Under MS Windows NT4 default locations for common resources (like <tt class="filename">My Documents</tt> +may be redirected to a network share by modifying the following registry keys. These changes may be affected +via use of the System Policy Editor (to do so may require that you create your owns template extension +for the policy editor to allow this to be done through the GUI. Another way to do this is by way of first +creating a default user profile, then while logged in as that user, run regedt32 to edit the key settings. +</p><p> +The Registry Hive key that affects the behaviour of folders that are part of the default user profile +are controlled by entries on Windows NT4 is: +</p><p> +<tt class="filename">HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders\</tt> +</p><p> +The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are: +</p><ns85:p> +</ns85:p><div class="table"><a name="id2973257"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 24.1. User Shell Folder registry keys default values</b></p><table summary="User Shell Folder registry keys default values" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Default Value</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>AppData</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Application Data</td></tr><tr><td>Desktop</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Desktop</td></tr><tr><td>Favorites</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Favorites</td></tr><tr><td>NetHood</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\NetHood</td></tr><tr><td>PrintHood</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood</td></tr><tr><td>Programs</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs</td></tr><tr><td>Recent</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Recent</td></tr><tr><td>SendTo</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\SendTo</td></tr><tr><td>Start Menu </td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu</td></tr><tr><td>Startup</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns85:p> +</ns85:p><p> +The registry key that contains the location of the default profile settings is: +</p><p> +<tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders</tt> +</p><ns85:p> +The default entries are: + +</ns85:p><div class="table"><a name="id2973402"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 24.2. Defaults of profile settings registry keys</b></p><table summary="Defaults of profile settings registry keys" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Common Desktop</td><td>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Desktop</td></tr><tr><td>Common Programs</td><td>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Programs</td></tr><tr><td>Common Start Menu</td><td>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu</td></tr><tr><td>Common Startup</td><td>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu\Progams\Startup</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns85:p> +</ns85:p></div><div xmlns:ns86="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2973464"></a>MS Windows 200x/XP</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + MS Windows XP Home Edition does use default per user profiles, but can not participate + in domain security, can not log onto an NT/ADS style domain, and thus can obtain the profile + only from itself. While there are benefits in doing this the beauty of those MS Windows + clients that CAN participate in domain logon processes allows the administrator to create + a global default profile and to enforce it through the use of Group Policy Objects (GPOs). + </p></div><p> +When a new user first logs onto MS Windows 200x/XP machine the default profile is obtained from +<tt class="filename">C:\Documents and Settings\Default User</tt>. The administrator can modify (or change +the contents of this location and MS Windows 200x/XP will gladly use it. This is far from the optimum +arrangement since it will involve copying a new default profile to every MS Windows 200x/XP client +workstation. +</p><p> +When MS Windows 200x/XP participate in a domain security context, and if the default user +profile is not found, then the client will search for a default profile in the NETLOGON share +of the authenticating server. ie: In MS Windows parlance: +<tt class="filename">%LOGONSERVER%\NETLOGON\Default User</tt> and if one exits there it will copy this +to the workstation to the <tt class="filename">C:\Documents and Settings\</tt> under the Windows +login name of the user. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + This path translates, in Samba parlance, to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> <i class="parameter"><tt>[NETLOGON]</tt></i> share. The directory + should be created at the root of this share and must be called <tt class="filename">Default Profile</tt>. + </p></div><p> +If a default profile does not exist in this location then MS Windows 200x/XP will use the local +default profile. +</p><p> +On loging out, the users' desktop profile will be stored to the location specified in the registry +settings that pertain to the user. If no specific policies have been created, or passed to the client +during the login process (as Samba does automatically), then the user's profile will be written to +the local machine only under the path <tt class="filename">C:\Documents and Settings\%USERNAME%</tt>. +</p><p> +Those wishing to modify the default behaviour can do so through three methods: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Modify the registry keys on the local machine manually and place the new default profile in the + NETLOGON share root - NOT recommended as it is maintenance intensive. + </p></li><li><p> + Create an NT4 style NTConfig.POL file that specified this behaviour and locate this file + in the root of the NETLOGON share along with the new default profile. + </p></li><li><p> + Create a GPO that enforces this through Active Directory, and place the new default profile + in the NETLOGON share. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +The Registry Hive key that affects the behaviour of folders that are part of the default user profile +are controlled by entries on Windows 200x/XP is: +</p><p> +<tt class="filename">HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders\</tt> +</p><p> +The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are: +</p><ns86:p> +</ns86:p><div class="table"><a name="id2973656"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 24.3. Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys</b></p><table summary="Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Default Value</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>AppData</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Application Data</td></tr><tr><td>Cache</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files</td></tr><tr><td>Cookies</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Cookies</td></tr><tr><td>Desktop</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Desktop</td></tr><tr><td>Favorites</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Favorites</td></tr><tr><td>History</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\History</td></tr><tr><td>Local AppData</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Application Data</td></tr><tr><td>Local Settings</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings</td></tr><tr><td>My Pictures</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My Pictures</td></tr><tr><td>NetHood</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\NetHood</td></tr><tr><td>Personal</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\My Documents</td></tr><tr><td>PrintHood</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood</td></tr><tr><td>Programs</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs</td></tr><tr><td>Recent</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Recent</td></tr><tr><td>SendTo</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\SendTo</td></tr><tr><td>Start Menu</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu</td></tr><tr><td>Startup</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup</td></tr><tr><td>Templates</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Templates</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns86:p> +</ns86:p><p> +There is also an entry called "Default" that has no value set. The default entry is of type <tt class="constant">REG_SZ</tt>, all +the others are of type <tt class="constant">REG_EXPAND_SZ</tt>. +</p><p> +It makes a huge difference to the speed of handling roaming user profiles if all the folders are +stored on a dedicated location on a network server. This means that it will NOT be necessary to +write the Outlook PST file over the network for every login and logout. +</p><p> +To set this to a network location you could use the following examples: +</p><p><tt class="filename">%LOGONSERVER%\%USERNAME%\Default Folders</tt></p><p> +This would store the folders in the user's home directory under a directory called <tt class="filename">Default Folders</tt> +You could also use: +</p><p><tt class="filename">\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SambaServer</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>FolderShare</tt></i>\%USERNAME%</tt></p><p> + in which case the default folders will be stored in the server named <i class="replaceable"><tt>SambaServer</tt></i> +in the share called <i class="replaceable"><tt>FolderShare</tt></i> under a directory that has the name of the MS Windows +user as seen by the Linux/Unix file system. +</p><p> +Please note that once you have created a default profile share, you MUST migrate a user's profile +(default or custom) to it. +</p><p> +MS Windows 200x/XP profiles may be <span class="emphasis"><em>Local</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Roaming</em></span>. +A roaming profile will be cached locally unless the following registry key is created: +</p><p><tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001</tt></p><p> +In which case, the local cache copy will be deleted on logout. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2973968"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +THe following are some typical errors/problems/questions that have been asked. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2973980"></a>How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +With samba-2.2.x the choice you have is to enable or disable roaming +profiles support. It is a global only setting. The default is to have +roaming profiles and the default path will locate them in the user's home +directory. +</p><p> +If disabled globally then no-one will have roaming profile ability. +If enabled and you want it to apply only to certain machines, then on +those machines on which roaming profile support is NOT wanted it is then +necessary to disable roaming profile handling in the registry of each such +machine. +</p><p> +With samba-3.0.0 (soon to be released) you can have a global profile +setting in smb.conf _AND_ you can over-ride this by per-user settings +using the Domain User Manager (as with MS Windows NT4/ Win 2Kx). +</p><p> +In any case, you can configure only one profile per user. That profile can +be either: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>A profile unique to that user</td></tr><tr><td>A mandatory profile (one the user can not change)</td></tr><tr><td>A group profile (really should be mandatory ie:unchangable)</td></tr></table></div><div xmlns:ns88="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2974043"></a>Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +“<span class="quote"> + I dont want Roaming profile to be implemented, I just want to give users + local profiles only. +... + Please help me I am totally lost with this error from past two days I tried + everything and googled around quite a bit but of no help. Please help me. +</span>”</p><ns88:p> +Your choices are: + + +</ns88:p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Local profiles</span></dt><dd><p> + I know of no registry keys that will allow auto-deletion of LOCAL profiles on log out + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Roaming profiles</span></dt><dd xmlns:ns87=""><ns87:p> + </ns87:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>can use auto-delete on logout option</td></tr><tr><td>requires a registry key change on workstation</td></tr></table><ns87:p> + + Your choices are: + + </ns87:p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Personal Roaming profiles</span></dt><dd><p> + - should be preserved on a central server + - workstations 'cache' (store) a local copy + - used in case the profile can not be downloaded + at next logon + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Group profiles</span></dt><dd><p>- loaded from a cetral place</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Mandatory profiles</span></dt><dd><p> + - can be personal or group + - can NOT be changed (except by an administrator + </p></dd></dl></div><ns87:p> + </ns87:p></dd></dl></div><ns88:p> + +</ns88:p><p> +A WinNT4/2K/XP profile can vary in size from 130KB to off the scale. +Outlook PST files are most often part of the profile and can be many GB in +size. On average (in a well controlled environment) roaming profie size of +2MB is a good rule of thumb to use for planning purposes. In an +undisciplined environment I have seen up to 2GB profiles. Users tend to +complain when it take an hour to log onto a workstation but they harvest +the fuits of folly (and ignorance). +</p><p> +The point of all the above is to show that roaming profiles and good +controls of how they can be changed as well as good discipline make up for +a problem free site. +</p><p> +Microsoft's answer to the PST problem is to store all email in an MS +Exchange Server back-end. But this is another story ...! +</p><ns88:p> +So, having LOCAL profiles means: + +</ns88:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>If lots of users user each machine - lot's of local disk storage needed for local profiles</td></tr><tr><td>Every workstation the user logs into has it's own profile - can be very different from machine to machine</td></tr></table><ns88:p> + +On the other hand, having roaming profiles means: +</ns88:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>The network administrator can control EVERY aspect of user profiles</td></tr><tr><td>With the use of mandatory profiles - a drastic reduction in network management overheads</td></tr><tr><td>User unhappiness about not being able to change their profiles soon fades as they get used to being able to work reliably</td></tr></table><ns88:p> + +</ns88:p><p> +I have managed and installed MANY NT/2K networks and have NEVER found one +where users who move from machine to machine are happy with local +profiles. In the long run local profiles bite them. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2974262"></a>Changing the default profile</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote"> +When the client tries to logon to the PDC it looks for a profile to download +where do I put this default profile. +</span>”</p><p> +Firstly, your samba server need to be configured as a domain controller. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + server = user + os level = 32 (or more) + domain logons = Yes +</pre><p> +Plus you need to have a <i class="parameter"><tt>[netlogon]</tt></i> share that is world readable. +It is a good idea to add a logon script to pre-set printer and +drive connections. There is also a facility for automatically +synchronizing the workstation time clock with that of the logon +server (another good thing to do). +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +To invoke auto-deletion of roaming profile from the local +workstation cache (disk storage) you need to use the <span class="application">Group Policy Editor</span> +to create a file called <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> with the appropriate entries. This +file needs to be located in the <i class="parameter"><tt>netlogon</tt></i> share root directory.</p></div><p> +Oh, of course the windows clients need to be members of the domain. +Workgroup machines do NOT do network logons - so they never see domain +profiles. +</p><p> +Secondly, for roaming profiles you need: + + logon path = \\%N\profiles\%U (with some such path) + logon drive = H: (Z: is the default) + + Plus you need a PROFILES share that is world writable. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="pam"></a>Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Stephen</span> <span class="surname">Langasek</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:vorlon@netexpress.net">vorlon@netexpress.net</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 31, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2975719">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974574">Technical Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2974590">PAM Configuration Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2975256">Example System Configurations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977688">smb.conf PAM Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977745">Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2977829">Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978196">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978209">pam_winbind problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This chapter you should help you to deploy winbind based authentication on any PAM enabled +Unix/Linux system. Winbind can be used to enable user level application access authentication +from any MS Windows NT Domain, MS Windows 200x Active Directory based domain, or any Samba +based domain environment. It will also help you to configure PAM based local host access +controls that are appropriate to your Samba configuration. +</p><p> +In addition to knowing how to configure winbind into PAM, you will learn generic PAM managment +possibilities and in particular how to deploy tools like pam_smbpass.so to your adavantage. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The use of Winbind require more than PAM configuration alone. Please refer to <a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">the Winbind chapter</a>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2975719"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux, +now utilize the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication, +authorization and resource control services. Prior to the introduction of PAM, a decision +to use an alternative to the system password database (<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>) +would require the provision of alternatives for all programs that provide security services. +Such a choice would involve provision of alternatives to such programs as: <b class="command">login</b>, +<b class="command">passwd</b>, <b class="command">chown</b>, etc. +</p><p> +PAM provides a mechanism that disconnects these security programs from the underlying +authentication/authorization infrastructure. PAM is configured either through one file +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> (Solaris), or by editing individual files that are +located in <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt>. +</p><p> +On PAM enabled Unix/Linux systems it is an easy matter to configure the system to use any +authentication backend, so long as the appropriate dynamically loadable library modules +are available for it. The backend may be local to the system, or may be centralised on a +remote server. +</p><p> +PAM support modules are available for: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt></span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + There are several PAM modules that interact with this standard Unix user + database. The most common are called: pam_unix.so, pam_unix2.so, pam_pwdb.so + and pam_userdb.so. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kerberos</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_krb5.so module allows the use of any Kerberos compliant server. + This tool is used to access MIT Kerberos, Heimdal Kerberos, and potentially + Microsoft Active Directory (if enabled). + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">LDAP</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_ldap.so module allows the use of any LDAP v2 or v3 compatible backend + server. Commonly used LDAP backend servers include: OpenLDAP v2.0 and v2.1, + Sun ONE iDentity server, Novell eDirectory server, Microsoft Active Directory. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NetWare Bindery</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_ncp_auth.so module allows authentication off any bindery enabled + NetWare Core Protocol based server. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SMB Password</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + This module, called pam_smbpass.so, will allow user authentication off + the passdb backend that is configured in the Samba <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SMB Server</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_smb_auth.so module is the original MS Windows networking authentication + tool. This module has been somewhat outdated by the Winbind module. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Winbind</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_winbind.so module allows Samba to obtain authentication from any + MS Windows Domain Controller. It can just as easily be used to authenticate + users for access to any PAM enabled application. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">RADIUS</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + There is a PAM RADIUS (Remote Access Dial-In User Service) authentication + module. In most cases the administrator will need to locate the source code + for this tool and compile and install it themselves. RADIUS protocols are + used by many routers and terminal servers. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +Of the above, Samba provides the pam_smbpasswd.so and the pam_winbind.so modules alone. +</p><p> +Once configured, these permit a remarkable level of flexibility in the location and use +of distributed samba domain controllers that can provide wide are network bandwidth +efficient authentication services for PAM capable systems. In effect, this allows the +deployment of centrally managed and maintained distributed authentication from a single +user account database. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2974574"></a>Technical Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM is designed to provide the system administrator with a great deal of flexibility in +configuration of the privilege granting applications of their system. The local +configuration of system security controlled by PAM is contained in one of two places: +either the single system file, /etc/pam.conf; or the /etc/pam.d/ directory. +</p><div xmlns:ns89="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2974590"></a>PAM Configuration Syntax</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In this section we discuss the correct syntax of and generic options respected by entries to these files. +PAM specific tokens in the configuration file are case insensitive. The module paths, however, are case +sensitive since they indicate a file's name and reflect the case dependence of typical file-systems. +The case-sensitivity of the arguments to any given module is defined for each module in turn. +</p><p> +In addition to the lines described below, there are two special characters provided for the convenience +of the system administrator: comments are preceded by a `#' and extend to the next end-of-line; also, +module specification lines may be extended with a `\' escaped newline. +</p><p> +If the PAM authentication module (loadable link library file) is located in the +default location then it is not necessary to specify the path. In the case of +Linux, the default location is <tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt>. If the module +is located outside the default then the path must be specified as: +</p><ns89:p> +</ns89:p><pre class="screen"> +auth required /other_path/pam_strange_module.so +</pre><ns89:p> +</ns89:p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2974646"></a>Anatomy of <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> Entries</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The remaining information in this subsection was taken from the documentation of the Linux-PAM +project. For more information on PAM, see +<a href="http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/" target="_top"> +http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam</a> The Official Linux-PAM home page. +</p><p> +A general configuration line of the /etc/pam.conf file has the following form: +</p><ns89:p> +</ns89:p><pre class="screen"> +service-name module-type control-flag module-path args +</pre><ns89:p> +</ns89:p><p> +Below, we explain the meaning of each of these tokens. The second (and more recently adopted) +way of configuring Linux-PAM is via the contents of the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> directory. +Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this method. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">service-name</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The name of the service associated with this entry. Frequently the service name is the conventional + name of the given application. For example, `ftpd', `rlogind' and `su', etc. . + </p><p> + There is a special service-name, reserved for defining a default authentication mechanism. It has + the name `OTHER' and may be specified in either lower or upper case characters. Note, when there + is a module specified for a named service, the `OTHER' entries are ignored. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">module-type</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + One of (currently) four types of module. The four types are as follows: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>auth:</em></span> this module type provides two aspects of authenticating the user. + Firstly, it establishes that the user is who they claim to be, by instructing the application + to prompt the user for a password or other means of identification. Secondly, the module can + grant group membership (independently of the <tt class="filename">/etc/groups</tt> file discussed + above) or other privileges through its credential granting properties. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>account:</em></span> this module performs non-authentication based account management. + It is typically used to restrict/permit access to a service based on the time of day, currently + available system resources (maximum number of users) or perhaps the location of the applicant + user `root' login only on the console. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>session:</em></span> primarily, this module is associated with doing things that need + to be done for the user before/after they can be given service. Such things include the loggin + of information concerning the opening/closing of some data exchange with a user, mountin + directories, etc. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>password:</em></span> this last module type is required for updating the authentication + token associated with the user. Typically, there is one module for each `challenge/response' + based authentication (auth) module-type. + </p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">control-flag</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The control-flag is used to indicate how the PAM library will react to the success or failure of the + module it is associated with. Since modules can be stacked (modules of the same type execute in series, + one after another), the control-flags determine the relative importance of each module. The application + is not made aware of the individual success or failure of modules listed in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> file. Instead, it receives a summary success or fail response from + the Linux-PAM library. The order of execution of these modules is that of the entries in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> file; earlier entries are executed before later ones. + As of Linux-PAM v0.60, this control-flag can be defined with one of two syntaxes. + </p><p> + The simpler (and historical) syntax for the control-flag is a single keyword defined to indicate the + severity of concern associated with the success or failure of a specific module. There are four such + <span class="emphasis"><em>keywords: required, requisite, sufficient and optional</em></span>. + </p><p> + The Linux-PAM library interprets these keywords in the following manner: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>required:</em></span> this indicates that the success of the module is required for the + module-type facility to succeed. Failure of this module will not be apparent to the user until all + of the remaining modules (of the same module-type) have been executed. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>requisite:</em></span> like required, however, in the case that such a module returns a + failure, control is directly returned to the application. The return value is that associated with + the first required or requisite module to fail. Note, this flag can be used to protect against the + possibility of a user getting the opportunity to enter a password over an unsafe medium. It is + conceivable that such behavior might inform an attacker of valid accounts on a system. This + possibility should be weighed against the not insignificant concerns of exposing a sensitive + password in a hostile environment. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>sufficient:</em></span> the success of this module is deemed `sufficient' to satisfy + the Linux-PAM library that this module-type has succeeded in its purpose. In the event that no + previous required module has failed, no more `stacked' modules of this type are invoked. (Note, + in this case subsequent required modules are not invoked.). A failure of this module is not deemed + as fatal to satisfying the application that this module-type has succeeded. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>optional:</em></span> as its name suggests, this control-flag marks the module as not + being critical to the success or failure of the user's application for service. In general, + Linux-PAM ignores such a module when determining if the module stack will succeed or fail. + However, in the absence of any definite successes or failures of previous or subsequent stacked + modules this module will determine the nature of the response to the application. One example of + this latter case, is when the other modules return something like PAM_IGNORE. + </p></li></ul></div><p> + The more elaborate (newer) syntax is much more specific and gives the administrator a great deal of control + over how the user is authenticated. This form of the control flag is delimeted with square brackets and + consists of a series of value=action tokens: + </p><pre class="screen"> + [value1=action1 value2=action2 ...] + </pre><p> + Here, valueI is one of the following return values: success; open_err; symbol_err; service_err; + system_err; buf_err; perm_denied; auth_err; cred_insufficient; authinfo_unavail; user_unknown; maxtries; + new_authtok_reqd; acct_expired; session_err; cred_unavail; cred_expired; cred_err; no_module_data; conv_err; + authtok_err; authtok_recover_err; authtok_lock_busy; authtok_disable_aging; try_again; ignore; abort; + authtok_expired; module_unknown; bad_item; and default. The last of these (default) can be used to set + the action for those return values that are not explicitly defined. + </p><p> + The actionI can be a positive integer or one of the following tokens: ignore; ok; done; bad; die; and reset. + A positive integer, J, when specified as the action, can be used to indicate that the next J modules of the + current module-type will be skipped. In this way, the administrator can develop a moderately sophisticated + stack of modules with a number of different paths of execution. Which path is taken can be determined by the + reactions of individual modules. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ignore:</em></span> when used with a stack of modules, the module's return status will not + contribute to the return code the application obtains. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>bad:</em></span> this action indicates that the return code should be thought of as indicative + of the module failing. If this module is the first in the stack to fail, its status value will be used + for that of the whole stack. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>die:</em></span> equivalent to bad with the side effect of terminating the module stack and + PAM immediately returning to the application. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ok:</em></span> this tells PAM that the administrator thinks this return code should + contribute directly to the return code of the full stack of modules. In other words, if the former + state of the stack would lead to a return of PAM_SUCCESS, the module's return code will override + this value. Note, if the former state of the stack holds some value that is indicative of a modules + failure, this 'ok' value will not be used to override that value. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>done:</em></span> equivalent to ok with the side effect of terminating the module stack and + PAM immediately returning to the application. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>reset:</em></span> clear all memory of the state of the module stack and start again with + the next stacked module. + </p></li></ul></div><p> + Each of the four keywords: required; requisite; sufficient; and optional, have an equivalent expression in + terms of the [...] syntax. They are as follows: + </p><ns89:p> + </ns89:p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + required is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok ignore=ignore default=bad] + </p></li><li><p> + requisite is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok ignore=ignore default=die] + </p></li><li><p> + sufficient is equivalent to [success=done new_authtok_reqd=done default=ignore] + </p></li><li><p> + optional is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok default=ignore] + </p></li></ul></div><ns89:p> + </ns89:p><p> + Just to get a feel for the power of this new syntax, here is a taste of what you can do with it. With Linux-PAM-0.63, + the notion of client plug-in agents was introduced. This is something that makes it possible for PAM to support + machine-machine authentication using the transport protocol inherent to the client/server application. With the + <span class="emphasis"><em>[ ... value=action ... ]</em></span> control syntax, it is possible for an application to be configured + to support binary prompts with compliant clients, but to gracefully fall over into an alternative authentication + mode for older, legacy, applications. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">module-path</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The path-name of the dynamically loadable object file; the pluggable module itself. If the first character of the + module path is `/', it is assumed to be a complete path. If this is not the case, the given module path is appended + to the default module path: <tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt> (but see the notes above). + </p><p> + The args are a list of tokens that are passed to the module when it is invoked. Much like arguments to a typical + Linux shell command. Generally, valid arguments are optional and are specific to any given module. Invalid arguments + are ignored by a module, however, when encountering an invalid argument, the module is required to write an error + to syslog(3). For a list of generic options see the next section. + </p><p> + Note, if you wish to include spaces in an argument, you should surround that argument with square brackets. For example: + </p><pre class="screen"> +squid auth required pam_mysql.so user=passwd_query passwd=mada \ + db=eminence [query=select user_name from internet_service where \ + user_name='%u' and password=PASSWORD('%p') and \ + service='web_proxy'] +</pre><p> + Note, when using this convention, you can include `[' characters inside the string, and if you wish to include a `]' + character inside the string that will survive the argument parsing, you should use `\['. In other words: + </p><pre class="screen"> +[..[..\]..] --> ..[..].. +</pre><p> + Any line in (one of) the configuration file(s), that is not formatted correctly, will generally tend (erring on the + side of caution) to make the authentication process fail. A corresponding error is written to the system log files + with a call to syslog(3). + </p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2975256"></a>Example System Configurations</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following is an example <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> configuration file. +This example had all options been uncommented is probably not usable +as it stacks many conditions before allowing successful completion +of the login process. Essentially all conditions can be disabled +by commenting them out except the calls to <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt>. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2975286"></a>PAM: original login config</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service +# +auth required pam_securetty.so +auth required pam_nologin.so +# auth required pam_dialup.so +# auth optional pam_mail.so +auth required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +# account requisite pam_time.so +account required pam_pwdb.so +session required pam_pwdb.so +# session optional pam_lastlog.so +# password required pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +</pre></div><div xmlns:ns90="" class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2975313"></a>PAM: login using pam_smbpass</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM allows use of replacable modules. Those available on a sample system include: +</p><ns90:p><tt class="prompt">$</tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/bin/ls /lib/security</tt></b> +</ns90:p><pre class="screen"> +pam_access.so pam_ftp.so pam_limits.so +pam_ncp_auth.so pam_rhosts_auth.so pam_stress.so +pam_cracklib.so pam_group.so pam_listfile.so +pam_nologin.so pam_rootok.so pam_tally.so +pam_deny.so pam_issue.so pam_mail.so +pam_permit.so pam_securetty.so pam_time.so +pam_dialup.so pam_lastlog.so pam_mkhomedir.so +pam_pwdb.so pam_shells.so pam_unix.so +pam_env.so pam_ldap.so pam_motd.so +pam_radius.so pam_smbpass.so pam_unix_acct.so +pam_wheel.so pam_unix_auth.so pam_unix_passwd.so +pam_userdb.so pam_warn.so pam_unix_session.so +</pre><p> +The following example for the login program replaces the use of +the <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt> module which uses the system +password database (<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/shadow</tt>, <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt>) with +the module <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt> which uses the Samba +database which contains the Microsoft MD4 encrypted password +hashes. This database is stored in either +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt>, or in +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba.d/smbpasswd</tt>, depending on the +Samba implementation for your Unix/Linux system. The +<tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt> module is provided by +Samba version 2.2.1 or later. It can be compiled by specifying the +<tt class="option">--with-pam_smbpass</tt> options when running Samba's +<b class="command">configure</b> script. For more information +on the <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass</tt> module, see the documentation +in the <tt class="filename">source/pam_smbpass</tt> directory of the Samba +source distribution. +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service +# +auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +account required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +session required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +</pre><p> +The following is the PAM configuration file for a particular +Linux system. The default condition uses <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt>. +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service +# +auth required pam_pwdb.so nullok nodelay shadow audit +account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay +session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay +password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +</pre><p> +In the following example the decision has been made to use the +smbpasswd database even for basic samba authentication. Such a +decision could also be made for the passwd program and would +thus allow the smbpasswd passwords to be changed using the passwd +program. +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service +# +auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay +session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay +password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba.d/smb.conf +</pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>PAM allows stacking of authentication mechanisms. It is +also possible to pass information obtained within one PAM module through +to the next module in the PAM stack. Please refer to the documentation for +your particular system implementation for details regarding the specific +capabilities of PAM in this environment. Some Linux implmentations also +provide the <tt class="filename">pam_stack.so</tt> module that allows all +authentication to be configured in a single central file. The +<tt class="filename">pam_stack.so</tt> method has some very devoted followers +on the basis that it allows for easier administration. As with all issues in +life though, every decision makes trade-offs, so you may want examine the +PAM documentation for further helpful information. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2977688"></a>smb.conf PAM Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There is an option in smb.conf called <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" target="_top">obey pam restrictions</a>. +The following is from the on-line help for this option in SWAT; +</p><p> +When Samba-3 is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. +<tt class="option">--with-pam</tt>), this parameter will +control whether or not Samba should obey PAM's account +and session management directives. The default behavior +is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to +ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba always +ignores PAM for authentication in the case of +<a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords = yes</a>. +The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response +authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB +password encryption. +</p><p>Default: <i class="parameter"><tt>obey pam restrictions = no</tt></i></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2977745"></a>Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All operating systems depend on the provision of users credentials accecptable to the platform. +Unix requires the provision of a user identifier (UID) as well as a group identifier (GID). +These are both simple integer type numbers that are obtained from a password backend such +as <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. +</p><p> +Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned a relative id (rid) which is unique for +the domain when the user or group is created. To convert the Windows NT user or group into +a unix user or group, a mapping between rids and unix user and group ids is required. This +is one of the jobs that winbind performs. +</p><p> +As winbind users and groups are resolved from a server, user and group ids are allocated +from a specified range. This is done on a first come, first served basis, although all +existing users and groups will be mapped as soon as a client performs a user or group +enumeration command. The allocated unix ids are stored in a database file under the Samba +lock directory and will be remembered. +</p><p> +The astute administrator will realize from this that the combination of <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt>, +<b class="command">winbindd</b>, and a distributed passdb backend, such as ldap, will allow the establishment of a +centrally managed, distributed user/password database that can also be used by all PAM (eg: Linux) aware +programs and applications. This arrangement can have particularly potent advantages compared with the use of +Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS) in so far as reduction of wide area network authentication traffic. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +The rid to unix id database is the only location where the user and group mappings are +stored by winbindd. If this file is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd +to determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user and group rids. +</p></div></div><div xmlns:ns91="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2977829"></a>Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +pam_smbpass is a PAM module which can be used on conforming systems to +keep the smbpasswd (Samba password) database in sync with the unix +password file. PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is an API supported +under some Unices, such as Solaris, HPUX and Linux, that provides a +generic interface to authentication mechanisms. +</p><p> +This module authenticates a local smbpasswd user database. If you require +support for authenticating against a remote SMB server, or if you're +concerned about the presence of suid root binaries on your system, it is +recommended that you use pam_winbind instead. +</p><ns91:p> +Options recognized by this module are as follows: +</ns91:p><div class="table"><a name="id2977860"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 25.1. Options recognized by pam_smbpass</b></p><table summary="Options recognized by pam_smbpass" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left">debug</td><td align="left">log more debugging info</td></tr><tr><td align="left">audit</td><td align="left">like debug, but also logs unknown usernames</td></tr><tr><td align="left">use_first_pass</td><td align="left">don't prompt the user for passwords; take them from PAM_ items instead</td></tr><tr><td align="left">try_first_pass</td><td align="left">try to get the password from a previous PAM module, fall back to prompting the user</td></tr><tr><td align="left">use_authtok</td><td align="left">like try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. (intended for stacking password modules only)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">not_set_pass</td><td align="left">don't make passwords used by this module available to other modules.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nodelay</td><td align="left">don't insert ~1 second delays on authentication failure.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nullok</td><td align="left">null passwords are allowed.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nonull</td><td align="left">null passwords are not allowed. Used to override the Samba configuration.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">migrate</td><td align="left">only meaningful in an "auth" context; used to update smbpasswd file with a password used for successful authentication.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">smbconf=<i class="replaceable"><tt>file</tt></i></td><td align="left">specify an alternate path to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file.</td></tr></tbody></table></div><ns91:p> +</ns91:p><ns91:p> +Thanks go to the following people: +</ns91:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><a href="mailto:morgan@transmeta.com" target="_top">Andrew Morgan</a>, for providing the Linux-PAM + framework, without which none of this would have happened</td></tr><tr><td><a href="gafton@redhat.com" target="_top">Christian Gafton</a> and Andrew Morgan again, for the + pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based</td></tr><tr><td><a href="lkcl@switchboard.net" target="_top">Luke Leighton</a> for being receptive to the idea, + and for the occasional good-natured complaint about the project's status + that keep me working on it :)</td></tr></table><ns91:p>. +</ns91:p><p> +The following are examples of the use of pam_smbpass.so in the format of Linux +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> files structure. Those wishing to implement this +tool on other platforms will need to adapt this appropriately. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2978061"></a>Password Synchronisation Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to make +sure private/smbpasswd is kept in sync when /etc/passwd (/etc/shadow) +is changed. Useful when an expired password might be changed by an +application (such as ssh). +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-sync +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth required pam_unix.so +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2978094"></a>Password Migration Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to migrate +from plaintext to encrypted passwords for Samba. Unlike other methods, +this can be used for users who have never connected to Samba shares: +password migration takes place when users ftp in, login using ssh, pop +their mail, etc. +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-migration +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +# pam_smbpass is called IF pam_unix succeeds. +auth requisite pam_unix.so +auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2978129"></a>Mature Password Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A sample PAM configuration for a 'mature' smbpasswd installation. +private/smbpasswd is fully populated, and we consider it an error if +the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the Unix password. +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-mature +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth required pam_unix.so +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2978161"></a>Kerberos Password Integration Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A sample PAM configuration that shows pam_smbpass used together with +pam_krb5. This could be useful on a Samba PDC that is also a member of +a Kerberos realm. +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# kdc-pdc +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth requisite pam_krb5.so +auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate +account required pam_krb5.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_krb5.so +</pre></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2978196"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM can be a very fickle and sensitive to configuration glitches. Here we look at a few cases from +the Samba mailing list. +</p><div xmlns:ns92="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978209"></a>pam_winbind problem</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + I have the following PAM configuration: + </p><ns92:p> +</ns92:p><pre class="screen"> +auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so +auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so +auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass nullok +auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so +account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +account required /lib/security/pam_winbind.so +password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +</pre><ns92:p> +</ns92:p><p> + When I open a new console with [ctrl][alt][F1], then I cant log in with my user "pitie". + I've tried with user "scienceu+pitie" also. + </p><p> + Answer: The problem may lie with your inclusion of <i class="parameter"><tt>pam_stack.so + service=system-auth</tt></i>. That file often contains a lot of stuff that may + duplicate what you're already doing. Try commenting out the pam_stack lines + for auth and account and see if things work. If they do, look at + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</tt> and copy only what you need from it into your + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file. Alternatively, if you want all services to use + winbind, you can put the winbind-specific stuff in <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</tt>. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="integrate-ms-networks"></a>Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jan 01 2001) </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2979952">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979977">Background Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2980022">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2980073">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2980198">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978348">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978390">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978479">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978604">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978648">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978762">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978795">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978820">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2978890">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978906">My Boomerang Won't Come Back</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978938">Very Slow Network Connections</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978989">Samba server name change problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This section deals with NetBIOS over TCP/IP name to IP address resolution. If +your MS Windows clients are NOT configured to use NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this +section does not apply to your installation. If your installation involves use of +NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section may help you to resolve networking problems. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + NetBIOS over TCP/IP has nothing to do with NetBEUI. NetBEUI is NetBIOS + over Logical Link Control (LLC). On modern networks it is highly advised + to NOT run NetBEUI at all. Note also that there is NO such thing as + NetBEUI over TCP/IP - the existence of such a protocol is a complete + and utter mis-apprehension. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979952"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Many MS Windows network administrators have never been exposed to basic TCP/IP +networking as it is implemented in a Unix/Linux operating system. Likewise, many Unix and +Linux adminsitrators have not been exposed to the intricacies of MS Windows TCP/IP based +networking (and may have no desire to be either). +</p><p> +This chapter gives a short introduction to the basics of how a name can be resolved to +it's IP address for each operating system environment. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979977"></a>Background Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since the introduction of MS Windows 2000 it is possible to run MS Windows networking +without the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP. NetBIOS over TCP/IP uses UDP port 137 for NetBIOS +name resolution and uses TCP port 139 for NetBIOS session services. When NetBIOS over +TCP/IP is disabled on MS Windows 2000 and later clients then only TCP port 445 will be +used and UDP port 137 and TCP port 139 will not. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +When using Windows 2000 or later clients, if NetBIOS over TCP/IP is NOT disabled, then +the client will use UDP port 137 (NetBIOS Name Service, also known as the Windows Internet +Name Service or WINS), TCP port 139 AND TCP port 445 (for actual file and print traffic). +</p></div><p> +When NetBIOS over TCP/IP is disabled the use of DNS is essential. Most installations that +disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP today use MS Active Directory Service (ADS). ADS requires +Dynamic DNS with Service Resource Records (SRV RR) and with Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR). +Use of DHCP with ADS is recommended as a further means of maintaining central control +over client workstation network configuration. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2980022"></a>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The key configuration files covered in this section are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980073"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Contains a static list of IP Addresses and names. +eg: +</p><pre class="screen"> + 127.0.0.1 localhost localhost.localdomain + 192.168.1.1 bigbox.caldera.com bigbox alias4box +</pre><p> +The purpose of <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> is to provide a +name resolution mechanism so that uses do not need to remember +IP addresses. +</p><p> +Network packets that are sent over the physical network transport +layer communicate not via IP addresses but rather using the Media +Access Control address, or MAC address. IP Addresses are currently +32 bits in length and are typically presented as four (4) decimal +numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1. +</p><p> +MAC Addresses use 48 bits (or 6 bytes) and are typically represented +as two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. eg: +40:8e:0a:12:34:56 +</p><p> +Every network interface must have an MAC address. Associated with +a MAC address there may be one or more IP addresses. There is NO +relationship between an IP address and a MAC address, all such assignments +are arbitary or discretionary in nature. At the most basic level all +network communications takes place using MAC addressing. Since MAC +addresses must be globally unique, and generally remains fixed for +any particular interface, the assignment of an IP address makes sense +from a network management perspective. More than one IP address can +be assigned per MAC address. One address must be the primary IP address, +this is the address that will be returned in the ARP reply. +</p><p> +When a user or a process wants to communicate with another machine +the protocol implementation ensures that the "machine name" or "host +name" is resolved to an IP address in a manner that is controlled +by the TCP/IP configuration control files. The file +<tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> is one such file. +</p><p> +When the IP address of the destination interface has been +determined a protocol called ARP/RARP is used to identify +the MAC address of the target interface. ARP stands for Address +Resolution Protocol, and is a broadcast oriented method that +uses UDP (User Datagram Protocol) to send a request to all +interfaces on the local network segment using the all 1's MAC +address. Network interfaces are programmed to respond to two +MAC addresses only; their own unique address and the address +ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. The reply packet from an ARP request will +contain the MAC address and the primary IP address for each +interface. +</p><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file is foundational to all +Unix/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minumum will contain +the localhost and local network interface IP addresses and the +primary names by which they are known within the local machine. +This file helps to prime the pump so that a basic level of name +resolution can exist before any other method of name resolution +becomes available. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980198"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This file tells the name resolution libraries: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The name of the domain to which the machine + belongs + </p></li><li><p>The name(s) of any domains that should be + automatically searched when trying to resolve unqualified + host names to their IP address + </p></li><li><p>The name or IP address of available Domain + Name Servers that may be asked to perform name to address + translation lookups + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978348"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt> is the primary means by +which the setting in /etc/resolv.conf may be affected. It is a +critical configuration file. This file controls the order by +which name resolution may procede. The typical structure is: +</p><pre class="screen"> + order hosts,bind + multi on +</pre><p> +then both addresses should be returned. Please refer to the +man page for host.conf for further details. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978390"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The +file typically has resolver object specifications as follows: +</p><pre class="screen"> + # /etc/nsswitch.conf + # + # Name Service Switch configuration file. + # + + passwd: compat + # Alternative entries for password authentication are: + # passwd: compat files nis ldap winbind + shadow: compat + group: compat + + hosts: files nis dns + # Alternative entries for host name resolution are: + # hosts: files dns nis nis+ hesoid db compat ldap wins + networks: nis files dns + + ethers: nis files + protocols: nis files + rpc: nis files + services: nis files +</pre><p> +Of course, each of these mechanisms requires that the appropriate +facilities and/or services are correctly configured. +</p><p> +It should be noted that unless a network request/message must be +sent, TCP/IP networks are silent. All TCP/IP communications assumes a +principal of speaking only when necessary. +</p><p> +Starting with version 2.2.0 samba has Linux support for extensions to +the name service switch infrastructure so that linux clients will +be able to obtain resolution of MS Windows NetBIOS names to IP +Addresses. To gain this functionality Samba needs to be compiled +with appropriate arguments to the make command (ie: <b class="userinput"><tt>make +nsswitch/libnss_wins.so</tt></b>). The resulting library should +then be installed in the <tt class="filename">/lib</tt> directory and +the "wins" parameter needs to be added to the "hosts:" line in +the <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file. At this point it +will be possible to ping any MS Windows machine by it's NetBIOS +machine name, so long as that machine is within the workgroup to +which both the samba machine and the MS Windows machine belong. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2978479"></a>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine +is given. This name is known variously (and inconsistently) as +the "computer name", "machine name", "networking name", "netbios name", +"SMB name". All terms mean the same thing with the exception of +"netbios name" which can apply also to the name of the workgroup or the +domain name. The terms "workgroup" and "domain" are really just a +simply name with which the machine is associated. All NetBIOS names +are exactly 16 characters in length. The 16th character is reserved. +It is used to store a one byte value that indicates service level +information for the NetBIOS name that is registered. A NetBIOS machine +name is therefore registered for each service type that is provided by +the client/server. +</p><p> +The following are typical NetBIOS name/service type registrations: +</p><pre class="screen"> + Unique NetBIOS Names: + MACHINENAME<00> = Server Service is running on MACHINENAME + MACHINENAME<03> = Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name) + MACHINENAME<20> = LanMan Server service is running on MACHINENAME + WORKGROUP<1b> = Domain Master Browser + + Group Names: + WORKGROUP<03> = Generic Name registered by all members of WORKGROUP + WORKGROUP<1c> = Domain Controllers / Netlogon Servers + WORKGROUP<1d> = Local Master Browsers + WORKGROUP<1e> = Internet Name Resolvers +</pre><p> +It should be noted that all NetBIOS machines register their own +names as per the above. This is in vast contrast to TCP/IP +installations where traditionally the system administrator will +determine in the /etc/hosts or in the DNS database what names +are associated with each IP address. +</p><p> +One further point of clarification should be noted, the <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> +file and the DNS records do not provide the NetBIOS name type information +that MS Windows clients depend on to locate the type of service that may +be needed. An example of this is what happens when an MS Windows client +wants to locate a domain logon server. It finds this service and the IP +address of a server that provides it by performing a lookup (via a +NetBIOS broadcast) for enumeration of all machines that have +registered the name type *<1c>. A logon request is then sent to each +IP address that is returned in the enumerated list of IP addresses. Which +ever machine first replies then ends up providing the logon services. +</p><p> +The name "workgroup" or "domain" really can be confusing since these +have the added significance of indicating what is the security +architecture of the MS Windows network. The term "workgroup" indicates +that the primary nature of the network environment is that of a +peer-to-peer design. In a WORKGROUP all machines are responsible for +their own security, and generally such security is limited to use of +just a password (known as SHARE MODE security). In most situations +with peer-to-peer networking the users who control their own machines +will simply opt to have no security at all. It is possible to have +USER MODE security in a WORKGROUP environment, thus requiring use +of a user name and a matching password. +</p><p> +MS Windows networking is thus predetermined to use machine names +for all local and remote machine message passing. The protocol used is +called Server Message Block (SMB) and this is implemented using +the NetBIOS protocol (Network Basic Input Output System). NetBIOS can +be encapsulated using LLC (Logical Link Control) protocol - in which case +the resulting protocol is called NetBEUI (Network Basic Extended User +Interface). NetBIOS can also be run over IPX (Internetworking Packet +Exchange) protocol as used by Novell NetWare, and it can be run +over TCP/IP protocols - in which case the resulting protocol is called +NBT or NetBT, the NetBIOS over TCP/IP. +</p><p> +MS Windows machines use a complex array of name resolution mechanisms. +Since we are primarily concerned with TCP/IP this demonstration is +limited to this area. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978604"></a>The NetBIOS Name Cache</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is +stored the NetBIOS names and IP addresses for all external +machines that that machine has communicated with over the +past 10-15 minutes. It is more efficient to obtain an IP address +for a machine from the local cache than it is to go through all the +configured name resolution mechanisms. +</p><p> +If a machine whose name is in the local name cache has been shut +down before the name had been expired and flushed from the cache, then +an attempt to exchange a message with that machine will be subject +to time-out delays. i.e.: Its name is in the cache, so a name resolution +lookup will succeed, but the machine can not respond. This can be +frustrating for users - but it is a characteristic of the protocol. +</p><p> +The MS Windows utility that allows examination of the NetBIOS +name cache is called "nbtstat". The Samba equivalent of this +is called <b class="command">nmblookup</b>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978648"></a>The LMHOSTS file</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or +2000 in <tt class="filename">C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains +the IP Address and the machine name in matched pairs. The +<tt class="filename">LMHOSTS</tt> file performs NetBIOS name +to IP address mapping. +</p><p> +It typically looks like: +</p><pre class="screen"> + # Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp. + # + # This is a sample LMHOSTS file used by the Microsoft Wins Client (NetBIOS + # over TCP/IP) stack for Windows98 + # + # This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to NT computernames + # (NetBIOS) names. Each entry should be kept on an individual line. + # The IP address should be placed in the first column followed by the + # corresponding computername. The address and the comptername + # should be separated by at least one space or tab. The "#" character + # is generally used to denote the start of a comment (see the exceptions + # below). + # + # This file is compatible with Microsoft LAN Manager 2.x TCP/IP lmhosts + # files and offers the following extensions: + # + # #PRE + # #DOM:<domain> + # #INCLUDE <filename> + # #BEGIN_ALTERNATE + # #END_ALTERNATE + # \0xnn (non-printing character support) + # + # Following any entry in the file with the characters "#PRE" will cause + # the entry to be preloaded into the name cache. By default, entries are + # not preloaded, but are parsed only after dynamic name resolution fails. + # + # Following an entry with the "#DOM:<domain>" tag will associate the + # entry with the domain specified by <domain>. This affects how the + # browser and logon services behave in TCP/IP environments. To preload + # the host name associated with #DOM entry, it is necessary to also add a + # #PRE to the line. The <domain> is always preloaded although it will not + # be shown when the name cache is viewed. + # + # Specifying "#INCLUDE <filename>" will force the RFC NetBIOS (NBT) + # software to seek the specified <filename> and parse it as if it were + # local. <filename> is generally a UNC-based name, allowing a + # centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server. + # It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the + # server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive. + # In addtion the share "public" in the example below must be in the + # LanManServer list of "NullSessionShares" in order for client machines to + # be able to read the lmhosts file successfully. This key is under + # \machine\system\currentcontrolset\services\lanmanserver\parameters\nullsessionshares + # in the registry. Simply add "public" to the list found there. + # + # The #BEGIN_ and #END_ALTERNATE keywords allow multiple #INCLUDE + # statements to be grouped together. Any single successful include + # will cause the group to succeed. + # + # Finally, non-printing characters can be embedded in mappings by + # first surrounding the NetBIOS name in quotations, then using the + # \0xnn notation to specify a hex value for a non-printing character. + # + # The following example illustrates all of these extensions: + # + # 102.54.94.97 rhino #PRE #DOM:networking #net group's DC + # 102.54.94.102 "appname \0x14" #special app server + # 102.54.94.123 popular #PRE #source server + # 102.54.94.117 localsrv #PRE #needed for the include + # + # #BEGIN_ALTERNATE + # #INCLUDE \\localsrv\public\lmhosts + # #INCLUDE \\rhino\public\lmhosts + # #END_ALTERNATE + # + # In the above example, the "appname" server contains a special + # character in its name, the "popular" and "localsrv" server names are + # preloaded, and the "rhino" server name is specified so it can be used + # to later #INCLUDE a centrally maintained lmhosts file if the "localsrv" + # system is unavailable. + # + # Note that the whole file is parsed including comments on each lookup, + # so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance. + # Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the + # end of this file. +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978762"></a>HOSTS file</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in +<tt class="filename">C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains +the IP Address and the IP hostname in matched pairs. It can be +used by the name resolution infrastructure in MS Windows, depending +on how the TCP/IP environment is configured. This file is in +every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978795"></a>DNS Lookup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network +configuration facility. If enabled an elaborate name resolution sequence +is followed the precise nature of which is dependant on what the NetBIOS +Node Type parameter is configured to. A Node Type of 0 means use +NetBIOS broadcast (over UDP broadcast) is first used if the name +that is the subject of a name lookup is not found in the NetBIOS name +cache. If that fails then DNS, HOSTS and LMHOSTS are checked. If set to +Node Type 8, then a NetBIOS Unicast (over UDP Unicast) is sent to the +WINS Server to obtain a lookup before DNS, HOSTS, LMHOSTS, or broadcast +lookup is used. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978820"></a>WINS Lookup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivaent of the +rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores +the names and IP addresses that are registered by a Windows client +if the TCP/IP setup has been given at least one WINS Server IP Address. +</p><p> +To configure Samba to be a WINS server the following parameter needs +to be added to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="screen"> + wins support = Yes +</pre><p> +To configure Samba to use a WINS server the following parameters are +needed in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="screen"> + wins support = No + wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx +</pre><p> +where <i class="replaceable"><tt>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</tt></i> is the IP address +of the WINS server. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2978890"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +TCP/IP network configuration problems find every network administrator sooner or later. +The cause can be anything from keybaord mishaps, forgetfulness, simple mistakes, and +carelessness. Of course, noone is every deliberately careless! +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978906"></a>My Boomerang Won't Come Back</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Well, the real complaint said, "I can ping my samba server from Windows, but I can + not ping my Windows machine from the samba server." + </p><p> + The Windows machine was at IP Address 192.168.1.2 with netmask 255.255.255.0, the + Samba server (Linux) was at IP Address 192.168.1.130 with netmast 255.255.255.128. + The machines were on a local network with no external connections. + </p><p> + Due to inconsistent netmasks, the Windows machine was on network 192.168.1.0/24, while + the Samba server was on network 192.168.1.128/25 - logically a different network. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978938"></a>Very Slow Network Connections</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A common causes of slow network response includes: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Client is configured to use DNS and DNS server is down</p></li><li><p>Client is configured to use remote DNS server, but remote connection is down</p></li><li><p>Client is configured to use a WINS server, but there is no WINS server</p></li><li><p>Client is NOT configured to use a WINS server, but there is a WINS server</p></li><li><p>Firewall is filtering our DNS or WINS traffic</p></li></ul></div></div><div xmlns:ns93="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978989"></a>Samba server name change problem</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The name of the samba server was changed, samba was restarted, samba server can not be + pinged by new name from MS Windows NT4 Workstation, but it does still respond to ping using + the old name. Why? + </p><p> + From this description three (3) things are rather obvious: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>WINS is NOT in use, only broadcast based name resolution is used</p></li><li><p>The samba server was renamed and restarted within the last 10-15 minutes</p></li><li><p>The old samba server name is still in the NetBIOS name cache on the MS Windows NT4 Workstation</p></li></ul></div><p> + To find what names are present in the NetBIOS name cache on the MS Windows NT4 machine, + open a cmd shell, then: + </p><ns93:p> + </ns93:p><pre class="screen"> + C:\temp\>nbtstat -n + + NetBIOS Local Name Table + + Name Type Status + ------------------------------------------------ + SLACK <03> UNIQUE Registered + ADMININSTRATOR <03> UNIQUE Registered + SLACK <00> UNIQUE Registered + SARDON <00> GROUP Registered + SLACK <20> UNIQUE Registered + SLACK <1F> UNIQUE Registered + + + C:\Temp\>nbtstat -c + + NetBIOS Remote Cache Name Table + + Name Type Host Address Life [sec] + -------------------------------------------------------------- + FRODO <20> UNIQUE 192.168.1.1 240 + + C:\Temp\> + </pre><ns93:p> + </ns93:p><p> + In the above example, FRODO is the Samba server and SLACK is the MS Windows NT4 Workstation. + The first listing shows the contents of the Local Name Table (ie: Identity information on + the MS Windows workstation), the second shows the NetBIOS name in the NetBIOS name cache. + The name cache contains the remote machines known to this workstation. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unicode"></a>Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">TAKAHASHI</span> <span class="surname">Motonobu</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:monyo@home.monyo.com">monyo@home.monyo.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">25 March 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2979144">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979186">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979255">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979355">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979401">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979144"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every industry eventually matures. One of the great areas of maturation is in +the focus that has been given over the past decade to make it possible for anyone +anywhere to use a computer. It has not always been that way, in fact, not so long +ago it was common for software to be written for exclusive use in the country of +origin. +</p><p> +Of all the effort that has been brought to bear on providing native language support +for all computer users, the efforts of the Openi18n organisation is deserving of +special mention. For more information about Openi18n please refer to: +<a href="#">http://www.openi18n.org/</a>. +</p><p> +Samba-2.x supported a single locale through a mechanism called +<span class="emphasis"><em>codepages</em></span>. Samba-3 is destined to become a truely trans-global +file and printer sharing platform. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979186"></a>What are charsets and unicode?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Computers communicate in numbers. In texts, each number will be +translated to a corresponding letter. The meaning that will be assigned +to a certain number depends on the <span class="emphasis"><em>character set(charset) +</em></span> that is used. +A charset can be seen as a table that is used to translate numbers to +letters. Not all computers use the same charset (there are charsets +with German umlauts, Japanese characters, etc). Usually a charset contains +256 characters, which means that storing a character with it takes +exactly one byte. </p><p> +There are also charsets that support even more characters, +but those need twice(or even more) as much storage space. These +charsets can contain <b class="command">256 * 256 = 65536</b> characters, which +is more then all possible characters one could think of. They are called +multibyte charsets (because they use more then one byte to +store one character). +</p><p> +A standardised multibyte charset is unicode, info is available at +<a href="http://www.unicode.org/" target="_top">www.unicode.org</a>. +A big advantage of using a multibyte charset is that you only need one; no +need to make sure two computers use the same charset when they are +communicating. +</p><p>Old windows clients used to use single-byte charsets, named +'codepages' by microsoft. However, there is no support for +negotiating the charset to be used in the smb protocol. Thus, you +have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an old client. +Newer clients (Windows NT, 2K, XP) talk unicode over the wire. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979255"></a>Samba and charsets</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As of samba 3.0, samba can (and will) talk unicode over the wire. Internally, +samba knows of three kinds of character sets: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> + This is the charset used internally by your operating system. + The default is <tt class="constant">ASCII</tt>, which is fine for most + systems. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>display charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba will use to print messages + on your screen. It should generally be the same as the <b class="command">unix charset</b>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba uses when communicating with + DOS and Windows 9x clients. It will talk unicode to all newer clients. + The default depends on the charsets you have installed on your system. + Run <b class="command">testparm -v | grep "dos charset"</b> to see + what the default is on your system. + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979355"></a>Conversion from old names</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Because previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion, +characters in filenames are usually not correct in the unix charset but only +for the local charset used by the DOS/Windows clients.</p><p>The following script from Steve Langasek converts all +filenames from CP850 to the iso8859-15 charset.</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">#</tt><b class="userinput"><tt>find <i class="replaceable"><tt>/path/to/share</tt></i> -type f -exec bash -c 'CP="{}"; ISO=`echo -n "$CP" | iconv -f cp850 \ + -t iso8859-15`; if [ "$CP" != "$ISO" ]; then mv "$CP" "$ISO"; fi' \; +</tt></b> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979401"></a>Japanese charsets</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are +points of attention when setting it up:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You should set <i class="parameter"><tt>mangling method = +hash</tt></i></p></li><li><p>There are various iconv() implementations around and not +all of them work equally well. glibc2's iconv() has a critical problem +in CP932. libiconv-1.8 works with CP932 but still has some problems and +does not work with EUC-JP.</p></li><li><p>You should set <i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset = CP932</tt></i>, not +Shift_JIS, SJIS...</p></li><li><p>Currently only <i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset = CP932</tt></i> +will work (but still has some problems...) because of iconv() issues. +<i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset = EUC-JP</tt></i> doesn't work well because of +iconv() issues.</p></li><li><p>Currently Samba 3.0 does not support <i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset += UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p>More information (in Japanese) is available at: <a href="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html" target="_top">http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Backup"></a>Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2981995">Note</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982016">Features and Benefits</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2981995"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +If you have something to contribute for this section please email it to +<a href="#">jht@samba.org</a>/ +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2982016"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We need feedback from people who are backing up samba servers. +We would like to know what software tools you are using to backup +your samba server/s. +</p><p> +In particular, if you have any success and / or failure stories you could +share with other users this would be appreciated. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="SambaHA"></a>Chapter 29. High Availability Options</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2981826">Note</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2981826"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="migration"></a>Migration and Updating</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>30. <a href="#upgrading-to-3.0">Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983161">Charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983184">Obsolete configuration options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983238">Password Backend</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>31. <a href="#NT4Migration">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982481">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982505">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2981433">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2983650">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983731">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983972">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>32. <a href="#SWAT">SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984279">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984129">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985018">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985131">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985194">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985300">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985365">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985429">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985477">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985529">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985552">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="upgrading-to-3.0"></a>Chapter 30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">25 October 2002</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2983161">Charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983184">Obsolete configuration options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983238">Password Backend</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2983161"></a>Charsets</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>You might experience problems with special characters +when communicating with old DOS clients. Codepage +support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter +<a href="#unicode" title="Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets">Unicode support</a> for details. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2983184"></a>Obsolete configuration options</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In 3.0, the following configuration options have been removed. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>printer driver (replaced by new driver procedures) </td></tr><tr><td>printer driver file (replaced by new driver procedures)</td></tr><tr><td>printer driver location (replaced by new driver procedures)</td></tr><tr><td>use rhosts</td></tr><tr><td>postscript</td></tr><tr><td>client code page (replaced by dos charset)</td></tr><tr><td>vfs path</td></tr><tr><td>vfs options</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2983238"></a>Password Backend</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Effective with the release of samba-3 it is now imperative that the password backend +be correctly defined in smb.conf. +</p><p> +Those migrating from samba-2.x with plaintext password support need the following: +<span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend = guest</em></span>. +</p><p> +Those migrating from samba-2.x with encrypted password support should add to smb.conf +<span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend = smbpasswd, guest</em></span>. +</p><p> +LDAP using Samba-2.x systems can continue to operate with the following entry +<span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend = ldapsam_compat, guest</em></span>. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="NT4Migration"></a>Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2982481">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982505">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2981433">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2983650">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983731">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983972">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This is a rough guide to assist those wishing to migrate from NT4 domain control to +Samba-3 based domain control. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2982481"></a>Planning and Getting Started</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the IT world there is often a saying that all problems are encountered because of +poor planning. The corrollary to this saying is that not all problems can be anticpated +and planned for. Then again, good planning will anticpate most show stopper type situations. +</p><p> +Those wishing to migrate from MS Windows NT4 domain control to a Samba-3 domain control +environment would do well to develop a detailed migration plan. So here are a few pointers to +help migration get under way. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2982505"></a>Objectives</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The key objective for most organisations will be to make the migration from MS Windows NT4 +to Samba-3 domain control as painless as possible. One of the challenges you may experience +in your migration process may well be one of convincing management that the new environment +should remain in place. Many who have introduced open source technologies have experienced +pressure to return to a Microsoft based platform solution at the first sign of trouble. +</p><p> +It is strongly advised that before attempting a migration to a Samba-3 controlled network +that every possible effort be made to gain all-round commitment to the change. Firstly, you +should know precisely <span class="emphasis"><em>why</em></span> the change is important for the organisation. +Possible motivations to make a change include: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Improve network manageability</td></tr><tr><td>Obtain better user level functionality</td></tr><tr><td>Reduce network operating costs</td></tr><tr><td>Reduce exposure caused by Microsoft withdrawal of NT4 support</td></tr><tr><td>Avoid MS License 6 implications</td></tr><tr><td>Reduce organisation's dependency on Microsoft</td></tr></table><p> +It is vital that it be well recognised that Samba-3 is NOT MS Windows NT4. Samba-3 offers +an alternative solution that is both different from MS Windows NT4 and that offers some +advantages compared with it. It should also be recognised that Samba-3 lacks many of the +features that Microsoft has promoted as core values in migration from MS Windows NT4 to +MS Windows 2000 and beyond (with or without Active Directory services). +</p><p> +What are the features that Samba-3 can NOT provide? +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Active Directory Server</td></tr><tr><td>Group Policy Objects (in Active Direcrtory)</td></tr><tr><td>Machine Policy objects</td></tr><tr><td>Logon Scripts in Active Directorty</td></tr><tr><td>Software Application and Access Controls in Active Directory</td></tr></table><p> +The features that Samba-3 DOES provide and that may be of compelling interest to your site +includes: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Lower Cost of Ownership</td></tr><tr><td>Global availability of support with no strings attached</td></tr><tr><td>Dynamic SMB Servers (ie:Can run more than one server per Unix/Linux system)</td></tr><tr><td>Creation of on-the-fly logon scripts</td></tr><tr><td>Creation of on-the-fly Policy Files</td></tr><tr><td>Greater Stability, Reliability, Performance and Availability</td></tr><tr><td>Manageability via an ssh connection</td></tr><tr><td>Flexible choices of back-end authentication technologies (tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)</td></tr><tr><td>Ability to implement a full single-signon architecture</td></tr><tr><td>Ability to distribute authentication systems for absolute minimum wide area network bandwidth demand</td></tr></table><p> +Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 it is vital that all necessary factors are +considered. Users should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a +welcome one and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are some of the +factors that will go into a successful migration: +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981206"></a>Domain Layout</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 can be configured as a domain controller, a back-up domain controller (probably best called +a secondary controller), a domain member, or as a stand-alone server. The Windows network security +domain context should be sized and scoped before implementation. Particular attention needs to be +paid to the location of the primary domain controller (PDC) as well as backup controllers (BDCs). +It should be noted that one way in which Samba-3 differs from Microsoft technology is that if one +chooses to use an LDAP authentication backend then the same database can be used by several different +domains. This means that in a complex organisation there can be a single LDAP database, that itself +can be distributed, that can simultaneously serve multiple domains (that can also be widely distributed). +</p><p> +It is recommended that from a design perspective, the number of users per server, as well as the number +of servers, per domain should be scaled according to needs and should also consider server capacity +and network bandwidth. +</p><p> +A physical network segment may house several domains, each of which may span multiple network segments. +Where domains span routed network segments it is most advisable to consider and test the performance +implications of the design and layout of a network. A Centrally located domain controller that is being +designed to serve mulitple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems if the +response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC is more than 100 ms. In situations +where the delay is too long it is highly recommended to locate a backup controller (BDC) to serve as +the local authentication and access control server. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981260"></a>Server Share and Directory Layout</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are few cardinal rules to effective network design that can be broken with impunity. +The most important rule of effective network management is that simplicity is king in every +well controlled network. Every part of the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex +it is, the greater will be the demand of keeping systems secure and functional. +</p><p> +The nature of the data that must be stored needs to be born in mind when deciding how many +shares must be created. The physical disk space layout should also be taken into account +when designing where share points will be created. Keep in mind that all data needs to be +backed up, thus the simpler the disk layout the easier it will be to keep track of what must +be backed up to tape or other off-line storage medium. Always plan and implement for minimum +maintenance. Leave nothing to chance in your design, above all, do not leave backups to chance: +Backup and test, validate every backup, create a disaster recovery plan and prove that it works. +</p><p> +Users should be grouped according to data access control needs. File and directory access +is best controlled via group permissions and the use of the "sticky bit" on group controlled +directories may substantially avoid file access complaints from samba share users. +</p><p> +Many network administrators who are new to the game will attempt to use elaborate techniques +to set access controls, on files, directories, shares, as well as in share definitions. +There is the ever present danger that that administrator's successor will not understand the +complex mess that has been inherited. Remember, apparent job security through complex design +and implementation may ultimately cause loss of operations and downtime to users as the new +administrator learns to untangle your web. Keep access controls simple and effective and +make sure that users will never be interrupted by the stupidity of complexity. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981321"></a>Logon Scripts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Please refer to the section of this document on Advanced Network Adminsitration for information +regarding the network logon script options for Samba-3. Logon scripts can help to ensure that +all users gain share and printer connections they need. +</p><p> +Logon scripts can be created on-the-fly so that all commands executed are specific to the +rights and privilidges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through +group membership so that group information can be used to custom create a logong script using +the <i class="parameter"><tt>root preexec</tt></i> parameters to the <tt class="filename">NETLOGON</tt> share. +</p><p> +Some sites prefer to use a tool such as <b class="command">kixstart</b> to establish a controlled +user environment. In any case you may wish to do a google search for logon script process controls. +In particular, you may wish to explore the use of the Microsoft knowledgebase article KB189105 that +deals with how to add printers without user intervention via the logon script process. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981379"></a>Profile Migration/Creation</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +User and Group Profiles may be migrated using the tools described in the section titled Desktop Profile +Management. +</p><p> +Profiles may also be managed using the Samba-3 tool <b class="command">profiles</b>. This tool allows +the MS Windows NT style security identifiers (SIDs) that are stored inside the profile NTuser.DAT file +to be changed to the SID of the Samba-3 domain. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981408"></a>User and Group Accounts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +It is possible to migrate all account settings from an MS Windows NT4 domain to Samba-3. Before +attempting to migrate user and group accounts it is STRONGLY advised to create in Samba-3 the +groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain <span class="emphasis"><em>AND</em></span> to connect these to +suitable Unix/Linux groups. Following this simple advice will mean that all user and group attributes +should migrate painlessly. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2981433"></a>Steps In Migration Process</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The approximate migration process is described below. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +You will have an NT4 PDC that has the users, groups, policies and profiles to be migrated +</p></li><li><p> +Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc. +</p></li></ul></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 31.1. The Account Migration Process</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>Create a BDC account for the samba server using NT Server Manager</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Samba must NOT be running</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>lsaquery</p></li><li><p>Note the SID returned</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net getsid -S <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMNAME</tt></i> -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note the SID</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net getlocalsid</tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note the SID, now check that all three SIDS reported are the same!</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc join -S <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMNAME</tt></i> -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc vampire -S <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -U administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -L</tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note - did the users migrate?</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>initGrps.sh <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMNAME</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap list</tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Now check that all groups are recognised</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc campire -S <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -U administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -Lv</tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note - check that all group membership has been migrated</p></li></ol></li></ol></div><p> +Now it is time to migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files. +More later. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2983650"></a>Migration Options</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Based on feedback from many sites as well as from actual installation and maintenance +experience sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba +based solution fit into three basic categories. +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2983665"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 31.1. The 3 Major Site Types</b></p><table summary="The 3 Major Site Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Number of Users</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>< 50</td><td><p>Want simple conversion with NO pain</p></td></tr><tr><td>50 - 250</td><td><p>Want new features, can manage some in-house complexity</p></td></tr><tr><td>> 250</td><td><p>Solution/Implementation MUST scale well, complex needs. Cross departmental decision process. Local expertise in most areas</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983731"></a>Planning for Success</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are three basic choices for sites that intend to migrate from MS Windwows NT4 +to Samba-3. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Simple Conversion (total replacement) + </p></li><li><p> + Upgraded Conversion (could be one of integration) + </p></li><li><p> + Complete Redesign (completely new solution) + </p></li></ul></div><p> +No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream problems: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Take sufficient time + </p></li><li><p> + Avoid Panic + </p></li><li><p> + Test ALL assumptions + </p></li><li><p> + Test full roll-out program, including workstation deployment + </p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="id2983801"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 31.2. Nature of the Conversion Choices</b></p><table summary="Nature of the Conversion Choices" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Simple</th><th>Upgraded</th><th>Redesign</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Make use of minimal OS specific features</p></td><td><p>Translate NT4 features to new host OS features</p></td><td><p>Decide:</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Suck all accounts from NT4 into Samba-3</p></td><td><p>Copy and improve:</p></td><td><p>Authentication Regime (database location and access)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Make least number of operational changes</p></td><td><p>Make progressive improvements</p></td><td><p>Desktop Management Methods</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Take least amount of time to migrate</p></td><td><p>Minimise user impact</p></td><td><p>Better Control of Desktops / Users</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Live versus Isolated Conversion</p></td><td><p>Maximise functionality</p></td><td><p>Identify Needs for: Manageability, Scalability, Security, Availability</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Integrate Samba-3 then migrate while users are active, then Change of control (ie: swap out)</p></td><td><p>Take advantage of lower maintenance opportunity</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div xmlns:ns94="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983972"></a>Samba Implementation Choices</h3></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> +Authentication database back end + Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server) + Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs + External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain + +Database type + smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, MySQLsam + +Access Control Points + On the Share itself (Use NT4 Server Manager) + On the file system + Unix permissions on files and directories + Posix ACLs enablement in file system? + Through Samba share parameters + Not recommended - except as only resort + +Policies (migrate or create new ones) + Group Policy Editor (NT4) + Watch out for Tattoo effect + +User and Group Profiles + Platform specific so use platform tool to change from a Local + to a Roaming profile Can use new profiles tool to change SIDs + (NTUser.DAT) + +Logon Scripts (Know how they work) + +User and Group mapping to Unix/Linux + username map facility may be needed + Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups + Use pdbedit to set/change user configuration +NOTE: +If migrating to LDAP back end it may be easier to dump initial LDAP database +to LDIF, then edit, then reload into LDAP + + OS specific scripts / programs may be needed + Add / delete Users + Note OS limits on size of name (Linux 8 chars) + NT4 up to 254 chars + Add / delete machines + Applied only to domain members (note up to 16 chars) + Add / delete Groups + Note OS limits on size and nature + Linux limit is 16 char, + no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd) + +Migration Tools + Domain Control (NT4 Style) + Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security + +Migration Tools + Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles + Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS) + +Authentication + New SAM back end (smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam) +</pre><ns94:p> +</ns94:p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="SWAT"></a>Chapter 32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 21, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2984279">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984129">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985018">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985131">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985194">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985300">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985365">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985429">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985477">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985529">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985552">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +There are many and varied opinions regarding the usefulness or otherwise of SWAT. +No matter how hard one tries to produce the perfect configuration tool it remains +an object of personal taste. SWAT is a tool that will allow web based configuration +of samba. It has a wizard that may help to get samba configured quickly, it has context +sensitive help on each smb.conf parameter, it provides for monitoring of current state +of connection information, and it allows network wide MS Windows network password +management. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984279"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are network administrators who believe that it is a good idea to write systems +documentation inside configuration files, for them SWAT will aways be a nasty tool. SWAT +does not store the configuration file in any intermediate form, rather, it stores only the +parameter settings, so when SWAT writes the smb.conf file to disk it will write only +those parameters that are at other than the default settings. The result is that all comments +will be lost from the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. Additionally, the parameters will be written back in +internal ordering. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +So before using SWAT please be warned - SWAT will completely replace your smb.conf with +a fully optimised file that has been stripped of all comments you might have placed there +and only non-default settings will be written to the file. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns95="" class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2984129"></a>Enabling SWAT for use</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +SWAT should be installed to run via the network super daemon. Depending on which system +your Unix/Linux system has you will have either an <b class="command">inetd</b> or +<b class="command">xinetd</b> based system. +</p><p> +The nature and location of the network super-daemon varies with the operating system +implementation. The control file (or files) can be located in the file +<tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> or in the directory <tt class="filename">/etc/[x]inet.d</tt> +or similar. +</p><p> +The control entry for the older style file might be: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + # swat is the Samba Web Administration Tool + swat stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat +</pre><p> +A control file for the newer style xinetd could be: +</p><ns95:p> +</ns95:p><pre class="programlisting"> + # default: off + # description: SWAT is the Samba Web Admin Tool. Use swat \ + # to configure your Samba server. To use SWAT, \ + # connect to port 901 with your favorite web browser. + service swat + { + port = 901 + socket_type = stream + wait = no + only_from = localhost + user = root + server = /usr/sbin/swat + log_on_failure += USERID + disable = yes + } +</pre><ns95:p> + +</ns95:p><p> +Both the above examples assume that the <b class="command">swat</b> binary has been +located in the <tt class="filename">/usr/sbin</tt> directory. In addition to the above +SWAT will use a directory access point from which it will load it's help files +as well as other control information. The default location for this on most Linux +systems is in the directory <tt class="filename">/usr/share/samba/swat</tt>. The default +location using samba defaults will be <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/swat</tt>. +</p><p> +Access to SWAT will prompt for a logon. If you log onto SWAT as any non-root user +the only permission allowed is to view certain aspects of configuration as well as +access to the password change facility. The buttons that will be exposed to the non-root +user are: <span class="guibutton">HOME</span>, <span class="guibutton">STATUS</span>, <span class="guibutton">VIEW</span>, +<span class="guibutton">PASSWORD</span>. The only page that allows +change capability in this case is <span class="guibutton">PASSWORD</span>. +</p><p> +So long as you log onto SWAT as the user <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> you should obtain +full change and commit ability. The buttons that will be exposed includes: +<span class="guibutton">HOME</span>, <span class="guibutton">GLOBALS</span>, <span class="guibutton">SHARES</span>, <span class="guibutton">PRINTERS</span>, +<span class="guibutton">WIZARD</span>, <span class="guibutton">STATUS</span>, <span class="guibutton">VIEW</span>, <span class="guibutton">PASSWORD</span>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985018"></a>Securing SWAT through SSL</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Lots of people have asked about how to setup SWAT with SSL to allow for secure remote +administration of Samba. Here is a method that works, courtesy of Markus Krieger +</p><p> +Modifications to the swat setup are as following: +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> + install OpenSSL + </p></li><li xmlns:ns96=""><ns96:p> + generate certificate and private key + + </ns96:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/bin/openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -nodes -config \ + /usr/share/doc/packages/stunnel/stunnel.cnf \ + -out /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -keyout /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem</tt></b> + </pre></li><li><p> + remove swat-entry from [x]inetd + </p></li><li xmlns:ns97=""><ns97:p> + start stunnel + + </ns97:p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>stunnel -p /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -d 901 \ + -l /usr/local/samba/bin/swat swat </tt></b> + </pre></li></ol></div><p> +afterwards simply contact to swat by using the URL <a href="https://myhost:901" target="_top">https://myhost:901</a>, accept the certificate +and the SSL connection is up. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985131"></a>The SWAT Home Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The SWAT title page provides access to the latest Samba documentation. The manual page for +each samba component is accessible from this page as are the Samba-HOWTO-Collection (this +document) as well as the O'Reilly book "Using Samba". +</p><p> +Administrators who wish to validate their samba configuration may obtain useful information +from the man pages for the diganostic utilities. These are available from the SWAT home page +also. One diagnostic tool that is NOT mentioned on this page, but that is particularly +useful is <b class="command">ethereal</b>, available from <a href="http://www.ethereal.com" target="_top"> +http://www.ethereal.com</a>. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +SWAT can be configured to run in <span class="emphasis"><em>demo</em></span> mode. This is NOT recommended +as it runs SWAT without authentication and with full administrative ability. ie: Allows +changes to smb.conf as well as general operation with root privilidges. The option that +creates this ability is the <tt class="option">-a</tt> flag to swat. <span class="emphasis"><em>Do not use this in any +production environment.</em></span> +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985194"></a>Global Settings</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Globals button will expose a page that allows configuration of the global parameters +in smb.conf. There are three levels of exposure of the parameters: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Basic</em></span> - exposes common configuration options. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced</em></span> - exposes configuration options needed in more + complex environments. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Developer</em></span> - exposes configuration options that only the brave + will want to tamper with. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +To switch to other than <span class="emphasis"><em>Basic</em></span> editing ability click on either the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced</em></span> or the <span class="emphasis"><em>Developer</em></span> dial, then click the +<span class="guibutton">Commit Changes</span> button. +</p><p> +After making any changes to configuration parameters make sure that you click on the +<span class="guibutton">Commit Changes</span> button before moving to another area otherwise +your changes will be immediately lost. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +SWAT has context sensitive help. To find out what each parameter is for simply click the +<span class="guibutton">Help</span> link to the left of the configurartion parameter. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985300"></a>Share Settings</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To affect a currenly configured share, simply click on the pull down button between the +<span class="guibutton">Choose Share</span> and the <span class="guibutton">Delete Share</span> buttons, +select the share you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the +<span class="guibutton">Choose Share</span> button, to delete the share simply press the +<span class="guibutton">Delete Share</span> button. +</p><p> +To create a new share, next to the button labelled <span class="guibutton">Create Share</span> enter +into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the +<span class="guibutton">Create Share</span> button. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985365"></a>Printers Settings</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To affect a currenly configured printer, simply click on the pull down button between the +<span class="guibutton">Choose Printer</span> and the <span class="guibutton">Delete Printer</span> buttons, +select the printer you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the +<span class="guibutton">Choose Printer</span> button, to delete the share simply press the +<span class="guibutton">Delete Printer</span> button. +</p><p> +To create a new printer, next to the button labelled <span class="guibutton">Create Printer</span> enter +into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the +<span class="guibutton">Create Printer</span> button. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985429"></a>The SWAT Wizard</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The purpose if the SWAT Wizard is to help the Microsoft knowledgable network administrator +to configure Samba with a minimum of effort. +</p><p> +The Wizard page provides a tool for rewiting the smb.conf file in fully optimised format. +This will also happen if you press the commit button. The two differ in the the rewrite button +ignores any changes that may have been made, while the Commit button causes all changes to be +affected. +</p><p> +The <span class="guibutton">Edit</span> button permits the editing (setting) of the minimal set of +options that may be necessary to create a working samba server. +</p><p> +Finally, there are a limited set of options that will determine what type of server samba +will be configured for, whether it will be a WINS server, participate as a WINS client, or +operate with no WINS support. By clicking on one button you can elect to epose (or not) user +home directories. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985477"></a>The Status Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The status page serves a limited purpose. Firstly, it allows control of the samba daemons. +The key daemons that create the samba server environment are: <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">nmbd</span>, <span class="application">winbindd</span>. +</p><p> +The daemons may be controlled individually or as a total group. Additionally, you may set +an automatic screen refresh timing. As MS Windows clients interact with Samba new smbd processes +will be continually spawned. The auto-refresh facility will allow you to track the changing +conditions with minimal effort. +</p><p> +Lastly, the Status page may be used to terminate specific smbd client connections in order to +free files that may be locked. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985529"></a>The View Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This page allows the administrator to view the optimised <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file and if you are +particularly massochistic will permit you also to see all possible global configuration +parameters and their settings. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2985552"></a>The Password Change Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Password Change page is a popular tool. This tool allows the creation, deletion, deactivation +and reactivation of MS Windows networking users on the local machine. Alternatively, you can use +this tool to change a local password for a user account. +</p><p> +When logged in as a non-root account the user will have to provide the old password as well as +the new password (twice). When logged in as <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> only the new password is +required. +</p><p> +One popular use for this tool is to change user passwords across a range of remote MS Windows +servers. +</p></div></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="troubleshooting"></a>Troubleshooting</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>33. <a href="#diagnosis">The samba checklist</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2985673">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985707">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985879">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989430">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>34. <a href="#problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2990823">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989549">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989832">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989876">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990029">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>35. <a href="#bugreport">Reporting Bugs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2992343">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2992402">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2992438">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990534">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990642">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990144">Patches</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="diagnosis"></a>Chapter 33. The samba checklist</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Wed Jan 15</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2985673">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985707">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985879">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989430">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2985673"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your +Samba server. It also tells you what the likely cause of the problem +is if it fails any one of these steps. If it passes all these tests +then it is probably working fine. +</p><p> +You should do ALL the tests, in the order shown. We have tried to +carefully choose them so later tests only use capabilities verified in +the earlier tests. However, do not stop at the first error as there +have been some instances when continuing with the tests has helped +to solve a problem. +</p><p> +If you send one of the samba mailing lists an email saying "it doesn't work" +and you have not followed this test procedure then you should not be surprised +if your email is ignored. +</p></div><div xmlns:ns98="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2985707"></a>Assumptions</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In all of the tests it is assumed you have a Samba server called +BIGSERVER and a PC called ACLIENT both in workgroup TESTGROUP. +</p><p> +The procedure is similar for other types of clients. +</p><p> +It is also assumed you know the name of an available share in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. I will assume this share is called <i class="replaceable"><tt>tmp</tt></i>. +You can add a <i class="replaceable"><tt>tmp</tt></i> share like this by adding the +following to <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + +[tmp] + comment = temporary files + path = /tmp + read only = yes + +</pre><ns98:p> +</ns98:p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +These tests assume version 3.0 or later of the samba suite. +Some commands shown did not exist in earlier versions. +</p></div><p> +Please pay attention to the error messages you receive. If any error message +reports that your server is being unfriendly you should first check that your +IP name resolution is correctly set up. eg: Make sure your <tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt> +file points to name servers that really do exist. +</p><p> +Also, if you do not have DNS server access for name resolution please check +that the settings for your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file results in <b class="command">dns proxy = no</b>. The +best way to check this is with <b class="userinput"><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. +</p><p> +It is helpful to monitor the log files during testing by using the +<b class="command">tail -F <i class="replaceable"><tt>log_file_name</tt></i></b> in a separate +terminal console (use ctrl-alt-F1 through F6 or multiple terminals in X). +Relevant log files can be found (for default installations) in +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. Also, connection logs from +machines can be found here or possibly in <tt class="filename">/var/log/samba</tt> +depending on how or if you specified logging in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><p> +If you make changes to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file while going through these test, +don't forget to restart <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2985879"></a>The tests</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 33.1. Diagnosing your samba server</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> +In the directory in which you store your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, run the command +<b class="userinput"><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. If it reports any errors then your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +configuration file is faulty. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file may be located in: <tt class="filename">/etc/samba</tt> +Or in: <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib</tt> +</p></div></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>ping BIGSERVER</tt></b> from the PC and +<b class="userinput"><tt>ping ACLIENT</tt></b> from +the unix box. If you don't get a valid response then your TCP/IP +software is not correctly installed. +</p><p> +Note that you will need to start a "dos prompt" window on the PC to +run ping. +</p><p> +If you get a message saying <span class="errorname">host not found</span> or similar then your DNS +software or <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file is not correctly setup. +It is possible to +run samba without DNS entries for the server and client, but I assume +you do have correct entries for the remainder of these tests. +</p><p> +Another reason why ping might fail is if your host is running firewall +software. You will need to relax the rules to let in the workstation +in question, perhaps by allowing access from another subnet (on Linux +this is done via the <span class="application">ipfwadm</span> program.) +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Modern Linux distributions install ipchains/iptables by default. +This is a common problem that is often overlooked. +</p></div></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L BIGSERVER</tt></b> on the unix box. You +should get a list of available shares back. +</p><p> +If you get a error message containing the string "Bad password" then +you probably have either an incorrect <b class="command">hosts allow</b>, +<b class="command">hosts deny</b> or <b class="command">valid users</b> line in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>, or your guest account is not +valid. Check what your guest account is using <span class="application">testparm</span> and +temporarily remove any <b class="command">hosts allow</b>, <b class="command">hosts deny</b>, <b class="command">valid users</b> or <b class="command">invalid users</b> lines. +</p><p> +If you get a <span class="errorname">connection refused</span> response then the smbd server may +not be running. If you installed it in inetd.conf then you probably edited +that file incorrectly. If you installed it as a daemon then check that +it is running, and check that the netbios-ssn port is in a LISTEN +state using <b class="userinput"><tt>netstat -a</tt></b>. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Some Unix / Linux systems use <b class="command">xinetd</b> in place of +<b class="command">inetd</b>. Check your system documentation for the location +of the control file/s for your particular system implementation of +this network super daemon. +</p></div><p> +If you get a <span class="errorname">session request failed</span> then the server refused the +connection. If it says "Your server software is being unfriendly" then +its probably because you have invalid command line parameters to <span class="application">smbd</span>, +or a similar fatal problem with the initial startup of <span class="application">smbd</span>. Also +check your config file (<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>) for syntax errors with <span class="application">testparm</span> +and that the various directories where samba keeps its log and lock +files exist. +</p><p> +There are a number of reasons for which smbd may refuse or decline +a session request. The most common of these involve one or more of +the following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file entries: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + hosts deny = ALL + hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy + bind interfaces only = Yes +</pre><p> +In the above, no allowance has been made for any session requests that +will automatically translate to the loopback adaptor address 127.0.0.1. +To solve this problem change these lines to: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + hosts deny = ALL + hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127. +</pre><p> +Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> use the <b class="command">bind interfaces only</b> parameter where you +may wish to +use the samba password change facility, or where <span class="application">smbclient</span> may need to +access a local service for name resolution or for local resource +connections. (Note: the <b class="command">bind interfaces only</b> parameter deficiency +where it will not allow connections to the loopback address will be +fixed soon). +</p><p> +Another common cause of these two errors is having something already running +on port <tt class="constant">139</tt>, such as Samba +(ie: <span class="application">smbd</span> is running from <span class="application">inetd</span> already) or +something like Digital's Pathworks. Check your <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt> file before trying +to start <span class="application">smbd</span> as a daemon, it can avoid a lot of frustration! +</p><p> +And yet another possible cause for failure of this test is when the subnet mask +and / or broadcast address settings are incorrect. Please check that the +network interface IP Address / Broadcast Address / Subnet Mask settings are +correct and that Samba has correctly noted these in the <tt class="filename">log.nmb</tt> file. +</p></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__</tt></b>. You should get the +IP address of your Samba server back. +</p><p> +If you don't then nmbd is incorrectly installed. Check your <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt> +if you run it from there, or that the daemon is running and listening +to udp port 137. +</p><p> +One common problem is that many inetd implementations can't take many +parameters on the command line. If this is the case then create a +one-line script that contains the right parameters and run that from +inetd. +</p></li><li><p>run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -B ACLIENT '*'</tt></b></p><p> +You should get the PCs IP address back. If you don't then the client +software on the PC isn't installed correctly, or isn't started, or you +got the name of the PC wrong. +</p><p> +If ACLIENT doesn't resolve via DNS then use the IP address of the +client in the above test. +</p></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -d 2 '*'</tt></b> +</p><p> +This time we are trying the same as the previous test but are trying +it via a broadcast to the default broadcast address. A number of +Netbios/TCPIP hosts on the network should respond, although Samba may +not catch all of the responses in the short time it listens. You +should see <span class="errorname">got a positive name query response</span> +messages from several hosts. +</p><p> +If this doesn't give a similar result to the previous test then +nmblookup isn't correctly getting your broadcast address through its +automatic mechanism. In this case you should experiment with the +<b class="command">interfaces</b> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to manually configure your IP +address, broadcast and netmask. +</p><p> +If your PC and server aren't on the same subnet then you will need to +use the <i class="parameter"><tt>-B</tt></i> option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs +subnet. +</p><p> +This test will probably fail if your subnet mask and broadcast address are +not correct. (Refer to TEST 3 notes above). +</p></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP</tt></b>. You should +then be prompted for a password. You should use the password of the account +you are logged into the unix box with. If you want to test with +another account then add the <i class="parameter"><tt>-U <i class="replaceable"><tt>accountname</tt></i></tt></i> option to the end of +the command line. eg: +<b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe</tt></b> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +It is possible to specify the password along with the username +as follows: +<b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe%secret</tt></b> +</p></div><p> +Once you enter the password you should get the <tt class="prompt">smb></tt> prompt. If you +don't then look at the error message. If it says <span class="errorname">invalid network +name</span> then the service <span class="emphasis"><em>"tmp"</em></span> is not correctly setup in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p><p> +If it says <span class="errorname">bad password</span> then the likely causes are: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + you have shadow passords (or some other password system) but didn't + compile in support for them in <span class="application">smbd</span> + </p></li><li><p> + your <b class="command">valid users</b> configuration is incorrect + </p></li><li><p> + you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the <b class="command">password + level</b> option at a high enough level + </p></li><li><p> + the <b class="command">path =</b> line in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> is incorrect. Check it with <span class="application">testparm</span> + </p></li><li><p> + you enabled password encryption but didn't map unix to samba users + </p></li></ol></div><p> +Once connected you should be able to use the commands +<b class="command">dir</b> <b class="command">get</b> <b class="command">put</b> etc. +Type <b class="command">help <i class="replaceable"><tt>command</tt></i></b> for instructions. You should +especially check that the amount of free disk space shown is correct +when you type <b class="command">dir</b>. +</p></li><li><p> +On the PC, type the command <b class="userinput"><tt>net view \\BIGSERVER</tt></b>. You will +need to do this from within a "dos prompt" window. You should get back a +list of available shares on the server. +</p><p> +If you get a <span class="errorname">network name not found</span> or similar error then netbios +name resolution is not working. This is usually caused by a problem in +nmbd. To overcome it you could do one of the following (you only need +to choose one of them): +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + fixup the <span class="application">nmbd</span> installation +</p></li><li><p> + add the IP address of BIGSERVER to the <b class="command">wins server</b> box in the + advanced tcp/ip setup on the PC. +</p></li><li><p> + enable windows name resolution via DNS in the advanced section of + the tcp/ip setup +</p></li><li><p> + add BIGSERVER to your lmhosts file on the PC. +</p></li></ol></div><p> +If you get a <span class="errorname">invalid network name</span> or <span class="errorname">bad password error</span> then the +same fixes apply as they did for the <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L</tt></b> test above. In +particular, make sure your <b class="command">hosts allow</b> line is correct (see the man +pages) +</p><p> +Also, do not overlook that fact that when the workstation requests the +connection to the samba server it will attempt to connect using the +name with which you logged onto your Windows machine. You need to make +sure that an account exists on your Samba server with that exact same +name and password. +</p><p> +If you get <span class="errorname">specified computer is not receiving requests</span> or similar +it probably means that the host is not contactable via tcp services. +Check to see if the host is running tcp wrappers, and if so add an entry in +the <tt class="filename">hosts.allow</tt> file for your client (or subnet, etc.) +</p></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>net use x: \\BIGSERVER\TMP</tt></b>. You should +be prompted for a password then you should get a <tt class="computeroutput">command completed +successfully</tt> message. If not then your PC software is incorrectly +installed or your smb.conf is incorrect. make sure your <b class="command">hosts allow</b> +and other config lines in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> are correct. +</p><p> +It's also possible that the server can't work out what user name to +connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line <i class="parameter"><tt>user = +<i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i></tt></i> to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[tmp]</tt></i> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> where <i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> is the +username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this +fixes things you may need the username mapping option. +</p><p> +It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords +and you have <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords = no</tt></i> in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +Turn it back on to fix. +</p></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -M <i class="replaceable"><tt>testgroup</tt></i></tt></b> where +<i class="replaceable"><tt>testgroup</tt></i> is the name of the workgroup that your Samba server and +Windows PCs belong to. You should get back the IP address of the +master browser for that workgroup. +</p><p> +If you don't then the election process has failed. Wait a minute to +see if it is just being slow then try again. If it still fails after +that then look at the browsing options you have set in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Make +sure you have <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master = yes</tt></i> to ensure that +an election is held at startup. +</p></li><li><p> +>From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should +appear in the browse list of your local workgroup (or the one you +specified in smb.conf). You should be able to double click on the name +of the server and get a list of shares. If you get a "invalid +password" error when you do then you are probably running WinNT and it +is refusing to browse a server that has no encrypted password +capability and is in user level security mode. In this case either set +<i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> AND +<i class="parameter"><tt>password server = Windows_NT_Machine</tt></i> in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, or make sure <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i> is +set to "yes". +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2989430"></a>Still having troubles?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Read the chapter on +<a href="#problems" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems</a>. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="problems"></a>Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Bannon</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">8 Apr 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2990823">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989549">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989832">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989876">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990029">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></div><p> +There are many sources of information available in the form +of mailing lists, RFC's and documentation. The docs that come +with the samba distribution contain very good explanations of +general SMB topics such as browsing.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2990823"></a>Diagnostics tools</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself. +You can use the <tt class="option">-d option</tt> for both <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> to specify what +<i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i> at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and +smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug +level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords). +</p><p> +Another helpful method of debugging is to compile samba using the +<b class="userinput"><tt>gcc -g </tt></b> flag. This will include debug +information in the binaries and allow you to attach gdb to the +running smbd / nmbd process. In order to attach gdb to an smbd +process for an NT workstation, first get the workstation to make the +connection. Pressing ctrl-alt-delete and going down to the domain box +is sufficient (at least, on the first time you join the domain) to +generate a 'LsaEnumTrustedDomains'. Thereafter, the workstation +maintains an open connection, and therefore there will be an smbd +process running (assuming that you haven't set a really short smbd +idle timeout) So, in between pressing ctrl alt delete, and actually +typing in your password, you can attach gdb and continue. +</p><p> +Some useful samba commands worth investigating: +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparam | more</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}</tt></b> +</pre><p> +An SMB enabled version of tcpdump is available from +<a href="http://www.tcpdump.org/" target="_top">http://www.tcpdup.org/</a>. +Ethereal, another good packet sniffer for Unix and Win32 +hosts, can be downloaded from <a href="http://www.ethereal.com/" target="_top">http://www.ethereal.com</a>. +</p><p> +For tracing things on the Microsoft Windows NT, Network Monitor +(aka. netmon) is available on the Microsoft Developer Network CD's, +the Windows NT Server install CD and the SMS CD's. The version of +netmon that ships with SMS allows for dumping packets between any two +computers (i.e. placing the network interface in promiscuous mode). +The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring +of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the +local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon +formatted files. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2989549"></a>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple +of steps. The following are for installing Netmon V4.00.349, which comes +with Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, on Microsoft Windows NT +Workstation 4.0. The process should be similar for other versions of +Windows NT / Netmon. You will need both the Microsoft Windows +NT Server 4.0 Install CD and the Workstation 4.0 Install CD. +</p><p> +Initially you will need to install <span class="application">Network Monitor Tools and Agent</span> +on the NT Server. To do this +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto <span class="guibutton">Start</span> - <span class="guibutton">Settings</span> - <span class="guibutton">Control Panel</span> - + <span class="guibutton">Network</span> - <span class="guibutton">Services</span> - <span class="guibutton">Add</span> </p></li><li><p>Select the <span class="guilabel">Network Monitor Tools and Agent</span> and + click on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li><li><p>Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span> on the Network Control Panel. + </p></li><li><p>Insert the Windows NT Server 4.0 install CD + when prompted.</p></li></ul></div><p> +At this point the Netmon files should exist in +<tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt>. +Two subdirectories exist as well, <tt class="filename">parsers\</tt> +which contains the necessary DLL's for parsing the netmon packet +dump, and <tt class="filename">captures\</tt>. +</p><p> +In order to install the Netmon tools on an NT Workstation, you will +first need to install the 'Network Monitor Agent' from the Workstation +install CD. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto <span class="guibutton">Start</span> - <span class="guibutton">Settings</span> - <span class="guibutton">Control Panel</span> - + <span class="guibutton">Network</span> - <span class="guibutton">Services</span> - <span class="guibutton">Add</span></p></li><li><p>Select the <span class="guilabel">Network Monitor Agent</span> and click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li><li><p>Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span> on the Network Control Panel. + </p></li><li><p>Insert the Windows NT Workstation 4.0 install + CD when prompted.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Now copy the files from the NT Server in <tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt> +to <tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt> on the Workstation and set +permissions as you deem appropriate for your site. You will need +administrative rights on the NT box to run netmon. +</p><p> +To install Netmon on a Windows 9x box install the network monitor agent +from the Windows 9x CD (<tt class="filename">\admin\nettools\netmon</tt>). There is a readme +file located with the netmon driver files on the CD if you need +information on how to do this. Copy the files from a working +Netmon installation. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2989832"></a>Useful URL's</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behavior at + <a href="http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html" target="_top"> + http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html</a>. </p></li><li><p>FTP site for older SMB specs: + <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/" target="_top"> + ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/</a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2989876"></a>Getting help from the mailing lists</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are a number of Samba related mailing lists. Go to <a href="http://samba.org" target="_top">http://samba.org</a>, click on your nearest mirror +and then click on <b class="command">Support</b> and then click on <b class="command"> +Samba related mailing lists</b>. +</p><p> +For questions relating to Samba TNG go to +<a href="http://www.samba-tng.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba-tng.org/</a> +It has been requested that you don't post questions about Samba-TNG to the +main stream Samba lists.</p><p> +If you post a message to one of the lists please observe the following guide lines : +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> Always remember that the developers are volunteers, they are +not paid and they never guarantee to produce a particular feature at +a particular time. Any time lines are 'best guess' and nothing more. +</p></li><li><p> Always mention what version of samba you are using and what +operating system its running under. You should probably list the +relevant sections of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, at least the options +in [global] that affect PDC support.</p></li><li><p>In addition to the version, if you obtained Samba via +CVS mention the date when you last checked it out.</p></li><li><p> Try and make your question clear and brief, lots of long, +convoluted questions get deleted before they are completely read ! +Don't post html encoded messages (if you can select colour or font +size its html).</p></li><li><p> If you run one of those nifty 'I'm on holidays' things when +you are away, make sure its configured to not answer mailing lists. +</p></li><li><p> Don't cross post. Work out which is the best list to post to +and see what happens, i.e. don't post to both samba-ntdom and samba-technical. +Many people active on the lists subscribe to more +than one list and get annoyed to see the same message two or more times. +Often someone will see a message and thinking it would be better dealt +with on another, will forward it on for you.</p></li><li><p>You might include <span class="emphasis"><em>partial</em></span> +log files written at a debug level set to as much as 20. +Please don't send the entire log but enough to give the context of the +error messages.</p></li><li><p>(Possibly) If you have a complete netmon trace ( from the opening of +the pipe to the error ) you can send the *.CAP file as well.</p></li><li><p>Please think carefully before attaching a document to an email. +Consider pasting the relevant parts into the body of the message. The samba +mailing lists go to a huge number of people, do they all need a copy of your +smb.conf in their attach directory?</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2990029"></a>How to get off the mailinglists</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the +same place you went to to get on it. Go to <a href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>, +click on your nearest mirror and then click on <b class="command">Support</b> and +then click on <b class="command"> Samba related mailing lists</b>. Or perhaps see +<a href="http://lists.samba.org/mailman/roster/samba-ntdom" target="_top">here</a> +</p><p> +Please don't post messages to the list asking to be removed, you will just +be referred to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...) +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="bugreport"></a>Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Someone; Tridge or Karl Auer perhaps?</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 27 June 1997 </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2992343">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2992402">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2992438">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990534">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990642">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990144">Patches</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2992343"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Please report bugs using + <a href="https://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_top">bugzilla</a>.</p><p> +Please take the time to read this file before you submit a bug +report. Also, please see if it has changed between releases, as we +may be changing the bug reporting mechanism at some time. +</p><p> +Please also do as much as you can yourself to help track down the +bug. Samba is maintained by a dedicated group of people who volunteer +their time, skills and efforts. We receive far more mail about it than +we can possibly answer, so you have a much higher chance of an answer +and a fix if you send us a "developer friendly" bug report that lets +us fix it fast. +</p><p> +Do not assume that if you post the bug to the comp.protocols.smb +newsgroup or the mailing list that we will read it. If you suspect that your +problem is not a bug but a configuration problem then it is better to send +it to the Samba mailing list, as there are (at last count) 5000 other users on +that list that may be able to help you. +</p><p> +You may also like to look though the recent mailing list archives, +which are conveniently accessible on the Samba web pages +at <a href="http://samba.org/samba/" target="_top">http://samba.org/samba/</a>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2992402"></a>General info</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly +errors. Look in your log files for obvious messages that tell you that +you've misconfigured something and run testparm to test your config +file for correct syntax. +</p><p> +Have you run through the <a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 33. The samba checklist">diagnosis</a>? +This is very important. +</p><p> +If you include part of a log file with your bug report then be sure to +annotate it with exactly what you were doing on the client at the +time, and exactly what the results were. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2992438"></a>Debug levels</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a +server (like refusing to open a file) then the log files will probably +be very useful. Depending on the problem a log level of between 3 and +10 showing the problem may be appropriate. A higher level givesmore +detail, but may use too much disk space. +</p><p> +To set the debug level use the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. You may also find it useful to set the log +level higher for just one machine and keep separate logs for each machine. +To do this use: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +log level = 10 +log file = /usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m +include = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m +</pre><p> +then create a file +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine</tt></i></tt> where +<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine</tt></i> is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file +put any <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> commands you want, for example +<i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> may be useful. This also allows you to +experiment with different security systems, protocol levels etc on just +one machine. +</p><p> +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> entry <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> +is synonymous with the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> that has +been used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards +compatibility of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> files. +</p><p> +As the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> value is increased you will record +a significantly increasing level of debugging information. For most +debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than +<tt class="constant">3</tt>. Nearly +all bugs can be tracked at a setting of <tt class="constant">10</tt>, but be +prepared for a VERY large volume of log data. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2990534"></a>Internal errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you get a <span class="errorname">INTERNAL ERROR</span> message in your log files +it means that Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a +segmentation fault and almost certainly means a bug in Samba (unless +you have faulty hardware or system software). +</p><p> +If the message came from smbd then it will probably be accompanied by +a message which details the last SMB message received by smbd. This +info is often very useful in tracking down the problem so please +include it in your bug report. +</p><p> +You should also detail how to reproduce the problem, if +possible. Please make this reasonably detailed. +</p><p> +You may also find that a core file appeared in a <tt class="filename">corefiles</tt> +subdirectory of the directory where you keep your samba log +files. This file is the most useful tool for tracking down the bug. To +use it you do this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gdb smbd core</tt></b> +</pre><p> +adding appropriate paths to smbd and core so gdb can find them. If you +don't have gdb then try <b class="userinput"><tt>dbx</tt></b>. Then within the debugger +use the command <b class="command">where</b> to give a stack trace of where the +problem occurred. Include this in your report. +</p><p> +If you know any assembly language then do a +<b class="command">disass</b> of the routine +where the problem occurred (if its in a library routine then +disassemble the routine that called it) and try to work out exactly +where the problem is by looking at the surrounding code. Even if you +don't know assembly then incuding this info in the bug report can be +useful. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2990642"></a>Attaching to a running process</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels) +refuse to dump a core file if the task has changed uid (which smbd +does often). To debug with this sort of system you could try to attach +to the running process using +<b class="userinput"><tt>gdb smbd <i class="replaceable"><tt>PID</tt></i></tt></b> where you get +<i class="replaceable"><tt>PID</tt></i> from <span class="application">smbstatus</span>. +Then use <b class="command">c</b> to continue and try to cause the core dump +using the client. The debugger should catch the fault and tell you +where it occurred. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2990144"></a>Patches</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us +patches please use <b class="userinput"><tt>diff -u</tt></b> format if your version of +diff supports it, otherwise use <b class="userinput"><tt>diff -c4</tt></b>. Make sure +you do the diff against a clean version of the source and let me know +exactly what version you used. +</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Appendixes"></a>Appendixes</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>36. <a href="#compiling">How to compile SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2990261">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2990268">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990297">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2991766">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991814">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991949">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2992086">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2992982">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2993073">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993277">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2993372">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>37. <a href="#Portability">Portability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994651">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994736">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994764">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994934">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994978">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994984">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995010">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995017">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>38. <a href="#Other-Clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995794">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995866">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995873">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995488">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995548">How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995645">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995107">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995197">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995227">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995273">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995303">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995320">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995367">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996396">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996420">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996531">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>39. <a href="#speed">Samba Performance Tuning</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996649">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996693">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996767">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996811">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996864">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996886">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997829">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997871">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997892">LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997917">Client tuning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997940">Samba performance problem due changing kernel</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997973">Corrupt tdb Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>40. <a href="#DNSDHCP">DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998691">Note</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>41. <a href="#Further-Resources">Further Resources</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998110">Websites</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998494">Related updates from microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998561">Books</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="compiling"></a>Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Someone; Jerry perhaps?</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 22 May 2001 </p></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 18 March 2003 </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2990261">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2990268">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990297">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2991766">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991814">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991949">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2992086">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2992982">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2993073">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993277">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2993372">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><p> +You can obtain the samba source from the +<a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">samba website</a>. To obtain a development version, +you can download samba from CVS or using rsync. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2990261"></a>Access Samba source code via CVS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2990268"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS +(Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as +"commit") new source code. Samba's various CVS branches can +be accessed via anonymous CVS using the instructions +detailed in this chapter. +</p><p> +This chapter is a modified version of the instructions found at +<a href="http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html" target="_top">http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html</a> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2990297"></a>CVS Access to samba.org</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS +repository for access to the source code of several packages, +including samba, rsync, distcc, ccache and jitterbug. There are two main ways +of accessing the CVS server on this host. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2990313"></a>Access via CVSweb</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can access the source code via your +favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of +individual files in the repository and also to look at the revision +history and commit logs of individual files. You can also ask for a diff +listing between any two versions on the repository. +</p><p> +Use the URL : <a href="http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb" target="_top">http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb</a> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2990343"></a>Access via cvs</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can also access the source code via a +normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over what you can +do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees +and keep them up to date via normal cvs commands. This is the +preferred method of access if you are a developer and not +just a casual browser. +</p><p> +To download the latest cvs source code, point your +browser at the URL : +<a href="http://www.cyclic.com/" target="_top">http://www.cyclic.com/</a>. +and click on the 'How to get cvs' link. CVS is free software under +the GNU GPL (as is Samba). Note that there are several graphical CVS clients +which provide a graphical interface to the sometimes mundane CVS commands. +Links to theses clients are also available from the Cyclic website. +</p><p> +To gain access via anonymous cvs use the following steps. +For this example it is assumed that you want a copy of the +samba source code. For the other source code repositories +on this system just substitute the correct package name +</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 36.1. Retrieving samba using CVS</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + Install a recent copy of cvs. All you really need is a + copy of the cvs client binary. + </p></li><li><p> + Run the command + </p><p> + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot login</tt></b> + </p></li><li><p> + When it asks you for a password type <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs</tt></b>. + </p></li><li><p> + Run the command + </p><p> + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co samba</tt></b> + </p><p> + This will create a directory called samba containing the + latest samba source code (i.e. the HEAD tagged cvs branch). This + currently corresponds to the 3.0 development tree. + </p><p> + CVS branches other then HEAD can be obtained by using the + <tt class="option">-r</tt> and defining a tag name. A list of branch tag names + can be found on the "Development" page of the samba web site. A common + request is to obtain the latest 3.0 release code. This could be done by + using the following userinput. + </p><p> + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co -r SAMBA_3_0 samba</tt></b> + </p></li><li><p> + Whenever you want to merge in the latest code changes use + the following command from within the samba directory: + </p><p> + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs update -d -P</tt></b> + </p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2991766"></a>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS + tree at <a href="ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked" target="_top">ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked</a> and also via anonymous rsync at + <a href="rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/" target="_top">rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/</a>. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp. + See <a href="http://rsync.samba.org/" target="_top">the rsync homepage</a> for more info on rsync. + </p><p> + The disadvantage of the unpacked trees is that they do not support automatic + merging of local changes like CVS does. rsync access is most convenient + for an initial install. + </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2991814"></a>Verifying Samba's PGP signature</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In these days of insecurity, it's strongly recommended that you verify the PGP +signature for any source file before installing it. Even if you're not +downloading from a mirror site, verifying PGP signatures should be a +standard reflex. +</p><p> +With that said, go ahead and download the following files: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc</tt></b> +</pre><p> +The first file is the PGP signature for the Samba source file; the other is the Samba public +PGP key itself. Import the public PGP key with: +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc</tt></b> +</pre><p> +And verify the Samba source code integrity with: +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</tt></b> +</pre><p> +If you receive a message like, "Good signature from Samba Distribution +Verification Key..." +then all is well. The warnings about trust relationships can be ignored. An +example of what you would not want to see would be: +</p><tt class="computeroutput"> + gpg: BAD signature from "Samba Distribution Verification Key" +</tt></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2991949"></a>Building the Binaries</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>To do this, first run the program <b class="userinput"><tt>./configure + </tt></b> in the source directory. This should automatically + configure Samba for your operating system. If you have unusual + needs then you may wish to run</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>./configure --help + </tt></b></p><p>first to see what special options you can enable. + Then executing</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make</tt></b></p><p>will create the binaries. Once it's successfully + compiled you can use </p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make install</tt></b></p><p>to install the binaries and manual pages. You can + separately install the binaries and/or man pages using</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make installbin + </tt></b></p><p>and</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make installman + </tt></b></p><p>Note that if you are upgrading for a previous version + of Samba you might like to know that the old versions of + the binaries will be renamed with a ".old" extension. You + can go back to the previous version with</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make revert + </tt></b></p><p>if you find this version a disaster!</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2992086"></a>Compiling samba with Active Directory support</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>In order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed + on your system:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the MIT kerberos development libraries + (either install from the sources or use a package). The + heimdal libraries will not work.</p></li><li><p>the OpenLDAP development libraries.</p></li></ul></div><p>If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then + remember to add the configure option + <tt class="option">--with-krb5=<i class="replaceable"><tt>DIR</tt></i></tt>.</p><p>After you run configure make sure that + <tt class="filename">include/config.h</tt> it generates contains lines like + this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> +#define HAVE_KRB5 1 +#define HAVE_LDAP 1 +</pre><p>If it doesn't then configure did not find your krb5 libraries or + your ldap libraries. Look in <tt class="filename">config.log</tt> to figure + out why and fix it.</p><div xmlns:ns99="" class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2992896"></a>Installing the required packages for Debian</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>On Debian you need to install the following packages:</p><ns99:p> + </ns99:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>libkrb5-dev</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-user</td></tr></table><ns99:p> + </ns99:p></div><div xmlns:ns100="" class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2992929"></a>Installing the required packages for RedHat</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>On RedHat this means you should have at least: </p><ns100:p> + </ns100:p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>krb5-workstation (for kinit)</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-libs (for linking with)</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</td></tr></table><ns100:p> + </ns100:p><p>in addition to the standard development environment.</p><p>Note that these are not standard on a RedHat install, and you may need + to get them off CD2.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2992982"></a>Starting the <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span></h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>You must choose to start <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> either + as daemons or from <span class="application">inetd</span>Don't try + to do both! Either you can put them in <tt class="filename"> + inetd.conf</tt> and have them started on demand + by <span class="application">inetd</span>, or you can start them as + daemons either from the command line or in <tt class="filename"> + /etc/rc.local</tt>. See the man pages for details + on the command line options. Take particular care to read + the bit about what user you need to be in order to start + Samba. In many cases you must be root.</p><p>The main advantage of starting <span class="application">smbd</span> + and <span class="application">nmbd</span> using the recommended daemon method + is that they will respond slightly more quickly to an initial connection + request.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2993073"></a>Starting from inetd.conf</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>The following will be different if + you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps.</p></div><p>Look at your <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt>. + What is defined at port 139/tcp. If nothing is defined + then add a line like this:</p><pre class="programlisting">netbios-ssn 139/tcp</pre><p>similarly for 137/udp you should have an entry like:</p><pre class="programlisting">netbios-ns 137/udp</pre><p>Next edit your <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> + and add two lines something like this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> + netbios-ssn stream tcp nowait root /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd smbd + netbios-ns dgram udp wait root /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd nmbd + </pre><p>The exact syntax of <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> + varies between unixes. Look at the other entries in inetd.conf + for a guide.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Some unixes already have entries like netbios_ns + (note the underscore) in <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt>. + You must either edit <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt> or + <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> to make them consistent. + </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>On many systems you may need to use the + <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to specify the IP + address and netmask of your interfaces. Run + <span class="application">ifconfig</span> + as root if you don't know what the broadcast is for your + net. <span class="application">nmbd</span> tries to determine it at run + time, but fails on some unixes. + </p></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Many unixes only accept around 5 + parameters on the command line in <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt>. + This means you shouldn't use spaces between the options and + arguments, or you should use a script, and start the script + from <b class="command">inetd</b>.</p></div><p>Restart <span class="application">inetd</span>, perhaps just send + it a HUP. If you have installed an earlier version of <span class="application">nmbd</span> then + you may need to kill <span class="application">nmbd</span> as well.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2993277"></a>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>To start the server as a daemon you should create + a script something like this one, perhaps calling + it <tt class="filename">startsmb</tt>.</p><pre class="programlisting"> + #!/bin/sh + /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D + /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd -D + </pre><p>then make it executable with <b class="command">chmod + +x startsmb</b></p><p>You can then run <b class="command">startsmb</b> by + hand or execute it from <tt class="filename">/etc/rc.local</tt> + </p><p>To kill it send a kill signal to the processes + <span class="application">nmbd</span> and <span class="application">smbd</span>.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>If you use the SVR4 style init system then + you may like to look at the <tt class="filename">examples/svr4-startup</tt> + script to make Samba fit into that system.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2993372"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote"> +I'm using gcc 3 and I've compiled Samba-3 from the CVS and the +binaries are very large files (40 Mb and 20 Mb). I've the same result with +<tt class="option">--enable-shared</tt> ? +</span>” +</p><p> +The dwarf format used by GCC 3 for storing debugging symbols is very inefficient. +Strip the binaries, don't compile with -g or compile with -gstabs. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Portability"></a>Chapter 37. Portability</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2994651">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994736">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994764">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994934">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994978">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994984">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995010">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995017">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the +platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains +platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994651"></a>HPUX</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for +hysterical reasons). There are two group files, <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt> and +<tt class="filename">/etc/logingroup</tt>; the system maps UIDs to numbers using the former, but +initgroups() reads the latter. Most system admins who know the ropes +symlink <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt> to <tt class="filename">/etc/logingroup</tt> +(hard link doesn't work for reasons too stupid to go into here). initgroups() will complain if one of the +groups you're in in <tt class="filename">/etc/logingroup</tt> has what it considers to be an invalid +ID, which means outside the range <tt class="constant">[0..UID_MAX]</tt>, where <tt class="constant">UID_MAX</tt> is (I think) +60000 currently on HP-UX. This precludes -2 and 65534, the usual <tt class="constant">nobody</tt> +GIDs. +</p><p> +If you encounter this problem, make sure that the programs that are failing +to initgroups() be run as users not in any groups with GIDs outside the +allowed range. +</p><p>This is documented in the HP manual pages under setgroups(2) and passwd(4). +</p><p> +On HPUX you must use gcc or the HP Ansi compiler. The free compiler +that comes with HP-UX is not Ansi compliant and cannot compile +Samba. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994736"></a>SCO Unix</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you run an old version of SCO Unix then you may need to get important +TCP/IP patches for Samba to work correctly. Without the patch, you may +encounter corrupt data transfers using samba. +</p><p> +The patch you need is UOD385 Connection Drivers SLS. It is available from +SCO (<a href="ftp://ftp.sco.com/" target="_top">ftp.sco.com</a>, directory SLS, +files uod385a.Z and uod385a.ltr.Z). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994764"></a>DNIX</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are +needed for Samba to work correctly, but they were left out of the DNIX +C library for some reason. +</p><p> +For this reason Samba by default defines the macro NO_EID in the DNIX +section of includes.h. This works around the problem in a limited way, +but it is far from ideal, some things still won't work right. +</p><p> +To fix the problem properly you need to assemble the following two +functions and then either add them to your C library or link them into +Samba. +</p><p> +put this in the file <tt class="filename">setegid.s</tt>: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + .globl _setegid +_setegid: + moveq #47,d0 + movl #100,a0 + moveq #1,d1 + movl 4(sp),a1 + trap #9 + bccs 1$ + jmp cerror +1$: + clrl d0 + rts +</pre><p> +put this in the file <tt class="filename">seteuid.s</tt>: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + .globl _seteuid +_seteuid: + moveq #47,d0 + movl #100,a0 + moveq #0,d1 + movl 4(sp),a1 + trap #9 + bccs 1$ + jmp cerror +1$: + clrl d0 + rts +</pre><p> +after creating the above files you then assemble them using +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>as seteuid.s</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>as setegid.s</tt></b> +</pre><p> +that should produce the files <tt class="filename">seteuid.o</tt> and +<tt class="filename">setegid.o</tt> +</p><p> +then you need to add these to the LIBSM line in the DNIX section of +the Samba Makefile. Your LIBSM line will then look something like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +LIBSM = setegid.o seteuid.o -ln +</pre><p> +You should then remove the line: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +#define NO_EID +</pre><p>from the DNIX section of <tt class="filename">includes.h</tt></p></div><div xmlns:ns101="" class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994934"></a>RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</h2></div></div><div></div></div><ns101:p> +By default RedHat Rembrandt-II during installation adds an +entry to <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> as follows: +</ns101:p><pre class="programlisting"> + 127.0.0.1 loopback "hostname"."domainname" +</pre><ns101:p> +</ns101:p><p> +This causes Samba to loop back onto the loopback interface. +The result is that Samba fails to communicate correctly with +the world and therefor may fail to correctly negotiate who +is the master browse list holder and who is the master browser. +</p><p> +Corrective Action: Delete the entry after the word loopback + in the line starting 127.0.0.1 +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994978"></a>AIX</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2994984"></a>Sequential Read Ahead</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Disabling Sequential Read Ahead using <b class="userinput"><tt>vmtune -r 0</tt></b> improves +samba performance significally. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995010"></a>Solaris</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995017"></a>Locking improvements</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Some people have been experiencing problems with F_SETLKW64/fcntl +when running samba on solaris. The built in file locking mechanism was +not scalable. Performance would degrade to the point where processes would +get into loops of trying to lock a file. It woul try a lock, then fail, +then try again. The lock attempt was failing before the grant was +occurring. So the visible manifestation of this would be a handful of +processes stealing all of the CPU, and when they were trussed they would +be stuck if F_SETLKW64 loops. +</p><p> +Sun released patches for Solaris 2.6, 8, and 9. The patch for Solaris 7 +has not been released yet. +</p><p> +The patch revision for 2.6 is 105181-34 +for 8 is 108528-19 and for 9 is 112233-04 +</p><p> +After the install of these patches it is recommended to reconfigure +and rebuild samba. +</p><p>Thanks to Joe Meslovich for reporting</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="winbind-solaris9"></a>Winbind on Solaris 9</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Nsswitch on Solaris 9 refuses to use the winbind nss module. This behavior +is fixed by Sun in patch 113476-05 which as of March 2003 is not in any +roll-up packages. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Other-Clients"></a>Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jim</span> <span class="surname">McDonough</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IBM<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jmcd@us.ibm.com">jmcd@us.ibm.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">5 Mar 2001</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2995794">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995866">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995873">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995488">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995548">How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995645">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995107">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995197">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995227">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995273">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995303">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995320">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2995367">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996396">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996420">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996531">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter contains client-specific information.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995794"></a>Macintosh clients?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Yes. <a href="http://www.thursby.com/" target="_top">Thursby</a> now have a CIFS Client / Server called <a href="http://www.thursby.com/products/dave.html" target="_top">DAVE</a> +</p><p> +They test it against Windows 95, Windows NT and samba for +compatibility issues. At the time of writing, DAVE was at version +1.0.1. The 1.0.0 to 1.0.1 update is available as a free download from +the Thursby web site (the speed of finder copies has been greatly +enhanced, and there are bug-fixes included). +</p><p> +Alternatives - There are two free implementations of AppleTalk for +several kinds of UNIX machnes, and several more commercial ones. +These products allow you to run file services and print services +natively to Macintosh users, with no additional support required on +the Macintosh. The two free omplementations are +<a href="http://www.umich.edu/~rsug/netatalk/" target="_top">Netatalk</a>, and +<a href="http://www.cs.mu.oz.au/appletalk/atalk.html" target="_top">CAP</a>. +What Samba offers MS +Windows users, these packages offer to Macs. For more info on these +packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see +<a href="http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html" target="_top">http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html</a> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995866"></a>OS2 Client</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995873"></a>How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>A more complete answer to this question can be + found on <a href="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html" target="_top"> + http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html</a>.</p><p>Basically, you need three components:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer')</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/IP ('Internet support') </td></tr><tr><td>The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI')</td></tr></table><p>Installing the first two together with the base operating + system on a blank system is explained in the Warp manual. If Warp + has already been installed, but you now want to install the + networking support, use the "Selective Install for Networking" + object in the "System Setup" folder.</p><p>Adding the "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver is not described + in the manual and just barely in the online documentation. Start + MPTS.EXE, click on OK, click on "Configure LAPS" and click + on "IBM OS/2 NETBIOS OVER TCP/IP" in 'Protocols'. This line + is then moved to 'Current Configuration'. Select that line, + click on "Change number" and increase it from 0 to 1. Save this + configuration.</p><p>If the Samba server(s) is not on your local subnet, you + can optionally add IP names and addresses of these servers + to the "Names List", or specify a WINS server ('NetBIOS + Nameserver' in IBM and RFC terminology). For Warp Connect you + may need to download an update for 'IBM Peer' to bring it on + the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995488"></a>How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client + for OS/2 from + <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/" target="_top"> + ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/</a>. + See <a href="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html" target="_top"> + http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/lanman.html</a> for + more information on how to install and use this client. In + a nutshell, edit the file \OS2VER in the root directory of + the OS/2 boot partition and add the lines:</p><pre class="programlisting"> + 20=setup.exe + 20=netwksta.sys + 20=netvdd.sys + </pre><p>before you install the client. Also, don't use the + included NE2000 driver because it is buggy. Try the NE2000 + or NS2000 driver from + <a href="ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/" target="_top"> + ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/</a> instead. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995548"></a>How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>First, create a share called <i class="parameter"><tt>[PRINTDRV]</tt></i> that is + world-readable. Copy your OS/2 driver files there. Note + that the .EA_ files must still be separate, so you will need + to use the original install files, and not copy an installed + driver from an OS/2 system.</p><p>Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then, + add to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> a parameter, <i class="parameter"><tt>os2 driver map = + <i class="replaceable"><tt>filename</tt></i></tt></i>. Then, in the file + specified by <i class="replaceable"><tt>filename</tt></i>, map the + name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as + follows:</p><p><i class="parameter"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>nt driver name</tt></i> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>os2 driver name</tt></i>.<i class="replaceable"><tt>device name</tt></i></tt></i>, e.g.:</p><p><i class="parameter"><tt> + HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP LaserJet 5L</tt></i></p><p>You can have multiple drivers mapped in this file.</p><p>If you only specify the OS/2 driver name, and not the + device name, the first attempt to download the driver will + actually download the files, but the OS/2 client will tell + you the driver is not available. On the second attempt, it + will work. This is fixed simply by adding the device name + to the mapping, after which it will work on the first attempt. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995645"></a>Windows for Workgroups</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995107"></a>Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Use the latest TCP/IP stack from microsoft if you use Windows +for workgroups. +</p><p>The early TCP/IP stacks had lots of bugs.</p><p> +Microsoft has released an incremental upgrade to their TCP/IP 32-Bit +VxD drivers. The latest release can be found on their ftp site at +ftp.microsoft.com, located in <tt class="filename">/peropsys/windows/public/tcpip/wfwt32.exe</tt>. +There is an update.txt file there that describes the problems that were +fixed. New files include <tt class="filename">WINSOCK.DLL</tt>, +<tt class="filename">TELNET.EXE</tt>, +<tt class="filename">WSOCK.386</tt>, +<tt class="filename">VNBT.386</tt>, +<tt class="filename">WSTCP.386</tt>, +<tt class="filename">TRACERT.EXE</tt>, +<tt class="filename">NETSTAT.EXE</tt>, and +<tt class="filename">NBTSTAT.EXE</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995197"></a>Delete .pwl files after password change</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my +password on either the unix box or the PC the safest thing to do is to +delete the .pwl files in the windows directory. The PC will complain about not finding the files, but will soon get over it, allowing you to enter the new password. +</p><p> +If you don't do this you may find that WfWg remembers and uses the old +password, even if you told it a new one. +</p><p> +Often WfWg will totally ignore a password you give it in a dialog box. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995227"></a>Configure WfW password handling</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There is a program call admincfg.exe +on the last disk (disk 8) of the WFW 3.11 disk set. To install it +type <b class="userinput"><tt>EXPAND A:\ADMINCFG.EX_ C:\WINDOWS\ADMINCFG.EXE</tt></b>. +Then add an icon +for it via the <span class="application">Program Manager</span> <span class="guimenu">New</span> Menu. +This program allows you to control how WFW handles passwords. ie disable Password Caching etc +for use with <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995273"></a>Case handling of passwords</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> information on <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995303"></a>Use TCP/IP as default protocol</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>To support print queue reporting you may find +that you have to use TCP/IP as the default protocol under +WfWg. For some reason if you leave Netbeui as the default +it may break the print queue reporting on some systems. +It is presumably a WfWg bug.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2995320"></a>Speed improvement</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Note that some people have found that setting <i class="parameter"><tt>DefaultRcvWindow</tt></i> in +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[MSTCP]</tt></i> section of the +<tt class="filename">SYSTEM.INI</tt> file under WfWg to 3072 gives a +big improvement. I don't know why. +</p><p> +My own experience wth DefaultRcvWindow is that I get much better +performance with a large value (16384 or larger). Other people have +reported that anything over 3072 slows things down enourmously. One +person even reported a speed drop of a factor of 30 when he went from +3072 to 8192. I don't know why. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995367"></a>Windows '95/'98</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba +is being used. Please NOTE that the above change will affect you once these +updates have been installed. +</p><p> +There are more updates than the ones mentioned here. You are referred to the +Microsoft Web site for all currently available updates to your specific version +of Windows 95. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Kernel Update: KRNLUPD.EXE</td></tr><tr><td>Ping Fix: PINGUPD.EXE</td></tr><tr><td>RPC Update: RPCRTUPD.EXE</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/IP Update: VIPUPD.EXE</td></tr><tr><td>Redirector Update: VRDRUPD.EXE</td></tr></table><p> +Also, if using <span class="application">MS OutLook</span> it is desirable to +install the <b class="command">OLEUPD.EXE</b> fix. This +fix may stop your machine from hanging for an extended period when exiting +OutLook and you may also notice a significant speedup when accessing network +neighborhood services. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2996396"></a>Speed improvement</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Configure the win95 TCPIP registry settings to give better +performance. I use a program called <b class="command">MTUSPEED.exe</b> which I got off the +net. There are various other utilities of this type freely available. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996420"></a>Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are several annoyances with Windows 2000 SP2. One of which +only appears when using a Samba server to host user profiles +to Windows 2000 SP2 clients in a Windows domain. This assumes +that Samba is a member of the domain, but the problem will +likely occur if it is not. +</p><p> +In order to serve profiles successfully to Windows 2000 SP2 +clients (when not operating as a PDC), Samba must have +<i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support = no</tt></i> +added to the file share which houses the roaming profiles. +If this is not done, then the Windows 2000 SP2 client will +complain about not being able to access the profile (Access +Denied) and create multiple copies of it on disk (DOMAIN.user.001, +DOMAIN.user.002, etc...). See the +<a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> man page +for more details on this option. Also note that the +<i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> parameter was formally a global parameter in +releases prior to Samba 2.2.2. +</p><p> +The following is a minimal profile share: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + [profile] + path = /export/profile + create mask = 0600 + directory mask = 0700 + nt acl support = no + read only = no +</pre><p> +The reason for this bug is that the Win2k SP2 client copies +the security descriptor for the profile which contains +the Samba server's SID, and not the domain SID. The client +compares the SID for SAMBA\user and realizes it is +different that the one assigned to DOMAIN\user. Hence the reason +for the <span class="errorname">access denied</span> message. +</p><p> +By disabling the <i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> parameter, Samba will send +the Win2k client a response to the QuerySecurityDescriptor +trans2 call which causes the client to set a default ACL +for the profile. This default ACL includes +</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DOMAIN\user "Full Control"</em></span>></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This bug does not occur when using winbind to +create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996531"></a>Windows NT 3.1</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>If you have problems communicating across routers with Windows +NT 3.1 workstations, read <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;%5BLN%5D;Q103765" target="_top">this Microsoft Knowledge Base article</a>. + +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="speed"></a>Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Paul</span> <span class="surname">Cochrane</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Dundee Limb Fitting Centre<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk">paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2996649">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996693">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996767">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996811">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996864">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996886">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997829">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997871">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997892">LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997917">Client tuning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997940">Samba performance problem due changing kernel</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2997973">Corrupt tdb Files</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996649"></a>Comparisons</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are +trying to see if it performs well you should really compare it to +programs that use the same protocol. The most readily available +programs for file transfer that use TCP are ftp or another TCP based +SMB server. +</p><p> +If you want to test against something like a NT or WfWg server then +you will have to disable all but TCP on either the client or +server. Otherwise you may well be using a totally different protocol +(such as Netbeui) and comparisons may not be valid. +</p><p> +Generally you should find that Samba performs similarly to ftp at raw +transfer speed. It should perform quite a bit faster than NFS, +although this very much depends on your system. +</p><p> +Several people have done comparisons between Samba and Novell, NFS or +WinNT. In some cases Samba performed the best, in others the worst. I +suspect the biggest factor is not Samba vs some other system but the +hardware and drivers used on the various systems. Given similar +hardware Samba should certainly be competitive in speed with other +systems. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996693"></a>Socket options</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the +performance of a TCP based server like Samba. +</p><p> +The socket options that Samba uses are settable both on the command +line with the <tt class="option">-O</tt> option, or in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i> section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> manual page describes how +to set these and gives recommendations. +</p><p> +Getting the socket options right can make a big difference to your +performance, but getting them wrong can degrade it by just as +much. The correct settings are very dependent on your local network. +</p><p> +The socket option TCP_NODELAY is the one that seems to make the +biggest single difference for most networks. Many people report that +adding <i class="parameter"><tt>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</tt></i> doubles the read +performance of a Samba drive. The best explanation I have seen for this is +that the Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996767"></a>Read size</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The option <i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i> affects the overlap of disk +reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being +transferred in several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and +SMBreadbraw) is larger than this value then the server begins writing +the data before it has received the whole packet from the network, or +in the case of SMBreadbraw, it begins writing to the network before +all the data has been read from disk. +</p><p> +This overlapping works best when the speeds of disk and network access +are similar, having very little effect when the speed of one is much +greater than the other. +</p><p> +The default value is 16384, but very little experimentation has been +done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the best +value will vary greatly between systems anyway. A value over 65536 is +pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996811"></a>Max xmit</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +At startup the client and server negotiate a <i class="parameter"><tt>maximum transmit</tt></i> size, +which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the +maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the <i class="parameter"><tt>max xmit = </tt></i> option +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that +Samba will accept, but not the maximum size that the *client* will accept. +The client maximum receive size is sent to Samba by the client and Samba +honours this limit. +</p><p> +It defaults to 65536 bytes (the maximum), but it is possible that some +clients may perform better with a smaller transmit unit. Trying values +of less than 2048 is likely to cause severe problems. +</p><p> +In most cases the default is the best option. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996864"></a>Log level</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you set the log level (also known as <i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i>) higher than 2 +then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the +server flushes the log file after each operation, which can be very +expensive. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996886"></a>Read raw</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency +file read operation. A server may choose to not support it, +however. and Samba makes support for <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> optional, with it +being enabled by default. +</p><p> +In some cases clients don't handle <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> very well and actually +get lower performance using it than they get using the conventional +read operations. +</p><p> +So you might like to try <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw = no</tt></i> and see what happens on your +network. It might lower, raise or not affect your performance. Only +testing can really tell. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2997829"></a>Write raw</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency +file write operation. A server may choose to not support it, +however. and Samba makes support for <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> optional, with it +being enabled by default. +</p><p> +Some machines may find <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> slower than normal write, in which +case you may wish to change this option. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2997871"></a>Slow Logins</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using +the lowest practical <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> will improve things. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2997892"></a>LDAP</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +LDAP can be vastly improved by using the +<a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPTRUSTIDS" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap trust ids</tt></i></a> parameter. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2997917"></a>Client tuning</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for +example Windows for Workgroups) can often be tuned for better TCP +performance. Check the sections on the various clients in +<a href="#Other-Clients" title="Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients">Samba and Other Clients</a>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2997940"></a>Samba performance problem due changing kernel</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Hi everyone. I am running Gentoo on my server and samba 2.2.8a. Recently +I changed kernel version from linux-2.4.19-gentoo-r10 to +linux-2.4.20-wolk4.0s. And now I have performance issue with samba. Ok +many of you will probably say that move to vanilla sources...well I ried +it too and it didn't work. I have 100mb LAN and two computers (linux + +Windows2000). Linux server shares directory with DivX files, client +(windows2000) plays them via LAN. Before when I was running 2.4.19 kernel +everything was fine, but now movies freezes and stops...I tried moving +files between server and Windows and it's trerribly slow. +</p><p> +Grab mii-tool and check the duplex settings on the NIC. +My guess is that it is a link layer issue, not an application +layer problem. Also run ifconfig and verify that the framing +error, collisions, etc... look normal for ethernet. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2997973"></a>Corrupt tdb Files</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Well today it happend, our first major problem using samba. +Our samba PDC server has been hosting 3 TB of data to our 500+ users +[Windows NT/XP] for the last 3 years using samba, no problem. +But today all shares went SLOW; very slow. Also the main smbd kept +spawning new processes so we had 1600+ running smbd's (normally we avg. 250). +It crashed the SUN E3500 cluster twice. After alot of searching I +decided to <b class="command">rm /var/locks/*.tbl</b>. Happy again. +</p><p> +Q1) Is there any method of keeping the *.tbl files in top condition or +how to early detect corruption? +</p><p> +A1) Yes, run <b class="command">tdbbackup</b> each time after stoping nmbd and before starting nmbd. +</p><p> +Q2) What I also would like to mention is that the service latency seems +alot lower then before the locks cleanup, any ideas on keeping it top notch? +</p><p> +A2) Yes! Samba answer as for Q1! +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="DNSDHCP"></a>Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2998691">Note</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998691"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Further-Resources"></a>Chapter 41. Further Resources</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Lechnyr</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Unofficial HOWTO<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com">david@lechnyr.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 1, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2998110">Websites</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998494">Related updates from microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998561">Books</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998110"></a>Websites</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/cifs.txt" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>CIFS: Common Insecurities Fail Scrutiny</em></span> by "Hobbit"</a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://afr.com/it/2002/10/01/FFXDF43AP6D.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Doing the Samba on Windows</em></span> by Financial Review + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://ubiqx.org/cifs/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Implementing CIFS</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://samba.anu.edu.au/cifs/docs/what-is-smb.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Just What Is SMB?</em></span> by Richard Sharpe + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-05/samba_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Opening Windows Everywhere</em></span> by Mike Warfield + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SMB-HOWTO.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>SMB HOWTO</em></span> by David Wood + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.phrack.org/phrack/60/p60-0x0b.txt" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>SMB/CIFS by The Root</em></span> by "ledin" + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-09/samba_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>The Story of Samba</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/samba/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>The Unofficial Samba HOWTO</em></span> by David Lechnyr + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2001-05/smb_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Understanding the Network Neighborhood</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2002-02/samba_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Using Samba as a PDC</em></span> by Andrew Bartlett + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://ru.samba.org/samba/ftp/docs/Samba24Hc13.pdf" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>PDF version of the Troubleshooting Techniques chapter</em></span> + from the second edition of Sam's Teach Yourself Samba in 24 Hours + (publishing date of Dec. 12, 2001)</a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://ru.samba.org/samba/ftp/slides/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Slide presentations</em></span> by Samba Team members + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Introduction to Samba 3.0</em></span> by Motonobu Takahashi + (written in Japanese). </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2001-05/smb_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Understanding the Network Neighborhood</em></span>, by team member + Chris Hertel. This article appeared in the May 2001 issue of + Linux Magazine. + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="ftp://ftp.stratus.com/pub/vos/customers/samba/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba 2.0.x Troubleshooting guide</em></span> from Paul Green + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://samba.org/samba/docs/10years.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Ten Years of Samba</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://tldp.org/HOWTO/Samba-Authenticated-Gateway-HOWTO.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba Authenticated Gateway HOWTO</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://samba.org/samba/docs/SambaIntro.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>An Introduction to Samba</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>What is CIFS?</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q92/5/88.asp" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>WFWG: Password Caching and How It Affects LAN Manager + Security</em></span> at Microsoft Knowledge Base + </a> + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998494"></a>Related updates from microsoft</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q92/5/88.asp" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Enhanced Encryption for Windows 95 Password Cache</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q136/4/18.asp" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Windows '95 File Sharing Updates</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q136/4/18.asp" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Windows for Workgroups Sharing Updates</em></span> + </a> + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998561"></a>Books</h2></div></div><div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="id2998572"></a>Index</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="index"></div></div></div></body></html> |